ML15062A200: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
Line 22: Line 22:
Indian Point Unit 2 Docket No. 50-247
Indian Point Unit 2 Docket No. 50-247


ST~HEENT 19OF1                                       ENGINEERING REPORT COVER SHEET & INSTRUCTIONS SHEET I OF 2 Engineering Report No. IP-RPT- 15-000 '13      Rev 0 Page       1    of 1 t=-Enterg                                    ENTERGY NUCLEAR Engineering Report Cover Sheet Engineering Report
ST~HEENT 19OF1 ENGINEERING REPORT COVER SHEET & INSTRUCTIONS SHEET I OF 2 t=-Enterg Engineering Report No.
IP-RPT-15-000 Page ENTERGY NUCLEAR Engineering Report Cover Sheet Engineering Report


==Title:==
==Title:==
Criticality Safety Analysis of the Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool With Credit For Inserted Neutron Absorber Panels (Rev. 1) - Non-Proprietary Engineering Report Type: (3)
Criticality Safety Analysis of the Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool With Credit For Inserted Neutron Absorber Panels (Rev. 1) - Non-Proprietary
New     []   Revision     Z         Cancelled           El   Superseded     El Superseded by:
'13 Rev 0 1
Applicable Site(s) (4)
of 1
Ipi El       IP2   0           IP3   El     JAF     11           PNPS   1-1   vW El       wPo [
Engineering Report Type: (3)
ANOII3      ANo2      E]        ECH    EL    GGNS      F1            RB S F WF3    El      PLP     F1 EC No. 55635 (5) Report Origin:       [j Entergy     Z Vendor Vendor Document No.:       NET-300067-01 RI (6) Quality-Related:       [D Yes       nl No Prepared by:                     NETCO (Curtiss-Wright)                            Date:    2/13/15 Responsible Engineer (Print Name/Sign) 2/13/15 Design Verified:                               N/A                                    Date:
New []
Design Verifier (if required) (Print Nme/Sign)
Revision Z
Cancelled El Superseded Superseded by:
El Applicable Site(s) (4)
Ipi El ANOI I3 IP2 0
ANo2 E]
IP3 El JAF 11 ECH EL GGNS F1 PNPS 1-1 RB S F vW El WF3 El wPo [
PLP F1 EC No. 55635 (5) Report Origin:
[j Entergy Z Vendor Vendor Document No.:
NET-300067-01 RI (6) Quality-Related:
[D Yes nl No Prepared by:
Design Verified:
Reviewed by:
Reviewed by:
Approved by:
NETCO (Curtiss-Wright)
Responsible Engineer (Print Name/Sign)
N/A Design Verifier (if required) (Print Nme/Sign)
Zt&; U.
Zt&; U.
16   47 (PS   14-1     Au 6}     Irn-                   Date:   2/13/15 Reviewer (Prir(t Name/Sign)
16 47 (PS 14-1 Au 6}
Approved by:                                                                       Date:   2/13/15-Supervisor / Manage(1fint'Name/SigAd)
Irn-Date:
2/13/15 2/13/15 Date:
Date:
2/13/15 Date:
2/13/15-Reviewer (Prir(t Name/Sign)
Supervisor / Manage(1fint'Name/SigAd)
EN-DC-147 REV6....
EN-DC-147 REV6....


NET- 300067-01, Rev. 1 Criticality Safety Analysis of the Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool with Credit for Inserted Neutron Absorber Panels Prepared by:
NET-300067-01, Rev. 1 Criticality Safety Analysis of the Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool with Credit for Inserted Neutron Absorber Panels Prepared by:
NETCO, a Business Segment of Scientech Curtiss-Wright 731 Grant Ave Lake Katrine, New York 12449 Prepared for:
NETCO, a Business Segment of Scientech Curtiss-Wright 731 Grant Ave Lake Katrine, New York 12449 Prepared for:
Entergy Nuclear Operations under Contract No. 10351857
Entergy Nuclear Operations under Contract No. 10351857


This Page Intentionally Left Blank Table of Contents 1      Introduction .................................................................................................                                          1 1.1    Background .............................................................................................................................              1 1.2    Description of the Analysis...............................................................................................                            1 1.3    Acceptance Criteria ....... ....................................................................................................                      2 2      M ethodology .............................................................................................                                              3 2.1    Computer Codes .............................................................................................................                          4 3      Input Data ..............................................................................................                                              7 3.1    Storage Rack Specifications .............................................................................................                            7 3.2    Fuel Assembly Designs .......................................................................................................                        9 3.3    Fuel Assembly Insert Designs ........................................................................................                                11 3.4    Absorber Panel Design ....................................................................................................                          14 4      Validation ...............................................................................................                                            17 4.1    Fresh Fuel Validation ......................................................................................................                        17 4.2    Burned Fuel Validation ....................................................................................................                          18 5      Depletion Calculations ........................................................................                                                      21 5.1    Limiting Depletion Parameters - Burnable Absorbers ................. ................................ 25 5.2    Limiting Depletion Parameters - Soluble Boron .........................................................                                              26 5.3    Limiting Depletion Parameters - Temperatures ...........................................................                                            27 5.4    Limiting Depletion Parameters - Specific Power..........................................................                                            29 5.5    Limiting Depletion Parameters                  -: Control Rod Operation........................                                          o....... 29 5.6    Summary of Depletion Assumptions for Fuel < 3.5 wt%-U-235....:                                                            ...................... 30 5.7    Summary of Depletion Assumptions for Fuel > 3.5 wt% U-235 .................                                                                          32 5.8    Depletion Analysis Details (Time Steps, etc.) ..............................                                                                        33 5.9    Reduced Power Operation at End of Life.......................................................................                                        33 6      Rack Model ...............................................                                                                                        i..34 6.1    Region 1 Infinite 2x2 Model ..........................................................................................                    ........ 35 NET- 300067-01 Rev I.ii
This Page Intentionally Left Blank


6.2      Region 2 Infinite 2x2 Model .............................................................................................                               36 6.3      Axial Burnup Distribution ............................................................................................                                   37 6.4      Interpolation of Isotopics and Cooling Time Verification ............................................                                                   39 6.5      Convergence of Calculations ...........................................................................................                                 40 6.6      Summary of Modeling Assumptions ...............................................................................                                         41 7        Sensitivity Analysis ...............................................................................                                                       42 7.1      Tolerances ..............................................................................................................................               42 7.2      Calculation of Biases and Uncertainties ........................................................................                                         45 8        Results .....................................................................................................                                             49 8.1      Region 1..................................................................................................................................               49 8.1.1        Missing Panel in Region 1 ...................................................................................                                   50 8.1.2        Alternate Panel Design in Region 1 ...................................................................                                           51 8.2      Region 2 ..................................................................................................................................             51 8.2.1        Curve Fit ....................................................................................................................                   52 8.2.2        Confirmation Calculations for Region 2 ............................................................                                             53 8.2.3        Use of Control Rods in Region 2 ........................................................................                                         54 8.2.4        Missing Panel in Region 2 .................................                         ;.................................................         55 8.2.5        Alternate Absorber Panel Design in Region 2 ..................................................                                                   56 8.2.6        Expanded Cooling Time Calculations .................................................................                                             56 8.3      Borated Conditions ...........................................................................................................                         57 8.4      Depletion Effect of Hafnium Flux Suppression Inserts.......'............................................                                                 57 8.5      Axial Reflector ...............................................                                                                           ............. 58 8.6      Volatile Fission Gases ....................................................................                                                  ...... 59 8.7      Temperature Effects ...............................................                                                                                      59 8.8      Fuel Geometry Changes during Burnup .............................................................................                                       60 8.9      Depletion of Fuel < 3.5 wt% with Modern Depletion Assumptions ..................... 60 8.10      Reduced Periphery Requirements & Region 1/Region 2 Interface........ ........................ 61 NET- 300067-01 Rev 1                                                                                                -                                        .*      iv
Table of Contents 1
Introduction.................................................................................................
1 1.1 Background.............................................................................................................................
1 1.2 Description of the Analysis...............................................................................................
1 1.3 Acceptance Criteria...........................................................................................................
2 2
M ethodology.............................................................................................
3 2.1 Computer Codes.............................................................................................................
4 3
Input Data..............................................................................................
7 3.1 Storage Rack Specifications.............................................................................................
7 3.2 Fuel Assembly Designs.......................................................................................................
9 3.3 Fuel Assembly Insert Designs........................................................................................
11 3.4 Absorber Panel Design....................................................................................................
14 4
Validation...............................................................................................
17 4.1 Fresh Fuel Validation......................................................................................................
17 4.2 Burned Fuel Validation....................................................................................................
18 5
Depletion Calculations........................................................................
21 5.1 Limiting Depletion Parameters - Burnable Absorbers................................................. 25 5.2 Limiting Depletion Parameters - Soluble Boron.........................................................
26 5.3 Limiting Depletion Parameters - Temperatures...........................................................
27 5.4 Limiting Depletion Parameters - Specific Power..........................................................
29 5.5 Limiting Depletion Parameters -: Control Rod Operation........................
o....... 29 5.6 Summary of Depletion Assumptions for Fuel < 3.5 wt%-U-235....:
...................... 30 5.7 Summary of Depletion Assumptions for Fuel > 3.5 wt% U-235.................
32 5.8 Depletion Analysis Details (Time Steps, etc.)..............................
33 5.9 Reduced Power Operation at End of Life.......................................................................
33 6
Rack Model...............................................
i..34 6.1 Region 1 Infinite 2x2 Model..........................................................................................  
........ 35 NET-300067-01 Rev I.ii


8.10.1      Full Pool Model ....................................................................................................                 61 8.10.2      Results of Reduced Periphery and Region 1/Region 2 Interface Analysis ........... 68 8.11    Failed Fuel Containers .....................................................................................................                 72 8.12    Fuel Rod Storage Basket ..................................................................................................                   74 8.13    Assemblies with Missing Fuel Rods ...............................................................................                             75 9        Accident Conditions .............................................................................                                             77 9.1      Misplaced Assembly .........................................................................................................                 77 9.2      Dropped Assembly ...........................................................................................................                 79 9.3      Over Temperature ...........................................................................................................                 82 9.4      Multiple Misloads ............................................................................................................               82 9.5      Boron Dilution Accident ..................................................................................................                   83 9.6      Seismic Event .........................................................................................................................     83 10        Summary ..............................................................................................                                         84 10.1    Review of DSS-ISG-2010-01 ...........................................................................................                         84 10.2    Summary of Allowable Fuel Loading .............................................................................                               87 10.3    Absorber Panel Requirements .......................................................................................                           90 10.4    Fuel Requirements ..........................................             6................................................................ 91 10.5    Reactor Operation Limits ...............................................................................................                     92 References          95 Appendix A: Validation of SCALE 6.1.2 for Criticality Analysis Using Laboratory Critical Experiments .,......................                                                                           A-1 A.1.     Overview ................................................................................................                                     A-1 A.2.     Fresh U0 2 Laboratory Critical Experiments ...... .......*...............                                                                     A-1 A.2.1    Introduction ......................................................................................................................... A-I A.2.2    Definition of the Range of Parameters to Be Validated ...................................................                                 A-2 A.2.3    Selection of the Fresh U0            2 Critical Benchmark Experiments ........................................                            A-2 A.2.4    Computer Analysis of the Fresh U0                        2  Benchmark Critical Experiments .................... A-12 A.2.5    Statistical Analysis of the Fresh U0                    2  Critical Benchmark Results............................. A-19 NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                                                                      v
6.2 Region 2 Infinite 2x2 Model.............................................................................................
36 6.3 Axial Burnup Distribution............................................................................................
37 6.4 Interpolation of Isotopics and Cooling Time Verification............................................
39 6.5 Convergence of Calculations...........................................................................................
40 6.6 Summary of Modeling Assumptions...............................................................................
41 7
Sensitivity Analysis...............................................................................
42 7.1 Tolerances..............................................................................................................................
42 7.2 Calculation of Biases and Uncertainties........................................................................
45 8
Results.....................................................................................................
49 8.1 Region 1..................................................................................................................................
49 8.1.1 Missing Panel in Region 1...................................................................................
50 8.1.2 Alternate Panel Design in Region 1...................................................................
51 8.2 Region 2..................................................................................................................................
51 8.2.1 Curve Fit....................................................................................................................
52 8.2.2 Confirmation Calculations for Region 2............................................................
53 8.2.3 Use of Control Rods in Region 2........................................................................
54 8.2.4 Missing Panel in Region 2.................................
55 8.2.5 Alternate Absorber Panel Design in Region 2..................................................
56 8.2.6 Expanded Cooling Time Calculations.................................................................
56 8.3 Borated Conditions...........................................................................................................
57 8.4 Depletion Effect of Hafnium Flux Suppression Inserts.......'............................................
57 8.5 Axial Reflector...............................................  
............. 58 8.6 Volatile Fission Gases....................................................................
59 8.7 Temperature Effects...............................................
59 8.8 Fuel Geometry Changes during Burnup.............................................................................
60 8.9 Depletion of Fuel < 3.5 wt% with Modern Depletion Assumptions..................... 60 8.10 Reduced Periphery Requirements & Region 1/Region 2 Interface................................ 61 NET-300067-01 Rev 1 iv


A.2.6 Establishing the Bias and the Uncertainty .......................................................................               A-28 A.2.7  Subcritical Margin ............................................................................................................ A-29 A.2.8  Area of Applicability (Benchmark Applicability) ..........................................................                       A-29 A.2.9  Summary of Fresh U0     2 Laboratory             Critical Experiment Analysis ............................. A-32 A.3. HTC and M OX Critical Experim ents ................................................                                             A-33 A.4. Appendix References ............................................................................                                 A-44 NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                                                         Vi
8.10.1 Full Pool Model....................................................................................................
61 8.10.2 Results of Reduced Periphery and Region 1/Region 2 Interface Analysis........... 68 8.11 Failed Fuel Containers.....................................................................................................
72 8.12 Fuel Rod Storage Basket..................................................................................................
74 8.13 Assemblies with Missing Fuel Rods...............................................................................
75 9
Accident Conditions.............................................................................
77 9.1 Misplaced Assembly.........................................................................................................
77 9.2 Dropped Assembly...........................................................................................................
79 9.3 Over Temperature...........................................................................................................
82 9.4 Multiple Misloads............................................................................................................
82 9.5 Boron Dilution Accident..................................................................................................
83 9.6 Seismic Event.........................................................................................................................
83 10 Summary..............................................................................................
84 10.1 Review of DSS-ISG-2010-01...........................................................................................
84 10.2 Summary of Allowable Fuel Loading.............................................................................
87 10.3 Absorber Panel Requirements.......................................................................................
90 10.4 Fuel Requirements..........................................
6................................................................
91 10.5 Reactor Operation Limits...............................................................................................
92 References 95 Appendix A: Validation of SCALE 6.1.2 for Criticality Analysis Using Laboratory Critical Experiments.,......................
A-1 A.1.
Overview................................................................................................
A-1 A.2.
Fresh U0 2 Laboratory Critical Experiments.............*...............
A-1 A.2.1 Introduction.........................................................................................................................
A-I A.2.2 Definition of the Range of Parameters to Be Validated...................................................
A-2 A.2.3 Selection of the Fresh U0 2 Critical Benchmark Experiments........................................
A-2 A.2.4 Computer Analysis of the Fresh U0 2 Benchmark Critical Experiments.................... A-12 A.2.5 Statistical Analysis of the Fresh U0 2 Critical Benchmark Results............................. A-19 NET-300067-01 Rev I v


List of Tables Table 2.1: 185 Isotopes Used in the Analysis ..................................................................................... 5 Table 3.1: Region 1 and 2 Storage Rack Dimensions 14, 51 .......................................................                    8 Table 3.2: Fuel Assembly Dimensions [24,71 .............................................................................          11 Table 3.3: Control Rod and Hafnium Rod Descriptions [71 .....................................................                      13 Table 3.4: Pyrex and Wet Annular Burnable Absorber Descriptions [6, 7, 241 .....................                                  13 Table 3.5: Absorber Panel Dimensions .......................................................................................      14 Table 5.1: Key Operating Features by Cycle Used in Indian Point Unit 2 .............................                              23 Table 5.2: Key Operating Features by Cycle Used in Indian Point Unit 3 .............................                              24 Table 5.3: Characteristics of Fuel Inserts .................................................................................      31 Table 6.1: Axial Burnup Profile vs. Burnup Bin [201 ................................................................              38 Table 6.2: Verification of Cooling Time Model in the Interpolation Program .......................                                40 Table 7.1: Tolerance Reactivity Effects ....................................................................................... 42 Table 7.2: Miscellaneous Reactivity Effects ...............................................................................        44 Table 7.3: Rack Up of Biases & Uncertainties in Region 2 for 5 wt% Fuel at 43 GWd/T .......... 47 Table 7.4: Rack Up of Biases and Uncertainties for Region 1.................................................                      48 Table 8.1: Calculated k's in Region 1 ........................................................................................ 50 Table 8.2: Minimum Burnup Requirements (GWd/T) in Region 2 ..........................................                             51 Table 8.3: Coefficients for Curve Fit of Minimum Burnup Requirements .............................                                53 Table 8.4: Calculated k Values at Each Burnup-Point.............................. ...........................                      53 Table 8.5: Total Bias and Uncertainty at Each Burnup Point ................................................                        54 Table 8.6: k 95, 95 at Each Burnup Point For Region 2 ................................................................            54 Table 8.7: Additional Sensitivity Calculations for Region 2 .....................................................                 55 Table 8.8: Hafnium Depletion Results ......................................................................................       58 Table 8.9: Calculated k as a Function of Temperature .............................................................                60 NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                                                 vii
A.2.6 Establishing the Bias and the Uncertainty.......................................................................
A-28 A.2.7 Subcritical Margin............................................................................................................
A-29 A.2.8 Area of Applicability (Benchmark Applicability)..........................................................
A-29 A.2.9 Summary of Fresh U0 2 Laboratory Critical Experiment Analysis............................. A-32 A.3.
HTC and M OX Critical Experim ents................................................
A-33 A.4.
Appendix References............................................................................
A-44 NET-300067-01 Rev I Vi


Table 8.10: Infinite (Section 6) Versus Finite (Full Pool Model) ..............................................                     68 Table 8.11: Region 2 Periphery Tests (No Fuel in Region 1) ...................................................                     70 Table 8.12: Region 1 Periphery Tests (4 wt% 28.44/20.44 GWd/T Fuel in Region 2) ........... 71 Table 8.13: Reflector Tests (4 wt% 28.44/20.44 GWd/T Fuel in Region 2) .............................                                72 Table 9.1: Misplaced Fuel Assembly Analysis ..........................................................................             78 Table 9.2: Dropped Fuel Assembly Cases .................................................................................           81 Table 10.1: DSS-ISG-2010-01 Checklist ....................................................................................         84 Table 10.2: Region 2 Minimum Burnup (GWd/T) Requirements'                                  ...................................... 89 Table 10.3: Summary of Loading Restrictions ..........................................................................             90 Table 10.4: Absorber Panel Requirements ...............................................................................             91 Table 10.5: Fuel Design Requirements ......................................................................................         91 Table 10.6: Fuel Assembly Operating Requirements for Fuel Enriched > 3.5 wt% .............. 93 Table 10.7: Fuel Assembly Operating Requirements for Fuel Enriched < 3.5 wt% .............. 94 Table A.1: Selection Review of OECD/NEA Criticality Benchmarks ........................................                           A-3 Table A.2: Critical Experiment Results with SCALE 6.1.2 and ENDF/B-VII ........................ A-12 Table A.3: Summary of Critical Experiments Containing Boron ............................................                         A-18 Table A.4: Wilk-Shapiro Test Results Output From DATAPLOT [4] ....................................                               A-20 Table A.5: Bias as Predicted Using the Trend in the Bias as a Function of Pitch ................... A-28 Table A.6: Bias as Predicted Using the Trend in the Bias as a Function of Enrichment ........ A-29 Table A.7: Area of Applicability (Benchmark Applicability) .................................................                     A-30 Table A.8: HTC Phase 1 Results......... ...... ..................   .... .......   .... ...................................... A-34 Table A.9: HTC Phase 2a, Gadolinium Solutions, Results ........................................................                 A-35 Table A.10 : HTC Phase 2b, Boron Solutions, Results ...............................................................             A-36 Table A.11 : HTC Phase 3 Results - Water Reflected Assemblies ............................................                       A-37 Table A.12 : HTC Phase 4 Results - Steel Reflected Assemblies ...............................................                   A-38 Table A.13 : Results of MOX Critical Benchmarks (SCALE 6.1.2, ENDF/B-VII) .................. A-40 NET- 300067-0 I Rev 1                                                                                                                viii
List of Tables Table 2.1: 185 Isotopes Used in the Analysis.....................................................................................
5 Table 3.1: Region 1 and 2 Storage Rack Dimensions 14, 51.......................................................
8 Table 3.2: Fuel Assembly Dimensions [24,71.............................................................................
11 Table 3.3: Control Rod and Hafnium Rod Descriptions [71.....................................................
13 Table 3.4: Pyrex and Wet Annular Burnable Absorber Descriptions [6, 7, 241.....................
13 Table 3.5: Absorber Panel Dimensions.......................................................................................
14 Table 5.1: Key Operating Features by Cycle Used in Indian Point Unit 2.............................
23 Table 5.2: Key Operating Features by Cycle Used in Indian Point Unit 3.............................
24 Table 5.3: Characteristics of Fuel Inserts.................................................................................
31 Table 6.1: Axial Burnup Profile vs. Burnup Bin [201................................................................
38 Table 6.2: Verification of Cooling Time Model in the Interpolation Program.......................
40 Table 7.1: Tolerance Reactivity Effects.......................................................................................
42 Table 7.2: Miscellaneous Reactivity Effects...............................................................................
44 Table 7.3: Rack Up of Biases & Uncertainties in Region 2 for 5 wt% Fuel at 43 GWd/T.......... 47 Table 7.4: Rack Up of Biases and Uncertainties for Region 1.................................................
48 Table 8.1: Calculated k's in Region 1........................................................................................
50 Table 8.2: Minimum Burnup Requirements (GWd/T) in Region 2..........................................
51 Table 8.3: Coefficients for Curve Fit of Minimum Burnup Requirements.............................
53 Table 8.4: Calculated k Values at Each Burnup-Point.........................................................
53 Table 8.5: Total Bias and Uncertainty at Each Burnup Point................................................
54 Table 8.6: k95,95 at Each Burnup Point For Region 2................................................................
54 Table 8.7: Additional Sensitivity Calculations for Region 2.....................................................
55 Table 8.8: Hafnium Depletion Results......................................................................................
58 Table 8.9: Calculated k as a Function of Temperature.............................................................
60 NET-300067-01 Rev I vii


List of Figures Figure 3.1: Small Section of the Region 1 Rack 141 ....................................................................                   7 Figure 3.2: Region 2 Rack Showing Cell Boxes and Resultant Cells 151 .................................                                   8 Figure 3.3: L-Shaped Absorber Panel ........................................................................................             15 Figure 3.4: Example Alternate Panel Design [261 .....................................................................                   15 Figure 6.1: Region 1 KENO Model .............................................................................................           35 Figure 6.2: Region 2 KENO Model .............................................................................................           36 Figure 6.3: KENO Model of the Alternate Panel Design ..........................................................                         37 Figure 8.1: Loading Curve vs. Unit 2 Inventory (2013) ............................................................                       52 Figure 8.2: k as a Function of Cooling Time .............................................................................               56 Figure 8.3: Full Pool M odel ......................................................................................................... 63 Figure 8.4: Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool Taken From Holtec Drawing #397 121] .......... 64 Figure 8.5: Enlargement of the Top Left.Corner of the Pool Model .......................................                                 65 Figure 8.6: Enlargement of the Bottom Left Corner of the Pool Model .................................                                   66 Figure 8.7: Enlargement of the Left Side of the Bottom of the Region 1/Region 2 Interface ..... 67 Figure 8.8: Location of the Peripheral Cells with Reduced Requirements .............................                                     69 Figure 8.9: Model for Failed Fuel Container Analysis .............................................................                       73 Figure 8.10: Model for the Fuel Rod Storage Basket ...............................................................                       74 Figure 8.11: k versus Missing Fuel Rods ....................................................................................             76 Figure 8.12: Model for Assemblies with 36 Missing Fuel Rods ..............................................                               76 Figure 9.1: Full Pool Model with Misplaced Assembly ............................................................                        79 Figure 9.2: Full Pool Model with 6 Dropped Assemblies ..........................................................                        81 Figure A.A: Distribution of the Calculated k's Around the Mean .............................................                          A-21 Figure A.2: kff as a Function of the Energy of the Average Lethargy Causing Fission .......... A-24 Figure A.3: kff as a Function of the Pin Diameter .....................................................................                A-25 NET- 300067-01 Rey 1.                                                                                                                        ix
Table 8.10:
Table 8.11:
Table 8.12:
Table 8.13:
Table 9.1:
Table 9.2:
Table 10.1:
Table 10.2:
Table 10.3:
Table 10.4:
Table 10.5:
Table 10.6:
Table 10.7:
Table A.1:
Table A.2:
Table A.3:
Table A.4:
Table A.5:
Table A.6:
Table A.7:
Table A.8:
Table A.9:
Table A.10 Table A.11 Table A.12 Table A.13 Infinite (Section 6) Versus Finite (Full Pool Model)..............................................
68 Region 2 Periphery Tests (No Fuel in Region 1)...................................................
70 Region 1 Periphery Tests (4 wt% 28.44/20.44 GWd/T Fuel in Region 2)........... 71 Reflector Tests (4 wt% 28.44/20.44 GWd/T Fuel in Region 2).............................
72 Misplaced Fuel Assembly Analysis..........................................................................
78 Dropped Fuel Assembly Cases.................................................................................
81 DSS-ISG-2010-01 Checklist....................................................................................
84 Region 2 Minimum Burnup (GWd/T) Requirements' 89 Summary of Loading Restrictions..........................................................................
90 Absorber Panel Requirements...............................................................................
91 Fuel Design Requirements......................................................................................
91 Fuel Assembly Operating Requirements for Fuel Enriched > 3.5 wt%.............. 93 Fuel Assembly Operating Requirements for Fuel Enriched < 3.5 wt%.............. 94 Selection Review of OECD/NEA Criticality Benchmarks........................................
A-3 Critical Experiment Results with SCALE 6.1.2 and ENDF/B-VII........................ A-12 Summary of Critical Experiments Containing Boron............................................
A-18 Wilk-Shapiro Test Results Output From DATAPLOT [4]....................................
A-20 Bias as Predicted Using the Trend in the Bias as a Function of Pitch................... A-28 Bias as Predicted Using the Trend in the Bias as a Function of Enrichment........ A-29 Area of Applicability (Benchmark Applicability).................................................
A-30 H TC Phase 1 Results.........  
.......................................... A-34 HTC Phase 2a, Gadolinium Solutions, Results........................................................
A-35
: HTC Phase 2b, Boron Solutions, Results...............................................................
A-36
: HTC Phase 3 Results - Water Reflected Assemblies............................................
A-37
: HTC Phase 4 Results - Steel Reflected Assemblies...............................................
A-38
: Results of MOX Critical Benchmarks (SCALE 6.1.2, ENDF/B-VII).................. A-40 I Rev 1 viii NET-300067-0


Figure A.4: k~ff as a Function of the Lattice Pitch ......................................................................                       A-25 Figure A.5: keff as a Function of the Fuel Enrichment ...............................................................                           A-26 Figure A.6: kff as a Function of the B-10 Areal Density in the Separator Plates .................... A-27 Figure A.7: kff as a Function of the Soluble Boron Content .....................................................                                 A-28 Figure A.8: k~ff as a Function of the Energy of the Average Lethargy Causing Fission for the H TC Experim ents ................................................................................................................................. A-39 Figure A.9 Predicted keff as a Function of the Plutonium Content ............................................                                   A-42 Figure A.10 Predicted kff as a Function of the Am-241 Content ...............................................                                   A-43 NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                                                                   x
List of Figures Figure 3.1: Small Section of the Region 1 Rack 141....................................................................
7 Figure 3.2: Region 2 Rack Showing Cell Boxes and Resultant Cells 151.................................
8 Figure 3.3: L-Shaped Absorber Panel........................................................................................
15 Figure 3.4: Example Alternate Panel Design [261.....................................................................
15 Figure 6.1: Region 1 KENO Model.............................................................................................
35 Figure 6.2: Region 2 KENO Model.............................................................................................
36 Figure 6.3: KENO Model of the Alternate Panel Design..........................................................
37 Figure 8.1: Loading Curve vs. Unit 2 Inventory (2013)............................................................
52 Figure 8.2: k as a Function of Cooling Time.............................................................................
56 Figure 8.3: Full Pool M odel.........................................................................................................
63 Figure 8.4: Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool Taken From Holtec Drawing #397 121].......... 64 Figure 8.5: Enlargement of the Top Left.Corner of the Pool Model.......................................
65 Figure 8.6: Enlargement of the Bottom Left Corner of the Pool Model.................................
66 Figure 8.7: Enlargement of the Left Side of the Bottom of the Region 1/Region 2 Interface..... 67 Figure 8.8: Location of the Peripheral Cells with Reduced Requirements.............................
69 Figure 8.9: Model for Failed Fuel Container Analysis.............................................................
73 Figure 8.10: Model for the Fuel Rod Storage Basket...............................................................
74 Figure 8.11: k versus Missing Fuel Rods....................................................................................
76 Figure 8.12: Model for Assemblies with 36 Missing Fuel Rods..............................................
76 Figure 9.1: Full Pool Model with Misplaced Assembly............................................................
79 Figure 9.2: Full Pool Model with 6 Dropped Assemblies..........................................................
81 Figure A.A: Distribution of the Calculated k's Around the Mean.............................................
A-21 Figure A.2: kff as a Function of the Energy of the Average Lethargy Causing Fission.......... A-24 Figure A.3: kff as a Function of the Pin Diameter.....................................................................
A-25 NET-300067-01 Rey 1.
ix
 
Figure A.4: k~ff as a Function of the Lattice Pitch......................................................................
A-25 Figure A.5: keff as a Function of the Fuel Enrichment...............................................................
A-26 Figure A.6: kff as a Function of the B-10 Areal Density in the Separator Plates.................... A-27 Figure A.7: kff as a Function of the Soluble Boron Content.....................................................
A-28 Figure A.8: k~ff as a Function of the Energy of the Average Lethargy Causing Fission for the H TC Experim ents.................................................................................................................................
A-39 Figure A.9 Predicted keff as a Function of the Plutonium Content............................................
A-42 Figure A.10 Predicted kff as a Function of the Am-241 Content...............................................
A-43 NET-300067-01 Rev I x


Criticality Safety Analysis of the Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool with Credit for Inserted Neutron Absorber Panels 1 Introduction This criticality safety analysis documents the technical basis and justification for proposed loading criteria for current and future fuel at the Indian Point Unit 2 spent fuel pool. The proposed loading criteria supports placement of the various types of fuel that are used in Unit 2 and Unit 3 reactors into the Unit 2 spent fuel pool. The analysis bounds the fuel from both units.
Criticality Safety Analysis of the Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool with Credit for Inserted Neutron Absorber Panels 1 Introduction This criticality safety analysis documents the technical basis and justification for proposed loading criteria for current and future fuel at the Indian Point Unit 2 spent fuel pool. The proposed loading criteria supports placement of the various types of fuel that are used in Unit 2 and Unit 3 reactors into the Unit 2 spent fuel pool. The analysis bounds the fuel from both units.


===1.1 Background===
===1.1 Background===
Indian Point Nuclear Power Generating Plant Unit 2 spent fuel pool racks currently use Boraflex TM as the neutron absorber, which is known to degrade over time. Due to this fact, Entergy, the operator of the Indian Point Plant, will no longer take credit for the Boraflex TM but rather install new neutron absorber panels into every cell in the spent fuel pool. These absorber panels will cover two adjacent walls of each cell, and are thin enough to allow for fuel to be inserted and removed from the cells. Once placed in the cells, the absorber panels are not intended to be removed except for repair, replacement, or inspection.
Indian Point Nuclear Power Generating Plant Unit 2 spent fuel pool racks currently use BoraflexTM as the neutron absorber, which is known to degrade over time. Due to this fact, Entergy, the operator of the Indian Point Plant, will no longer take credit for the Boraflex TM but rather install new neutron absorber panels into every cell in the spent fuel pool. These absorber panels will cover two adjacent walls of each cell, and are thin enough to allow for fuel to be inserted and removed from the cells. Once placed in the cells, the absorber panels are not intended to be removed except for repair, replacement, or inspection.
The analysis supports two designs of absorber panels. Design constraints are clearly identified and it is possible for alternate absorber panel designs to be used.
The analysis supports two designs of absorber panels. Design constraints are clearly identified and it is possible for alternate absorber panel designs to be used.
Unit 2 and Unit 3 are both 4 loop Westinghouse power plants that utilize the 15xl 5 fuel assembly de"sign-:The physical dimension requirements of the fuel from both units are the same. To date both units have had all their fuel assemblies manufactured by Westinghouse.
Unit 2 and Unit 3 are both 4 loop Westinghouse power plants that utilize the 15xl 5 fuel assembly de"sign-:The physical dimension requirements of the fuel from both units are the same. To date both units have had all their fuel assemblies manufactured by Westinghouse.
1.2 Descriptionof the Analysis Thiscriticality analysis determines the loading criteria for fuel assemblies in the Unit 2 spent fuel pool by taking credit for inserted absorber panels. The loading criteria will allow for full core off load, NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                         I
1.2 Description of the Analysis Thiscriticality analysis determines the loading criteria for fuel assemblies in the Unit 2 spent fuel pool by taking credit for inserted absorber panels. The loading criteria will allow for full core off load, NET-300067-01 Rev I I


while storing all the current and projected fuel for Units 2 and 3. In addition, nearly all fuel at its final discharged burnup will be able to be stored in Region 2 (see Figure 8.4 for region definitions). The analysis does not credit any Boraflex neutron absorber that might remain in the racks.
while storing all the current and projected fuel for Units 2 and 3. In addition, nearly all fuel at its final discharged burnup will be able to be stored in Region 2 (see Figure 8.4 for region definitions). The analysis does not credit any Boraflex neutron absorber that might remain in the racks.
Line 70: Line 279:
This effort has been concurrent with the Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI) working with the NRC to produce guidance for spent fuel pool analysis [27]. The NEI guidance started with the NRC draft Interim Staff Guidance (ISG) DSS-ISG-2010-01 [1]. All of the requirements set in DSS-ISG-2010-01 are met and are reviewed in Section 10.1.
This effort has been concurrent with the Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI) working with the NRC to produce guidance for spent fuel pool analysis [27]. The NEI guidance started with the NRC draft Interim Staff Guidance (ISG) DSS-ISG-2010-01 [1]. All of the requirements set in DSS-ISG-2010-01 are met and are reviewed in Section 10.1.
1.3 Acceptance Criteria The acceptance criteria of the analysis are to ensure compliance with 10CFR50.68 [2]. Specifically, the analysis demonstrates that:
1.3 Acceptance Criteria The acceptance criteria of the analysis are to ensure compliance with 10CFR50.68 [2]. Specifically, the analysis demonstrates that:
.. - -    -    the k95/95 ofthe pool is less than 1.0 after accounting for all biases and uncertainties when not taking credit for soluble boron (with a 95% probability at a 95% confidence level) [2],.
the k95/95ofthe pool is less than 1.0 after accounting for all biases and uncertainties when not taking credit for soluble boron (with a 95% probability at a 95% confidence level) [2],.
0: the k 9 5/9 5 of the pool is less than 0.95 after accounting for all biases and uncertainties when taking credit for soluble boron (with a 95% probability at a 95% confidence level) [2].
0: the k 9 5/9 5 of the pool is less than 0.95 after accounting for all biases and uncertainties when taking credit for soluble boron (with a 95% probability at a 95% confidence level) [2].
In addition, an engineering safety margin is provided to cover unanticipated issues. The initial safety margin used is 1%, so that the       k 9 5/95 target value is 0.99 for no soluble boron and 0.94 with soluble boron.
In addition, an engineering safety margin is provided to cover unanticipated issues. The initial safety margin used is 1%, so that the k 9 5/95 target value is 0.99 for no soluble boron and 0.94 with soluble boron.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                                 2
NET-300067-01 Rev I 2


2 Methodology The criticality safety analysis performed in this report used a method that is comprised of the following steps. Each step refers to a section in this report where further information is provided.
2 Methodology The criticality safety analysis performed in this report used a method that is comprised of the following steps. Each step refers to a section in this report where further information is provided.
: 1. Review the historical and projected fuel designs and inserts for use in Units 2 and 3. Assure that the analysis covers all the designs. (See Sections 3.2 and 3.3)
: 1. Review the historical and projected fuel designs and inserts for use in Units 2 and 3. Assure that the analysis covers all the designs. (See Sections 3.2 and 3.3)
: 2. Review the historical and projected operating history of Units 2 and 3. (See Section 5)
: 2.
: 3. Review the current Unit 2 racks and projected new absorber panels. (See Sections 3.1 and 3.4)
Review the historical and projected operating history of Units 2 and 3. (See Section 5)
: 4. Validate the computercodes for the application. (See Section 4)
: 3.
: 5. Deplete the fuel using a 2D lattice representation of the core using bounding depletion assumptions. (See Section 5)
Review the current Unit 2 racks and projected new absorber panels. (See Sections 3.1 and 3.4)
: 6. Develop an infinite 3D Monte Carlo model of the Region I and Region 2 racks using periodic boundary conditions (radially infinite). The axial modeling is finite, including conservative modeling of the axial burnup distribution. (See Section 6)
: 4.
: 7. Use the rack and fuel manufacturing tolerances and 3D Monte Carlo model to determine the reactivity associated with the manufacturing uncertainties. (See Section 7)
Validate the computercodes for the application. (See Section 4)
: 8. Use the infinite 3D Monte Carlo model with the validation and manufacturing biases and uncertainties to determine the minimum burnup as a function of enrichment and cooling time (loading curve). This analysis is performed with no soluble boron. (See Section 8)
: 5.
Deplete the fuel using a 2D lattice representation of the core using bounding depletion assumptions. (See Section 5)
: 6.
Develop an infinite 3D Monte Carlo model of the Region I and Region 2 racks using periodic boundary conditions (radially infinite). The axial modeling is finite, including conservative modeling of the axial burnup distribution. (See Section 6)
: 7.
Use the rack and fuel manufacturing tolerances and 3D Monte Carlo model to determine the reactivity associated with the manufacturing uncertainties. (See Section 7)
: 8.
Use the infinite 3D Monte Carlo model with the validation and manufacturing biases and uncertainties to determine the minimum burnup as a function of enrichment and cooling time (loading curve). This analysis is performed with no soluble boron. (See Section 8)
: 9. Test the Region 1/Region 2 interface and the relaxed periphery requirements using a full pool 3D Monte Carlo model. (See Section 8)
: 9. Test the Region 1/Region 2 interface and the relaxed periphery requirements using a full pool 3D Monte Carlo model. (See Section 8)
: 10. Perform accident analyses (dropped assembly, misplaced assembly, over temperature, boron dilution, seismic, and multiple assembly misloads) with the appropriate models. (See Section 9)
: 10. Perform accident analyses (dropped assembly, misplaced assembly, over temperature, boron dilution, seismic, and multiple assembly misloads) with the appropriate models. (See Section 9)
II. Summarize the resulting loading requirements and the assumptions made in the analysis. (See Section 10)
II. Summarize the resulting loading requirements and the assumptions made in the analysis. (See Section 10)
NET- 300067-01 Rev 1                                                                                       3
NET-300067-01 Rev 1 3


2.1 Computer Codes This analysis uses the t5-depl TRITON module of SCALE 6.1.2 [3] (the most recent version) for the depletion analysis and the CSAS5 module for the criticality analysis. All the analyses are performed using the 238 group ENDF/B-VII library (v7-238) (the most recent library). The CSAS5 module utilizes CENTRM and BONAMI for the resonance self-shielding calculations and KENO V.a for the Monte Carlo calculation of k*. All of the CSAS5 computer runs use a Monte Carlo sampling of at least 1500 generations and 6000 neutrons per generation to achieve a statistical uncertainty in k of less than 0.0002.
2.1 Computer Codes This analysis uses the t5-depl TRITON module of SCALE 6.1.2 [3] (the most recent version) for the depletion analysis and the CSAS5 module for the criticality analysis. All the analyses are performed using the 238 group ENDF/B-VII library (v7-238) (the most recent library). The CSAS5 module utilizes CENTRM and BONAMI for the resonance self-shielding calculations and KENO V.a for the Monte Carlo calculation of k*. All of the CSAS5 computer runs use a Monte Carlo sampling of at least 1500 generations and 6000 neutrons per generation to achieve a statistical uncertainty in k of less than 0.0002.
The t5-depl sequence of TRITON utilizes CENTRM and BONAMI for the resonance treatment and then uses KENO V.a for the collapsing of the cross-sections from 238 groups to one group for use in ORIGEN. parm=(addnux=4) is used in the analysis which tracks the maximum number of problem specific collapsed isotopes (388). At the end of the depletion analysis, the OPUS module is used to output atom densities for use in the criticality model. In the OPUS input, 185 isotopes are specified, as shown in Table 2.1. The isotopes that are not included have low atom densities, combined with small cross-sections, in the spent fuel composition. In other words, the eliminated isotopes do not impact the reactivity of the spent fuel and consequently will not impact the crticiality analysis. Immediately after shutdown, there is an increase in reactivity in the first few days due to the decay of Xe-135 and Np-239 (poison is being removed and fissile Pu-239 is being added). Rather than follow this change in reactivity and to assure that the peak reactivity occurs at 72 hours, all of the Xe-135 is converted to Cs-135 and all of the Np-239 is converted to Pu-239. Furthermore, the half-lives of 1-135 and Ru-105 are approximately 6 hours and 4 hours respectively, therefore their daughter products are also being followed until72 hours of cooling time has elapsed. After 72 hours, only 181 isotopes (out of the initial 185 listed in Table 2.1) are followed and/or considered. Additionally, at low burnups isotopes with atom densities are less than I E-12 are also eliminated.
The t5-depl sequence of TRITON utilizes CENTRM and BONAMI for the resonance treatment and then uses KENO V.a for the collapsing of the cross-sections from 238 groups to one group for use in ORIGEN. parm=(addnux=4) is used in the analysis which tracks the maximum number of problem specific collapsed isotopes (388). At the end of the depletion analysis, the OPUS module is used to output atom densities for use in the criticality model. In the OPUS input, 185 isotopes are specified, as shown in Table 2.1. The isotopes that are not included have low atom densities, combined with small cross-sections, in the spent fuel composition. In other words, the eliminated isotopes do not impact the reactivity of the spent fuel and consequently will not impact the crticiality analysis. Immediately after shutdown, there is an increase in reactivity in the first few days due to the decay of Xe-135 and Np-239 (poison is being removed and fissile Pu-239 is being added). Rather than follow this change in reactivity and to assure that the peak reactivity occurs at 72 hours, all of the Xe-135 is converted to Cs-135 and all of the Np-239 is converted to Pu-239. Furthermore, the half-lives of 1-135 and Ru-105 are approximately 6 hours and 4 hours respectively, therefore their daughter products are also being followed until72 hours of cooling time has elapsed. After 72 hours, only 181 isotopes (out of the initial 185 listed in Table 2.1) are followed and/or considered. Additionally, at low burnups isotopes with atom densities are less than I E-12 are also eliminated.
Throughout this document, k is used as a short hand notation for k-effective or k~ff NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       4
Throughout this document, k is used as a short hand notation for k-effective or k~ff NET-300067-01 Rev I 4


Table 2.1: 185 Isotopes Used in the Analysis
Table 2.1: 185 Isotopes Used in the Analysis
      -I-I Ag-109       Cm-243       Gd-i160      Nd-145        Rb-85        Sm-I 53      Te-130 Ag-i 10m     Cm-244       Ge-73        Nd-146        Rb-86        Sm-I 54      Te-132 Ag-I ll     Cm-245       Ge-76        Nd-147        Rb-87        Sn-I15        U-234 Am-241       Cm-246       Ho-165      Nd-148      Rh-103        Sn-116        U-235 Am-242m       Cs-133       1-127      Nd-150      Rh-105        Sn-l17        U-236 Am-243        Cs-134        1-129      Np-237      Ru-100        Sn-I 18      U-237 As-75        Cs-135        1-131      Np-238      Ru-101        Sn-119        U-238 Ba-134        Cs-136        1-135      Np-239      Ru-102        Sn-120        Xe-128 Ba-135        Cs-137      In-I115        0-16       Ru-103        Sn-122        Xe-129 Ba-136        Dy-160        Kr-82        Pd- 104    Ru-104        Sn-123        Xe-130 Ba-137        Dy-161        Kr-83        Pd- 105    Ru-105        Sn-124        Xe-131 Ba-138        Dy-162        Kr-84       Pd- 106    Ru-106        Sn-125        Xe-132 Ba-140       Dy-163        Kr-85        Pd-107      Ru-99         Sn- 126      Xe-133 Br-81        Dy-164        Kr-86        Pd-108      Sb-121        Sr-86        Xe-134            I Cd-110        Er-166      La- 138      Pd-I 10     Sb-123        Sr-88        Xe-135 Cd-Ill        Eu-151       La-139      Pm-147        Sb-124        Sr-89        Xe-136 Cd-I 12      Eu-152      La- 140      Pm-148        Sb-125        Sr-90        Y-89 Cd-l13        Eu-153      Mo-100     Pm-148m        Se-76        Tb-159        Y-90 Cd-I 14      Eu-154      Mo-95        Pm-149        Se-77        Tb-160        Y-91 Cd-115m        Eu-155      Mo-96        Pm- 151      Se-80          Tc-99        Zr-91 Cd-I 16      Eu-156      Mo-97        Pr- 141      Se-82        Te-122        Zr-93 Ce-140        Gd-152      Mo-98        Pr-143      Sm-147         Te-124         Zr-95 Ce-141        Gd-154      Mo-99        Pu-238      Sm-148        Te-125        Zr-96 Ce-142        Gd-155      Nb-95        Pu-239      Sm-149        Te-126 Ce-143        Gd-156      Nd-142        Pu-240      Sm-150        Te-127m Ce-144        Gd-157      Nd-143        Pu-241      Sm-151        Te-128 Cm-242        Gd-158      Nd-144        Pu-242      Sm-152        Te-129m In addition to using SCALE, a FORTRAN Code was used to interpolate between burnups from the OPUS output and also to decay the isotopic content to the desired cooling time. The FORTRAN code, which has been verified and validated, reads an axial burnup profile to get the shape of the burnup axially, NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       5
-I-I Ag-109 Cm-243 Ag-i 10m Cm-244 Ag-I ll Cm-245 Am-241 Cm-246 Am-242m Cs-133 Am-243 Cs-134 As-75 Cs-135 Ba-134 Cs-136 Ba-135 Cs-137 Ba-136 Dy-160 Ba-137 Dy-161 Ba-138 Dy-162 Ba-140 Dy-163 Br-81 Dy-164 Cd-110 Er-166 Cd-Ill Eu-151 Cd-I 12 Eu-152 Cd-l13 Eu-153 Cd-I 14 Eu-154 Cd-115m Eu-155 Cd-I 16 Eu-156 Ce-140 Gd-152 Ce-141 Gd-154 Ce-142 Gd-155 Ce-143 Gd-156 Ce-144 Gd-157 Cm-242 Gd-158 Gd-i160 Ge-73 Ge-76 Ho-165 1-127 1-129 1-131 1-135 In-I115 Kr-82 Kr-83 Kr-84 Kr-85 Kr-86 La-138 La-139 La-140 Mo-100 Mo-95 Mo-96 Mo-97 Mo-98 Mo-99 Nb-95 Nd-142 Nd-143 Nd-144 Nd-145 Nd-146 Nd-147 Nd-148 Nd-150 Np-237 Np-238 Np-239 0-16 Pd-104 Pd-105 Pd-106 Pd-107 Pd-108 Pd-I 10 Pm-147 Pm-148 Pm-148m Pm-149 Pm-151 Pr-141 Pr-143 Pu-238 Pu-239 Pu-240 Pu-241 Pu-242 Rb-85 Sm-I 53 Rb-86 Sm-I 54 Rb-87 Sn-I 15 Rh-103 Sn-116 Rh-105 Sn-l17 Ru-100 Sn-I 18 Ru-101 Sn-119 Ru-102 Sn-120 Ru-103 Sn-122 Ru-104 Sn-123 Ru-105 Sn-124 Ru-106 Sn-125 Ru-99 Sn-126 Sb-121 Sr-86 Sb-123 Sr-88 Sb-124 Sr-89 Sb-125 Sr-90 Se-76 Tb-159 Se-77 Tb-160 Se-80 Tc-99 Se-82 Te-122 Sm-147 Te-124 Sm-148 Te-125 Sm-149 Te-126 Sm-150 Te-127m Sm-151 Te-128 Sm-152 Te-129m Te-130 Te-132 U-234 U-235 U-236 U-237 U-238 Xe-128 Xe-129 Xe-130 Xe-131 Xe-132 Xe-133 Xe-134 Xe-135 Xe-136 Y-89 Y-90 Y-91 Zr-91 Zr-93 Zr-95 Zr-96 I
In addition to using SCALE, a FORTRAN Code was used to interpolate between burnups from the OPUS output and also to decay the isotopic content to the desired cooling time. The FORTRAN code, which has been verified and validated, reads an axial burnup profile to get the shape of the burnup axially, NET-300067-01 Rev I 5


so multiple atom density sets can be made quickly. The code was validated by comparing the k calculated with the code-interpolated number densities to the k calculated with number densities directly from SCALE/ORIGEN-S, in which no interpolation was used. Furthermore, SCALE/ORIGEN-S was used to decay to a given cooling time and similar comparisons were made. All the differences were within the statistical uncertainty of the k calculations (see Section 6.4).
so multiple atom density sets can be made quickly. The code was validated by comparing the k calculated with the code-interpolated number densities to the k calculated with number densities directly from SCALE/ORIGEN-S, in which no interpolation was used. Furthermore, SCALE/ORIGEN-S was used to decay to a given cooling time and similar comparisons were made. All the differences were within the statistical uncertainty of the k calculations (see Section 6.4).
Unless otherwise specified, all of the k values reported in this document are raw calculated k values with no adjustment for bias and uncertainty. The final values to be compared to the criticality criteria are the calculated values plus the total bias and uncertainty (notated as '195/95").
Unless otherwise specified, all of the k values reported in this document are raw calculated k values with no adjustment for bias and uncertainty. The final values to be compared to the criticality criteria are the calculated values plus the total bias and uncertainty (notated as '195/95").
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       6
NET-300067-01 Rev I 6


3 Input Data For the criticality analysis, input data is needed for the storage racks (Section 3.1), the fuel assemblies (Section 3.2), the fuel assembly inserts (Section 3.3), and the absorber panels (Section 3.4). In addition to this data, plant operating data was used to assure conservative depletion parameters were selected. The plant operating data is found in Section 5.
3 Input Data For the criticality analysis, input data is needed for the storage racks (Section 3.1), the fuel assemblies (Section 3.2), the fuel assembly inserts (Section 3.3), and the absorber panels (Section 3.4). In addition to this data, plant operating data was used to assure conservative depletion parameters were selected. The plant operating data is found in Section 5.
Line 104: Line 321:
Figure 3.1: Small Section of the Region 1 Rack [4]
Figure 3.1: Small Section of the Region 1 Rack [4]
Region 2 is a non-flux trap design where receptacle cans with Boraflex sheaths are spaced out creating "resultant" cells between the cans. Figure 3.2 shows two complete cells in the Region 2 type rack [5]. The cell on the left would be called the "resultant" cell. Notice the fuel in the resultant cell is not bounded by four flat walls but rather by the Boraflex sheaths. The dimensions for the Region 2 rack are also shown in Table 3.1 [5].
Region 2 is a non-flux trap design where receptacle cans with Boraflex sheaths are spaced out creating "resultant" cells between the cans. Figure 3.2 shows two complete cells in the Region 2 type rack [5]. The cell on the left would be called the "resultant" cell. Notice the fuel in the resultant cell is not bounded by four flat walls but rather by the Boraflex sheaths. The dimensions for the Region 2 rack are also shown in Table 3.1 [5].
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                           7
NET-300067-01 Rev I 7


Proprietary Information Removed 4-)lZP                       (
Proprietary Information Removed 4-)lZP
Figure 3.2: Region 2 Rack Showing Cell Boxes and Resultant Cells [51 Table 3.1: Region 1 and 2 Storage Rack Dimensions [4, 51 Value Attribute                 (inches)     Tolerance Region 1 Rack [41 Vertical cell pitch                   10.545     .............
(
Horizontal cell pitch                 10.765 Cell ID                               8.75 Cell wall thickness                   0.075       +/- 0.007 Boraflex sheathing width               7.70       Minimum Boraflex sheathing thickness           0.035*     + 0.003 Boraflex sheathing distance           0.112 from cell wall Region 2 Rack [51 Cell pitch                             9.04 Cell ID                               8.80 Cell wall thickness                   0.075       + 0.007 Boraflex sheathing width               8.00       Maximum Boraflex sheathing thickness           0.035       + 0.003 Boraflex sheathing distance           0.092 from cell wall                   1
Figure 3.2: Region 2 Rack Showing Cell Boxes and Resultant Cells [51 Table 3.1: Region 1 and 2 Storage Rack Dimensions [4, 51 Value Attribute (inches)
                        *0.0235" and 0.035" wrappers allowed per drawing The material of the rack is SS304 [4, 5]. The Boraflex is modeled as water. If any Boraflex remained, it would contain B-10, which would decrease reactivity compared to water. EPRI Technical NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                               8
Tolerance Region 1 Rack [41 Vertical cell pitch 10.545 Horizontal cell pitch 10.765 Cell ID 8.75 Cell wall thickness 0.075  
+/- 0.007 Boraflex sheathing width 7.70 Minimum Boraflex sheathing thickness 0.035*  
+ 0.003 Boraflex sheathing distance 0.112 from cell wall Region 2 Rack [51 Cell pitch 9.04 Cell ID 8.80 Cell wall thickness 0.075  
+ 0.007 Boraflex sheathing width 8.00 Maximum Boraflex sheathing thickness 0.035  
+ 0.003 Boraflex sheathing distance 0.092 from cell wall 1
*0.0235" and 0.035" wrappers allowed per drawing The material of the rack is SS304 [4, 5]. The Boraflex is modeled as water. If any Boraflex remained, it would contain B-10, which would decrease reactivity compared to water. EPRI Technical NET-300067-01 Rev I 8


Report 103300 [25] concludes the rate of boron carbide loss is proportional to the rate of the silica loss. Therefore, a water displacing material without boron is not credible.
Report 103300 [25] concludes the rate of boron carbide loss is proportional to the rate of the silica loss. Therefore, a water displacing material without boron is not credible.
Line 116: Line 338:
The following nomenclature has been used for Indian Point fuel:
The following nomenclature has been used for Indian Point fuel:
: 1. HIPAR: This was the initial fuel design and used stainless steel guide tubes and Inconel grids.
: 1. HIPAR: This was the initial fuel design and used stainless steel guide tubes and Inconel grids.
: 2. Standard Fuel (LOPAR): Changed from stainless steel to Zircaloy guide tubes. .
: 2. Standard Fuel (LOPAR): Changed from stainless steel to Zircaloy guide tubes..
: 3. OFA Fuel: Changed to Zircaloy grids and small change to guide tubes.
: 3. OFA Fuel: Changed to Zircaloy grids and small change to guide tubes.
: 4. Vantage + Fuel: Added intermediate flow mixing grids, changed the zirconium alloy to ZIRLOTMI, and added axial blankets
: 4. Vantage + Fuel: Added intermediate flow mixing grids, changed the zirconium alloy to ZIRLOTMI, and added axial blankets
: 5. Performance + Fuel: Added a protective bottom gridand longer bottom end plugs.         -
: 5. Performance + Fuel: Added a protective bottom gridand longer bottom end plugs. -
: 6. 15X 15 Upgrade Fuel: Changed the grid design and modified the guide tube dashpot by using a tube-in-tube (more water displacement - less reactive).
: 6.
Most of the fuel design changes have been related to the grids. The grids are ignored in the criticality modeling, since they displace water in fuel assemblies. PWR fuel designs are under moderated so that there is a negative moderator coefficient of reactivity. Even at cold temperatures the fuel assembly designs are under moderated. With high soluble boron concentrations, it can be non-conservative to NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                         9
15X 15 Upgrade Fuel: Changed the grid design and modified the guide tube dashpot by using a tube-in-tube (more water displacement - less reactive).
Most of the fuel design changes have been related to the grids. The grids are ignored in the criticality modeling, since they displace water in fuel assemblies. PWR fuel designs are under moderated so that there is a negative moderator coefficient of reactivity. Even at cold temperatures the fuel assembly designs are under moderated. With high soluble boron concentrations, it can be non-conservative to NET-300067-01 Rev I 9


ignore grids, but for borated cases, there is a large margin to the criticality limits (See Section 8.2.6), so ignoring the grids is still acceptable.
ignore grids, but for borated cases, there is a large margin to the criticality limits (See Section 8.2.6), so ignoring the grids is still acceptable.
Westinghouse has also changed the pellet theoretical density, chamfering and dishing. This is not identified as a fuel design change. For this analysis, a high stack density is used to cover all the previous changes and to allow for future design changes. The stack density is the smeared density of the U0       2 inside the pellet OD. The chamfering and dishing are not modeled. The stack density is always less than the pellet density.
Westinghouse has also changed the pellet theoretical density, chamfering and dishing. This is not identified as a fuel design change. For this analysis, a high stack density is used to cover all the previous changes and to allow for future design changes. The stack density is the smeared density of the U0 2 inside the pellet OD. The chamfering and dishing are not modeled. The stack density is always less than the pellet density.
Finally, the initial fuel for Indian Point did not have axial blankets. Several axial blanket designs have been used at the Indian Point Units. This analysis conservatively does not take credit for the lower enriched axial blankets (see Tables 5.1 and 5.2 for axial blanket types used).
Finally, the initial fuel for Indian Point did not have axial blankets. Several axial blanket designs have been used at the Indian Point Units. This analysis conservatively does not take credit for the lower enriched axial blankets (see Tables 5.1 and 5.2 for axial blanket types used).
The fuel dimensions and tolerances are taken from References 7 and 24. In general, the dimensions used in the analysis are the nominal dimensions plus or minus the tolerance to maximize the reactivity (see Table 3.2). However, this was not done for all the dimensions. The fuel pellet OD and clad ID are increased by more than the typical tolerance from Reference 7 to allow margin for possible future fuel designs. The guide tube tolerance has been shown to be insignificant to the reactivity [27]. However, a small conservative increase in the guide tube thickness was made in the model.
The fuel dimensions and tolerances are taken from References 7 and 24. In general, the dimensions used in the analysis are the nominal dimensions plus or minus the tolerance to maximize the reactivity (see Table 3.2). However, this was not done for all the dimensions. The fuel pellet OD and clad ID are increased by more than the typical tolerance from Reference 7 to allow margin for possible future fuel designs. The guide tube tolerance has been shown to be insignificant to the reactivity [27]. However, a small conservative increase in the guide tube thickness was made in the model.
Having more fuel and more water inside the fuel assembly maximizes the reactivity (see Table 7.2).
Having more fuel and more water inside the fuel assembly maximizes the reactivity (see Table 7.2).
Therefore, maximum stack density, maximum pellet OD, minimum clad OD, smaller guidetube OD and larger guide tube ID were used in the analysis. The assembly pitch in the core for- Westinghouse 15xI5 plants is 8.466 inches [7]. The most the uniform pin pitch could increase is (8.466- 15 x 0.563)/15       =
Therefore, maximum stack density, maximum pellet OD, minimum clad OD, smaller guidetube OD and larger guide tube ID were used in the analysis. The assembly pitch in the core for-Westinghouse 15xI5 plants is 8.466 inches [7]. The most the uniform pin pitch could increase is (8.466-15 x 0.563)/15 =
0.0014 inches before assemblies would touch each other in the reactor core. This pin pitch tolerance is analyzed (see Table 7. ) and combined with other manufacturing tolerances. An assumed stack density of 97.5% of the U0   2 theoretical density allows some margin to cover future designs. Dishing and chamfering of the pellets are included in the stack density. A 97.5% stack density means the actual NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                           10
0.0014 inches before assemblies would touch each other in the reactor core. This pin pitch tolerance is analyzed (see Table 7. ) and combined with other manufacturing tolerances. An assumed stack density of 97.5% of the U0 2 theoretical density allows some margin to cover future designs. Dishing and chamfering of the pellets are included in the stack density. A 97.5% stack density means the actual NET-300067-01 Rev I 10


Proprietary Information Removed chamfered and dished sintered pellet density is nearly 99% of the theoretical density of UO 2. If the fuel design changes, the criticality analysis will be valid as long as the maximum stack density, maximum pellet OD, minimum clad OD and minimum guide tube cross-sectional area are maintained (see Table 10.5).                                                                                                       II Table 3.2: Fuel Assembly Dimensions [24,7]
Proprietary Information Removed chamfered and dished sintered pellet density is nearly 99% of the theoretical density of UO 2. If the fuel design changes, the criticality analysis will be valid as long as the maximum stack density, maximum pellet OD, minimum clad OD and minimum guide tube cross-sectional area are maintained (see Table 10.5).
Value                                                 Value Used in Attribute                           (inches)           Typical Tolerance                     Analysis Fuel pellet U0 2 stack density       97.5 %TD         Maximum expected stack                       975 density                                           97.5 Fuel pellet OD                         0.3659         [           ],c                         I         ]a.
II Table 3.2: Fuel Assembly Dimensions [24,7]
Fuel clad OD                           0.4220         []ja                                     I           a, Fuel clad ID                           0.3734         [           ]ac                         I         ]a Fuel pin pitch                         0.5630         +/- 0.00 14 (using assembly pitch)             0.5630 Active fuel length                       144           None (has no effect)                           144 Standard Fuel Fuel guide tube OD                       0.546         Insignificant effect on k [27]                     ]a.c Fuel guide tube ID                     0.512           Insignificant effect on k [27]                     la, OFA Fuel Fuel guide tube OD                     0.533           Insignificant effect on k [27]             [       ]'C Fuel guide tube ID                     0.499           Insignificant effect on k [27]                     ]a The fuel clad and guide tube material is Zirc-4 or Zirlo. For fuel pellets that are coated with ZrB2 (IFBA), the B-10 loading is assumed to be [       mg B&deg;0/inch]   a-, [24] (IX) for IFBA rods assumed in fresh fuel and [   mg B'0 /inch] " (1.5X) for depletion calculations.
Value Value Used in Attribute (inches)
3.3 FuelAssembly InsertDesigns The fuel assemblies used in Indian Point-Units 2 and 3 have contained a.number of different types of inserts in the guide tubes during operation. They are:
Typical Tolerance Analysis Fuel pellet U0 2 stack density 97.5 %TD Maximum expected stack 975 density 97.5 Fuel pellet OD 0.3659
[  
],c I  
]a.
Fuel clad OD 0.4220
[]ja I
a, Fuel clad ID 0.3734
[  
]ac I  
]a Fuel pin pitch 0.5630  
+/- 0.00 14 (using assembly pitch) 0.5630 Active fuel length 144 None (has no effect) 144 Standard Fuel Fuel guide tube OD 0.546 Insignificant effect on k [27]  
]a.c Fuel guide tube ID 0.512 Insignificant effect on k [27]
la, OFA Fuel Fuel guide tube OD 0.533 Insignificant effect on k [27]
[  
]'C Fuel guide tube ID 0.499 Insignificant effect on k [27]  
]a The fuel clad and guide tube material is Zirc-4 or Zirlo. For fuel pellets that are coated with ZrB2 (IFBA), the B-10 loading is assumed to be [
mg B&deg;0/inch] a-, [24] (IX) for IFBA rods assumed in fresh fuel and [
mg B'0 /inch] " (1.5X) for depletion calculations.
3.3 Fuel Assembly Insert Designs The fuel assemblies used in Indian Point-Units 2 and 3 have contained a.number of different types of inserts in the guide tubes during operation. They are:
: 1. Pyrex burnable absorbers
: 1. Pyrex burnable absorbers
: 2. Wet Annular Burnable Absorbers (WABA)
: 2.
: 3. Unclad Hafnium flux suppression assemblies
Wet Annular Burnable Absorbers (WABA)
: 4. Primary source assemblies
: 3.
: 5. Secondary source assemblies NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                           I1I
Unclad Hafnium flux suppression assemblies
: 4.
Primary source assemblies
: 5.
Secondary source assemblies NET-300067-01 Rev I I1I
: 6. Full Length Control Rods
: 6. Full Length Control Rods
: 7. Part Length Control Rods The final criticality calculations assume no inserts in the guide tubes except for the special case of a control rod in the assembly to reduce the reactivity of assemblies that fail to meet the loading requirements. However, depletion calculations are performed with inserts in order to harden the spectrum and maximize the reactivity of burned fuel. The effect of the inserts is maximized by using the highest boron content and the most water displacement. The boron loading for the burnable absorbers has varied, so the maximum boron loading has been used in the analysis. A Pyrex burnable absorber displaces more water and has a higher B-10 loading than a WABA, so for enrichments where both burnable absorbers are used, the Pyrex burnable absorber is conservatively selected. Pyrex burnable absorbers displace more water than the primary source assemblies. The analysis assumes for fuel < 3.5 wt% (old fuel) that Pyrex burnable absorbers remain in the assembly throughout depletion (see Section 5), so primary sources (which were only in the old fuel) are covered.
: 7.
Part Length Control Rods The final criticality calculations assume no inserts in the guide tubes except for the special case of a control rod in the assembly to reduce the reactivity of assemblies that fail to meet the loading requirements. However, depletion calculations are performed with inserts in order to harden the spectrum and maximize the reactivity of burned fuel. The effect of the inserts is maximized by using the highest boron content and the most water displacement. The boron loading for the burnable absorbers has varied, so the maximum boron loading has been used in the analysis. A Pyrex burnable absorber displaces more water and has a higher B-10 loading than a WABA, so for enrichments where both burnable absorbers are used, the Pyrex burnable absorber is conservatively selected. Pyrex burnable absorbers displace more water than the primary source assemblies. The analysis assumes for fuel < 3.5 wt% (old fuel) that Pyrex burnable absorbers remain in the assembly throughout depletion (see Section 5), so primary sources (which were only in the old fuel) are covered.
Secondary sources displace some water and could have a small effect on the burned fuel reactivity. A WABA rodlet displaces about the same amount of water as a secondary source rodlet but a secondary source assembly contains less rodlets (generally 6 rodlets). Since more water is displaced with the assumed WABA assembly (20 rodlet assembly) than the secondary source assembly, analysis with WABAs would be conservative. Since the WABA is never removed during the depletion, a secondary source that is inserted after the WABA depletion is auttomatically covered.-
Secondary sources displace some water and could have a small effect on the burned fuel reactivity. A WABA rodlet displaces about the same amount of water as a secondary source rodlet but a secondary source assembly contains less rodlets (generally 6 rodlets). Since more water is displaced with the assumed WABA assembly (20 rodlet assembly) than the secondary source assembly, analysis with WABAs would be conservative. Since the WABA is never removed during the depletion, a secondary source that is inserted after the WABA depletion is auttomatically covered.-
Indian Point Units 2 and 3 had 8 part length control rods in Cycle I. In Cycle 1, for both units, the part length rods were in assemblies that were nominally 2.2 wt% U-235 enriched. These assemblies exceed the Region 2 loading curve minimum burnup for their enrichment by over 10 GWd/T. The reactivity effect due to the use of the part length control rods in Cycle I for both units is significantly less than the reactivity-effectrof the.10O.GWd/T ex9cess burnup for these fuel assemblies.
Indian Point Units 2 and 3 had 8 part length control rods in Cycle I. In Cycle 1, for both units, the part length rods were in assemblies that were nominally 2.2 wt% U-235 enriched. These assemblies exceed the Region 2 loading curve minimum burnup for their enrichment by over 10 GWd/T. The reactivity effect due to the use of the part length control rods in Cycle I for both units is significantly less than the reactivity-effectrof the.10O.GWd/T ex9cess burnup for these fuel assemblies.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                           12
NET-300067-01 Rev I 12


Thimble plugs have also been used at the Indian Point Units, but since these do not extend into the active fuel region they can be ignored.
Thimble plugs have also been used at the Indian Point Units, but since these do not extend into the active fuel region they can be ignored.
Tables 3.3 and 3.4 provide the input data used in the analysis. Note that the Pyrex burnable absorber used at Indian Point had a range of B-10 loadings. The highest B-10 loading is conservative for the depletion analysis and that value is in Table 3.4. Further, the largest borosilicate glass dimensions were utilized which is also conservative.
Tables 3.3 and 3.4 provide the input data used in the analysis. Note that the Pyrex burnable absorber used at Indian Point had a range of B-10 loadings. The highest B-10 loading is conservative for the depletion analysis and that value is in Table 3.4. Further, the largest borosilicate glass dimensions were utilized which is also conservative.
Table 3.3: Control Rod and Hafnium Rod Descriptions [71 Parameter                                 Control Rod           Hafnium Number of Rodlets per assembly                     20               20 or less*
Table 3.3: Control Rod and Hafnium Rod Descriptions [71 Parameter Control Rod Hafnium Number of Rodlets per assembly 20 20 or less*
Absorber OD (in)                                 0.3975               0.3810 Absorber Material                               Ag-In-Cd                 Hf (80-15-5 wt%)
Absorber OD (in) 0.3975 0.3810 Absorber Material Ag-In-Cd Hf (80-15-5 wt%)
Absorber density (g/cc)                           10.17               13.3 1 Clad OD (in)                                     0.4390               0.3810' Clad ID (in)                                     0.4006                 none Clad Material                                     SS 304                 none Table 3.4: Pyrex and Wet Annular Burnable Absorber Descriptions [6, 7, 24]
Absorber density (g/cc) 10.17 13.3 1 Clad OD (in) 0.4390 0.3810' Clad ID (in) 0.4006 none Clad Material SS 304 none Table 3.4: Pyrex and Wet Annular Burnable Absorber Descriptions [6, 7, 24]
Parameter                               Pyrex                     WABA Material Inside inner clad                   Void                       Water Clad material                               SS304                         Zr Inner Clad ID (in)                         0.2235                       0.225 Inner Clad OD (in)                         0.2365                       0.267 Absorber ID (in)                           0.2430                       0.278 Absorber OD (in)             .        =.0.3960                         0.318 Outer Clad ID (in)                         0.4005                       0.329 Outer Clad OD (in)                         0.4390 "                     0.381 Absorber Material                         B,0 3-SiO 2               A120 3-B4 C (18.1 wt% B 20   3)       (0.00603 gin '0B/cm)
Parameter Pyrex WABA Material Inside inner clad Void Water Clad material SS304 Zr Inner Clad ID (in) 0.2235 0.225 Inner Clad OD (in) 0.2365 0.267 Absorber ID (in) 0.2430 0.278 Absorber OD (in)  
=.0.3960 0.318 Outer Clad ID (in) 0.4005 0.329 Outer Clad OD (in) 0.4390 "
0.381 Absorber Material B,0 3-SiO 2
A120 3-B4C (18.1 wt% B 20 3)
(0.00603 gin '0B/cm)
Density = 2.23 g/cct
Density = 2.23 g/cct
      .20 rodlets were used in the analysis. -To date the maximum rodlets used is 16.
.20 rodlets were used in the analysis. -To date the maximum rodlets used is 16.
t From the SCALE manual, Ref. [3].
t From the SCALE manual, Ref. [3].
:This is the OD of the uinclad Hafnium.
:This is the OD of the uinclad Hafnium.
NET- 300067-01 Rev 1-                                                                                     13
NET-300067-01 Rev 1-13


For the special case of crediting a control rod in a fresh assembly in the pool, the Ag-ln-Cd content (density) is reduced by 20% to bound manufacturing tolerances and any absorber material loss during operation.
For the special case of crediting a control rod in a fresh assembly in the pool, the Ag-ln-Cd content (density) is reduced by 20% to bound manufacturing tolerances and any absorber material loss during operation.
3.4 Absorber Panel Design The spent fuel pool racks are assumed to have L-shaped borated AI/B 4C absorber panels in every cell.
3.4 Absorber Panel Design The spent fuel pool racks are assumed to have L-shaped borated AI/B 4C absorber panels in every cell.
For Region 1, the panels are oriented bottom-right, while for Region 2, they are oriented top-left. This resolves any interface issues between Region I and Region 2, since there is a double panel at the interface. There are two analyzed absorber panel designs, which are assumed to have the characteristics shown in Table 3.5. Figures 3.3 and 3.4 illustrate the two designs.
For Region 1, the panels are oriented bottom-right, while for Region 2, they are oriented top-left. This resolves any interface issues between Region I and Region 2, since there is a double panel at the interface. There are two analyzed absorber panel designs, which are assumed to have the characteristics shown in Table 3.5. Figures 3.3 and 3.4 illustrate the two designs.
Table 3.5: Absorber Panel Dimensions Attribute                             Value (inches)               Notes Absorber Panel (primary)
Table 3.5: Absorber Panel Dimensions Attribute Value (inches)
Areal Density (g B-10/cm2 )                 0.015                   Minimum Panel width                           Cell ID - 0.03               Minimum Panel thickness                             0.086                   Minimum in Region 1 0.096                   Maximum in Region 2 Length                                                               Covers active fuel length Absorber Panel (alternate)*
Notes Absorber Panel (primary)
Areal Density (g 13-10/cm2)                 0.022 (Region 1) 0.020 (Region 2)         Minimum Panel width                                 7.6                     Minimum Panel thickness                             0.075                   Minimum in Region 1 0.0941                   Maximum in Region 2 Offset from comer                           0.64
Areal Density (g B-10/cm2) 0.015 Minimum Panel width Cell ID - 0.03 Minimum Panel thickness 0.086 Minimum in Region 1 0.096 Maximum in Region 2 Length Covers active fuel length Absorber Panel (alternate)*
        . Length                                _-_Covers                             active fuel length Minor adjustments to these specific dimensions and areal densities are acceptable provided that the panel is shown to be as effective in absorbing neutrons as the primary design.
Areal Density (g 13-10/cm2) 0.022 (Region 1) 0.020 (Region 2)
t For Region 2, in which maximum water displacement is more reactive, the maximum thickness is increased in the model to 0.101 to account for the water disp!acement ofihe stainless steel connector that is attached to the absorber panel..                           -
Minimum Panel width 7.6 Minimum Panel thickness 0.075 Minimum in Region 1 0.0941 Maximum in Region 2 Offset from comer 0.64 Length
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                                 14
_-_Covers active fuel length Minor adjustments to these specific dimensions and areal densities are acceptable provided that the panel is shown to be as effective in absorbing neutrons as the primary design.
t For Region 2, in which maximum water displacement is more reactive, the maximum thickness is increased in the model to 0.101 to account for the water disp!acement ofihe stainless steel connector that is attached to the absorber panel..
NET-300067-01 Rev I 14


                                                          -Cell Width -.........
-Cell Width -.........
Figure 3.3: L-Shaped Absorber Panel "Offset Panel Width Figure 3.4: Example Alternate Panel Design* [26]
Figure 3.3: L-Shaped Absorber Panel Panel Width "Offset Figure 3.4: Example Alternate Panel Design* [26]
For the primary absorber panel design, the Al/B 4C is L-shaped and continuous and fits snugly inside the rack cell. Therefore, the minimum width of the panel is the cell ID minus the tolerance. Calculations showed that having a minimum panel thickness maximizes the reactivity in Region 1, while a maximum panel thickness maximizes the reactivity in Region 2 (see Table 7.2). For the alternate design, two sheets
For the primary absorber panel design, the Al/B 4C is L-shaped and continuous and fits snugly inside the rack cell. Therefore, the minimum width of the panel is the cell ID minus the tolerance. Calculations showed that having a minimum panel thickness maximizes the reactivity in Region 1, while a maximum panel thickness maximizes the reactivity in Region 2 (see Table 7.2). For the alternate design, two sheets
  - :shown Minor adjustments to these specific dimensions and areal densities are acceptable provided that the panel is to be as effective in absorbing neutrons as the primary design.
- : Minor adjustments to these specific dimensions and areal densities are acceptable provided that the panel is shown to be as effective in absorbing neutrons as the primary design.
NET- 300067-01 Rev 1-                                                                                             15
NET-300067-01 Rev 1-15


of AI/B 4C are connected at the corner by an L-shaped stainless steel connector (see Figure 3.4). The minimum panel width is 7.6 inches. All of the loading curve calculations were performed with the primary design. For the alternate design, since the panel width is over an inch shorter than the primary design and there is no AI/B 4C in the corner, the minimum areal density had to be increased from 0.015 to 0.020* in Region 2 and to 0.022f in Region 1, so that the loading requirements would remain the same.
of AI/B 4C are connected at the corner by an L-shaped stainless steel connector (see Figure 3.4). The minimum panel width is 7.6 inches. All of the loading curve calculations were performed with the primary design. For the alternate design, since the panel width is over an inch shorter than the primary design and there is no AI/B 4C in the corner, the minimum areal density had to be increased from 0.015 to 0.020* in Region 2 and to 0.022f in Region 1, so that the loading requirements would remain the same.
Calculations show that any metal (or no metal) used by the alternate design in the corner to connect the panels is acceptable, so long as the connecting metal is no thicker than 0.1 inches (see Figure 6.3).
Calculations show that any metal (or no metal) used by the alternate design in the corner to connect the panels is acceptable, so long as the connecting metal is no thicker than 0.1 inches (see Figure 6.3).
No references are given for the absorber panel dimensions, since the dimensions in Table 3.5 are design constraints for the absorber panel to be ordered.
No references are given for the absorber panel dimensions, since the dimensions in Table 3.5 are design constraints for the absorber panel to be ordered.
NET- 300067-01 Rev -1                                                                                   16 6
NET-300067-01 Rev -1 6
16


4 Validation The validation of the SCALE 6.1.2, TRITON (t5-depl) and CSAS5 models requires a number of steps. First, since fresh fuel is allowed to be stored in the spent fuel pool, validation for fresh fuel is performed by use of U0     2 critical benchmarks from the OECDINEA handbook [8]. For the burned fuel, the reactivity due to the uncertainty in the isotopic content is determined as 5% of the delta k of depletion as set forth in DSS-ISG-2010-01 [1]. Further, for burned fuel Mixed Uranium/Plutonium Oxide(MOX) critical experiments included in the HTC critical experiments were added for burned fuel validation to assure the worth of the plutonium isotopes and Am-241 are properly predicted. Finally for burned fuel, a bias of 1.5% was added for the possible error in the fission products and minor actinides cross sections (See Section 4.2).
4 Validation The validation of the SCALE 6.1.2, TRITON (t5-depl) and CSAS5 models requires a number of steps. First, since fresh fuel is allowed to be stored in the spent fuel pool, validation for fresh fuel is performed by use of U0 2 critical benchmarks from the OECDINEA handbook [8]. For the burned fuel, the reactivity due to the uncertainty in the isotopic content is determined as 5% of the delta k of depletion as set forth in DSS-ISG-2010-01 [1]. Further, for burned fuel Mixed Uranium/Plutonium Oxide(MOX) critical experiments included in the HTC critical experiments were added for burned fuel validation to assure the worth of the plutonium isotopes and Am-241 are properly predicted. Finally for burned fuel, a bias of 1.5% was added for the possible error in the fission products and minor actinides cross sections (See Section 4.2).
The details of the validation are found in Appendix A. This section describes the method and summarizes the results.
The details of the validation are found in Appendix A. This section describes the method and summarizes the results.
4.1 Fresh Fuel Validation The validation for fresh fuel follows NUREG/CR-6698 [12]. Two hundred thirty six (236) critical experiments were selected from the OECD/NEA handbook that match the conditions of most spent fuel pools but specifically the Indian Point Unit 2 spent fuel pool. These experiments were analyzed with SCALE 6.1.2 using the 238-group ENDF/B-VII cross-section library. The resulting predicted k's were then tested for trends on the key parameters influencing k. Using these trends, the most limiting bias and uncertainty in the area of applicability was determined. Although some of the trends may not be statistically significant, it is conservative to use all of the trends in determining the limiting bias and uncertainty. Table A.7 is the area of applicability for the validation. The Indian Point spent fuel pool is covered by the area of applicability of the validation. Specifically, NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       17
4.1 Fresh Fuel Validation The validation for fresh fuel follows NUREG/CR-6698 [12]. Two hundred thirty six (236) critical experiments were selected from the OECD/NEA handbook that match the conditions of most spent fuel pools but specifically the Indian Point Unit 2 spent fuel pool. These experiments were analyzed with SCALE 6.1.2 using the 238-group ENDF/B-VII cross-section library. The resulting predicted k's were then tested for trends on the key parameters influencing k. Using these trends, the most limiting bias and uncertainty in the area of applicability was determined. Although some of the trends may not be statistically significant, it is conservative to use all of the trends in determining the limiting bias and uncertainty. Table A.7 is the area of applicability for the validation. The Indian Point spent fuel pool is covered by the area of applicability of the validation. Specifically, NET-300067-01 Rev I 17
: 1. Enrichment: The benchmarks selected range from 2.35 to 4.74 wt% U-235. The fuel in the spent fuel pool ranges from 2.21 to 5 wt% U-235. The bias decreases with enrichment and the slope is small allowing for a small extrapolation (see Table A.7).                         I
: 1. Enrichment: The benchmarks selected range from 2.35 to 4.74 wt% U-235. The fuel in the spent fuel pool ranges from 2.21 to 5 wt% U-235. The bias decreases with enrichment and the slope is small allowing for a small extrapolation (see Table A.7).
: 2. Spectrum: The benchmarks cover a wide range of spectrum by varying the pin pitch. The Energy of the Average Lethargy causing Fission (EALF) of the benchmarks ranges from 0.0605 to 0.8485 eV. The calculated EALF in the pool ranges from 0.1 to 0.6 eV.
I
: 2.
Spectrum: The benchmarks cover a wide range of spectrum by varying the pin pitch. The Energy of the Average Lethargy causing Fission (EALF) of the benchmarks ranges from 0.0605 to 0.8485 eV. The calculated EALF in the pool ranges from 0.1 to 0.6 eV.
: 3. Fuel Pin Pitch: The fuel pin pitch of the benchmarks ranges from 1.075 to 2.54 cm. The Indian Point fuel pin pitch is 1.43 cm.
: 3. Fuel Pin Pitch: The fuel pin pitch of the benchmarks ranges from 1.075 to 2.54 cm. The Indian Point fuel pin pitch is 1.43 cm.
: 4. Flux Trap: The benchmarks include spacing between assemblies of 0 to 15.4 cm. The flux trap design for Region I is 3.4 to 4.0 cm.
: 4.
Flux Trap: The benchmarks include spacing between assemblies of 0 to 15.4 cm. The flux trap design for Region I is 3.4 to 4.0 cm.
: 5. Boron Areal Density: The benchmarks range from 0 to 0.067 g Bl0/cm 2. The spent fuel pool will credit absorber panels with areal densities of 0.015 to 0.022 g B'&deg;/cm 2.
: 5. Boron Areal Density: The benchmarks range from 0 to 0.067 g Bl0/cm 2. The spent fuel pool will credit absorber panels with areal densities of 0.015 to 0.022 g B'&deg;/cm 2.
: 6. Soluble Boron: The benchmarks have soluble boron concentrations up to 5030 ppm.. The maximum ppm used in the analysis is 2000 ppm.
: 6.
Soluble Boron: The benchmarks have soluble boron concentrations up to 5030 ppm.. The maximum ppm used in the analysis is 2000 ppm.
Details on the area of applicability can be found in Appendix A.
Details on the area of applicability can be found in Appendix A.
The most limiting bias and uncertainty from the validation was due to a trend in the spectrum, EALF.
The most limiting bias and uncertainty from the validation was due to a trend in the spectrum, EALF.
From this trend, a bias of 0.0029 for EALF up to 0.4 eV and 0.0037 for EALFs from 0.4 to 0.6 eV has been determined. Cases without soluble boron are in the first range of EALF and will use 0.0029 for the bias. Heavily borated cases can have an EALF greater than 0.4 eV and then would use the 0.0037 bias.
From this trend, a bias of 0.0029 for EALF up to 0.4 eV and 0.0037 for EALFs from 0.4 to 0.6 eV has been determined. Cases without soluble boron are in the first range of EALF and will use 0.0029 for the bias. Heavily borated cases can have an EALF greater than 0.4 eV and then would use the 0.0037 bias.
The 95/95 -uncertainty is 0.0050 for all the analyses.
The 95/95 -uncertainty is 0.0050 for all the analyses.
4.2 Burned Fuel Validation The first step in validating the burned fuel analysis is to establish a bias and uncertainty for the isotopic content. The interim staff guidance, DSS-ISG-2010-01 (Section 2.a.i), sets this bias and
4.2 Burned Fuel Validation The first step in validating the burned fuel analysis is to establish a bias and uncertainty for the isotopic content. The interim staff guidance, DSS-ISG-2010-01 (Section 2.a.i), sets this bias and uncertainty at 5% of the depletion reactivity as an uncertainty (zero bias). DSS-ISG-2010-01 then states:
uncertainty at 5% of the depletion reactivity as an uncertainty (zero bias). DSS-ISG-2010-01 then states:
* NET-300067-01 Rev I 18
  *NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                     18


              "The "reactivitydecrement" should be the decrement associatedwith the keff of afresh unburnedfitel assembly that has no integralburnable neutron absorbers,to the k.ff of thefuel assembly with the burnup of interest either with or without residual integralburnable neutron absorbers,whichever results in the largerreactivity decrement."
"The "reactivity decrement" should be the decrement associated with the keff of afresh unburned fitel assembly that has no integral burnable neutron absorbers, to the k.ff of the fuel assembly with the burnup of interest either with or without residual integral burnable neutron absorbers, whichever results in the larger reactivity decrement."
This analysis does not credit integral burnable absorbers in burned fuel so the reactivity decrement is simply the delta k between the fresh fuel and the burned fuel. In this analysis, the depletion uncertainty due to isotopic content is this reactivity decrement multiplied by 0.05. No bias due to the depletion analysis is taken (as consistent with the interim guidance). However, a bias due to uncertainty in the reactivity worth of the minor actinides and fission products is accounted for as noted below.
This analysis does not credit integral burnable absorbers in burned fuel so the reactivity decrement is simply the delta k between the fresh fuel and the burned fuel. In this analysis, the depletion uncertainty due to isotopic content is this reactivity decrement multiplied by 0.05. No bias due to the depletion analysis is taken (as consistent with the interim guidance). However, a bias due to uncertainty in the reactivity worth of the minor actinides and fission products is accounted for as noted below.
The next step is to assure that the calculated worth of the isotopes used is correct. The critical experiments that most closely match spent nuclear fuel are the HTC critical experiments [ 13]. These experiments are Mixed Uranium/Plutonium Oxide (MOX) experiments that were designed to match the Uranium and Plutonium isotopic content of 4.5 wt % U-235 fuel burned to 37.5 GWd/T. These experiments were analyzed for this validation. Since there are fuel assemblies in the spent fuel pool that have less burnup, as well as fuel assemblies that have more burnup, additional critical experiments are needed. MOX experiments from the OECD/NEA handbook were added to cover the higher burned conditions and the fresh U0 2 critical experiments from Section 4.1 were added to cover the lower burned conditions.
The next step is to assure that the calculated worth of the isotopes used is correct. The critical experiments that most closely match spent nuclear fuel are the HTC critical experiments [ 13]. These experiments are Mixed Uranium/Plutonium Oxide (MOX) experiments that were designed to match the Uranium and Plutonium isotopic content of 4.5 wt % U-235 fuel burned to 37.5 GWd/T. These experiments were analyzed for this validation. Since there are fuel assemblies in the spent fuel pool that have less burnup, as well as fuel assemblies that have more burnup, additional critical experiments are needed. MOX experiments from the OECD/NEA handbook were added to cover the higher burned conditions and the fresh U0 2 critical experiments from Section 4.1 were added to cover the lower burned conditions.
The most limiting bias and uncertainty from the three sets of experiments: a) fresh U0 2, b) HTC, and c) MOX is used for the bias and uncertainty for the major actinides (U, Pu, Am-241). The most limiting bias and uncertainty comes from the. fresh U0 2 experiments, since ENDF/B-VII predicts higher k's for MOX critical experiments than U-235 based systems. Refer to Section A.3.2 of Appendix A to see the support for this position. This means that the first worth component of the bias and uncertainty for NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       19
The most limiting bias and uncertainty from the three sets of experiments: a) fresh U0 2, b) HTC, and c) MOX is used for the bias and uncertainty for the major actinides (U, Pu, Am-241). The most limiting bias and uncertainty comes from the. fresh U0 2 experiments, since ENDF/B-VII predicts higher k's for MOX critical experiments than U-235 based systems. Refer to Section A.3.2 of Appendix A to see the support for this position. This means that the first worth component of the bias and uncertainty for NET-300067-01 Rev I 19


burned fuel, the component for the worth of the major actinides, has a bias of 0.0029 or 0.0037 depending on EALF and an uncertainty of 0.0050.
burned fuel, the component for the worth of the major actinides, has a bias of 0.0029 or 0.0037 depending on EALF and an uncertainty of 0.0050.
The second worth component of the validation of burned fuel is to cover the worth of the fission products and minor actinides. ORNL studied the uncertainty in the cross-sections and used TSUNAMI to propagate this uncertainty to a cask system [14]. ORNL then concluded that a bias of 1.5% of the worth of the fission products and minor actinides was conservative. On page 106 of the ORNL report, the last sentence states, "An upper value of 1.5% of the worth is also applicable for SNF isotopic compositions consisting of all nuclides in the SFP configuration, as well as the cask configuration as depicted in Table 7.11 and Table 7.12." For this analysis the bias and uncertainty due to the fission products and minor actinides is a bias of 1.5% of the worth of the fission products and minor actinides.
The second worth component of the validation of burned fuel is to cover the worth of the fission products and minor actinides. ORNL studied the uncertainty in the cross-sections and used TSUNAMI to propagate this uncertainty to a cask system [14]. ORNL then concluded that a bias of 1.5% of the worth of the fission products and minor actinides was conservative. On page 106 of the ORNL report, the last sentence states, "An upper value of 1.5% of the worth is also applicable for SNF isotopic compositions consisting of all nuclides in the SFP configuration, as well as the cask configuration as depicted in Table 7.11 and Table 7.12." For this analysis the bias and uncertainty due to the fission products and minor actinides is a bias of 1.5% of the worth of the fission products and minor actinides.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       20
NET-300067-01 Rev I 20


5 Depletion Calculations Prior to performing the depletion analysis, a thorough review of the historical operation of Indian Point Units 2 and 3 was performed. Specifically, the following items were reviewed:
5 Depletion Calculations Prior to performing the depletion analysis, a thorough review of the historical operation of Indian Point Units 2 and 3 was performed. Specifically, the following items were reviewed:
: 1. What inserts were in assemblies and what were the designs of these inserts.
: 1. What inserts were in assemblies and what were the designs of these inserts.
: 2. How much bumup was achieved while the inserts were in the assemblies.
: 2.
: 3. How were control rods used during the cycles.
How much bumup was achieved while the inserts were in the assemblies.
: 4. What was the soluble boron level during the cycles.
: 3.
: 5. What was the maximum average power peaking (used for fuel and moderator temperatures).
How were control rods used during the cycles.
: 6. When were axial blankets introduced and what were the designs.
: 4.
What was the soluble boron level during the cycles.
: 5.
What was the maximum average power peaking (used for fuel and moderator temperatures).
: 6.
When were axial blankets introduced and what were the designs.
Tables 5.1 and 5.2 summarize the key depletion parameters by cycle for Indian Point Units 2 and 3 respectively [30]. Control rod operating history is discussed in Section 5.5. Tin is the core inlet temperature and Tave is the average moderator temperature in the active fuel (not the vessel average temperature).
Tables 5.1 and 5.2 summarize the key depletion parameters by cycle for Indian Point Units 2 and 3 respectively [30]. Control rod operating history is discussed in Section 5.5. Tin is the core inlet temperature and Tave is the average moderator temperature in the active fuel (not the vessel average temperature).
Axial blankets (reduced enrichment at the ends of the fuel) reduce the reactivity compared to assuming the highest enrichment over the entire length of the fuel. Several axial blanket designs have been used in Units 2 and 3: 6 inch or 8 inch long blankets, annular and solid pellets, natural or reduced enriched uranium, same or differing enrichments in the top and bottom blankets. Although it would be possible to credit the reduced reactivity caused by the axial blankets, it was decided not to take the credit.'
Axial blankets (reduced enrichment at the ends of the fuel) reduce the reactivity compared to assuming the highest enrichment over the entire length of the fuel. Several axial blanket designs have been used in Units 2 and 3: 6 inch or 8 inch long blankets, annular and solid pellets, natural or reduced enriched uranium, same or differing enrichments in the top and bottom blankets. Although it would be possible to credit the reduced reactivity caused by the axial blankets, it was decided not to take the credit.'
This approach yields the simplicity of only one loading curve and flexibility for possible future design modifications for the axial blankets such as enrichment or annular hole size changes. Such changes would have no effect on the criticality safety analysis since the full length uniform enrichment assumption would still be bounding.
This approach yields the simplicity of only one loading curve and flexibility for possible future design modifications for the axial blankets such as enrichment or annular hole size changes. Such changes would have no effect on the criticality safety analysis since the full length uniform enrichment assumption would still be bounding.
The Indian Point fuel management and operating approach changed from annual refueling cycles to two year refueling cycles resulting in higher feed enrichments and heavier use of burnable absorbers. In NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       *21.
The Indian Point fuel management and operating approach changed from annual refueling cycles to two year refueling cycles resulting in higher feed enrichments and heavier use of burnable absorbers. In NET-300067-01 Rev I
*21.


order to not penalize the loading curve for older fuel, the depletion analysis was subdivided into fuel assemblies less than or greater than 3.5 wt% U-235. Fuel assemblies over 3.5 wt% JU-235 have never been loaded into the core with Pyrex burnable absorbers. Furthermore, historical fuel assemblies under 3.5 wt% U-235 never had IFBA rods.
order to not penalize the loading curve for older fuel, the depletion analysis was subdivided into fuel assemblies less than or greater than 3.5 wt% U-235. Fuel assemblies over 3.5 wt% JU-235 have never been loaded into the core with Pyrex burnable absorbers. Furthermore, historical fuel assemblies under 3.5 wt% U-235 never had IFBA rods.
With a thorough knowledge of the Indian Point Units 2 and 3 operating history, it was possible to select limiting depletion parameters that bound all fuel.
With a thorough knowledge of the Indian Point Units 2 and 3 operating history, it was possible to select limiting depletion parameters that bound all fuel.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                   22.-
NET-300067-01 Rev I 22.-


Proprietary Information Removed Table 5.1: Key Operating Features by Cycle Used in Indian Point Unit 2 Max   Peak Feed                               Cycle         Feed                   Blanket                   Max BA Assem. Soluble Batch     Power   Tave   Tin     Burnup       Enrich.                 Enrich. BA*   Max BA     Burnup Peaking Boron Cycle         ID     (MWt)     CF)   (-F)   (GWd/T)       (wt%)       Blanket   (wt%)   Type   Loading   (GWd/T) Factor     m 1       A,B,C     2758                 ax
Proprietary Information Removed Table 5.1: Key Operating Features by Cycle Used in Indian Point Unit 2 Max Peak Feed Cycle Feed Blanket Max BA Assem.
                                              ., 16.4       2.2/2.8/3.3     none         -  Pyrex 20 Rodlets   18.5   1.23   890 2         D       2758                       10.7         3.1         none         -  Pyrex 20 Rodlets   13.0   1.22   993 3         E       2758                       10.8         3.2         none         -  Pyrex 7 Rodlets   12.0   1.24   948 4         F       2758                       9.8         3.35         none         -  Pyrex 12 Rodlets   12.2   1.25   881 5         G-     2758                       12.2         3.3         none             Pyrex 12 Rodlets   15.0   1.22   908 6         H       2758                       13.2         3.2         none         -  Pyrex 20 Rodlets   16.7   1.27   880 7         J       2758                       12.4         3.44         none         -  Pyrex 16 Rodlets   15.5   1.25   883 8         K       2758                       13.8     3.2/3.44       none         -  WABA 12 Rodlets   17.4   1.27   933 9         L       2758                       11.4       3.4/3.7       none         -  WABA 16 Rodlets   14.6   1.28     881 10         M       2758                       13.3       3.6/4.2       none         -  WABA 20 Rodlets   17.3   1.30   1050 3071.4 11         N     3071.4                     18.1     3.75/4.05       none         -    FBA WABA  116(1X)16 Rodlets    24.5   1.35   997 12         P     3071.4                     20.7     3.6/4.2/4.6     none         -  IFBA 116(IX) 20   28.1   1.36   1121 12_3071.4                                     20.7____ 36.4             neWABA                   Rodlets IFBA   148(1.5X)   2.       .8     14 13         Q     3071.4                     20.9       4.4/4.8     6" annular     2.6 WABA   12Rodlets   28.8   1.38   1146 14         R     3071.4                     19.0     4.6/4.95     6" annular     2.6 [FBA WABA  148(1.5X) 20  Rodlets  26.7   1.40   1069 15         S     3071.4                     22.1         4.8       6" annular     2.6 IFBA 148(1.25X)   29.9   1.40   1172 WABA 16 Rodlets 16         T     3114.4                     23.9       4.6/4.95     8" annular     3.2 IFBA   148(ol5X)   32.4   1.35   1164 WABA 20 Rodlets 17         U       3216                       18.7       4.0/4.4     8" annular     3.2 IFBA 148(1.25X)   24.9   1.33   1065 WABA 16 Rodlets 18         V       3216                     24.5       4.6/4.95     8" solid     3.2 IFBA 148(1.25X)   33.1   1.35   1191 except IFBA         WABA 20 Rodlets i9         W       3216                     24.8       4.6/4.95     8" solid   3.2 Bot IFBA 148(1.25X)   32.6   1.31   1244
Soluble Batch Power Tave Tin Burnup Enrich.
  ....                                                                  except WFBA 3.4 Top WABA 20 Rodlets 20         X       3216                         .7     4.8/4.95     8" solid   3.2 Bot IFBA 148(1.25X)
Enrich.
._                  _        _                                          except [FBA 3.6 Top WABA 20 Rodlets 21         2A       3216                     25.6       4.6/4.95     8" solid   3.6 Bot IFBA 148(1.25X)   33.8   1.32   1254
BA*
__  _except                       IFBA 4.0 Top WABA 20 Rodlets BA is burnable absorber NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                         23
Max BA Burnup Peaking Boron Cycle ID (MWt)
CF)
(-F)
(GWd/T)
(wt%)
Blanket (wt%)
Type Loading (GWd/T)
Factor m
1 A,B,C 2758 ax 16.4 2.2/2.8/3.3 none Pyrex 20 Rodlets 18.5 1.23 890 2
D 2758 10.7 3.1 none Pyrex 20 Rodlets 13.0 1.22 993 3
E 2758 10.8 3.2 none Pyrex 7 Rodlets 12.0 1.24 948 4
F 2758 9.8 3.35 none Pyrex 12 Rodlets 12.2 1.25 881 5
G-2758 12.2 3.3 none Pyrex 12 Rodlets 15.0 1.22 908 6
H 2758 13.2 3.2 none Pyrex 20 Rodlets 16.7 1.27 880 7
J 2758 12.4 3.44 none Pyrex 16 Rodlets 15.5 1.25 883 8
K 2758 13.8 3.2/3.44 none WABA 12 Rodlets 17.4 1.27 933 9
L 2758 11.4 3.4/3.7 none WABA 16 Rodlets 14.6 1.28 881 10 M
2758 13.3 3.6/4.2 none WABA 20 Rodlets 17.3 1.30 1050 3071.4 11 N
3071.4 18.1 3.75/4.05 none FBA 116(1X)16 24.5 1.35 997 WABA Rodlets 12 P
3071.4 20.7 3.6/4.2/4.6 none IFBA 116(IX) 20 28.1 1.36 1121 12_3071.4 20.7____
36.4 neWABA Rodlets IFBA 148(1.5X)
: 2.  
.8 14 13 Q
3071.4 20.9 4.4/4.8 6" annular 2.6 WABA 12Rodlets 28.8 1.38 1146 14 R
3071.4 19.0 4.6/4.95 6" annular 2.6
[FBA 148(1.5X) 26.7 1.40 1069 WABA 20 Rodlets 15 S
3071.4 22.1 4.8 6" annular 2.6 IFBA 148(1.25X) 29.9 1.40 1172 WABA 16 Rodlets 16 T
3114.4 23.9 4.6/4.95 8" annular 3.2 IFBA 148(ol5X) 32.4 1.35 1164 WABA 20 Rodlets 17 U
3216 18.7 4.0/4.4 8" annular 3.2 IFBA 148(1.25X) 24.9 1.33 1065 WABA 16 Rodlets 18 V
3216 24.5 4.6/4.95 8" solid 3.2 IFBA 148(1.25X) 33.1 1.35 1191 except IFBA WABA 20 Rodlets i9 W
3216 24.8 4.6/4.95 8" solid 3.2 Bot IFBA 148(1.25X) 32.6 1.31 1244 except WFBA 3.4 Top WABA 20 Rodlets 20 X
3216  
.7 4.8/4.95 8" solid 3.2 Bot IFBA 148(1.25X) except [FBA 3.6 Top WABA 20 Rodlets 21 2A 3216 25.6 4.6/4.95 8" solid 3.6 Bot IFBA 148(1.25X) 33.8 1.32 1254
_except IFBA 4.0 Top WABA 20 Rodlets BA is burnable absorber NET-300067-01 Rev I 23


Proprietary Information Removed Table 5.2: Key Operating Features by Cycle Used in Indian Point Unit 3 Max     Peak Feed                                 Cycle     Feed                 Blanket                       Max BA Assem. Soluble Batch   Power     Tv.. Ti.       Burnup   Enrich.                 Enrich. BA*   Max BA     Burnup Peaking Boron Cycle       ID     (MWt)     (F)   (OF)     (GWd/T)     (wt%)       Blanket   (wt%)     Type   Loading   (GWd/T) Factor (pprn)
Proprietary Information Removed Table 5.2: Key Operating Features by Cycle Used in Indian Point Unit 3 Max Peak Feed Cycle Feed Blanket Max BA Assem.
I       A,B,C     3025                   ,,c 17.3   2.25/2.8/3.3     none         -    Pyrex 20 Rodlets   19.4   1.12     899 2         P       3025                         11.3       3.1         none         -    Pyrex 12 Rodlets   10.6   1.26   954 3         R       3025                         12.8       3.3         none         -    Pyrex 12 Rodlets   16.2   1.27   912 4         S       3025                         14.1     3.2/3.4       none         -    Pyrex 20 Rodlets   17.3   1.23   968 5         T       3025                         14.3     3.2/3.4       none         -    WABA 16 Rodlets   17.9   1.26   989 6         U       3025                         14.8     3.2/3.6       none         -    WABA 12 Rodlets   19.5   1.31   1017 7         V       3025                         13.4     3.4/3.8     6" solid     0.72   IFBA WABA  2060(l X)
Soluble Batch Power Tv..
Rodlets    18.2   1.35   974 8         W       3025                         14.1     3.8/4.2     6" solid     0.74   WABA 12 Rodlets   18.9   1.35   1220 9         X       3025                         19.2   4.0/4.4       6" solid     0.74   WFBA 116(l.5X)     25.9   1.35   1169 WABA   20 Rodlets 10         Y       3025                       22.4     4.4/4.6     6" annular     2.6   WFBA WABA    80(Il.5X) 20 Rodlets    31.1   1.38   1163 11         AA       3025                         18.7     4.3/4.6     6" annular     2.6     IFBA 80(1.25X)     25.9   1.38   1095 WABA 20 Rodlets 12         BB       3025/                       23.0     4.5/4.95     8" annular     3.2     IFBA 100(1.5X)     30.3   1.31   1224 3067                                                                   WABA   20 Rodlets 13         CC     3067.4                       23.7       4.95       8" annular     3.2     IFBA WABA  100(RI.5)(
Ti.
20 Rodlets    32.1   1.36   1246 14         DD       3180/                       25.2     4.6/4.95     8" annular     3.2     IFBA 148(1.25X)   33.1   1.31   1240 3188                                                                     WABA 20 Rodlets 15         EE     3188.4                       24.9     4.6/4.95     8" annular     3.2     IFBA 148(1.25X)   32.0   1.28   1228 WABA 20 Rodlets 16         FF     3188.4                       24.1     4.6/4.95     8" annular 3.2Bot     IFBA 148(.25X)     31.6   1.32   1179
Burnup Enrich.
  ,                                                                              3.6 Top WABA     20 Rodlets
Enrich.
                    ~8"                                                   solid 8sd       3.6 Bot   IFBA 148(1 .25X) 1i7       GG     3188.4                       25.0       4.95         except   3.8Top33.2                             1.33   1232
BA*
_._.                                  IFBA 8" solid 8" sl     3.6 Bot   LFBA 148(l.25X)   32.0   1.30   1258 18         3D     3188.4                       24.6     4.6/4.95       except   4.0 Top   WABA 20 Rodlets
Max BA Burnup Peaking Boron Cycle ID (MWt)
___-_      ___                                  1FBA   ___
(F)
BA is burnable absorber NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                         24
(OF)
(GWd/T)
(wt%)
Blanket (wt%)
Type Loading (GWd/T)
Factor (pprn)
I A,B,C 3025  
,,c 17.3 2.25/2.8/3.3 none Pyrex 20 Rodlets 19.4 1.12 899 2
P 3025 11.3 3.1 none Pyrex 12 Rodlets 10.6 1.26 954 3
R 3025 12.8 3.3 none Pyrex 12 Rodlets 16.2 1.27 912 4
S 3025 14.1 3.2/3.4 none Pyrex 20 Rodlets 17.3 1.23 968 5
T 3025 1 4.3 3.2/3.4 none WABA 16 Rodlets 17.9 1.26 989 6
U 3025 14.8 3.2/3.6 none WABA 12 Rodlets 19.5 1.31 1017 7
V 3025 13.4 3.4/3.8 6" solid 0.72 IFBA 60(l X) 18.2 1.35 974 WABA 20 Rodlets 8
W 3025 14.1 3.8/4.2 6" solid 0.74 WABA 12 Rodlets 18.9 1.35 1220 9
X 3025 19.2 4.0/4.4 6" solid 0.74 WFBA 116(l.5X) 25.9 1.35 1169 WABA 20 Rodlets 10 Y
3025 22.4 4.4/4.6 6" annular 2.6 WFBA 80(Il.5X) 31.1 1.38 1163 WABA 20 Rodlets 11 AA 3025 18.7 4.3/4.6 6" annular 2.6 IFBA 80(1.25X) 25.9 1.38 1095 WABA 20 Rodlets 12 BB 3025/
23.0 4.5/4.95 8" annular 3.2 IFBA 100(1.5X) 30.3 1.31 1224 3067 WABA 20 Rodlets 13 CC 3067.4 23.7 4.95 8" annular 3.2 IFBA 100(RI.5)(
32.1 1.36 1246 WABA 20 Rodlets 14 DD 3180/
25.2 4.6/4.95 8" annular 3.2 IFBA 148(1.25X) 33.1 1.31 1240 3188 WABA 20 Rodlets 15 EE 3188.4 24.9 4.6/4.95 8" annular 3.2 IFBA 148(1.25X) 32.0 1.28 1228 WABA 20 Rodlets 16 FF 3188.4 24.1 4.6/4.95 8" annular 3.2Bot IFBA 148(.25X) 31.6 1.32 1179 3.6 Top WABA 20 Rodlets
~8" solid 8sd 3.6 Bot IFBA 148(1.25X) 1i7 GG 3188.4 25.0 4.95 except 3.8Top33.2 1.33 1232 IFBA 8" solid 8" sl 3.6 Bot LFBA 148(l.25X) 32.0 1.30 1258 18 3D 3188.4 24.6 4.6/4.95 except 4.0 Top WABA 20 Rodlets 1FBA BA is burnable absorber NET-300067-01 Rev I 24


Proprietary Information Removed 5.1 Limiting Depletion Parameters- BurnableAbsorbers Burnable absorbers harden the spectrum during depletion, which result in more plutonium production and less U-235 consumption for a given burnup [15]. The spectrum hardening comes from the absorption of thermal neutrons by the boron and displacement of the water in the guide tubes. The effect on reactivity also depends on how long (in terms of GWd/T) the burnable absorber remains in the fuel before being removed.
Proprietary Information Removed 5.1 Limiting Depletion Parameters - Burnable Absorbers Burnable absorbers harden the spectrum during depletion, which result in more plutonium production and less U-235 consumption for a given burnup [15]. The spectrum hardening comes from the absorption of thermal neutrons by the boron and displacement of the water in the guide tubes. The effect on reactivity also depends on how long (in terms of GWd/T) the burnable absorber remains in the fuel before being removed.
Indian Point Units 2 and 3 have used three types of burnable absorbers: Pyrex, Wet Annular Burnable Absorbers (WABA) and Integral Fuel Burnable Absorbers (IFBA). The Pyrex and WABA designs consist of rodlets mounted to a base plate which sits on the top of the fuel assembly. The number of rodlets varies by position in the core to help control power peaking. The most limiting design has 20 rodlets. The depletion analysis assumes the full 20 rodlets. There have been variations in the boron loading in the burnable absorbers. The highest boron level is most limiting and is assumed in the depletion analysis (see Table 3.4 for the assumed boron level). Pyrex burnable absorbers are more limiting than WABAs since they displace more water. IFBA rods and removable burnable absorbers can be in the assembly at the same time. The number of IFBA rods is varied to aid in power distribution control. The maximum number of IFBA rods (i.e., 148) is assumed. The boron content of the IFBA rods can vary. The maximum boron loading of [         mg B30 per inch]ac (1.5X) is assumed in the depletion analysis. Most of the IFBA rods have been at a 1.25X loading (see Tables 5.1 and 5.2).
Indian Point Units 2 and 3 have used three types of burnable absorbers: Pyrex, Wet Annular Burnable Absorbers (WABA) and Integral Fuel Burnable Absorbers (IFBA). The Pyrex and WABA designs consist of rodlets mounted to a base plate which sits on the top of the fuel assembly. The number of rodlets varies by position in the core to help control power peaking. The most limiting design has 20 rodlets. The depletion analysis assumes the full 20 rodlets. There have been variations in the boron loading in the burnable absorbers. The highest boron level is most limiting and is assumed in the depletion analysis (see Table 3.4 for the assumed boron level). Pyrex burnable absorbers are more limiting than WABAs since they displace more water. IFBA rods and removable burnable absorbers can be in the assembly at the same time. The number of IFBA rods is varied to aid in power distribution control. The maximum number of IFBA rods (i.e., 148) is assumed. The boron content of the IFBA rods can vary. The maximum boron loading of [
For fuel enriched to 3.5 wt% U-235 or less, Pyrex burnable absorbers are assumed to be in the assembly throughout the entire burnup. For fuel over 3.5 wt% U-235, WABAs are assumed to be in the fuel and never removed. However, control rods are assumed to be in the fuel for 2 GWd/T before the WABAs are inserted to cover future extended part power operation. Since control rods are more limiting than WABAs and since control rods and WABAs cannot be in the assembly at the same time, the analysis is valid for any amount of WABA burnup as long as the control rod exposure is less than 2 GWd/T. This 2 GWd/T is for the assembly bumup but due to the axial burnup distribution, it is only I GWd/T in the NET-.....3.00067 01 Rev I!                               ...                                        25:i-:
mg B30 per inch]ac (1.5X) is assumed in the depletion analysis. Most of the IFBA rods have been at a 1.25X loading (see Tables 5.1 and 5.2).
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                     25
For fuel enriched to 3.5 wt% U-235 or less, Pyrex burnable absorbers are assumed to be in the assembly throughout the entire burnup. For fuel over 3.5 wt% U-235, WABAs are assumed to be in the fuel and never removed. However, control rods are assumed to be in the fuel for 2 GWd/T before the WABAs are inserted to cover future extended part power operation. Since control rods are more limiting than WABAs and since control rods and WABAs cannot be in the assembly at the same time, the analysis is valid for any amount of WABA burnup as long as the control rod exposure is less than 2 GWd/T. This 2 GWd/T is for the assembly bumup but due to the axial burnup distribution, it is only I GWd/T in the NET-.....3.00067 01 Rev I!
25:i-:
NET-300067-01 Rev I 25


top node. Therefore, operation for a full cycle with the control rods at the "bite" position is prohibited for fuel enriched to greater than 3.5 wt% U-235. The limitation of 2 GWd/T of assembly burnup under control rods will be checked as part of the reload safety checks.
top node. Therefore, operation for a full cycle with the control rods at the "bite" position is prohibited for fuel enriched to greater than 3.5 wt% U-235. The limitation of 2 GWd/T of assembly burnup under control rods will be checked as part of the reload safety checks.
Finally, gadolinium and erbium have not yet been used as burnable absorbers at Indian Point. These burnable absorbers have a negative impact on reactivity due to incomplete burnout of the absorber [16].
Finally, gadolinium and erbium have not yet been used as burnable absorbers at Indian Point. These burnable absorbers have a negative impact on reactivity due to incomplete burnout of the absorber [16].
If gadolinium or erbium is used in the future, then this criticality analysis is valid.
If gadolinium or erbium is used in the future, then this criticality analysis is valid.
5.2 Limiting Depletion Parameters- Soluble Boron Soluble boron hardens the spectrum, making the fuel more reactive for a given burnup. It has been shown that taking the burnup average soluble boron level is acceptable (rather than a time dependent soluble boron) [17]. Tables 5.1 and 5.2 show the peak soluble boron concentration. The average cycle soluble boron concentration is less than 70% of the peak values (confirmed for limiting cases) reported on Tables 5.1 and 5.2. Review of the operating history with fuel less than 3.5 wt% U-235 shows that 800 ppm is higher than any cycle averaged ppm, so 800 ppm was selected for the depletion of this fuel. For fuel enriched to more than 3.5 wt% U-235, a multi-cycle assembly average bounding value of 1000 ppm soluble boron is selected. Since the reloadcore designer must limit the soluble boron level in order to maintain a negative moderator temperature coefficient, it is unlikely that 1000 ppm burnup averaged soluble boron will ever be a limiting design feature. However, this parameter will be included in the reload design checks. Early shutdown could cause this average soluble boron to be exceeded.. To handle this possibility, a special depletion at 1300 ppm was performed. Fuel with a burnup > 12GWd/T -can be placed anywhere in Region I and fuel with a burnup < 12 GWd/T can be placed on the periphery of Region I or with a control rod inserted and placed anywhere in Region 1.
5.2 Limiting Depletion Parameters - Soluble Boron Soluble boron hardens the spectrum, making the fuel more reactive for a given burnup. It has been shown that taking the burnup average soluble boron level is acceptable (rather than a time dependent soluble boron) [17]. Tables 5.1 and 5.2 show the peak soluble boron concentration. The average cycle soluble boron concentration is less than 70% of the peak values (confirmed for limiting cases) reported on Tables 5.1 and 5.2. Review of the operating history with fuel less than 3.5 wt% U-235 shows that 800 ppm is higher than any cycle averaged ppm, so 800 ppm was selected for the depletion of this fuel. For fuel enriched to more than 3.5 wt% U-235, a multi-cycle assembly average bounding value of 1000 ppm soluble boron is selected. Since the reloadcore designer must limit the soluble boron level in order to maintain a negative moderator temperature coefficient, it is unlikely that 1000 ppm burnup averaged soluble boron will ever be a limiting design feature. However, this parameter will be included in the reload design checks. Early shutdown could cause this average soluble boron to be exceeded.. To handle this possibility, a special depletion at 1300 ppm was performed. Fuel with a burnup > 12GWd/T -can be placed anywhere in Region I and fuel with a burnup < 12 GWd/T can be placed on the periphery of Region I or with a control rod inserted and placed anywhere in Region 1.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                         26
NET-300067-01 Rev I 26


5.3 Limiting Depletion Parameters- Temperatures The higher the fuel and moderator temperatures during depletion, the higher the reactivity. As with most parameters assumed during depletion, the time ordering of the effect has a very minor impact on the final reactivity. Therefore, burnup averaging of the fuel and moderator temperature is appropriate. A limiting fuel and moderator temperature can be found by determining the maximum bumup averaged peaking factor. Since criticality requires a volume of low enriched fuel that is much greater than a fuel pin, the average peaking factor of interest is the assembly averaged value. This is easy to determine, since it is simply the assembly burnup divided by the sum of the core average bumup for the cycles that the fuel assembly was in the core. Tables 5.1 and 5.2 show the maximum assembly/bumup averaged peaking for any assembly in the core for that cycle. The discharge average peaking factor will be lower since the peaking factor for an assembly is lower in the second and following cycles.
5.3 Limiting Depletion Parameters - Temperatures The higher the fuel and moderator temperatures during depletion, the higher the reactivity. As with most parameters assumed during depletion, the time ordering of the effect has a very minor impact on the final reactivity. Therefore, burnup averaging of the fuel and moderator temperature is appropriate. A limiting fuel and moderator temperature can be found by determining the maximum bumup averaged peaking factor. Since criticality requires a volume of low enriched fuel that is much greater than a fuel pin, the average peaking factor of interest is the assembly averaged value. This is easy to determine, since it is simply the assembly burnup divided by the sum of the core average bumup for the cycles that the fuel assembly was in the core. Tables 5.1 and 5.2 show the maximum assembly/bumup averaged peaking for any assembly in the core for that cycle. The discharge average peaking factor will be lower since the peaking factor for an assembly is lower in the second and following cycles.
The Indian Point Units 2 and 3 fuel, which was enriched to less than 3.5 wt% U-235 has been reviewed and the burnup averaged assembly peaking factor was always less than 1.35.
The Indian Point Units 2 and 3 fuel, which was enriched to less than 3.5 wt% U-235 has been reviewed and the burnup averaged assembly peaking factor was always less than 1.35.
The moderator temperature increases as the water rises through the core. This depletion analysis uses a conservative outlet temperature for the entire length of the fuel.. The moderator temperature is determined by multiplying the peaking factor times the enthalpy rise across the core. This delta enthalpy is added to the inlet enthalpy to determine an outlet enthalpy that is then converted to a temperature using the system pressure. The core inlet temperature and outlet temperature at Indian Point Units 2 and 3 have varied over the cycles, so the highest core enthalpy rise is used with the highest core inlet enthalpy. The calculation accounts for the effects of bypass flow. The resulting moderator tempeirature with a multi-cycle bumup averaged peaking factor of 1.35 is 628 OF (604.4 'K) and the moderator density is 0.64765 g/cc.
The moderator temperature increases as the water rises through the core. This depletion analysis uses a conservative outlet temperature for the entire length of the fuel.. The moderator temperature is determined by multiplying the peaking factor times the enthalpy rise across the core. This delta enthalpy is added to the inlet enthalpy to determine an outlet enthalpy that is then converted to a temperature using the system pressure. The core inlet temperature and outlet temperature at Indian Point Units 2 and 3 have varied over the cycles, so the highest core enthalpy rise is used with the highest core inlet enthalpy. The calculation accounts for the effects of bypass flow. The resulting moderator tempeirature with a multi-cycle bumup averaged peaking factor of 1.35 is 628 OF (604.4 'K) and the moderator density is 0.64765 g/cc.
The moderator temperature for fuel where the enrichment. is greater than .3.5 wt% U-235 requires projection of future peaking and operating conditions. Currently, the reloadSafet, analysis utilizes a.
The moderator temperature for fuel where the enrichment. is greater than.3.5 wt% U-235 requires projection of future peaking and operating conditions. Currently, the reloadSafet, analysis utilizes a.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       27
NET-300067-01 Rev I 27


limiting assembly average peaking factor of 1.40 at all times during the cycle. Using a multi-cycle assembly bumup average peaking factor of 1.40 and the highest core delta enthalpies from the past cycles, a moderator temperature of 631 'F (605.9 &deg;K) and a moderator density of 0.64264 gm/cc was determined.
limiting assembly average peaking factor of 1.40 at all times during the cycle. Using a multi-cycle assembly bumup average peaking factor of 1.40 and the highest core delta enthalpies from the past cycles, a moderator temperature of 631 'F (605.9 &deg;K) and a moderator density of 0.64264 gm/cc was determined.
This determination accounted for the effects of bypass flow. This approach is conservative, since an assembly cannot operate at the limiting peaking factor throughout its life.
This determination accounted for the effects of bypass flow. This approach is conservative, since an assembly cannot operate at the limiting peaking factor throughout its life.
The fuel temperature also needs to be maximized. The same assembly averaged peaking factors were used to burnup average the kw/ft. Figure 5.1 shows the fuel temperature as a function of peaking factor and burnup. These temperatures were generated with INTERPIN-3 [18] and provided in Ref. [32]. The depletion analysis model used a constant fuel temperature for the duration of the burnup. The fuel temperature used in the analysis was conservatively larger than the fuel temperature at any credited time of life (less than 45 GWd/T). The fuel temperature used for fuel under 3.5 wt% U-235 (i.e. fuel with a peaking factor of 1.35 or less) is 1075 'K (1475 'F) and for fuel over 3.5 wt% U-235 (i.e. fuel with a peaking factor of 1.40 or less), it is 1100 'K (1520 'F).
The fuel temperature also needs to be maximized. The same assembly averaged peaking factors were used to burnup average the kw/ft. Figure 5.1 shows the fuel temperature as a function of peaking factor and burnup. These temperatures were generated with INTERPIN-3 [18] and provided in Ref. [32]. The depletion analysis model used a constant fuel temperature for the duration of the burnup. The fuel temperature used in the analysis was conservatively larger than the fuel temperature at any credited time of life (less than 45 GWd/T). The fuel temperature used for fuel under 3.5 wt% U-235 (i.e. fuel with a peaking factor of 1.35 or less) is 1075 'K (1475 'F) and for fuel over 3.5 wt% U-235 (i.e. fuel with a peaking factor of 1.40 or less), it is 1100 'K (1520 'F).
INTERPIN-3 Average Fuel Temperature versus Burnup at Various Relative Powers Typical IP-2 Cycle 20 0     5     10     15     20   25       30     35       40       45 50 55     60 65 Burnup (GWDIMTU)
INTERPIN-3 Average Fuel Temperature versus Burnup at Various Relative Powers Typical IP-2 Cycle 20 0
                                            -:"*          -4.-- 5     -~-l   -e--15     -
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 Burnup (GWDIMTU)
Figure 5.1: Fuel Tiimperature Change with Burnup and Relative Power NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                           28
-4.-- 5  
-~-l- 0
-e--15 Figure 5.1: Fuel Tiimperature Change with Burnup and Relative Power NET-300067-01 Rev I 28


5.4 Limiting Depletion Parameters- Specific Power ORNL has performed a study of the sensitivity of burnup credit to specific power and determined it is a small effect [17]. For bumup credit using all isotopes, a lower specific power is slightly more reactive.
5.4 Limiting Depletion Parameters - Specific Power ORNL has performed a study of the sensitivity of burnup credit to specific power and determined it is a small effect [17]. For bumup credit using all isotopes, a lower specific power is slightly more reactive.
However, the reactivity effect of moderator temperature and fuel temperature increases with higher specific power. The reactivity effect of higher temperatures is larger than the reactivity effect of a lower specific power. Since the fuel can operate at only one specific power, a nominal specific power was selected in conjunction with conservatively selected higher temperatures. This approach is consistent with DSS-ISG-2010-01 for spent fuel pool analysis [1].                                                         II As with specific power, the power history also has a small effect [17,19]. References 17 and 19 recommend ignoring any down time and assuming that the reactor is operated at full power over the entire depletion. Reference 19 saw a small positive reactivity increase when the last part of the depletion was performed at lower power. Lower specific power at end of cycle is more reactive because less Pm-149, the precursor to Sm-149, is produced. This effect has been specifically accounted for in this analysis by reducing the Pm-149 that could be the result of a power coast down (see Section 5.9).
However, the reactivity effect of moderator temperature and fuel temperature increases with higher specific power. The reactivity effect of higher temperatures is larger than the reactivity effect of a lower specific power. Since the fuel can operate at only one specific power, a nominal specific power was selected in conjunction with conservatively selected higher temperatures. This approach is consistent with DSS-ISG-2010-01 for spent fuel pool analysis [1].
5.5 Limiting Depletion Parameters- Control Rod Operation The Indian Point Units 2 and 3 have 193 fuel assemblies in the core. Nine of these assemblies are under the Control Bank D (less than 5% of the number of assemblies). Control Bank D is the only control bank allowed in the core at all if the power is greater than 70% of the rated power. Indian Point Units 2 and 3 have not operatedwith Control Bank D in the core for any significant burnup except at the "bite" position. The bite position is set as the location where the worth of the lead control bank is 2 pcm per step. The bite position changes from cycle to cycle and during cycle operation but is typically between 207 to 217 steps withdrawn, which corresponds to the rod being inserted 8.7 or less inches into the core.
I I As with specific power, the power history also has a small effect [17,19]. References 17 and 19 recommend ignoring any down time and assuming that the reactor is operated at full power over the entire depletion. Reference 19 saw a small positive reactivity increase when the last part of the depletion was performed at lower power. Lower specific power at end of cycle is more reactive because less Pm-149, the precursor to Sm-149, is produced. This effect has been specifically accounted for in this analysis by reducing the Pm-149 that could be the result of a power coast down (see Section 5.9).
5.5 Limiting Depletion Parameters - Control Rod Operation The Indian Point Units 2 and 3 have 193 fuel assemblies in the core. Nine of these assemblies are under the Control Bank D (less than 5% of the number of assemblies). Control Bank D is the only control bank allowed in the core at all if the power is greater than 70% of the rated power. Indian Point Units 2 and 3 have not operatedwith Control Bank D in the core for any significant burnup except at the "bite" position. The bite position is set as the location where the worth of the lead control bank is 2 pcm per step. The bite position changes from cycle to cycle and during cycle operation but is typically between 207 to 217 steps withdrawn, which corresponds to the rod being inserted 8.7 or less inches into the core.
The top node in the axial model used for the criticality analysis is 8 inches.
The top node in the axial model used for the criticality analysis is 8 inches.
NET- 300067-01 Rev 1                                                                                       29
NET-300067-01 Rev 1 29


For fuel that is less than or equal to 3.5 wt% U-235, the depletion assumption for the top node is that the control bank is in for the entire burnup. Since this fuel has already been discharged, no control rod insertion below the top node is needed in the analysis.
For fuel that is less than or equal to 3.5 wt% U-235, the depletion assumption for the top node is that the control bank is in for the entire burnup. Since this fuel has already been discharged, no control rod insertion below the top node is needed in the analysis.
Line 273: Line 593:
U-235 and IFBA rods were not used for enrichments less than 3.5 wt% U-235, separate depletion assumptions are used. The last fuel of 3.5 wt% U-235 enrichment or less was loaded in Unit 2 in cycle 9 and Unit 3 in cycle 7. Since it is not anticipated that future cycles will use fuel with enrichments less than
U-235 and IFBA rods were not used for enrichments less than 3.5 wt% U-235, separate depletion assumptions are used. The last fuel of 3.5 wt% U-235 enrichment or less was loaded in Unit 2 in cycle 9 and Unit 3 in cycle 7. Since it is not anticipated that future cycles will use fuel with enrichments less than
-3.5 wt%. U-235,it was possibleto credit the actual operation of this fuel for the selection of limiting depletion parameters, such as the.burnup averaged soluble boron concentration and the maximum assembly and burnup averaged moderator outlet temperature.
-3.5 wt%. U-235,it was possibleto credit the actual operation of this fuel for the selection of limiting depletion parameters, such as the.burnup averaged soluble boron concentration and the maximum assembly and burnup averaged moderator outlet temperature.
NET- 300067-01 Rev 1                                                                                       30
NET-300067-01 Rev 1 30


For fuel enriched to less than or equal to 3.5 wt% U-235 (old fuel), the following depletion assumptions are made:
For fuel enriched to less than or equal to 3.5 wt% U-235 (old fuel), the following depletion assumptions are made:
: a. Nominal fuel dimensions at 97.5% theoretical density
: a. Nominal fuel dimensions at 97.5% theoretical density
: b. 800 ppm maximum average boron concentration during depletion (a multi-cycle average)
: b.
: c. The specific power used during depletion is 39.8 w/g. This is about 8% higher than the nominal specific power (specific power has a very small effect on the final reactivity).
800 ppm maximum average boron concentration during depletion (a multi-cycle average)
: d. Moderator temperature during depletion calculated from a bumup average assembly peaking factor of 1.35 is 628. 'F (604.4 'K) and the moderator density is 0.64765 g/cc.
: c.
: e. Maximum average fuel temperature (or maximum average resonance temperature) during depletion is assumed to be 1075 'K (1475 'F).
The specific power used during depletion is 39.8 w/g. This is about 8% higher than the nominal specific power (specific power has a very small effect on the final reactivity).
: f. Assembly is depleted with a 20 rodlet standard BP (Pyrex) and never removed. A Pyrex loading of 18.1 wt% (maximum) is assumed. This depletion will also cover any WABA depletion since WABAs are less limiting than Pyrex. No IFBA is assumed because IFBA was not introduced until later when the utility was ordering fuel greater than 3.5 wt% U-235.
: d.
Moderator temperature during depletion calculated from a bumup average assembly peaking factor of 1.35 is 628. 'F (604.4 'K) and the moderator density is 0.64765 g/cc.
: e.
Maximum average fuel temperature (or maximum average resonance temperature) during depletion is assumed to be 1075 'K (1475 'F).
: f.
Assembly is depleted with a 20 rodlet standard BP (Pyrex) and never removed. A Pyrex loading of 18.1 wt% (maximum) is assumed. This depletion will also cover any WABA depletion since WABAs are less limiting than Pyrex. No IFBA is assumed because IFBA was not introduced until later when the utility was ordering fuel greater than 3.5 wt% U-235.
: g. A second depletion is performed with a 20 rodlet standard control rod and never removed.
: g. A second depletion is performed with a 20 rodlet standard control rod and never removed.
The isotopics from this depletion are used for the top node (top eight inches) in the criticality calculation. This assures that the criticality analysis is conservative even if a control rod were in the bite position for the entire life of the assembly.
The isotopics from this depletion are used for the top node (top eight inches) in the criticality calculation. This assures that the criticality analysis is conservative even if a control rod were in the bite position for the entire life of the assembly.
: h. For Pyrex, WABA and control rod depletion, Table 5.3 provides the dimensions and material used.
: h. For Pyrex, WABA and control rod depletion, Table 5.3 provides the dimensions and material used.
Table 5.3: Characteristics of Fuel Inserts Parameter                     Pyrex         Control Rod           WABA Absorber ID (inches)           0.243               0                 0.278
Table 5.3: Characteristics of Fuel Inserts Parameter Pyrex Control Rod WABA Absorber ID (inches) 0.243 0
:Absorber OD (inches)             0.396           0.3975               0.318 B2 0 3 wt%                     18:1''I           -
0.278
B-10 mg/cm                                         - .              6.03 Ag wt%                                           80 In wt% -                                           15 Cd wt%                           -                5 Absorber density (g/cc)       2.23             10.17 NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                         31
:Absorber OD (inches) 0.396 0.3975 0.318 B20 3 wt%
18:1 ' 'I B-10 mg/cm 6.03 Ag wt%
80 In wt% -
15 Cd wt%
5 Absorber density (g/cc) 2.23 10.17 NET-300067-01 Rev I 31


Proprietary Information Removed 5.7 Summary of DepletionAssumptions for Fuel > 3.5 wt% U-235 For fuel enriched to more than 3.5 wt% U-235 (modem fuel), the following depletion assumptions are made (hereinafter referred to as modem depletion assumptions). These assumptions are based on a review of the operation history [30] and are selected to cover anticipated future fuel designs and operation.
Proprietary Information Removed 5.7 Summary of Depletion Assumptions for Fuel > 3.5 wt% U-235 For fuel enriched to more than 3.5 wt% U-235 (modem fuel), the following depletion assumptions are made (hereinafter referred to as modem depletion assumptions). These assumptions are based on a review of the operation history [30] and are selected to cover anticipated future fuel designs and operation.
: a. Nominal fuel dimensions at 97.5% theoretical density
: a. Nominal fuel dimensions at 97.5% theoretical density
: b. 1000 ppm maximum average boron concentration during depletion (a multi-cycle average).
: b.
: c. The specific power used during depletion is 39.8 w/g (specific power has a very small effect on the final reactivity).
1000 ppm maximum average boron concentration during depletion (a multi-cycle average).
: d. Moderator temperature during depletion calculated from a burnup average assembly peaking factor of 1.40 is 631 'F (605.9 &deg;K) and the moderator density is 0.64264 g/cc.
: c.
: e. Maximum average fuel temperature (or maximum average resonance temperature) during depletion is assumed to be 1100 'K (1520 'F). Maximum average fuel temperature in the top node is assumed to be 930 'K (1214 'F ), corresponding to a relative power of 1.0.
The specific power used during depletion is 39.8 w/g (specific power has a very small effect on the final reactivity).
: d.
Moderator temperature during depletion calculated from a burnup average assembly peaking factor of 1.40 is 631 'F (605.9 &deg;K) and the moderator density is 0.64264 g/cc.
: e.
Maximum average fuel temperature (or maximum average resonance temperature) during depletion is assumed to be 1100 'K (1520 'F). Maximum average fuel temperature in the top node is assumed to be 930 'K (1214 'F ), corresponding to a relative power of 1.0.
: f. The fuel assembly is depleted with a control rod inserted for 2 GWd/T. Then the assembly is depleted with a 20 rodlet WABA and never removed. The initial control rod depletion is to cover future extended part power operation with control rods inserted. Although generous, the 2 GWd/T bumup with control rods inserted still needs to be checked. This would be violated only if a fuel cycle is operated at less than full power with control rods for a significant amount of time (greater than 1.4 full power months during a 2 year fuel cycle).
: f. The fuel assembly is depleted with a control rod inserted for 2 GWd/T. Then the assembly is depleted with a 20 rodlet WABA and never removed. The initial control rod depletion is to cover future extended part power operation with control rods inserted. Although generous, the 2 GWd/T bumup with control rods inserted still needs to be checked. This would be violated only if a fuel cycle is operated at less than full power with control rods for a significant amount of time (greater than 1.4 full power months during a 2 year fuel cycle).
: g. In addition to the WABA, the fuel is assumed to have 148 IFBA pins in all but the top node.
: g. In addition to the WABA, the fuel is assumed to have 148 IFBA pins in all but the top node.
            'The IFBA B-10 loading is. 1.5X [( trig f B-I10/inch)]'c to cover future designs (residual
'The IFBA B-10 loading is. 1.5X [(
            -poison:from IFBA is not credited in the criticality model).
f trig B-I10/inch)]'c to cover future designs (residual
-poison:from IFBA is not credited in the criticality model).
: h. Similar calculations are performed to confirm that an assembly with an initial WABA depletion that is subsequently placed on the core periphery with a Hafnium flux suppression insert is covered by an adder to the normal loading curve (see Section 8.4).
: h. Similar calculations are performed to confirm that an assembly with an initial WABA depletion that is subsequently placed on the core periphery with a Hafnium flux suppression insert is covered by an adder to the normal loading curve (see Section 8.4).
: i. Since IFBA and WABA do not cover the full length of the active fuel,'a special depletion for the top node is performed. For fuel enrichments greater than 3.5%, the top node is depleted with a control rod for I GWd/T nodal bumup (the axial bumup profile for the top node is always less than 0.5) and then a WABA (no IFBA) at 1/44 of the boron and never removed.
: i. Since IFBA and WABA do not cover the full length of the active fuel,'a special depletion for the top node is performed. For fuel enrichments greater than 3.5%, the top node is depleted with a control rod for I GWd/T nodal bumup (the axial bumup profile for the top node is always less than 0.5) and then a WABA (no IFBA) at 1/44 of the boron and never removed.
NET- 300067-01 Rev 1                                                                                     32
NET-300067-01 Rev 1 32
: j. Justification for this is that the practice of positioning the control rod in the bite position has been discontinued. The boron in a WABA never extends more than 6 inches from the top and the IFBA never extends more than 8 inches from the top of the active fuel region [24].
: j.
Justification for this is that the practice of positioning the control rod in the bite position has been discontinued. The boron in a WABA never extends more than 6 inches from the top and the IFBA never extends more than 8 inches from the top of the active fuel region [24].
: k. A special depletion was performed for 5.0 wt% fuel under a condition of 1300 ppm. This was done to allow burned fuel to be stored in Region I (see Section 8.1).
: k. A special depletion was performed for 5.0 wt% fuel under a condition of 1300 ppm. This was done to allow burned fuel to be stored in Region I (see Section 8.1).
5.8 Depletion Analysis Details (Time Steps, etc.)
5.8 Depletion Analysis Details (Time Steps, etc.)
Using the above assumptions, U0     2 fuel was depleted at fuel enrichments of 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, and 5.0 wt% U-235. The burnup points at which the isotopic data is collected are 150, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, and then every 2000 MWD/MTU after that. Although the depletion is carried out with a frll set of 388 nuclides, the isotopics used in the pool model is a reduced set (185 nuclides).
Using the above assumptions, U0 2 fuel was depleted at fuel enrichments of 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, and 5.0 wt% U-235. The burnup points at which the isotopic data is collected are 150, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, and then every 2000 MWD/MTU after that. Although the depletion is carried out with a frll set of 388 nuclides, the isotopics used in the pool model is a reduced set (185 nuclides).
5.9 Reduced Power Operationat End of Life At end of cycle, the reactor power may be reduced (for example, a planned coastdown). One of the key absorbing fission products, Sm-149, reaches an equilibrium concentration during power operation that is independent of power. However, its precursor, Pm-149, is directly proportional to power. At a reduced power, there is less Pm-149. Pm-149 decays into Sm-149 with a 2.2 day half-life. Thus, if a reactor reduces power at end of cycle, there would be less Sm-149 in the cooled fuel, which is a positive reactivity effect. Therefore, ignoring low power operation during the last month is non-conservative. To account for this effect, the amount of Pm-149 is reduced to one half of the full power content for all criticality calculations-(which results in a penalty of about 100 pcm). This covers coastdowns to 50%
5.9 Reduced Power Operation at End of Life At end of cycle, the reactor power may be reduced (for example, a planned coastdown). One of the key absorbing fission products, Sm-149, reaches an equilibrium concentration during power operation that is independent of power. However, its precursor, Pm-149, is directly proportional to power. At a reduced power, there is less Pm-149. Pm-149 decays into Sm-149 with a 2.2 day half-life. Thus, if a reactor reduces power at end of cycle, there would be less Sm-149 in the cooled fuel, which is a positive reactivity effect. Therefore, ignoring low power operation during the last month is non-conservative. To account for this effect, the amount of Pm-149 is reduced to one half of the full power content for all criticality calculations-(which results in a penalty of about 100 pcm). This covers coastdowns to 50%
power._ This approach covers all past operating experience and anticipated future operation at the Indian Point plants.
power._ This approach covers all past operating experience and anticipated future operation at the Indian Point plants.
NET- 300067-01 Rev 1                                                                                             33
NET-300067-01 Rev 1 33


Proprietary Information Removed 6 Rack Model This Section describes the infinite models used in most of the analysis. A full pool model was also created to test the reduced burnup requirements for peripheral assemblies, the Region 1/Region 2 interface and to perform analyses of the Dropped Assembly and Misplaced Assembly accidents. The full pool model is described in Section 8.10.
Proprietary Information Removed 6 Rack Model This Section describes the infinite models used in most of the analysis. A full pool model was also created to test the reduced burnup requirements for peripheral assemblies, the Region 1/Region 2 interface and to perform analyses of the Dropped Assembly and Misplaced Assembly accidents. The full pool model is described in Section 8.10.
All the infinite models discussed in this Section are finite axially. Section 6.3 describes the axial modeling of the fuel. Above and below the fuel, the models have 50 cm of water followed by a zero flux boundary condition.
All the infinite models discussed in this Section are finite axially. Section 6.3 describes the axial modeling of the fuel. Above and below the fuel, the models have 50 cm of water followed by a zero flux boundary condition.
Water at the maximum possible density (1.00 g/cc at 4 'C) is assumed, which results in the largest reactivity for both Regions (see Table 8.9).
Water at the maximum possible density (1.00 g/cc at 4 'C) is assumed, which results in the largest reactivity for both Regions (see Table 8.9).
The Boraflex sheathing width ranges from 7.70 to 8.00 inches (see Table 3.1). The minimum value is used in Region 1, while the maximum value is used in Region 2, because calculations demonstrated that this results in the highest reactivity in each respective region (see Table 7.2). The stainless steel plate that covers the Boraflex is 0.112 +/-           and 0.092 +/--       inches off the cell walls for Regions I and 2 respectively (from Table 3.1). Since using a smaller separation from the cell wall means that less water is on the inside that is balanced by more water on the outside (and vice versa for a larger distance), this tolerance has no effect on the total mass of water. Therefore, the reactivity effect of this tolerance is insignificant, so the nominal separation is used for all the analyses.
The Boraflex sheathing width ranges from 7.70 to 8.00 inches (see Table 3.1). The minimum value is used in Region 1, while the maximum value is used in Region 2, because calculations demonstrated that this results in the highest reactivity in each respective region (see Table 7.2). The stainless steel plate that covers the Boraflex is 0.112 +/-
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                         34
and 0.092 +/--
inches off the cell walls for Regions I and 2 respectively (from Table 3.1). Since using a smaller separation from the cell wall means that less water is on the inside that is balanced by more water on the outside (and vice versa for a larger distance), this tolerance has no effect on the total mass of water. Therefore, the reactivity effect of this tolerance is insignificant, so the nominal separation is used for all the analyses.
NET-300067-01 Rev I 34


6.1 Region I Infinite 2x2 Model Figure 6.1 is a picture from the KENO model for Region 1.
6.1 Region I Infinite 2x2 Model Figure 6.1 is a picture from the KENO model for Region 1.
Figure 6.1: Region 1 KENO Model The absorber panel is shown in green. Inside the Boraflex sheathing is water. No Boraflex is in the model. If any Boraflex material remains, the remaining boron in the material makes the reactivity more negative than water.
Figure 6.1: Region 1 KENO Model The absorber panel is shown in green. Inside the Boraflex sheathing is water. No Boraflex is in the model. If any Boraflex material remains, the remaining boron in the material makes the reactivity more negative than water.
The only simplification made is that the connecting steel between cells is modeled as an extension of the cell wall rather than a separate piece of steel. The connecting steel is slightly thicker than the cell wall thickness and modeling it as equal to the cell wall thickness has no effect (as illustrated by the results in Table 7.2).
The only simplification made is that the connecting steel between cells is modeled as an extension of the cell wall rather than a separate piece of steel. The connecting steel is slightly thicker than the cell wall thickness and modeling it as equal to the cell wall thickness has no effect (as illustrated by the results in Table 7.2).
NET- 300067-01 Rev 1                                                                                         35
NET-300067-01 Rev 1 35


6.2 Region 2 Infinite 2x2 Model Figure 6.2 is a picture from the KENO model for Region 2.
6.2 Region 2 Infinite 2x2 Model Figure 6.2 is a picture from the KENO model for Region 2.
Figure 6.2: Region 2 KENO Model All of the features of the rack are modeled explicitly. The bottom left of the model is a complete cell box with its Boraflex sheathing. The model is two cell pitches. This requires cutting the cell wall into two pieces. When the periodic boundary condition is applied, the two cell wall pieces fit together to precisely match the actual rack dimensions.
Figure 6.2: Region 2 KENO Model All of the features of the rack are modeled explicitly. The bottom left of the model is a complete cell box with its Boraflex sheathing. The model is two cell pitches. This requires cutting the cell wall into two pieces. When the periodic boundary condition is applied, the two cell wall pieces fit together to precisely match the actual rack dimensions.
For the alternate panel design, the panel consists of two absorber panels connected with a stainless steel connector. This is modeled as the two panels connected with a zirconium connector that is 0. 10 inch thick (shown in Figure 6.3 below). This conservatively accounts for the water displacement of the connector without adding any significant absorbing material.
For the alternate panel design, the panel consists of two absorber panels connected with a stainless steel connector. This is modeled as the two panels connected with a zirconium connector that is 0. 10 inch thick (shown in Figure 6.3 below). This conservatively accounts for the water displacement of the connector without adding any significant absorbing material.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       36
NET-300067-01 Rev I 36


Figure 6.3: KENO Model of the Alternate Panel Design 6.3 Axial Burnup Distribution To model the fuel assembly isotopic content in three dimensions, an axial burnup profile is needed.
Figure 6.3: KENO Model of the Alternate Panel Design 6.3 Axial Burnup Distribution To model the fuel assembly isotopic content in three dimensions, an axial burnup profile is needed.
For this analysis, the limiting profiles from NUREG/CR-6801 [20] are used. Table 6.1 is taken from NUREG/CR-6801.
For this analysis, the limiting profiles from NUREG/CR-6801 [20] are used. Table 6.1 is taken from NUREG/CR-6801.
NET- 300067-01 Rev 1                                                                                   37
NET-300067-01 Rev 1 37


Table 6.1: Axial Burnup Profile vs. Burnup Bin [20]
Table 6.1: Axial Burnup Profile vs. Burnup Bin [20]
Burllp group     I     2'     3     4'     5       6     7     8       9     10   Ir     I,-,
Burllp group I
ANxial                           Burnupranue5 IGWtd/MTU) heigh!t
2' 3
(%)   >46 42-46 38-42 34-38 30-34 26--30 22-26 18-22 14-18 10-14 6-10 <6 2.78   0.582 0.666 0.660 0.648 0.652 0.619 0.630 0.668 0.649 0,633 0.658 0,631 8.33   0,920 0.944 0.936 0.955 0.967 01.924 0.936     1.034 1.044 0.989   1.007 1.0L7 13.89   1.065 1.048 1.045 1.070 1.074   1.056 1.066   1.150 1.208   1L019 1.091 1.135 19,44   1,105 1,081 1.080 1.104 1.103 1.097   1.103 1.094 1.215 0.857   1.070 1.1.33 25.00   1,113 1.089 1,091 1.112 1.108   1,103 1.108   1.053 1,214 0.776 1.022   1,098 30.56   1.1.10 1.090 1.093 1.112 1.106   1.101 1.109   1.048 1.208 0.754 0.989   1.069 36.11   1.105 1.086 1.092 1.108 1,102   1.103 1,112   1.064 1,197 0.785 0,978     1,053 41.69   1.100 1.085 1.090 1,105 1,097   1.112 1,119   1,095 1.189 8t   .013 0,989 1,047 47.22   1.095 1.084 1.089 1.102 1.094   1.125 1.126   1.121 1.188   1.185 1.031 1.050 57.80   1.091 1.084 1.088 1.099 1.094 1.136 1.132   1.135 1.192   1.253 1.082 1.060 58,33   1,088 1.085 1,088 1.097 1,095   1.143 1.135   1.140 1.195   1,278 1.110 1,070 63.89   10(84 1.086 1.086 1,095 1.0196 1.143 1.135   1.138 1.1910 1.283 1.121 1.077 69.44   1.080 1.086 1.084 1.091 1(195 1.136 1.129   1.130 1.156   1.276 1.124 1,079 75.00   1.072 1.083 1.077 1.081 1.086   1.115 1.109   1.106 1.022   1.251 1.120 1.073 80.56   1.050 1.069 1.057 1.056 1.059   1.047 1.041   1.049 0.756   1.193 1,101 1,052 86.11   0.992 1.010 0.996 0.974 0.971   0.882 0.871   0.933 0.614     1.075 1.045 0.996 91.67   0.833 0.811 0.823 0.743 0.738 0.701   0.689 0.669 0.481     0.863 0.894 0.845 97.22   0.515 0.512 10.525 0.447 0.462 0-456 0.448 0.373 0-284 0.515 0-569 0-525 In general, the profile becomes less limiting as the bumup increases. However, there are some burnup bins in which the profile becomes more severe as the burnup increases. For example, an assembly having a burnup of 15 GWd/T would have to use a very reactive shape (14-18), but if the bumup were only 13 GWd/T, the shape is much less reactive. To ensure that all burnup bins are conservative, a burnup bin that has this characteristic (the shape is less severe at a lower bumup) is assumed to have the more limiting shape from the higher burnup. So the burnup profile for the entire range 0-18 GWd/T is the one in the 14-18 GWd/T burnup bin (except that below 6 GWd/T, the uniform profile is more limiting and is used for burnups below 6 GWd/T). Furthermore, there are discontinuities at the burnup bin boundaries. To eliminate these discontinuities in a conservative manner, the shape in any bin is assumed to occur at the maximum bumup in 'the bin and for any burnup in between these burnup points, the shape is linearly interpolated (the shapes are not changing rapidly between burnup bins). For example, suppose NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                           38
4' 5
6 7
8 9
10 Ir I,-,
ANxial Burnupranue5 IGWtd/MTU) heigh!t
(%)  
>46 42-46 38-42 34-38 30-34 26--30 22-26 18-22 14-18 10-14 6-10  
<6 2.78 0.582 0.666 0.660 0.648 0.652 0.619 0.630 0.668 0.649 0,633 0.658 0,631 8.33 0,920 0.944 0.936 0.955 0.967 01.924 0.936 1.034 1.044 0.989 1.007 1.0L7 13.89 1.065 1.048 1.045 1.070 1.074 1.056 1.066 1.150 1.208 1L019 1.091 1.135 19,44 1,105 1,081 1.080 1.104 1.103 1.097 1.103 1.094 1.215 0.857 1.070 1.1.33 25.00 1,113 1.089 1,091 1.112 1.108 1,103 1.108 1.053 1,214 0.776 1.022 1,098 30.56 1.1.10 1.090 1.093 1.112 1.106 1.101 1.109 1.048 1.208 0.754 0.989 1.069 36.11 1.105 1.086 1.092 1.108 1,102 1.103 1,112 1.064 1,197 0.785 0,978 1,053 41.69 1.100 1.085 1.090 1,105 1,097 1.112 1,119 1,095 1.189 8t  
.013 0,989 1,047 47.22 1.095 1.084 1.089 1.102 1.094 1.125 1.126 1.121 1.188 1.185 1.031 1.050 57.80 1.091 1.084 1.088 1.099 1.094 1.136 1.132 1.135 1.192 1.253 1.082 1.060 58,33 1,088 1.085 1,088 1.097 1,095 1.143 1.135 1.140 1.195 1,278 1.110 1,070 63.89 10(84 1.086 1.086 1,095 1.0196 1.143 1.135 1.138 1.1910 1.283 1.121 1.077 69.44 1.080 1.086 1.084 1.091 1(195 1.136 1.129 1.130 1.156 1.276 1.124 1,079 75.00 1.072 1.083 1.077 1.081 1.086 1.115 1.109 1.106 1.022 1.251 1.120 1.073 80.56 1.050 1.069 1.057 1.056 1.059 1.047 1.041 1.049 0.756 1.193 1,101 1,052 86.11 0.992 1.010 0.996 0.974 0.971 0.882 0.871 0.933 0.614 1.075 1.045 0.996 91.67 0.833 0.811 0.823 0.743 0.738 0.701 0.689 0.669 0.481 0.863 0.894 0.845 97.22 0.515 0.512 10.525 0.447 0.462 0-456 0.448 0.373 0-284 0.515 0-569 0-525 In general, the profile becomes less limiting as the bumup increases. However, there are some burnup bins in which the profile becomes more severe as the burnup increases. For example, an assembly having a burnup of 15 GWd/T would have to use a very reactive shape (14-18), but if the bumup were only 13 GWd/T, the shape is much less reactive. To ensure that all burnup bins are conservative, a burnup bin that has this characteristic (the shape is less severe at a lower bumup) is assumed to have the more limiting shape from the higher burnup. So the burnup profile for the entire range 0-18 GWd/T is the one in the 14-18 GWd/T burnup bin (except that below 6 GWd/T, the uniform profile is more limiting and is used for burnups below 6 GWd/T). Furthermore, there are discontinuities at the burnup bin boundaries. To eliminate these discontinuities in a conservative manner, the shape in any bin is assumed to occur at the maximum bumup in 'the bin and for any burnup in between these burnup points, the shape is linearly interpolated (the shapes are not changing rapidly between burnup bins). For example, suppose NET-300067-01 Rev I 38


an assembly has a bumup of 39 GWd/T. Using NUREG/CR-6801 directly, the top node would have a relative burnup of 0.525. In this analysis, however, the top node would have a relative burnup of only 0.467 (linearly interpolating between 0.447 at 38 GWd/T and 0.525 at 42 GWd/T). This ensures no discontinuities and all burnup shapes are conservative.
an assembly has a bumup of 39 GWd/T. Using NUREG/CR-6801 directly, the top node would have a relative burnup of 0.525. In this analysis, however, the top node would have a relative burnup of only 0.467 (linearly interpolating between 0.447 at 38 GWd/T and 0.525 at 42 GWd/T). This ensures no discontinuities and all burnup shapes are conservative.
Line 339: Line 684:
In order to determine a more realistic reactivity, the axial blanket and control rod depletion were modeled explicitly and the k decreased to 0.9388. So the DOE shapes in conjunction with non-blanketed fuel are bounding for all the non-blanketed fuel at Indian Point and conservative for axial blanket fuel.
In order to determine a more realistic reactivity, the axial blanket and control rod depletion were modeled explicitly and the k decreased to 0.9388. So the DOE shapes in conjunction with non-blanketed fuel are bounding for all the non-blanketed fuel at Indian Point and conservative for axial blanket fuel.
For the analysis, the lower 10 nodes were averaged into one node. This does not affect the calculation of k, since the top half of the assembly dominates the reactivity. In fact, averaging the lower 10 nodes effectively brings the bottom lower burned fuel toward the more reactive top so the approach is conservative (but a negligible effect).
For the analysis, the lower 10 nodes were averaged into one node. This does not affect the calculation of k, since the top half of the assembly dominates the reactivity. In fact, averaging the lower 10 nodes effectively brings the bottom lower burned fuel toward the more reactive top so the approach is conservative (but a negligible effect).
6.4 Interpolationof Isotopics and Cooling Time Verification With isotopics from the depletion calculations recorded every 2 GWd/T (see Section 5.8), the isotopics at any particular burnup can be interpolated. Since the burnup delta is small between burnup points, linear interpolation can be used. To validate this approach, the isotopics at 40 GWd/T were interpolated from the OPUS plot files (OPUS plot files are an output option in the TRITON module of SCALE) at 38 GWd/T and 42 GWd/T at 5.0 wt% U-235 enrichment. The isotopics were input into the Region 2 KENO model and the calculated k was 0.96653 -0.00015. Another case used isotopics directly from the OPUS plot files at 40 GWd/T. The calculated k was 0.96651 +/- 0.00015. The difference is well NET- 300067-01 Rev 1                                                                                       39
6.4 Interpolation of Isotopics and Cooling Time Verification With isotopics from the depletion calculations recorded every 2 GWd/T (see Section 5.8), the isotopics at any particular burnup can be interpolated. Since the burnup delta is small between burnup points, linear interpolation can be used. To validate this approach, the isotopics at 40 GWd/T were interpolated from the OPUS plot files (OPUS plot files are an output option in the TRITON module of SCALE) at 38 GWd/T and 42 GWd/T at 5.0 wt% U-235 enrichment. The isotopics were input into the Region 2 KENO model and the calculated k was 0.96653 -0.00015. Another case used isotopics directly from the OPUS plot files at 40 GWd/T. The calculated k was 0.96651 +/- 0.00015. The difference is well NET-300067-01 Rev 1 39


within the Monte Carlo statistics. A similar verification was performed at 11 GWd/T, where an interpolation between 9 and 13 was compared to the direct calculation at II GWd/T. The calculated k using the direct isotopics was 1.1366 +/- 0.0002, while the interpolated case was 1.1362 +/- 0.0002, a difference of only 0.0004, which is within the expected Monte Carlo variation.
within the Monte Carlo statistics. A similar verification was performed at 11 GWd/T, where an interpolation between 9 and 13 was compared to the direct calculation at II GWd/T. The calculated k using the direct isotopics was 1. 1366 +/- 0.0002, while the interpolated case was 1.1362 +/- 0.0002, a difference of only 0.0004, which is within the expected Monte Carlo variation.
To check the cooling time model used in the interpolation program, a special depletion was performed at 5.0 wt% U-235 to a burnup of 40 GWd/T. Then SCALE was used to decay the isotopes for 72 hours, 1 year, 5 years, and 25 years. The interpolation program was also used to decay the isotopes to the same cooling times. Table 6.2 shows the results of the verification of the cooling time. The differences are within the Monte Carlo statistics (2 sigma of+/- 0.0004) except for the case at 25 years.
To check the cooling time model used in the interpolation program, a special depletion was performed at 5.0 wt% U-235 to a burnup of 40 GWd/T. Then SCALE was used to decay the isotopes for 72 hours, 1 year, 5 years, and 25 years. The interpolation program was also used to decay the isotopes to the same cooling times. Table 6.2 shows the results of the verification of the cooling time. The differences are within the Monte Carlo statistics (2 sigma of+/- 0.0004) except for the case at 25 years.
The calculated k from the interpolation program at 25 years is conservative.
The calculated k from the interpolation program at 25 years is conservative.
Table 6.2: Verification of Cooling Time Model in the Interpolation Program Interpolation Cooling Time         SCALE/ORIGEN k               Program k           Difference 72 hours                     1.0023                 1.0023                 -
Table 6.2: Verification of Cooling Time Model in the Interpolation Program Interpolation Cooling Time SCALE/ORIGEN k Program k Difference 72 hours 1.0023 1.0023 1 year 0.9993 0.9996 0.0003 5 years 0.9847 0.9848 0.0001 25 years 0.9449 0.9457 0.0008 6.5 Convergence of Calculations The convergence of the 2x2 (or I x 1) reflected model k calculation was generally achieved after only a few hundred generations. However, all of the CSAS5 computer runs use a Monte Carlo sampling of at.
1 year                     0.9993                 0.9996             0.0003 5 years                     0.9847                 0.9848             0.0001 25 years                     0.9449                 0.9457             0.0008 6.5 Convergence of Calculations The convergence of the 2x2 (or I x 1) reflected model k calculation was generally achieved after only a few hundred generations. However, all of the CSAS5 computer runs use a Monte Carlo sampling of at.
least 1500 generations and 6000 neutrons per generation. Convergence could have been-a O5roblem in the past, when very few neutron histories were run (300,000 total neutron histories vs. 9 million today).
least 1500 generations and 6000 neutrons per generation. Convergence could have been-a O5roblem in the past, when very few neutron histories were run (300,000 total neutron histories vs. 9 million today).
The full pool model convergence required knowledge of the most reactive location to be used for a starting source. When the most reactive location was not known, several starting sources were used.
The full pool model convergence required knowledge of the most reactive location to be used for a starting source. When the most reactive location was not known, several starting sources were used.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                     40
NET-300067-01 Rev I 40


6.6 Summary of Modeling Assumptions The following is a summary of the modeling assumptions:
6.6 Summary of Modeling Assumptions The following is a summary of the modeling assumptions:
Line 357: Line 701:
: 5. NUREG/CR-6801 bounding axial burnup profiles are used for all fuel (bounding for non-blanketed fuel and is conservative for axial blanket fuel).
: 5. NUREG/CR-6801 bounding axial burnup profiles are used for all fuel (bounding for non-blanketed fuel and is conservative for axial blanket fuel).
: 6. Top and bottom of fuel assembly is 50 cm of water (conservative compared to 50150 steel/water and other minor end fitting components - see Section 8.5).
: 6. Top and bottom of fuel assembly is 50 cm of water (conservative compared to 50150 steel/water and other minor end fitting components - see Section 8.5).
: 7. Isotopics can be linearly interpolated between burnup steps that are 2 GWD/T apart (verified by comparison to non-interpolated isotopics).
: 7.
Isotopics can be linearly interpolated between burnup steps that are 2 GWD/T apart (verified by comparison to non-interpolated isotopics).
: 8. Periodic boundary conditions are used to represent an infinite array.
: 8. Periodic boundary conditions are used to represent an infinite array.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                 41.
NET-300067-01 Rev I 41.


Proprietary Information Removed 7 Sensitivity Analysis This Section presents analysis of the sensitivity of the models to the manufacturing tolerances. After the sensitivity is determined, the rack up of the uncertainties and biases is presented.
Proprietary Information Removed 7 Sensitivity Analysis This Section presents analysis of the sensitivity of the models to the manufacturing tolerances. After the sensitivity is determined, the rack up of the uncertainties and biases is presented.
7.1 Tolerances Calculations were performed to quantify the reactivity effect of changes due to manufacturing tolerances. For Region 2 the tolerance calculations were performed at the highest credited burnup conditions (5 wt% U-235 and 42.67 GWd/T) and a low burned condition (2.5 wt% U-235 and 12.31 GWd/T). Table 7.1 presents the tolerance reactivity effects for Region I (fresh 5 wt% U-235 fuel) and Region 2. The tolerance effects were not very sensitive to the enrichment/burnup conditions and the largest values from Table 7.1 are used in the rack up of uncertainties.
7.1 Tolerances Calculations were performed to quantify the reactivity effect of changes due to manufacturing tolerances. For Region 2 the tolerance calculations were performed at the highest credited burnup conditions (5 wt% U-235 and 42.67 GWd/T) and a low burned condition (2.5 wt% U-235 and 12.31 GWd/T). Table 7.1 presents the tolerance reactivity effects for Region I (fresh 5 wt% U-235 fuel) and Region 2.
Table 7.1: Tolerance Reactivity Effects Tolerance                                 Value (in)         Ak Region 1           Ak Region 2.
The tolerance effects were not very sensitive to the enrichment/burnup conditions and the largest values from Table 7.1 are used in the rack up of uncertainties.
High Burnup Case                                                                       Base k = 0.9639 Fuel pin pitch                           +0.0014                                     0.0021 Rack cell pitch - horizontal                                                           0.0035*
Table 7.1: Tolerance Reactivity Effects Tolerance Value (in)
Rack cell pitch - vertical Rack cell ID                                                                           0.0002 Rack cell wall thickness                 +/-0.007                                       0.0002 Boraflex sheathing thickness             +/-0.003                                       0.0001 Eccentricity                                 -                                        0.0001 Fuel Enrichment                           +0.05%                                   0.0030 @ 5.0 Low Bumup Case                                                 Base k 0.9717         Base k = 0.9696 Fuel pin pitch                           +0.0014           0.0022                   0.0016.
Ak Region 1 Ak Region 2.
Rack cell pitch - horizontal                                 0.0039                   0.0035" Rack cell pitch - vertical                     .            0.0041.
High Burnup Case Base k = 0.9639 Fuel pin pitch  
Rack cell ID                                                 0.0020                   0.0001 Rack cell wall thickness                 +/-0.007             0.0008                   0.0002
+0.0014 0.0021 Rack cell pitch - horizontal 0.0035*
      'Boraflex sheathing thickness             +/-0.003             0.0004                   0.0001 Eccentricity                                 -              0.0001                   0.0001 Fuel enrichment                           +0.05%         0.0022 @ 5.0 wt%       0.0050 @ 2.0 wt%
Rack cell pitch - vertical Rack cell ID 0.0002 Rack cell wall thickness  
Both horizontal and vertical pitch were changed at the same time in Region 2 NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                     42
+/-0.007 0.0002 Boraflex sheathing thickness  
+/-0.003 0.0001 Eccentricity 0.0001 Fuel Enrichment  
+0.05%
0.0030 @ 5.0 Low Bumup Case Base k 0.9717 Base k = 0.9696 Fuel pin pitch  
+0.0014 0.0022 0.0016.
Rack cell pitch - horizontal 0.0039 0.0035" Rack cell pitch - vertical 0.0041.
Rack cell ID 0.0020 0.0001 Rack cell wall thickness  
+/-0.007 0.0008 0.0002
'Boraflex sheathing thickness  
+/-0.003 0.0004 0.0001 Eccentricity 0.0001 0.0001 Fuel enrichment  
+0.05%
0.0022 @ 5.0 wt%
0.0050 @ 2.0 wt%
Both horizontal and vertical pitch were changed at the same time in Region 2 NET-300067-01 Rev I 42


PWR fuel assemblies are designed to be under moderated at power, so the moderator temperature coefficient is negative to prevent large power excursions. Therefore, increasing water between the fuel rods (and ignoring grids) increases k. This is demonstrated by calculations of the reactivity from varying the pin pitch (shown in Table 7.1), guide tube diameter (Table 7.2), and the fuel clad outer diameter (Table 7.2). For this analysis, the fuel pin clad outer diameter is set to its minimum value. Also, the water displacement of the guide tubes is at the minimum. These parameters have sufficiently small tolerances that bounding values were used. The grids are conservatively ignored since they displace water around the fuel pins. The fuel pin pitch tolerance (0.0014 inch) used in this analysis is the maximum pin separation possible before assemblies would touch in the reactor. The impact of increasing the pin pitch is one of the larger reactivity effects from the manufacturing tolerances. Since it causes a change in the spectrum in the assembly, the reactivity effect is about the same in Region I and Region 2.
PWR fuel assemblies are designed to be under moderated at power, so the moderator temperature coefficient is negative to prevent large power excursions. Therefore, increasing water between the fuel rods (and ignoring grids) increases k. This is demonstrated by calculations of the reactivity from varying the pin pitch (shown in Table 7.1), guide tube diameter (Table 7.2), and the fuel clad outer diameter (Table 7.2). For this analysis, the fuel pin clad outer diameter is set to its minimum value. Also, the water displacement of the guide tubes is at the minimum. These parameters have sufficiently small tolerances that bounding values were used. The grids are conservatively ignored since they displace water around the fuel pins. The fuel pin pitch tolerance (0.0014 inch) used in this analysis is the maximum pin separation possible before assemblies would touch in the reactor. The impact of increasing the pin pitch is one of the larger reactivity effects from the manufacturing tolerances. Since it causes a change in the spectrum in the assembly, the reactivity effect is about the same in Region I and Region 2.
Line 376: Line 734:
The Region I change in k for reducing the cell pitch is much larger due to the decrease in the flux trap.
The Region I change in k for reducing the cell pitch is much larger due to the decrease in the flux trap.
However, since the vertical and horizontal tolerances are independent of each other, the net effect for Region I is only mildly larger than Region 2.
However, since the vertical and horizontal tolerances are independent of each other, the net effect for Region I is only mildly larger than Region 2.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       43
NET-300067-01 Rev I 43


Proprietary Information Removed In calculating the reactivity of increasing the cell ID, the cell pitch is maintained. This means the reactivity effect in Region I is mainly due to decreasing the flux trap.     Region 2 is not a flux trap design, so the effect on k is small.
Proprietary Information Removed In calculating the reactivity of increasing the cell ID, the cell pitch is maintained. This means the reactivity effect in Region I is mainly due to decreasing the flux trap.
Region 2 is not a flux trap design, so the effect on k is small.
Calculations demonstrated that having maximum water at the edge of the cell maximizes the reactivity in Region I, while having minimum water at the edge maximizes the reactivity in Region 2 (see Table 7.2). Since bounding values are used for the absorber panel thickness and the Boraflex sheathing width, a minimum panel thickness and minimum Boraflex sheathing width are used in Region 1, while a maximum panel thickness and maximum sheathing width are used in Region 2.
Calculations demonstrated that having maximum water at the edge of the cell maximizes the reactivity in Region I, while having minimum water at the edge maximizes the reactivity in Region 2 (see Table 7.2). Since bounding values are used for the absorber panel thickness and the Boraflex sheathing width, a minimum panel thickness and minimum Boraflex sheathing width are used in Region 1, while a maximum panel thickness and maximum sheathing width are used in Region 2.
Eccentric positioning of the assemblies in the cell (moving four assemblies together in a repeating infinite array) has very little effect on k. In fact, the effect was smaller than the expected Monte Carlo variation, even after increasing the number of neutrons being followed by a factor of 4. This result is common for racks with absorber panels. This negligible eccentricity is included as an uncertainty.
Eccentric positioning of the assemblies in the cell (moving four assemblies together in a repeating infinite array) has very little effect on k. In fact, the effect was smaller than the expected Monte Carlo variation, even after increasing the number of neutrons being followed by a factor of 4. This result is common for racks with absorber panels. This negligible eccentricity is included as an uncertainty.
Calculations confirmed that the highest reactivity occurs with maximum water density (see Section 8.7). Therefore, all analyses were performed at a water density of 1.00 g/cc (4 'C).
Calculations confirmed that the highest reactivity occurs with maximum water density (see Section 8.7). Therefore, all analyses were performed at a water density of 1.00 g/cc (4 'C).
Table 7.2: Miscellaneous Reactivity Effects Case (base k =0.9639)                 Ak from base                 Notes Max panel thickness in Region 1                     -0.0003       Min thickness is limiting Max sheathing width in Region 1                       0.0000       Within statistics Min panel thickness in Region 2                     -0.0003       Max thickness is limiting Min sheathing width in Region 2                     -0.0002       Max width is limiting Guide and Instrumentation.Tube Diameter           _ 0.0000         Wiihistatistics reduced to OFA dimensions Decrease clad ID by [         ]ac inch             -0.0001 Increase clad OD by [         Ia, inch             -0.0024       All of these results show Decrease pellet density by 1%                       -0.0001       that the correct bounding Decrease pellet OD by [           ]ac inch           -0.0002       fuel dimensions are being Decrease GT ID by [         ]a., inch               -0.0002       used Increase GT OD by     [     ]ac inch               -0.0002.
Table 7.2: Miscellaneous Reactivity Effects Case (base k =0.9639)
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                           44
Ak from base Notes Max panel thickness in Region 1  
-0.0003 Min thickness is limiting Max sheathing width in Region 1 0.0000 Within statistics Min panel thickness in Region 2  
-0.0003 Max thickness is limiting Min sheathing width in Region 2  
-0.0002 Max width is limiting Guide and Instrumentation.Tube Diameter 0.0000 Wiihistatistics reduced to OFA dimensions Decrease clad ID by [  
]ac inch  
-0.0001 Increase clad OD by [
Ia, inch  
-0.0024 All of these results show Decrease pellet density by 1%  
-0.0001 that the correct bounding Decrease pellet OD by [  
]ac inch  
-0.0002 fuel dimensions are being Decrease GT ID by [  
]a., inch  
-0.0002 used Increase GT OD by [  
]ac inch  
-0.0002.
NET-300067-01 Rev I 44


No calculations of sensitivities were made with borated water. The borated conditions have excess margin, which cover any differences in sensitivity with borated water.
No calculations of sensitivities were made with borated water. The borated conditions have excess margin, which cover any differences in sensitivity with borated water.
7.2 Calculationof Biases and Uncertainties The total bias and uncertainty that needs to be applied to the raw calculated k consists of the following components:
7.2 Calculation of Biases and Uncertainties The total bias and uncertainty that needs to be applied to the raw calculated k consists of the following components:
* Bias and uncertainty from the critical experiment validation
Bias and uncertainty from the critical experiment validation Uncertainty for the isotopic content Bias for the worth of the fission products and minor actinides
* Uncertainty for the isotopic content
" Fuel tolerance uncertainties for pin pitch and enrichment Rack tolerance uncertainties for cell pitch, cell ID, cell wall thickness, and sheathing thickness Uncertainty for eccentric positioning
    "    Bias for the worth of the fission products and minor actinides
" Uncertainty in the reactor record burnup
    " Fuel tolerance uncertainties for pin pitch and enrichment
" Monte Carlo statistical uncertainty in the k calculations The biases are added together and the uncertainties are statistically combined. From the validation section, the critical experiment bias which applies to fresh and burned fuel is 0.0029 for unborated conditions and 0.0037 for borated conditions. The critical experiment uncertainty is 0.0050 for both unborated and borated conditions. The isotopic content reactivity uncertainty is 5 % of the reactivity decrement which is a function of burnup. For example, the k for fresh 5 wt% fuel in Region 2 is 1.2253.
* Rack tolerance uncertainties for cell pitch, cell ID, cell wall thickness, and sheathing thickness
The same fuel at 42.67 GWd/T with 72 hours of cooling produces a k of 0.9651. The isotopic content reactivity uncertainty is (1.2253 - 0.9651)*0.05 = 0.0130 delta k. As stated in Section 4.2, a bias of 1.5% of the minor actinide and fission product worth is used to cover the bias and uncertainty in their cross sections. As an example of this bias, at 5.0 wt%,.42.67 GWd/T, 72 hour cooling in Region 2, a NET-300067-01 Rev I 45
* Uncertainty for eccentric positioning
    " Uncertainty in the reactor record burnup
    " Monte Carlo statistical uncertainty in the k calculations The biases are added together and the uncertainties are statistically combined. From the validation section, the critical experiment bias which applies to fresh and burned fuel is 0.0029 for unborated conditions and 0.0037 for borated conditions. The critical experiment uncertainty is 0.0050 for both unborated and borated conditions. The isotopic content reactivity uncertainty is 5 % of the reactivity decrement which is a function of burnup. For example, the k for fresh 5 wt% fuel in Region 2 is 1.2253.
The same fuel at 42.67 GWd/T with 72 hours of cooling produces a k of 0.9651. The isotopic content reactivity uncertainty is (1.2253 - 0.9651)*0.05 = 0.0130 delta k. As stated in Section 4.2, a bias of 1.5% of the minor actinide and fission product worth is used to cover the bias and uncertainty in their cross sections. As an example of this bias, at 5.0 wt%,.42.67 GWd/T, 72 hour cooling in Region 2, a NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       45


calculation determined that the minor actinide and fission product worth is 0.1109 (1.0760   - 0.9651). So the fission product and minor actinide bias at 42.67 GWd/T is 0.1109*0.015 = 0.0017.
calculation determined that the minor actinide and fission product worth is 0.1109 (1.0760 - 0.9651). So the fission product and minor actinide bias at 42.67 GWd/T is 0.1109*0.015 = 0.0017.
The uncertainty in the reactor record burnup is assumed to be 5 % of the burnup[9]. This value is based on comparisons presented in Section 7.2 of NUREG/CR-6998[9] of in-core measured burnups that demonstrate that the uncertainty in utility-assigned burnup values is less than 5 %. The effect on reactivity can be calculated by comparing the k calculated for the same enrichment at two different bumups. For example, at 5.0 wt% U-235, the k at 38 GWd/T was 0.9948 while the k at 42 GWd/T was 0.9658. So the Ak due to a 5% burnup uncertainty at 42 GWd/T is (0.9948 - 0.9658)*0.05*42 / (42 - 38) = 0.0152 Ak The same calculation at 3.0 wt%, 18 GWd/T (using calculated k's at 18 and 21 GWd/T) is (0.9943 - 0.9592)*0.05* 18 / (21 - 18) = 0.0105 Ak To simplify the burnup uncertainty calculation for all burnups greater than 18 GWd/T, the following linear relationship is derived from these two points.
The uncertainty in the reactor record burnup is assumed to be 5 % of the burnup[9]. This value is based on comparisons presented in Section 7.2 of NUREG/CR-6998[9] of in-core measured burnups that demonstrate that the uncertainty in utility-assigned burnup values is less than 5 %. The effect on reactivity can be calculated by comparing the k calculated for the same enrichment at two different bumups. For example, at 5.0 wt% U-235, the k at 38 GWd/T was 0.9948 while the k at 42 GWd/T was 0.9658. So the Ak due to a 5% burnup uncertainty at 42 GWd/T is (0.9948 - 0.9658)*0.05*42 / (42 - 38) = 0.0152 Ak The same calculation at 3.0 wt%, 18 GWd/T (using calculated k's at 18 and 21 GWd/T) is (0.9943 - 0.9592)*0.05* 18 / (21 - 18) = 0.0105 Ak To simplify the burnup uncertainty calculation for all burnups greater than 18 GWd/T, the following linear relationship is derived from these two points.
Bumup Uncertainty (Ak)   = 0.0072 + 0.00019 x BU This relationship was found to be conservative for all burnups greater than 18 GWd/T and overly conservative for burnups less than 18 GWd/T. For bumups less than 18 GWd/T, the maximum slope was found to be 0.005 Ak per GWd/T andso the bumnup uncertainty is:
Bumup Uncertainty (Ak) = 0.0072 + 0.00019 x BU This relationship was found to be conservative for all burnups greater than 18 GWd/T and overly conservative for burnups less than 18 GWd/T. For bumups less than 18 GWd/T, the maximum slope was found to be 0.005 Ak per GWd/T andso the bumnup uncertainty is:
0.005 x .05 x BU   0.00025 x BU As an example of the total rack up, Table 7.3 summarizes all 6f the biases and uncertainties for 5.0 wt% U-235 fuel burned to 42.67 GWd/T in Region 2 under unborated conditions.
0.005 x.05 x BU 0.00025 x BU As an example of the total rack up, Table 7.3 summarizes all 6f the biases and uncertainties for 5.0 wt% U-235 fuel burned to 42.67 GWd/T in Region 2 under unborated conditions.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       46
NET-300067-01 Rev I 46


Table 7.3: Rack Up of Biases & Uncertainties in Region 2 for 5 wt% Fuel at 43 GWd/T Uncertainty                               Bias                 Ak Validation (critical experiments)       0.0029             0.0050 Isotopic content uncertainty               -                0.0130 Fission Products and Minor Actinides     0.0017                 -
Table 7.3: Rack Up of Biases & Uncertainties in Region 2 for 5 wt% Fuel at 43 GWd/T Uncertainty Bias Ak Validation (critical experiments) 0.0029 0.0050 Isotopic content uncertainty 0.0130 Fission Products and Minor Actinides 0.0017 Burnup uncertainty 0.0153 Fuel pin pitch 0.0021 Fuel enrichment 0.0030 Rack cell pitch 0.0035 Rack cell ID 0.0002 Rack cell wall thickness 0.0002 Boraflex sheathing thickness 0.0001 Eccentricity 0.0001 Monte Carlo statistics 0.0005 Total Rack Up (Ak = RSS) 0.0046 0.0213 Total Bias and Uncertainty 0.0259 In this example, the bias plus uncertainty is 0.0259. To provide an engineering margin of 0.01, the target k would be 0.99-0.0259 = 0.9641. Note that the uncertainty is dominated by the validation, isotopic content and burnup uncertainty. Small changes in the manufacturing tolerances will have no effect on the statistically combined uncertainties.
Burnup uncertainty                         -                0.0153 Fuel pin pitch                             -                0.0021 Fuel enrichment                             -                0.0030 Rack cell pitch                             -                0.0035 Rack cell ID                               -                0.0002 Rack cell wall thickness                   -                0.0002 Boraflex sheathing thickness               -                0.0001 Eccentricity                               -                0.0001 Monte Carlo statistics                     -                0.0005 Total Rack Up (Ak = RSS)                 0.0046             0.0213 Total Bias and Uncertainty               0.0259 In this example, the bias plus uncertainty is 0.0259. To provide an engineering margin of 0.01, the target k would be 0.99-0.0259 = 0.9641. Note that the uncertainty is dominated by the validation, isotopic content and burnup uncertainty. Small changes in the manufacturing tolerances will have no effect on the statistically combined uncertainties.
Table 7.4 presents the rack up of biases and uncertainties for Region I with fresh fuel. For Region 1, an engineering margin of 0.01 is used so the target k would be 0.99 - 0.0111 = 0.9789. For burned fuel stored in Region 1,it would also be required to include the burnup, isotopic content uncertainties and the fission product and minor actinide bias, which would increase the total bias and uncertainty to 0.0128 at 12 GWd/T. So the target k for burned fuel in Region I would be 0.9772.
Table 7.4 presents the rack up of biases and uncertainties for Region I with fresh fuel. For Region 1, an engineering margin of 0.01 is used so the target k would be 0.99 - 0.0111 = 0.9789. For burned fuel stored in Region 1,it would also be required to include the burnup, isotopic content uncertainties and the fission product and minor actinide bias, which would increase the total bias and uncertainty to 0.0128 at 12 GWd/T. So the target k for burned fuel in Region I would be 0.9772.
For the borated condition, the uncertainties will be slightly different [27] but these differences are insignificant when compared to the large margin for the borated condition shown in Section 8.
For the borated condition, the uncertainties will be slightly different [27] but these differences are insignificant when compared to the large margin for the borated condition shown in Section 8.
NET- 300067-01 Rev 1                                                                                       47
NET-300067-01 Rev 1 47


Table 7.4: Rack Up of Biases and Uncertainties for Region 1 Uncertainty                               Bias                 Ak Validation (critical experiments)         0.0029             0.0050 Depletion reactivity uncertainty             -
Table 7.4: Rack Up of Biases and Uncertainties for Region 1 Uncertainty Bias Ak Validation (critical experiments) 0.0029 0.0050 Depletion reactivity uncertainty Burnup uncertainty Fuel pin pitch 0.0022 Fuel enrichment Rack cell pitch - horizontal 0.0039 Rack cell pitch - vertical 0.0041 Rack cell ID 0.0020 Rack cell wall thickness 0.0008 Boraflex sheathing thickness 0.0004 Eccentricity 0.0001 Monte Carlo statistics 0.0005 Total Rack Up 0.0029 0.0082 Total Bias and Uncertainty 0.0111 If 5.0 wt% is assumed in the criticality model, the enrichment uncertainty is zero because the maximum nominal enrichment of the fuel is 4.95 wt%.
Burnup uncertainty                           -                  -
NET-300067-01 Rev I 48
Fuel pin pitch                               -                0.0022 Fuel enrichment                             -                  -
Rack cell pitch - horizontal                                 0.0039 Rack cell pitch - vertical                   -                0.0041 Rack cell ID                                 -                0.0020 Rack cell wall thickness                     -                0.0008 Boraflex sheathing thickness                 -                0.0004 Eccentricity                                 -                0.0001 Monte Carlo statistics                       -                0.0005 Total Rack Up                             0.0029             0.0082 Total Bias and Uncertainty                             0.0111 If 5.0 wt% is assumed in the criticality model, the enrichment uncertainty is zero because the maximum nominal enrichment of the fuel is 4.95 wt%.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                               48


8 Results With the biases and uncertainties determined, the minimum loading requirements can be calculated.
8 Results With the biases and uncertainties determined, the minimum loading requirements can be calculated.
These minimum loading requirements meet the IOCFR50 requirements. Specifically,                         k 95/9 5 must be less than 1.0 with no soluble boron credit and less than 0.95 with credit for soluble boron. For this analysis, these limits are met while maintaining about a 1% margin in k. It has been demonstrated that for all unborated cases     k 9 5/95 is less than or equal to 0.991 and for the borated cases     k 9 5/95 is less than 0.94 after adding biases and uncertainties.
These minimum loading requirements meet the IOCFR50 requirements. Specifically, k 95/9 5 must be less than 1.0 with no soluble boron credit and less than 0.95 with credit for soluble boron. For this analysis, these limits are met while maintaining about a 1% margin in k. It has been demonstrated that for all unborated cases k 9 5/95 is less than or equal to 0.991 and for the borated cases k 9 5/95 is less than 0.94 after adding biases and uncertainties.
8.1 Region I Table 8.1 below summarizes the Region I results.
8.1 Region I Table 8.1 below summarizes the Region I results.
Calculations show that fresh 5.0 wt% U-235 fuel with 48 IFBA rods can be stored in Region 1 to meet the criticality requirements       (k 95/9 5 < 0.99 after accounting for all biases and uncertainties). The calculated k for this case is 0.9717. After adding Region I biases and uncertainties of 0.01 11 from Table 7.4, the k 9 5/9 5 is. 0.9828. For fresh 5.0 wt% U-235 fuel with no IFBA rods, the assemblies can be stored on the periphery of Region I (see Section 8.10) or they can be stored anywhere if they have a control rod inserted.
Calculations show that fresh 5.0 wt% U-235 fuel with 48 IFBA rods can be stored in Region 1 to meet the criticality requirements (k 95/9 5 < 0.99 after accounting for all biases and uncertainties). The calculated k for this case is 0.9717. After adding Region I biases and uncertainties of 0.01 11 from Table 7.4, the k 9 5/9 5 is. 0.9828. For fresh 5.0 wt% U-235 fuel with no IFBA rods, the assemblies can be stored on the periphery of Region I (see Section 8.10) or they can be stored anywhere if they have a control rod inserted.
For burned fuel, no credit is taken for IFBA or any insert in the guide tubes. Calculations show that 5.0 wt% U-235 fuel burned to 12 GWd/T meet the criticality requirements for Region 1. Note that for this particular depletion, a soluble boron concentration of 1300 ppm was used so that once burned fuel that was in a very short cycle can still be stored anywhere in Region I as long as the minimum burnup of 12 GWd/T is met. Burned fuel with less than 12 GWd/T burnup can be stored on the periphery of Region I or stored anywhere in Region I if the fuel assembly has a control rod inserted.
For burned fuel, no credit is taken for IFBA or any insert in the guide tubes. Calculations show that 5.0 wt% U-235 fuel burned to 12 GWd/T meet the criticality requirements for Region 1. Note that for this particular depletion, a soluble boron concentration of 1300 ppm was used so that once burned fuel that was in a very short cycle can still be stored anywhere in Region I as long as the minimum burnup of 12 GWd/T is met. Burned fuel with less than 12 GWd/T burnup can be stored on the periphery of Region I or stored anywhere in Region I if the fuel assembly has a control rod inserted.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                                         49
NET-300067-01 Rev I 49


Table 8.1: Calculated k's in Region 1 Bias &
Table 8.1: Calculated k's in Region 1 Bias &
Case                               k       Uncertainty       k95 /9 Base Case (5.0 wt% U-235 fuel with 48 IFBA)                   0.9717       0.0111         0.9828 Burned Fuel (5.0 wt% U-235 burned to 12 GWd/T at             0.9650       0.0128         0.9778 1300 ppm)                                                             I 1 out of 4 cells filled with water (no absorber panel in     0.9144       0.0111         0.9255 cell)
Case k
Empty cell filled with air                               0.9245       0.0111         0.9356 Empty cell filled with aluminum                           0.9255       0.0111         0.9366 Empty cell filled with concrete                           0.9222       0.0111         0.9333 Empty cell filled with steel                             0.9233       0.0111         0.9344 Empty cell filled with Zirealoy                           0.9255       0.0111         0.9366 Missing panel, control rod in fuel assembly (base           0.9729       0.0111       0.9840 case fuel) 5.0 wt% U-235, no IFBA, control rod in fuel                 0.7964         0.0111       0.8075 assemblies Base Case with alternate panel design 0.022 areal           0.9716       0.0111       <0.99 density Burned Fuel Case with alternate panel design 0.022           0.9645       0.0128         0.9773 areal density 8.1.1 Missing Panelin Region I A case was also run in which there is an empty cell that has no absorber panel (one empty cell out of four cells in the 2x2 array). The lack of fuel in the cell more than offsets the reactivity due to the lack of an absorber panel in the cell. The cell does not have to be empty, only that there is no fuel. Concrete, steel, air, Zircaloy, aluminum and water were modeled and all of these materials meet the criticality requirements (see Table 8.1). Alternatively, a fuel assembly can be placed in the cell having the missing absorber panel a long as it contains a control rod (a control rod is worth more than an absorber panel, see
Uncertainty k95/9 Base Case (5.0 wt% U-235 fuel with 48 IFBA) 0.9717 0.0111 0.9828 Burned Fuel (5.0 wt% U-235 burned to 12 GWd/T at 0.9650 0.0128 0.9778 1300 ppm)
:7 Table &-8-1).Placihga fuel assembly into a cell that has a missing panel is considered an accident (see Section 9).
I 1 out of 4 cells filled with water (no absorber panel in 0.9144 0.0111 0.9255 cell)
      - To allow for small changes in k due to minor variations in the final design of the alternate panel NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       .50
Empty cell filled with air 0.9245 0.0111 0.9356 Empty cell filled with aluminum 0.9255 0.0111 0.9366 Empty cell filled with concrete 0.9222 0.0111 0.9333 Empty cell filled with steel 0.9233 0.0111 0.9344 Empty cell filled with Zirealoy 0.9255 0.0111 0.9366 Missing panel, control rod in fuel assembly (base 0.9729 0.0111 0.9840 case fuel) 5.0 wt% U-235, no IFBA, control rod in fuel 0.7964 0.0111 0.8075 assemblies Base Case with alternate panel design 0.022 areal 0.9716 0.0111  
<0.99 density Burned Fuel Case with alternate panel design 0.022 0.9645 0.0128 0.9773 areal density 8.1.1 Missing Panelin Region I A case was also run in which there is an empty cell that has no absorber panel (one empty cell out of four cells in the 2x2 array). The lack of fuel in the cell more than offsets the reactivity due to the lack of an absorber panel in the cell. The cell does not have to be empty, only that there is no fuel. Concrete, steel, air, Zircaloy, aluminum and water were modeled and all of these materials meet the criticality requirements (see Table 8.1). Alternatively, a fuel assembly can be placed in the cell having the missing absorber panel a long as it contains a control rod (a control rod is worth more than an absorber panel, see
:7 Table &-8-1). Placihga fuel assembly into a cell that has a missing panel is considered an accident (see Section 9).
- To allow for small changes in k due to minor variations in the final design of the alternate panel NET-300067-01 Rev I
.50


8.1.2 Alternate PanelDesign in Region 1 The fresh fuel, 48 IFBA case was run for the alternate panel design at an areal density of 0.022 g '0B/cm 2 and the calculated k was 0.9716 compared to the base case of 0.9717. Even if there was a slight difference in tolerance effects due to the alternate panel design, there is 0.007 margin to the design goal of 0.99. Since the most reactive fuel was analyzed, the alternate design will result in a k95/95 less than 0.99.
8.1.2 Alternate Panel Design in Region 1 The fresh fuel, 48 IFBA case was run for the alternate panel design at an areal density of 0.022 g '0B/cm2 and the calculated k was 0.9716 compared to the base case of 0.9717. Even if there was a slight difference in tolerance effects due to the alternate panel design, there is 0.007 margin to the design goal of 0.99. Since the most reactive fuel was analyzed, the alternate design will result in a k95/95 less than 0.99.
8.2 Region 2 The minimum burnup requirements (loading curve) for Region 2 are presented in Table 8.2.
8.2 Region 2 The minimum burnup requirements (loading curve) for Region 2 are presented in Table 8.2.
Table 8.2: Minimum Burnup Requirements (GWd/T) in Region 2 Enrichment*                                       Cooling Time (years)
Table 8.2: Minimum Burnup Requirements (GWd/T) in Region 2 Enrichment*
(wt% U-235)             O0         1         2           5         10           15         25*
Cooling Time (years)
2.0             3.20       3.10       3.08         3.00       3.00       3.00         3.00 2.5           15.17       14.85     14.66       13.97     13.20       12.84       12.31 3.0           21.28       21.17     20.98       20.66     20.26       19.98       19.65 3.5           27.53       27.10     26.63       25.56     24.29       23.50       22.45 4.0           33.82       33.43     33.05       32.04     30.72       29.70       28.44 4.5           38.98       38.65     37.99       36.49     34.67       33.69       32.60 5.0           42.67       42.14     41.78       40.78     39.72       38.96       37.68 Table 8.2 gives the burnup requirement in GWd/T as a function of initial U-235 enrichment and cooling time. As discussed later, the bumup requirements are adjusted if the assembly had a hafnium insert, has fuel pins removed, or is placed on the periphery. The table can be linearly interpolated to find
(wt% U-235)
*the required burnup at any enrichment/cooling time combination. No extrapolation is allowed, so fuel at enrichments less than 2.0 wt% U-235 must use the 2.0 wt% U-235 minimum burnup requirements and fuel cooled more than 25 years must use the 25 year cooling value. For illustrative purposes only, the For axially blanketed fuel, the enrichment to be used is the enrichment of the center section between the blanket material t No cooling is actually 72 hours. This is the cooling time that maximizes k Fuel cooled to more than 25 years must use the 25 year burnup requirements NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                             51
O0 1
2 5
10 15 25*
2.0 3.20 3.10 3.08 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 2.5 15.17 14.85 14.66 13.97 13.20 12.84 12.31 3.0 21.28 21.17 20.98 20.66 20.26 19.98 19.65 3.5 27.53 27.10 26.63 25.56 24.29 23.50 22.45 4.0 33.82 33.43 33.05 32.04 30.72 29.70 28.44 4.5 38.98 38.65 37.99 36.49 34.67 33.69 32.60 5.0 42.67 42.14 41.78 40.78 39.72 38.96 37.68 Table 8.2 gives the burnup requirement in GWd/T as a function of initial U-235 enrichment and cooling time. As discussed later, the bumup requirements are adjusted if the assembly had a hafnium insert, has fuel pins removed, or is placed on the periphery. The table can be linearly interpolated to find
* the required burnup at any enrichment/cooling time combination. No extrapolation is allowed, so fuel at enrichments less than 2.0 wt% U-235 must use the 2.0 wt% U-235 minimum burnup requirements and fuel cooled more than 25 years must use the 25 year cooling value. For illustrative purposes only, the For axially blanketed fuel, the enrichment to be used is the enrichment of the center section between the blanket material t No cooling is actually 72 hours. This is the cooling time that maximizes k Fuel cooled to more than 25 years must use the 25 year burnup requirements NET-300067-01 Rev I 51


loading curve is compared to the 2013 inventory in the Indian Point Unit 2 spent fuel pool as shown in Figure 8.1. This figure shows that only a few assemblies violate the loading curve and would have to be stored in Region I or contain a control rod if in Region 2.
loading curve is compared to the 2013 inventory in the Indian Point Unit 2 spent fuel pool as shown in Figure 8. 1. This figure shows that only a few assemblies violate the loading curve and would have to be stored in Region I or contain a control rod if in Region 2.
60 50 40
60 0.
                                                                                        -no     cooling 30
L 50 40 30 20 10 0
                                                                                        -5     year 0.
-no cooling
                                                                                        -15     year L
-5 year
20                                                                            . Unit 2 inventory 10 0
-15 year Unit 2 inventory 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 U-235 Enrichment 4.5 5.0 Figure 8.1: Loading Curve vs. Unit 2 Inventory (2013) 8.2.1 Curve Fit The bumup values in Table 8.2 can be fit to a curve having the following functional form where enr is theinitial U-235 enrichment in wt% and CT is the cooling time in years:
2.0       2.5       3.0       3.5       4.0         4.5       5.0 U-235 Enrichment Figure 8.1: Loading Curve vs. Unit 2 Inventory (2013) 8.2.1 Curve Fit The bumup values in Table 8.2 can be fit to a curve having the following functional form where enr is theinitial U-235 enrichment in wt% and CT is the cooling time in years:
(Al + A2enr + A3enr2 + A4enr3) exp[-(A5 + A6enr + A7enr 2 + A8enr 3) T] +A9 + AlOenr
(Al + A2enr + A3enr 2 + A4enr 3) exp[-(A5 + A6enr + A7enr 2 + A8enr 3) T] +A9 + AlOenr 3
+AI I enr2 + A 12enr3 Two curves were generated - one curve for enrichments from 2.0 to 3.5 and another one for enrichments greater than 3.5 to 5.0. The resulting coefficients are shown in Table 8.3. The coefficients contain an adjustment to ensure that all bumups calculated by the equation are greater than the burnups
                                            +AI Ienr 2 + A 12enr Two curves were generated - one curve for enrichments from 2.0 to 3.5 and another one for enrichments greater than 3.5 to 5.0. The resulting coefficients are shown in Table 8.3. The coefficients contain an adjustment to ensure that all bumups calculated by the equation are greater than the burnups
.NET-300067-01 Rev I 52
. NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                     52


from the table. Using the curve fit results in a maximum penalty of 0.2 GWd/T for low enrichments and 0.4 GWd/T for high enrichments when compared to the tabulated values shown in Table 8.2.
from the table. Using the curve fit results in a maximum penalty of 0.2 GWd/T for low enrichments and 0.4 GWd/T for high enrichments when compared to the tabulated values shown in Table 8.2.
Table 8.3: Coefficients for Curve Fit of Minimum Burnup Requirements Enrichment                 Enrichment Coefficient         2.0 - 3.5 wt% U-235       >3.5 - 5.0 wt% U-235 Al                   -226.183                   448.616 A2                     257.56                   -327.34 A3                     -95.573                   79.9045 A4                     11.6921                   -6.43034 A5                   0.957861                       0 A6                   -0.57489                       0 A7                   0.092684                   0.013029 A8                         0                     -0.00203 A9                       0.1                   -481.261 ANO                   -29.7478                   343.449 All                     22.7422                   -78.3549 A12                   -3.56276                   6.07956 8.2.2 Confirmation Calculationsfor Region 2 To be sure that all burnup/enrichment/cooling time combinations given in the loading curve meet the criticality requirements, each loading curve burnup/enrichment/cooling time point was run in the 2x2 KENO model to verify that each point meets the criticality requirements. The calculated k's are shown in Table 8.4.
Table 8.3: Coefficients for Curve Fit of Minimum Burnup Requirements Enrichment Enrichment Coefficient 2.0 - 3.5 wt% U-235  
Table 8.4: Calculated k Values at Each Burnup Point Enrichment                                     Cooling Time (years)
>3.5 - 5.0 wt% U-235 Al  
(wt% U-235)           0         1           2         5         10       15     25 2.0.           0.9718   0.9710       0.9708   0.9707     0.9700   0.9696 0.9689 2.5           0.9699   0.9698       0.9695   0.9698     0.9704   0.9698 0.9697 3.0           0.9660   0.9657       0.9658   0.9654     0.9652   0.9650 0.9646 3.5           0.9672   0.9671       0.9672   0.9669     0.9672   0.9670 0.9676 4.0           0.9661   0.9659       0.9656   0.9654     0.9657   0.9663 0.9668 4.5           0.9642   0.9641       0.9660   0.9660     0.9656   0.9651 0.9650 5.0           0.9651   0.9646       0.9641   0.9642     0.9632   0.9635 0.9652 NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                   53
-226.183 448.616 A2 257.56  
-327.34 A3  
-95.573 79.9045 A4 11.6921  
-6.43034 A5 0.957861 0
A6  
-0.57489 0
A7 0.092684 0.013029 A8 0  
-0.00203 A9 0.1  
-481.261 ANO  
-29.7478 343.449 All 22.7422  
-78.3549 A12  
-3.56276 6.07956 8.2.2 Confirmation Calculations for Region 2 To be sure that all burnup/enrichment/cooling time combinations given in the loading curve meet the criticality requirements, each loading curve burnup/enrichment/cooling time point was run in the 2x2 KENO model to verify that each point meets the criticality requirements. The calculated k's are shown in Table 8.4.
Table 8.4: Calculated k Values at Each Burnup Point Enrichment Cooling Time (years)
(wt% U-235) 0 1
2 5
10 15 25 2.0.
0.9718 0.9710 0.9708 0.9707 0.9700 0.9696 0.9689 2.5 0.9699 0.9698 0.9695 0.9698 0.9704 0.9698 0.9697 3.0 0.9660 0.9657 0.9658 0.9654 0.9652 0.9650 0.9646 3.5 0.9672 0.9671 0.9672 0.9669 0.9672 0.9670 0.9676 4.0 0.9661 0.9659 0.9656 0.9654 0.9657 0.9663 0.9668 4.5 0.9642 0.9641 0.9660 0.9660 0.9656 0.9651 0.9650 5.0 0.9651 0.9646 0.9641 0.9642 0.9632 0.9635 0.9652 NET-300067-01 Rev I 53


The total uncertainty is the bias plus a statistical combination of all the uncertainties (see Section 7.2).
The total uncertainty is the bias plus a statistical combination of all the uncertainties (see Section 7.2).
These total uncertainties are shown in Table 8.5.
These total uncertainties are shown in Table 8.5.
Table 8.5: Total Bias and Uncertainty at Each Burnup Point Enrichment                                     Cooling Time (years)
Table 8.5: Total Bias and Uncertainty at Each Burnup Point Enrichment Cooling Time (years)
(wt% U-235)           0           1           2         5         10         15         25 2.0           0.0116     0.0116       0.0116   0.0116     0.0116     0.0116     0.0116 2.5           0.0134     0.0133       0.0133   0.0133     0.0132     0.0132     0.0131 3.0           0.0192     0.0192       0.0191   0.0191     0.0190     0.0190     0.0190 3.5           0.0211     0.0210       0.0210   0.0208     0.0206     0.0205     0.0204 4.0           0.0230     0.0229       0.0229   0.0227     0.0225     0.0224     0.0222 4.5           0.0246     0.0246       0.0244   0.0242     0.0240     0.0239     0.0237 5.0           0.0259     0.0258       0.0258   0.0257     0.0256     0.0255     0.0252 After adding the total uncertainty to the calculated k's, all points are less than or equal to 0.991 as shown in Table 8.6. The values in Table 8.6 do not always match the sum of Tables 8.4 and 8.5 due to round off, since each table was developed using more significant digits before rounding for the table.
(wt% U-235) 0 1
Table 8.6: k 95/95 at Each Burnup Point For Region 2 Enrichment                                       Cooling Time (years)
2 5
(wt% U-235)             0           1           2         5         10         15         25 2.0             0.9833     0.9825       0.9824   0.9822     0.9815     0.9811     0.9804 2.5             0.9832     0.9831       0.9828     0.9831     0.9836     0.9829     0.9828 3.0             0.9852     0.9848       0.9849   0.9845     0.9842     0.9840     0.9835 3.5             0.9883     0.9882       0.9881   0.9877     0.9879     0.9876     0.9880       I 4.0             0.9891     0.9888       0.9885     0.9881     0.9882     0.9887     0.9890 4.5             0.9888     0.9886       0.9904   0.9902     0.9896     0.9889     0.9888 5.0             0.9910     0.9905       0.9899     0.9899     0.9888     0.9889     0.9904 8.2.3 Use of Control Rods in Region 2 A calculation was performed to show that a control rod inserted into a fresh 5.0 wt% U-235 assembly in Region 2 meets the criticality requirements. The calculated k is 0.9292 (a 2x2 array of fresh assemblies with each assembly containing a control rod). The analysis was performed with fresh assemblies NET- 300067-01 Rev 1                                                                                         54
10 15 25 2.0 0.0116 0.0116 0.0116 0.0116 0.0116 0.0116 0.0116 2.5 0.0134 0.0133 0.0133 0.0133 0.0132 0.0132 0.0131 3.0 0.0192 0.0192 0.0191 0.0191 0.0190 0.0190 0.0190 3.5 0.0211 0.0210 0.0210 0.0208 0.0206 0.0205 0.0204 4.0 0.0230 0.0229 0.0229 0.0227 0.0225 0.0224 0.0222 4.5 0.0246 0.0246 0.0244 0.0242 0.0240 0.0239 0.0237 5.0 0.0259 0.0258 0.0258 0.0257 0.0256 0.0255 0.0252 After adding the total uncertainty to the calculated k's, all points are less than or equal to 0.991 as shown in Table 8.6. The values in Table 8.6 do not always match the sum of Tables 8.4 and 8.5 due to round off, since each table was developed using more significant digits before rounding for the table.
Table 8.6: k95/95 at Each Burnup Point For Region 2 Enrichment Cooling Time (years)
(wt% U-235) 0 1
2 5
10 15 25 2.0 0.9833 0.9825 0.9824 0.9822 0.9815 0.9811 0.9804 2.5 0.9832 0.9831 0.9828 0.9831 0.9836 0.9829 0.9828 3.0 0.9852 0.9848 0.9849 0.9845 0.9842 0.9840 0.9835 3.5 0.9883 0.9882 0.9881 0.9877 0.9879 0.9876 0.9880 4.0 0.9891 0.9888 0.9885 0.9881 0.9882 0.9887 0.9890 4.5 0.9888 0.9886 0.9904 0.9902 0.9896 0.9889 0.9888 5.0 0.9910 0.9905 0.9899 0.9899 0.9888 0.9889 0.9904 I
8.2.3 Use of Control Rods in Region 2 A calculation was performed to show that a control rod inserted into a fresh 5.0 wt% U-235 assembly in Region 2 meets the criticality requirements. The calculated k is 0.9292 (a 2x2 array of fresh assemblies with each assembly containing a control rod). The analysis was performed with fresh assemblies NET-300067-01 Rev 1 54


containing no IFBA rods. Since the k of the 2x2 calculation is less than the base case for Region 2 (see Table 8.7), this shows that a fresh assembly with a control rod can be stored anywhere in Region 2.
containing no IFBA rods. Since the k of the 2x2 calculation is less than the base case for Region 2 (see Table 8.7), this shows that a fresh assembly with a control rod can be stored anywhere in Region 2.
Line 463: Line 857:
Alternatively, a fuel assembly meeting the loading curve can be placed in the cell having the missing panel as long as the fuel assembly contains a control rod. The negative reactivity worth of a control rod is more than that of an absorber panel (see Table 8.7).
Alternatively, a fuel assembly meeting the loading curve can be placed in the cell having the missing panel as long as the fuel assembly contains a control rod. The negative reactivity worth of a control rod is more than that of an absorber panel (see Table 8.7).
Table 8.7: Additional Sensitivity Calculations for Region 2 Bias &
Table 8.7: Additional Sensitivity Calculations for Region 2 Bias &
Case                                           k     Uncertainty     k95 95s Base Case* (5.0 wt% U-235 fuel at 42.67 GWd/T, 72 hour)                         0.9639       0.0259       0.9898 Empty cell filled with water (no absorber panel in cell)                         0.8744       0.0259       0.9003 Empty cell with air (no absorber panel in cell)                                 0.9195       0.0259       0.9454 Empty cell with aluminum (no absorber panel in cell)                             0.9310       0.0259       0.9569 Empty cell with concrete (no absorber panel in cell)                             0.9163       0.0259       0.9422 Empty cell with steel (no absorber panel in cell)                               0.9205       0.0259       0.9464   I Empty cell with zirc (no absorber panel in cell)                                 0.9333       0.0259       0.9592 Missing panel, control rod in fuel assembly (base case fuel)                     0.9567       0.0259       0.9826 No missing panels, fresh 5.0 wt% U-235 no IFBA, control rod in fuel               0.9292     0.0102       0.9394 assembly                                                                       II Alternate panel design, 0.020 areal density (base case fuel)                     0.9630       0.0259       0.9889 Low burned fuel (2.5 wt%, 12.31 GWd/T, 25 year, no missing panels)               0.9696     0.0131       0.9827 Alternate panel design for the above low-burned fuel case                         0.9683     0.0131       0.9814 The base case identified here was for a depletion in which the WABA was removed after 35 GWd/T.
Case k
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                         55
Uncertainty k95 s
95 Base Case* (5.0 wt% U-235 fuel at 42.67 GWd/T, 72 hour) 0.9639 0.0259 0.9898 Empty cell filled with water (no absorber panel in cell) 0.8744 0.0259 0.9003 Empty cell with air (no absorber panel in cell) 0.9195 0.0259 0.9454 Empty cell with aluminum (no absorber panel in cell) 0.9310 0.0259 0.9569 Empty cell with concrete (no absorber panel in cell) 0.9163 0.0259 0.9422 Empty cell with steel (no absorber panel in cell) 0.9205 0.0259 0.9464 Empty cell with zirc (no absorber panel in cell) 0.9333 0.0259 0.9592 Missing panel, control rod in fuel assembly (base case fuel) 0.9567 0.0259 0.9826 No missing panels, fresh 5.0 wt% U-235 no IFBA, control rod in fuel 0.9292 0.0102 0.9394 assembly II Alternate panel design, 0.020 areal density (base case fuel) 0.9630 0.0259 0.9889 Low burned fuel (2.5 wt%, 12.31 GWd/T, 25 year, no missing panels) 0.9696 0.0131 0.9827 Alternate panel design for the above low-burned fuel case 0.9683 0.0131 0.9814 I
The base case identified here was for a depletion in which the WABA was removed after 35 GWd/T.
NET-300067-01 Rev I 55


8.2.5 Alternate Absorber PanelDesign in Region 2 The base case (5.0 wt% at 42.67 GWd/T) was run for the alternate absorber design at an areal density of 0.020 g BIO/cm 2and results in a k of 0.9630 compared to the base case k of 0.9639. A low burnup case (2.5 wt% at 12.31 GWd/T) was also run with the alternate design. The k was 0.9683 compared to the primary design k of 0.9696. This demonstrates that the loading curves are valid for the alternate design.
8.2.5 Alternate Absorber Panel Design in Region 2 The base case (5.0 wt% at 42.67 GWd/T) was run for the alternate absorber design at an areal density of 0.020 g BIO/cm 2and results in a k of 0.9630 compared to the base case k of 0.9639. A low burnup case (2.5 wt% at 12.31 GWd/T) was also run with the alternate design. The k was 0.9683 compared to the primary design k of 0.9696. This demonstrates that the loading curves are valid for the alternate design.
8.2.6 Expanded Cooling Time Calculations It is generally accepted that the most reactive time after discharge is immediately after core offload (72 or 100 hours) with no credit for Xe-I 35 or Np-239 (all of the Np-239 is immediately converted to Pu-239 and all of the Xe-135 is immediately converted to Cs-135). To test this assumption, additional cooling time calculations between 72 hours and I year were performed (72 hours, 100 hours, 8 days, 16 days, 30 days, 60 days, 0.3 year, 0.6 year, and 1 year)..
8.2.6 Expanded Cooling Time Calculations It is generally accepted that the most reactive time after discharge is immediately after core offload (72 or 100 hours) with no credit for Xe-I 35 or Np-239 (all of the Np-239 is immediately converted to Pu-239 and all of the Xe-135 is immediately converted to Cs-135). To test this assumption, additional cooling time calculations between 72 hours and I year were performed (72 hours, 100 hours, 8 days, 16 days, 30 days, 60 days, 0.3 year, 0.6 year, and 1 year)..
As shown in Figure 8.2, the k generally decreases with time and the k is largest at 72 hours and 100 hours (the k is the same). The statistical uncertainty in these calculations is 0.0002 (2 sigma) so although there appears to be a non-decreasing behavior between 16 and 60 days, it is not significant.
As shown in Figure 8.2, the k generally decreases with time and the k is largest at 72 hours and 100 hours (the k is the same). The statistical uncertainty in these calculations is 0.0002 (2 sigma) so although there appears to be a non-decreasing behavior between 16 and 60 days, it is not significant.
0.9655 0.9650 0.9645 0.9640 0.9635 0.9630 0.9625 0.9620 0         100       200         300       400 Days after Discharge Figure 8.2: k as a Function of Cooling Time NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       56
0.9655 0.9650 0.9645 0.9640 0.9635 0.9630 0.9625 0.9620 0
100 200 300 400 Days after Discharge Figure 8.2: k as a Function of Cooling Time NET-300067-01 Rev I 56


8.3 Borated Conditions The most limiting acceptance criteria is for the unborated condition so the loading criteria have been set using models that did not contain soluble boron. In order to confirm that the k 9 5 /9 5 is less than 0.95 at a boron content that will be maintained even under a boron dilution accident (Section 9.5) a limited number of additional calculations were performed. The soluble boron concentration of 700 ppm was used for these calculations since this concentration can be easily supported by the boron dilution analysis and it yields significant margin in k. For Region i, the calculated k at 700 ppm with water at 100 &deg;C is 0.8790 (see Table 8.9). With bias and uncertainty this becomes k95/95 = 0.8900. Due to the difference between 0.89 and the target value of 0.94, no further calculations are warranted. For Region 2, the 5.0 wt% U-235 loading curve points at 72 hour and 25 year cooling were run with 700 ppm boron in the pool water (42.67 GWd/T at 72 hours and 37.68 GWd/T at 25 years). The calculated k at 72 hours was 0.8899, while the k at 25 years was 0.8906. With the bias and uncertainty applied, the k95/95 to be compared to the regulatory limit of 0.95 becomes 0.9158 for both the 72 hour and 25 year cooling times.
8.3 Borated Conditions The most limiting acceptance criteria is for the unborated condition so the loading criteria have been set using models that did not contain soluble boron. In order to confirm that the k 9 5/9 5 is less than 0.95 at a boron content that will be maintained even under a boron dilution accident (Section 9.5) a limited number of additional calculations were performed. The soluble boron concentration of 700 ppm was used for these calculations since this concentration can be easily supported by the boron dilution analysis and it yields significant margin in k. For Region i, the calculated k at 700 ppm with water at 100 &deg;C is 0.8790 (see Table 8.9). With bias and uncertainty this becomes k95/95 = 0.8900. Due to the difference between 0.89 and the target value of 0.94, no further calculations are warranted. For Region 2, the 5.0 wt% U-235 loading curve points at 72 hour and 25 year cooling were run with 700 ppm boron in the pool water (42.67 GWd/T at 72 hours and 37.68 GWd/T at 25 years). The calculated k at 72 hours was 0.8899, while the k at 25 years was 0.8906. With the bias and uncertainty applied, the k95/95 to be compared to the regulatory limit of 0.95 becomes 0.9158 for both the 72 hour and 25 year cooling times.
The bias and uncertainty used here for both Region I and 2 was from the unborated analysis.
The bias and uncertainty used here for both Region I and 2 was from the unborated analysis.
Calculation of borated uncertainties is not needed due to the large margin from the regulatory limit. Even if borated uncertainties were calculated, it would be expected that they would be smaller, since the primary uncertainty is the bumup uncertainty and the reactivity worth of burnup decreases with increasing boron concentration due to spectral hardening. Furthermore, ignoring the grids is still conservative at 700 ppm.
Calculation of borated uncertainties is not needed due to the large margin from the regulatory limit. Even if borated uncertainties were calculated, it would be expected that they would be smaller, since the primary uncertainty is the bumup uncertainty and the reactivity worth of burnup decreases with increasing boron concentration due to spectral hardening. Furthermore, ignoring the grids is still conservative at 700 ppm.
8.4 Depletion Effect of Hafnium Flux Suppression Inserts To determine the reactivity effect of having a hafnium rod inserted, a special depletion was performed. For the first 8 GWd/T, the assembly is depleted with a 20 rodlet hafnium insert (full length).
8.4 Depletion Effect of Hafnium Flux Suppression Inserts To determine the reactivity effect of having a hafnium rod inserted, a special depletion was performed. For the first 8 GWd/T, the assembly is depleted with a 20 rodlet hafnium insert (full length).
The hafnium insert is then replaced by a fresh 20 rodlet WABA plus 148 IFBA rods and never removed.
The hafnium insert is then replaced by a fresh 20 rodlet WABA plus 148 IFBA rods and never removed.
Since the hafnium inserts harden the spectrum more than WABAs (Ref. 7, Table 4.7.7), depleting with .-
Since the hafnium inserts harden the spectrum more than WABAs (Ref. 7, Table 4.7.7), depleting with.-
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                             57
NET-300067-01 Rev I 57


the hafnium first is conservative for the WABA depletion and no estimate of the burnup for changing from WABA to hafnium depletion is required. The burnup requirements for this case were then calculated using the same procedures as were used for the loading curve. Enrichments were 4.0, 4.5, and 5.0 and cooling times were 72 hours and 25 years. Table 8.8 shows the bumup required for this special depletion to meet the 0.99 k 9 5 /95 target value after accounting for all biases and uncertainties.
the hafnium first is conservative for the WABA depletion and no estimate of the burnup for changing from WABA to hafnium depletion is required. The burnup requirements for this case were then calculated using the same procedures as were used for the loading curve. Enrichments were 4.0, 4.5, and 5.0 and cooling times were 72 hours and 25 years. Table 8.8 shows the bumup required for this special depletion to meet the 0.99 k 9 5/95 target value after accounting for all biases and uncertainties.
Table 8.8: Hafnium Depletion Results Increased Burnup Enrichment       Cooling         Normal Burnup           Hafnium Depletion         Required For Hafnium (wt% U-235)         Time           Requirement         Burnup Requirement             Depletion Case (GWd/T)                 (GWd/T)                     (GWd/T) 4.0           72 hr               33.82                   34.89                         1.07 4.5           72 hr               38.98                   39.69                         0.71 5.0         72 hr               42.67                   43.98                         1.31 4.0           25 yr               28.44                   29.13                         0.69 4.5           25 yr               32.60                   33.20                         0.60 5.0         25yr                 37.18                   37.82                         0.64 For simplicity and to provide margin, a 2 GWd/T increase in the loading curve is required for any assembly having any burnup with a hafnium insert. Please note that if an assembly exceeds the loading curve requirements prior to loading a hafnium insert, no burnup adder is required since additional burnup (where IFBAs are ignored) always reduces reactivity regardless of spectrum.
Table 8.8: Hafnium Depletion Results Increased Burnup Enrichment Cooling Normal Burnup Hafnium Depletion Required For Hafnium (wt% U-235)
Time Requirement Burnup Requirement Depletion Case (GWd/T)
(GWd/T)
(GWd/T) 4.0 72 hr 33.82 34.89 1.07 4.5 72 hr 38.98 39.69 0.71 5.0 72 hr 42.67 43.98 1.31 4.0 25 yr 28.44 29.13 0.69 4.5 25 yr 32.60 33.20 0.60 5.0 25yr 37.18 37.82 0.64 For simplicity and to provide margin, a 2 GWd/T increase in the loading curve is required for any assembly having any burnup with a hafnium insert. Please note that if an assembly exceeds the loading curve requirements prior to loading a hafnium insert, no burnup adder is required since additional burnup (where IFBAs are ignored) always reduces reactivity regardless of spectrum.
8.5 Axial Reflector All of the analyses were performed with a water axial reflector (50 cm at top and bottom). Unburned' fuel reactivity is dominated by the center and so the results arenot senisitive:to the axial-refle'doir modeling. Burned fuel is top peaked and so is more sensitive to axial reflector modeling. To test the appropriateness of using 50 cm of water as the axial reflector for burned fuel, several other configurations were analyzed. The bottom reflector has an insignificant effect due to the axial burnup distribution (reactivity is driven by the low bumup in the top nodes), so cases were run to test only the top reflector.
8.5 Axial Reflector All of the analyses were performed with a water axial reflector (50 cm at top and bottom). Unburned' fuel reactivity is dominated by the center and so the results arenot senisitive:to the axial-refle'doir modeling. Burned fuel is top peaked and so is more sensitive to axial reflector modeling. To test the appropriateness of using 50 cm of water as the axial reflector for burned fuel, several other configurations were analyzed. The bottom reflector has an insignificant effect due to the axial burnup distribution (reactivity is driven by the low bumup in the top nodes), so cases were run to test only the top reflector.
Starting with the 5 wt% U-235, 42.67 GWd/T burnup, 72 hour case, which has a calculated k of 0.9639, NET- 300067-01 Rev 1                                                                                       58
Starting with the 5 wt% U-235, 42.67 GWd/T burnup, 72 hour case, which has a calculated k of 0.9639, NET-300067-01 Rev 1 58


some modifications to the top reflector were made. With a 50/50 mix of steel and water at the top, the calculated k was 0.9613, so the water reflector k of 0.9639 is more limiting. With 100% steel at the top, k was 0.9729, which demonstrates that pure steel is more limiting. The fuel pin above the active fuel is actually composed of a spring inside a plenum and the rods extend above the active fuel at least 6 inches.
some modifications to the top reflector were made. With a 50/50 mix of steel and water at the top, the calculated k was 0.9613, so the water reflector k of 0.9639 is more limiting. With 100% steel at the top, k was 0.9729, which demonstrates that pure steel is more limiting. The fuel pin above the active fuel is actually composed of a spring inside a plenum and the rods extend above the active fuel at least 6 inches.
Line 492: Line 893:
The results demonstrate that the reactivity is largest at 4 'C in both regions under unborated conditions.
The results demonstrate that the reactivity is largest at 4 'C in both regions under unborated conditions.
The reactivity increases slightly under borated conditions in Region I with increasing temperature but there is excess margin for the borated condition.
The reactivity increases slightly under borated conditions in Region I with increasing temperature but there is excess margin for the borated condition.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       59
NET-300067-01 Rev I 59


Table 8.9: Calculated k as a Function of Temperature Temperature     Density     Region I     Region I Region 2       Region 2
Table 8.9: Calculated k as a Function of Temperature Temperature Density Region I Region I Region 2 Region 2
(&deg;C         (g/cc)     (0 ppm)     (700 ppm) (0 ppm)       (700 ppm) 4         1.0000     0.9717       0.8777     0.9639     0.8928 20         0.9982     0.9714       0.8778     0.9634     0.8924 70         0.9778     0.9710       0.8789     0.9553     0.8883 100         0.9584     0.9696       0.8790     0.9492     0.8848 8.8 Fuel Geometry Changes during Burnup There are geometry changes during burnup, such as pellet densification, crud buildup, clad creep down and fuel rod growth. Recent work by the industry has shown that these effects are insignificant [22,27].
(&deg;C (g/cc)
8.9 Depletion of Fuel < 3.5 wt% with Modern Depletion Assumptions Historical low enriched fuel used Pyrex burnable absorbers and was burned with the control rods at the bite position. In order to accommodate this, the loading curves were generated using separate depletion assumptions for enrichments below and above 3.5 wt% U-235. However, although not currently anticipated, there may be a need for loading new fuel enriched below 3.5 wt% U-235. A special depletion was performed to cover this possibility. A depletion at 3.5 wt% was performed using the depletion assumptions selected for modem fuel (see Table 10.6). The k for 3.5 wt% at 27.53 GWd/T, 72 hour cooling was 0.9650. The k for 3.5 wt% at 27.53 GWd/T, 72 hour using the older depletion assumptions (Pyrex burnable absorber, lower temperatures, rodded top node, etc.) was .0.9665. So the loading curve for 3.5 wt% or less is valid for either set of depletion assumptions. The reason for this is that although the older depletion assumption is less limiting for fuel below the top node, the older depletion assumes that the top node is rodded its entire life. Modem depletion assumes the top node can be rodded for only a short time (i.e., the bite position is not allowed). The rodded top node balances the less reactive lower nodes so that the net difference between the two depletion assumptions is very small.
(0 ppm)
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       60
(700 ppm)
(0 ppm)
(700 ppm) 4 1.0000 0.9717 0.8777 0.9639 0.8928 20 0.9982 0.9714 0.8778 0.9634 0.8924 70 0.9778 0.9710 0.8789 0.9553 0.8883 100 0.9584 0.9696 0.8790 0.9492 0.8848 8.8 Fuel Geometry Changes during Burnup There are geometry changes during burnup, such as pellet densification, crud buildup, clad creep down and fuel rod growth. Recent work by the industry has shown that these effects are insignificant [22,27].
8.9 Depletion of Fuel < 3.5 wt% with Modern Depletion Assumptions Historical low enriched fuel used Pyrex burnable absorbers and was burned with the control rods at the bite position. In order to accommodate this, the loading curves were generated using separate depletion assumptions for enrichments below and above 3.5 wt% U-235. However, although not currently anticipated, there may be a need for loading new fuel enriched below 3.5 wt% U-235. A special depletion was performed to cover this possibility. A depletion at 3.5 wt% was performed using the depletion assumptions selected for modem fuel (see Table 10.6). The k for 3.5 wt% at 27.53 GWd/T, 72 hour cooling was 0.9650. The k for 3.5 wt% at 27.53 GWd/T, 72 hour using the older depletion assumptions (Pyrex burnable absorber, lower temperatures, rodded top node, etc.) was.0.9665. So the loading curve for 3.5 wt% or less is valid for either set of depletion assumptions. The reason for this is that although the older depletion assumption is less limiting for fuel below the top node, the older depletion assumes that the top node is rodded its entire life. Modem depletion assumes the top node can be rodded for only a short time (i.e., the bite position is not allowed). The rodded top node balances the less reactive lower nodes so that the net difference between the two depletion assumptions is very small.
NET-300067-01 Rev I 60


8.10 Reduced PeripheryRequirements & Region 1/Region 2 Interface Since the neutron leakage at the edge of the pool reduces the reactivity worth of the assemblies on the periphery of the pool, it is possible to relax the requirements for these assemblies. In Region 1, the assemblies on the periphery do not need any IFBA rods or bumup. In Region 2, the assemblies on the periphery, which are 4.0 wt% U-235 or greater, are allowed to have 8 GWd/T less burnup than the Region 2 loading curve. In order to prove that these reductions are acceptable, a full pool model was created. This section describes the full pool model and the results of the periphery assembly analysis.
8.10 Reduced Periphery Requirements & Region 1/Region 2 Interface Since the neutron leakage at the edge of the pool reduces the reactivity worth of the assemblies on the periphery of the pool, it is possible to relax the requirements for these assemblies. In Region 1, the assemblies on the periphery do not need any IFBA rods or bumup. In Region 2, the assemblies on the periphery, which are 4.0 wt% U-235 or greater, are allowed to have 8 GWd/T less burnup than the Region 2 loading curve. In order to prove that these reductions are acceptable, a full pool model was created. This section describes the full pool model and the results of the periphery assembly analysis.
This section also confirms the interface between Region I and Region 2 does not need any special requirements.
This section also confirms the interface between Region I and Region 2 does not need any special requirements.
8.10.1           Full Pool Model The full pool model is used to:
8.10.1 Full Pool Model The full pool model is used to:
a) Verify reduced requirements for the periphery assemblies, b) Verify that the Region I/Region 2 interface has an insignificant effect onk, and c) Show an acceptable soluble boron concentration for a single dropped assembly or misplaced assembly (see Section 9).
a) Verify reduced requirements for the periphery assemblies, b)
The full pool model was created by taking the 2x2 model for Region 2 and the lxi model for Region 1 described in Section 6 and using them as units that were reproduced in arrays. The model has 4 large arrays (see Figure 8.4 for module identification):     - -
Verify that the Region I/Region 2 interface has an insignificant effect onk, and c)
Show an acceptable soluble boron concentration for a single dropped assembly or misplaced assembly (see Section 9).
The full pool model was created by taking the 2x2 model for Region 2 and the lxi model for Region 1 described in Section 6 and using them as units that were reproduced in arrays. The model has 4 large arrays (see Figure 8.4 for module identification):
: 1. Region I moduleA(10X8),
: 1. Region I moduleA(10X8),
: 2. Region 1 modules B and C (combined as 21X9),
: 2.
: 3. Region 2 modules D, E-l, F-I, F-2, G-1, and G-2 (combined as 24X32), and
Region 1 modules B and C (combined as 21X9),
: 4. Region 2 modules E-2, E-3, and H.
: 3.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                     61
Region 2 modules D, E-l, F-I, F-2, G-1, and G-2 (combined as 24X32), and
: 4.
Region 2 modules E-2, E-3, and H.
NET-300067-01 Rev I 61


Modules E-2, E-3, and H are 1I cells across (north to south) but since the modeling is using 2x2 units, these modules were conservatively modeled as 12 cells across. This conservatively makes the pool larger but the impact is negligible. In the east to west direction these modules have an even number of cells so no modification was necessary. However, module H has a cutout for the fuel elevator and failed fuel containers. This cutout was conservatively ignored. The pool has some small extra space between modules. This space is conservatively removed in the full pool model.
Modules E-2, E-3, and H are 1I cells across (north to south) but since the modeling is using 2x2 units, these modules were conservatively modeled as 12 cells across. This conservatively makes the pool larger but the impact is negligible. In the east to west direction these modules have an even number of cells so no modification was necessary. However, module H has a cutout for the fuel elevator and failed fuel containers. This cutout was conservatively ignored. The pool has some small extra space between modules. This space is conservatively removed in the full pool model.
Line 514: Line 924:
Figure 8.3 shows the full pool model. The pink is concrete. The model starts on the left with 19.69 inches (50 cm) of concrete. This is followed by a 0.25 inch stainless steel liner. Next is a 1.25 inch water gap. After this the Region I arrays are added. This then sets the left boundary for the smaller Region 2 array. Then there is a 1.25 inch water gap on the right followed by the 0.25 inch liner and then 19.69 inches (50 cm) of concrete. The large Region 2 array is set to be against the left side of the smaller Region 2 array. This arrangement means the left side of the large array of Region 2 is not directly under the larger Region I array. This offset is caused by the separation between Region 2 modules that is ignored in this model. A block of concrete is added to the left of the large Region 2 array. This block does not have the stainless steel liner but is separated from Regio'n 2 by the same 1.25 inches of water.
Figure 8.3 shows the full pool model. The pink is concrete. The model starts on the left with 19.69 inches (50 cm) of concrete. This is followed by a 0.25 inch stainless steel liner. Next is a 1.25 inch water gap. After this the Region I arrays are added. This then sets the left boundary for the smaller Region 2 array. Then there is a 1.25 inch water gap on the right followed by the 0.25 inch liner and then 19.69 inches (50 cm) of concrete. The large Region 2 array is set to be against the left side of the smaller Region 2 array. This arrangement means the left side of the large array of Region 2 is not directly under the larger Region I array. This offset is caused by the separation between Region 2 modules that is ignored in this model. A block of concrete is added to the left of the large Region 2 array. This block does not have the stainless steel liner but is separated from Regio'n 2 by the same 1.25 inches of water.
When changing the reflector for studies, the same. modei-J&tu-p is maintained, so all the 0.25 inch liners change or all the 1.25 inch water gaps change at once. Figure 8.4 is the pool taken from Holtec Drawing No. 397 [21]. As can be seen when comparing Figures 8.3 and 8.4, the full pool model has extra water below Region I module A and this is consistent with the real pool. The full pool model has extra water above Region 2 module H and this is consistent with the pool drawing.
When changing the reflector for studies, the same. modei-J&tu-p is maintained, so all the 0.25 inch liners change or all the 1.25 inch water gaps change at once. Figure 8.4 is the pool taken from Holtec Drawing No. 397 [21]. As can be seen when comparing Figures 8.3 and 8.4, the full pool model has extra water below Region I module A and this is consistent with the real pool. The full pool model has extra water above Region 2 module H and this is consistent with the pool drawing.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       62
NET-300067-01 Rev I 62


mnto
i!I....# $
                                                      ....# $3 i!I mnamas
:-I, "toi~
:-I,       "toi~
mnto mnamas 3
Figure 8.3: Full Pool Model NET- 300067-01 Rev 1                             63
Figure 8.3: Full Pool Model NET-300067-01 Rev 1 63


r+         ++
++
                                                -4     -i     -                          . i _
r+
4'           A~
-4  
74~       C   LS L<li          ',    T 6'* : "       [     "  I   ....
-i  
. i _
4' A~
74~
C LS T 6'* : "
[
L<li I
Fr' Figure 8.4: Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool Taken From Holtec Drawing 1397 [21]
Fr' Figure 8.4: Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool Taken From Holtec Drawing 1397 [21]
Figure 8.5 shows an enlargement of the top left comer of the pool. Several points should be noticed.
Figure 8.5 shows an enlargement of the top left comer of the pool. Several points should be noticed.
First, the model has steel extensions on the outside of the module due to replicating the cell. The real modules do not have these. Second, on the wall side of the module, the model has the sheath for the old absorber panels. These are not on the real module outside walls. Thus, there is some excess steel on the outside. A calculation was performed where a 0. 1 inch steel plate was placed on the edge of the repeating Region I cells. K.,ff increased only 0.0025 so there is confidence that the extra steel on the outside of the model is negligible or slightly conservative. Finally, note that the absorber panels (light blue) are in the bottom right. This means the most reactive periphery is at the top and left side for Region 1.
First, the model has steel extensions on the outside of the module due to replicating the cell. The real modules do not have these. Second, on the wall side of the module, the model has the sheath for the old absorber panels. These are not on the real module outside walls. Thus, there is some excess steel on the outside. A calculation was performed where a 0. 1 inch steel plate was placed on the edge of the repeating Region I cells. K.,ff increased only 0.0025 so there is confidence that the extra steel on the outside of the model is negligible or slightly conservative. Finally, note that the absorber panels (light blue) are in the bottom right. This means the most reactive periphery is at the top and left side for Region 1.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                         64
NET-300067-01 Rev I 64


man ftI*RII S
man ftI*RII S
Smmma.
Smmma.
KWAM 4Wo I"l                                       I"II Figure 8.5: Enlargement of the Top Left Corner of the Pool Model Figure 8.6 shows an enlargement of the bottom left corner of the full pool model. Note that the resultant cell has the absorber sheath and some of a cell wall on the outside. The actual rack has a plate 0.075 inches thick. The total of the sheath and the partial cell wall is 0.075 inches, so by chance the correct amount of steel is on the outside of the resultant cells. The standard cells in the full pool model have an absorber sheath on the outside wall that does not exist in the real rack. The calculation with the 0.1 inch steel plate placed on the outside of the model described in the previous paragraph provides NET- 300067-01 Rev 1                                                                                         65
KWAM 4Wo I"l I
I"I Figure 8.5: Enlargement of the Top Left Corner of the Pool Model Figure 8.6 shows an enlargement of the bottom left corner of the full pool model. Note that the resultant cell has the absorber sheath and some of a cell wall on the outside. The actual rack has a plate 0.075 inches thick. The total of the sheath and the partial cell wall is 0.075 inches, so by chance the correct amount of steel is on the outside of the resultant cells. The standard cells in the full pool model have an absorber sheath on the outside wall that does not exist in the real rack. The calculation with the 0.1 inch steel plate placed on the outside of the model described in the previous paragraph provides NET-300067-01 Rev 1 65


confidence that this extra sheath in the model is negligible or slightly conservative. Note that the absorber panels (green in this case) for Region 2 are in the top left making the bottom and right sides more sensitive to the periphery.
confidence that this extra sheath in the model is negligible or slightly conservative.
Z~~.:i .1 Figure 8.6: Enlargement of the Bottom Left Corner of the Pool Model Figure 8.7 shows an enlargement of the left side of the bottom of the Region 1/Region 2 interface.
Note that the absorber panels (green in this case) for Region 2 are in the top left making the bottom and right sides more sensitive to the periphery.
Note that the absorber panels for the two regions (light blue for Region I and green for Region 2) create an effective flux trap. The distance between the two regions in the full pool model is 0.9 inches. The real separation is 1.375 inches. The smaller separation is conservative as shown by the rack pitch tolerance calculations in Section 7. 1. The real pool has absorber sheaths on the outside of both the Region I and 2 rack modules at the interface. The full pool model has the Region I modules consistent with reality but has less steel on the outside of Region 2. Section 7.1 concluded that more water (less steel) between cells NET- 300067-01 Rev 1                                                                                     66
Z~~.:i.1 Figure 8.6: Enlargement of the Bottom Left Corner of the Pool Model Figure 8.7 shows an enlargement of the left side of the bottom of the Region 1 /Region 2 interface.
Note that the absorber panels for the two regions (light blue for Region I and green for Region 2) create an effective flux trap. The distance between the two regions in the full pool model is 0.9 inches. The real separation is 1.375 inches. The smaller separation is conservative as shown by the rack pitch tolerance calculations in Section 7. 1. The real pool has absorber sheaths on the outside of both the Region I and 2 rack modules at the interface. The full pool model has the Region I modules consistent with reality but has less steel on the outside of Region 2. Section 7.1 concluded that more water (less steel) between cells NET-300067-01 Rev 1 66


in Region 1 is conservative. Therefore, the full pool model with less steel between the racks is acceptable.
in Region 1 is conservative. Therefore, the full pool model with less steel between the racks is acceptable.
Lila n
Lila n *
* 410, Figure 8.7: Enlargement of the Left Side of the Bottom of the Region l/Region 2 Interface Calculations were performed to confirm that the k of the finite model of each region is similar, but lower than the k from the infinite models described in Section 6. Since the reduced periphery burnup criteria (lowered by 8 GWd/T) only applies for enrichments equal to or greater than 4 wt%, the Region 2 analysis of the full pool model is performed at 28.44 GWd/T at 4 wt% U-235 and 25 yr cooling (the lowest burnup) and 42.67 GWd/T at 5 wt% and 72 hours cooling (the highest bumup). The full pool NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                     67
: 410, Figure 8.7: Enlargement of the Left Side of the Bottom of the Region l/Region 2 Interface Calculations were performed to confirm that the k of the finite model of each region is similar, but lower than the k from the infinite models described in Section 6. Since the reduced periphery burnup criteria (lowered by 8 GWd/T) only applies for enrichments equal to or greater than 4 wt%, the Region 2 analysis of the full pool model is performed at 28.44 GWd/T at 4 wt% U-235 and 25 yr cooling (the lowest burnup) and 42.67 GWd/T at 5 wt% and 72 hours cooling (the highest bumup). The full pool NET-300067-01 Rev I 67


model was run without fuel assemblies in Region 1 for the Region 2 only models. For the Region I only models, no fuel was put in the fuel rods of Region 2 (replaced with void). If fuel was in both regions, the k would correspond to the region with the higher k. Table 8.10 shows the k's of the finite and infinite models.
model was run without fuel assemblies in Region 1 for the Region 2 only models. For the Region I only models, no fuel was put in the fuel rods of Region 2 (replaced with void). If fuel was in both regions, the k would correspond to the region with the higher k. Table 8.10 shows the k's of the finite and infinite models.
Table 8.10: Infinite (Section 6) Versus Finite (Full Pool Model)
Table 8.10: Infinite (Section 6) Versus Finite (Full Pool Model)
Enrichment         Burnup Region       (wt% U235)       (GWd/T)       Cooling         kinf     _    T         knit_         a 1             5               0             0       0.97182       0.00005     0.9666     0.0001 2             4             28.44         25 yr     0.96677       0.00011     0.9650     0.0001 2             5             42.67         72 hr     0.96395       0.0001 1     0.9626     0.0001 "The Region 1 fuel contains 48 IFBA rods As can be seen in Table 8.10, the infinite model is slightly conservative for the pool. The finite model of Region 2 is from 0.13% to 0. 17% lower in k. The finite model for Region I is less by more than 0.5% in k. This larger decrease is expected since Region I is much smaller.
Enrichment Burnup Region (wt% U235)
8.10.2           Results of Reduced Peripheryand Region 1/Region 2 Interface Analysis This section presents a set of calculations to confirm that the relaxed periphery requirements are acceptable. Figure 8.8 shows the location of the cells where the peripheral relaxation is permitted. Note that due to model simplifications of Module H, the cells near the failed fuel containers are not considered peripheral cells.
(GWd/T)
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       68
Cooling kinf T
knit_
a 1
5 0
0 0.97182 0.00005 0.9666 0.0001 2
4 28.44 25 yr 0.96677 0.00011 0.9650 0.0001 2
5 42.67 72 hr 0.96395 0.0001 1 0.9626 0.0001 "The Region 1 fuel contains 48 IFBA rods As can be seen in Table 8.10, the infinite model is slightly conservative for the pool. The finite model of Region 2 is from 0.13% to 0. 17% lower in k. The finite model for Region I is less by more than 0.5% in k. This larger decrease is expected since Region I is much smaller.
8.10.2 Results of Reduced Periphery and Region 1/Region 2 Interface Analysis This section presents a set of calculations to confirm that the relaxed periphery requirements are acceptable. Figure 8.8 shows the location of the cells where the peripheral relaxation is permitted. Note that due to model simplifications of Module H, the cells near the failed fuel containers are not considered peripheral cells.
NET-300067-01 Rev I 68


1   3   5   7   1011     14 16 18   20 2223   25   27   29   31 DL rE DJ D
1 3
A DE CIA                                                                     CP CK&#xfd;                                                                     CK CH                                                                       CH CF                                                                       CF CD CD                                                                    BN LB BKi BIH BG BF 80 BE AM                                                                       BC BF                                                  PI E7 C9   71 73 75 AK AD AH AF                                       +
5 7
1011 14 16 18 20 2223 25 27 29 31 rE DL DJ A
D DE CIA CP CK&#xfd; CK CH CH CF CF C D C D BN LB BKi BIH BF BG BF 80 BE AD AM BC PI E7 C9 71 73 75 AK AH AF  
+
AD
AD
[] PERIPHERAL CELL       Q0 42 44 46 48   5153 55   67   59 513 6364 Figure 8.8: Location of the Peripheral Cells with Reduced Requirements In a large pool model, the calculated k will reflect the k of the most reactive region, yielding little information on less reactive portions of the pool. Since the calculated k for Region 2 is lower than Region 1, the periphery calculations for Region 2 have to be performed without fuel in Region 1. Even though the k is lower in Region 2, Region 2 has less margin, since the uncertainty is higher.
[] PERIPHERAL CELL Q0 42 44 46 48 5153 55 67 59 513 6364 Figure 8.8: Location of the Peripheral Cells with Reduced Requirements In a large pool model, the calculated k will reflect the k of the most reactive region, yielding little information on less reactive portions of the pool. Since the calculated k for Region 2 is lower than Region 1, the periphery calculations for Region 2 have to be performed without fuel in Region 1. Even though the k is lower in Region 2, Region 2 has less margin, since the uncertainty is higher.
All of the analysis with the full pool model uses at least 3000 generations with 12000 neutrons per generation. Even though this is a very large number of neutrons, care must be taken to assure that the effect of concern is seen, because the model is so large. To do this, the starting source is specified in the region of concern. Sometimes it is not clear where the highest reactivity lies, so several starting source distributions are used in successive runs.
All of the analysis with the full pool model uses at least 3000 generations with 12000 neutrons per generation. Even though this is a very large number of neutrons, care must be taken to assure that the effect of concern is seen, because the model is so large. To do this, the starting source is specified in the region of concern. Sometimes it is not clear where the highest reactivity lies, so several starting source distributions are used in successive runs.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                               69
NET-300067-01 Rev I 69


Table 8.11 presents the results of calculations that were performed to confirm the 8 GWd/T lower burnup requirement for Region 2 periphery assemblies.
Table 8.11 presents the results of calculations that were performed to confirm the 8 GWd/T lower burnup requirement for Region 2 periphery assemblies.
Table 8.11: Region 2 Periphery Tests (No Fuel in Region 1)
Table 8.11: Region 2 Periphery Tests (No Fuel in Region 1)
Bias +
Bias +
Enrichment*       Burnup**       Starting     Calculated     o"     Uncertainty (wt% U'3')     (GWd/T)       Source~'         kefr                             k95/95 .....
Enrichment*
4         28.44/20.44       Corner       0.9652     0.0001         0.0222       0.9874 I
Burnup**
4        28.44/20.44       Right       0.9650   0.0001         0.0222       0.9872 4         28.44/20.44       Left       0.9654     0.0001         0.0222       0.9876 5         42.67/34.67       Corner       0.9628   0.0001         0.0259       0.9887 5         42.67/34.67       Right       0.9624   0.0001         0.0259       0.9883 5         42.67/34.67       Left         0.9624   0.0001         0.0259       0.9883 4 wt% cases are cooled 25 years. 5 wt% cases are cooled 72 hours.
Starting Calculated o"
Uncertainty (wt% U'3')
(GWd/T)
Source~'
kefr k95/95.....
4 28.44/20.44 Corner 0.9652 0.0001 0.0222 0.9874 4
28.44/20.44 Right 0.9650 0.0001 0.0222 0.9872 4
28.44/20.44 Left 0.9654 0.0001 0.0222 0.9876 5
42.67/34.67 Corner 0.9628 0.0001 0.0259 0.9887 5
42.67/34.67 Right 0.9624 0.0001 0.0259 0.9883 5
42.67/34.67 Left 0.9624 0.0001 0.0259 0.9883 4 wt% cases are cooled 25 years. 5 wt% cases are cooled 72 hours.
:*The first burnup is the burnup in non-periphery cells. The second burnup is the bumup in periphery cells.
:*The first burnup is the burnup in non-periphery cells. The second burnup is the bumup in periphery cells.
        .:Starting source location: Corner: the cask area corner. Right: right side. Left: Left side.
.:Starting source location: Corner: the cask area corner. Right: right side. Left: Left side.
Bias and uncertainty for the highest burnup taken from Table 8.5
Bias and uncertainty for the highest burnup taken from Table 8.5
        ..... To be compared to licensing limit, less than 1.0. 1% margin to limit is used.
..... To be compared to licensing limit, less than 1.0. 1% margin to limit is used.
II Several observations can be made from the data in Tables 8.10 and 8.11. The periphery cases in Table 8.11 have k's that are nearly equal to the cases without the reduced burnup on the periphery. This means that the local k on the periphery is about equal to the k in the center of the region and therefore, the reduced burnup requirements on the periphery are confirmed. Finally, after adding the bias and uncertainty, the target limiting k95/95 (0.99) is met.                                                               Ii Table 8.12 shows the results of calculations performed with fuel in both regions. These calculations demonstrate that the reactivity is driven by Region 1, since the Region I k is higher. These full pool models use the most reactive Region 2 fuel, which is the 4 wt% fuel with 25 years cooling and 28.44/20.44 GWd/T burnups. Since a constant 8 GWd/T burnup relaxation for the periphery is utilized rather than a fraction of the burnup requirements, the fuel with the lowest non-periphery burnup requirements (i.e., 4 wt%, 25 years cooled) is the most reactive peripheral fuel.
Several observations can be made from the data in Tables 8.10 and 8.11. The periphery cases in Table 8.11 have k's that are nearly equal to the cases without the reduced burnup on the periphery. This means that the local k on the periphery is about equal to the k in the center of the region and therefore, the reduced burnup requirements on the periphery are confirmed. Finally, after adding the bias and uncertainty, the target limiting k95/95 (0.99) is met.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                             70
Table 8.12 shows the results of calculations performed with fuel in both regions. These calculations demonstrate that the reactivity is driven by Region 1, since the Region I k is higher. These full pool models use the most reactive Region 2 fuel, which is the 4 wt% fuel with 25 years cooling and 28.44/20.44 GWd/T burnups. Since a constant 8 GWd/T burnup relaxation for the periphery is utilized rather than a fraction of the burnup requirements, the fuel with the lowest non-periphery burnup requirements (i.e., 4 wt%, 25 years cooled) is the most reactive peripheral fuel.
I II Ii NET-300067-01 Rev I 70


Table 8.12: Region 1 Periphery Tests (4 wt% 28.44/20.44 GWd/T Fuel in Region 2)
Table 8.12: Region 1 Periphery Tests (4 wt% 28.44/20.44 GWd/T Fuel in Region 2)
Starting   Calculated                     Bias +
Starting Calculated Bias +
Source*         kear             C       Uncertainty   k 95 /95
Source*
* Interface     0.9759         0.0001       0.0111       0.9870 Left       0.9781         0.0001       0.0111       0.9892 Starting source location. Interface: bottom of Region I at the Region1/2 interface. Left: Left side of Region 1.
kear C
To be compared to licensing limit, less than 1.0. 1%margin to limit is used.
Uncertainty k 95/95
* Interface 0.9759 0.0001 0.0111 0.9870 Left 0.9781 0.0001 0.0111 0.9892 Starting source location. Interface: bottom of Region I at the Region1/2 interface. Left: Left side of Region 1.
To be compared to licensing limit, less than 1.0. 1% margin to limit is used.
Table 8.12 demonstrates that taking out the IFBAs in the periphery assemblies increases k slightly.
Table 8.12 demonstrates that taking out the IFBAs in the periphery assemblies increases k slightly.
The increased k (0.9781) is slightly larger than the infinite model (0.9718 from Table 8.10). However, there was margin in Region 1, so the final       k 95/9 5 is still less than the target k95/95 of 0.99. In order to find the most reactive location in a large model, the starting source location can be varied. The two calculations in Table 8.12 only differed in the starting source location. When the source was started at the Region 1 - 2 interface, the higher reactivity corner was not found.
The increased k (0.9781) is slightly larger than the infinite model (0.9718 from Table 8.10). However, there was margin in Region 1, so the final k 95/9 5 is still less than the target k95/95 of 0.99. In order to find the most reactive location in a large model, the starting source location can be varied. The two calculations in Table 8.12 only differed in the starting source location. When the source was started at the Region 1 - 2 interface, the higher reactivity corner was not found.
Table 8.12 also demonstrates that the Region 1/Region 2 interface does not have the limiting k. The calculated k, using the starting source at the interface, is lower than the k using the source placed at the left edge of the model, where there is fuel with no IFBA. Clearly, the fully converged calculated k should not depend on the location of the starting source, but placing the starting source at areas of concern provides confirmation that the k of the location of concern was truly evaluated. The k calculation with the starting source at the interface has a lower k since there were generations included in the final calculation of k before the more reactive peripheral assemblies were found. However, there were plenty of neutrons at the interface to assure that k at the interface is within the limits. This result is expected since the absorber panels face each other at the interface creating a flux trap.
Table 8.12 also demonstrates that the Region 1/Region 2 interface does not have the limiting k. The calculated k, using the starting source at the interface, is lower than the k using the source placed at the left edge of the model, where there is fuel with no IFBA. Clearly, the fully converged calculated k should not depend on the location of the starting source, but placing the starting source at areas of concern provides confirmation that the k of the location of concern was truly evaluated. The k calculation with the starting source at the interface has a lower k since there were generations included in the final calculation of k before the more reactive peripheral assemblies were found. However, there were plenty of neutrons at the interface to assure that k at the interface is within the limits. This result is expected since the absorber panels face each other at the interface creating a flux trap.
Table 8.13 presents the results of calculations performed to test the sensitivity to the pool reflectors.
Table 8.13 presents the results of calculations performed to test the sensitivity to the pool reflectors.
For some of the runs, no fuel was in the Region I cells, so the reflector sensitivities on Region 2 can be seen. The first observation is that the pool reflectors have no effect on the Region 2 results. This is because leakage has a bigger effect on k than the 8 GWd/T reduction in the burnup requirement. For Region 2, the k is controlled by the center of the region. For Region 1, results show that concrete is a NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                                     71
For some of the runs, no fuel was in the Region I cells, so the reflector sensitivities on Region 2 can be seen. The first observation is that the pool reflectors have no effect on the Region 2 results. This is because leakage has a bigger effect on k than the 8 GWd/T reduction in the burnup requirement. For Region 2, the k is controlled by the center of the region. For Region 1, results show that concrete is a NET-300067-01 Rev I 71


better reflector than water (the concrete used is a conservative mixture created by Oak Ridge - named as orconcrete). As the water gap is reduced, k increases. The results are not sensitive to the liner thickness.
better reflector than water (the concrete used is a conservative mixture created by Oak Ridge - named as orconcrete). As the water gap is reduced, k increases. The results are not sensitive to the liner thickness.
Table 8.13: Reflector Tests (4 wt% 28.44/20.44 GWd/T Fuel in Region 2)
Table 8.13: Reflector Tests (4 wt% 28.44/20.44 GWd/T Fuel in Region 2)
Water Gap to         Steel Liner   Region     Starting   Calculated               Bias +
Water Gap to Steel Liner Region Starting Calculated Bias +
Cell Wall (cm)         Thick. (cm)   I Fuel   Source*       kff         CT   Uncertainty   k9sigs5*
Cell Wall (cm)
5.6                 0.635       Yes     RI Left     0.9765     0.0001       0.0111     0.9876 12.4               0.635       Yes     RI Left     0.9753     0.0001       0.0111     0.9864 3.175               0.635       Yes     RI Left     0.9781     0.0001       0.0111     0.9892 5.6                 5.0         Yes     RI Left     0.9772     0.0001       0.0111     0.9883 5.6                 0.001       Yes     RI Left     0.9773     0.0001       0.0111     0.9884 3.175               0.635       No       Right     0.9650     0.0001       0.0222     0.9872 10.0               0.635       No       Right     0.9650     0.0001       0.0222     0.9872 1.0               0.635       No       Right     0.9647     0.0001       0.0222     0.9869 3.175                 5.0         No       Right     0.9649     0.0001       0.0222     0.9871 3.175               0.001       No       Right     0.9650     0.0001     0.0222     0.9872 Starting source location. RI Left: Left side of Region 1. Right: Right side of Region 2.
Thick. (cm)
        **To be compared to licensing limit, less than 1.0. 1% margin to limit is used.
I Fuel Source*
kff CT Uncertainty k9sigs5*
5.6 0.635 Yes RI Left 0.9765 0.0001 0.0111 0.9876 12.4 0.635 Yes RI Left 0.9753 0.0001 0.0111 0.9864 3.175 0.635 Yes RI Left 0.9781 0.0001 0.0111 0.9892 5.6 5.0 Yes RI Left 0.9772 0.0001 0.0111 0.9883 5.6 0.001 Yes RI Left 0.9773 0.0001 0.0111 0.9884 3.175 0.635 No Right 0.9650 0.0001 0.0222 0.9872 10.0 0.635 No Right 0.9650 0.0001 0.0222 0.9872 1.0 0.635 No Right 0.9647 0.0001 0.0222 0.9869 3.175 5.0 No Right 0.9649 0.0001 0.0222 0.9871 3.175 0.001 No Right 0.9650 0.0001 0.0222 0.9872 Starting source location. RI Left: Left side of Region 1. Right: Right side of Region 2.
**To be compared to licensing limit, less than 1.0. 1% margin to limit is used.
An additional calculation was performed on the full pool model, where a small layer of steel was added at the outside of the fuel rack. The result was that k increased, which confirms that the extra steel (Boraflex sheathing, and Region 1 cell separator beams) that is at the edge of the full pool model is conservative.
An additional calculation was performed on the full pool model, where a small layer of steel was added at the outside of the fuel rack. The result was that k increased, which confirms that the extra steel (Boraflex sheathing, and Region 1 cell separator beams) that is at the edge of the full pool model is conservative.
Since all the k 95/9 5'S of the analyses are less than the target limiting k (0.99), the reduced requirements for the periphery are confirmed.
Since all the k 95/9 5'S of the analyses are less than the target limiting k (0.99), the reduced requirements for the periphery are confirmed.
8.11 FailedFuel Containers The southeast comer (please note that on the drawings in this report North points left) of the spent fuel pool contains two 16" circular pipes and are labeled "failed fuel containers." These containers have been used to store pieces of failed fuel rods, neutron sources, and fission chambers. The neutron sources and fission chambers contain too little fissile material to be a concern. The fission chambers have less than 10 mg U-235 each [30]. The neutron sources also have a very small amount of fissile material. The ANSI/ANS 8.1 standard [33] states that 700 grams of U-235 in any configuration is always subcritical.
8.11 Failed Fuel Containers The southeast comer (please note that on the drawings in this report North points left) of the spent fuel pool contains two 16" circular pipes and are labeled "failed fuel containers." These containers have been used to store pieces of failed fuel rods, neutron sources, and fission chambers. The neutron sources and fission chambers contain too little fissile material to be a concern. The fission chambers have less than 10 mg U-235 each [30]. The neutron sources also have a very small amount of fissile material. The ANSI/ANS 8.1 standard [33] states that 700 grams of U-235 in any configuration is always subcritical.
However, the failed fuel containers are not fully decoupled from the Module H of Region 2. In order to NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                             72
However, the failed fuel containers are not fully decoupled from the Module H of Region 2. In order to NET-300067-01 Rev I 72


set a conservative limit on the fuel that can be in the failed fuel containers, the 2x2 Region 2 model was modified by (1) removing the absorber panel from the lower right cell and the upper right cell and (2) in each of these cells, placing a regular array of 36 fresh 5.0 wt% fuelpins (6x6). In the two left cells, illustrated in Figure 8.9, are burned 5.0 wt% fuel assemblies at the loading curve burnup. The k for this configuration was 0.9374, which is less reactive than the loading curve. Based on this result, 36 fuel pins could be loaded into each failed fuel container with no criticality concern.
set a conservative limit on the fuel that can be in the failed fuel containers, the 2x2 Region 2 model was modified by (1) removing the absorber panel from the lower right cell and the upper right cell and (2) in each of these cells, placing a regular array of 36 fresh 5.0 wt% fuelpins (6x6). In the two left cells, illustrated in Figure 8.9, are burned 5.0 wt% fuel assemblies at the loading curve burnup. The k for this configuration was 0.9374, which is less reactive than the loading curve. Based on this result, 36 fuel pins could be loaded into each failed fuel container with no criticality concern.
                          ,0,a-0,0         &C0 O'b"O 0 MOO 00'006600600600 00,00             0 Ob C)r)0 0 00;OOOOCOOOOOOO
,0, a-0, 0  
                          .0 0-000&#xfd;000QQO 0         0 (-,-j 0
&C 0 O'b"O 0 MOO 00 ' 006600600600 00, 00 0 Ob C) r) 0 0 00;OOOOCOOOOOOO
O"DO 0 00 0 QQ0              0 0,0,&#xfd;0
.0 0-000&#xfd;000QQO 0
                      &#xfd;908     9C, 541  0 cok'(SI),S) 0 OOC600000(00000 O0&#xfd;POC)00QQ00000 00"000, 00'ocoboo Figure 8.9: Model for Failed Fuel Container Analysis NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       73)
0 (-,-j 0
O"DO 0 00 0 Q Q 0 0
0 0, 0, &#xfd; 0 9C, 541
&#xfd;908 cok'(SI),S) 0 OOC600000(00000 O0&#xfd;POC)00QQ00000 00"000, 00'ocoboo Figure 8.9: Model for Failed Fuel Container Analysis NET-300067-01 Rev I 73)


8.12 Fuel Rod Storage Basket The Indian Point SFP can have movable fuel rod storage baskets that can be used to store fuel rods.
8.12 Fuel Rod Storage Basket The Indian Point SFP can have movable fuel rod storage baskets that can be used to store fuel rods.
These baskets can fit in a storage cell and they have 52 holes for storing fuel rods. This was modeled as 52 fresh 5.0 wt% fuel rods in Region 2 (see Figure 8.10). The k for this configuration was 0.9195, which is well below the loading curve k. Therefore, the fuel rod storage basket can be stored anywhere in Region I or Region 2.
These baskets can fit in a storage cell and they have 52 holes for storing fuel rods. This was modeled as 52 fresh 5.0 wt% fuel rods in Region 2 (see Figure 8.10). The k for this configuration was 0.9195, which is well below the loading curve k. Therefore, the fuel rod storage basket can be stored anywhere in Region I or Region 2.
Figure 8.10: Model for the Fuel Rod Storage Basket NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                     74
Figure 8.10: Model for the Fuel Rod Storage Basket NET-300067-01 Rev I 74


8.13 Assemblies with Missing Fuel Rods Usually, when a fuel assembly has one or more failed fuel rods, the failed fuel rod is removed and replaced with a stainless steel rod having the same outer dimension as a fuel rod. If this is done, there is no criticality concern since the reconstituted assembly would be less reactive than the original assembly.
8.13 Assemblies with Missing Fuel Rods Usually, when a fuel assembly has one or more failed fuel rods, the failed fuel rod is removed and replaced with a stainless steel rod having the same outer dimension as a fuel rod. If this is done, there is no criticality concern since the reconstituted assembly would be less reactive than the original assembly.
However, if a failed fuel rod is removed but not replaced with a stainless steel rod, the reactivity increases because there is more water available. An analysis was done in which one or more fuel rods are removed from an assembly to estimate the effect on k. It was determined that k gradually increases as more fuel rods are removed up to and including 36 missing fuel rods. If more than 36 fuel rods are removed, k begins to decrease (see Figure 8.11). The delta k with 36 missing fuel rods (see Figure 8.12) was 0.0184 (a 2x2 array with all 4 assemblies having 36 missing rods) compared to the base case k of 0.9639 with no missing rods. For simplicity, a burnup adder of 4 GWd/T would cover this reactivity increase for an assembly with any number of missing rods. There is only one fuel assembly in the pool (assembly ID of T67) that has a missing fuel rod. This assembly has only one missing fuel rod. The initial fuel enrichment for this assembly was 4.952% and so the burnup requirement would be 42.67 GWd/T with no cooling time credit. The actual burnup of T67 is 49.81 GWd/T so it exceeds the requirement by more than the 4 GWdiT adder for missing fuel rods. If any assembly in the future is re-constituted without replacing fuel rods with stainless steel rods, then 4 GWd/T would have to be added to the loading curve requirement before it could be stored in Region 2. This adder covers any number of missing fuel rods and there is no other loading restriction (two or more fuel assemblies with missing rods could be stored next to each other as long as the 4 GWd/T adder is used for both assemblies).
However, if a failed fuel rod is removed but not replaced with a stainless steel rod, the reactivity increases because there is more water available. An analysis was done in which one or more fuel rods are removed from an assembly to estimate the effect on k. It was determined that k gradually increases as more fuel rods are removed up to and including 36 missing fuel rods. If more than 36 fuel rods are removed, k begins to decrease (see Figure 8.11). The delta k with 36 missing fuel rods (see Figure 8.12) was 0.0184 (a 2x2 array with all 4 assemblies having 36 missing rods) compared to the base case k of 0.9639 with no missing rods. For simplicity, a burnup adder of 4 GWd/T would cover this reactivity increase for an assembly with any number of missing rods. There is only one fuel assembly in the pool (assembly ID of T67) that has a missing fuel rod. This assembly has only one missing fuel rod. The initial fuel enrichment for this assembly was 4.952% and so the burnup requirement would be 42.67 GWd/T with no cooling time credit. The actual burnup of T67 is 49.81 GWd/T so it exceeds the requirement by more than the 4 GWdiT adder for missing fuel rods. If any assembly in the future is re-constituted without replacing fuel rods with stainless steel rods, then 4 GWd/T would have to be added to the loading curve requirement before it could be stored in Region 2. This adder covers any number of missing fuel rods and there is no other loading restriction (two or more fuel assemblies with missing rods could be stored next to each other as long as the 4 GWd/T adder is used for both assemblies).
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       75
NET-300067-01 Rev I 75


k versus Missing Fuel Rods 0.9850 0.9800 0.9750 k
k versus Missing Fuel Rods 0.9850 0.9800 0.9750 k
0.9700 0.9650 0.9600 0         10         20         30         40       50 Number of Missing Fuel Rods Figure 8.11: k versus Missing Fuel Rods Figure 8.12: Model for Assemblies with 36 Missing Fuel Rods NET- 300067-01 Rev 1                                                         76
0.9700 0.9650 0.9600 0
10 20 30 40 50 Number of Missing Fuel Rods Figure 8.11: k versus Missing Fuel Rods Figure 8.12: Model for Assemblies with 36 Missing Fuel Rods NET-300067-01 Rev 1 76


9 Accident Conditions The following accidents were analyzed:
9 Accident Conditions The following accidents were analyzed:
* A fresh assembly misplaced outside of the fuel racks but next to the fuel racks,
A fresh assembly misplaced outside of the fuel racks but next to the fuel racks, A fresh assembly dropped into an empty cell that is missing an absorber panel,
* A fresh assembly dropped into an empty cell that is missing an absorber panel,
" An over-temperature accident (water boiling in the pool as a result of loss of cooling), and
          " An over-temperature accident (water boiling in the pool as a result of loss of cooling), and
" A multiple misload event.
          " A multiple misload event.
Three more accident conditions were considered, but no analysis was necessary. An assembly dropped horizontally on top of other assemblies was not specifically analyzed, because the assemblies are de-coupled as a result of the structure above the active fuel. The horizontal assembly would rest more than 20 inches above the top of the active fuel of the assemblies in the rack. This accident would be covered by the more severe accident of a fresh assembly dropped into an empty cell that is missing an absorber panel. The second accident condition would be a single misloaded assembly. For example, an assembly that is supposed to have a control rod inserted but does not. All violations of the loading requirements (See Tables 10.1 and 10.2) are bounded by a fresh assembly dropped into an empty cell that is missing an absorber panel. The third accident condition is an under-temperature accident (water freezing). This was not considered because the analysis already assumes water at the maximum possible density (near freezing). The last subsection of this Section describes why a seismic event does not cause a criticality concern.
Three more accident conditions were considered, but no analysis was necessary. An assembly dropped horizontally on top of other assemblies was not specifically analyzed, because the assemblies are de-coupled as a result of the structure above the active fuel. The horizontal assembly would rest more than 20 inches above the top of the active fuel of the assemblies in the rack. This accident would be covered by the more severe accident of a fresh assembly dropped into an empty cell that is missing an absorber panel. The second accident condition would be a single misloaded assembly. For example, an assembly that is supposed to have a control rod inserted but does not. All violations of the loading requirements (See Tables 10.1 and 10.2) are bounded by a fresh assembly dropped into an empty cell that is missing an absorber panel. The third accident condition is an under-temperature accident (water freezing). This was not considered because the analysis already assumes water at the maximum possible density (near freezing). The last subsection of this Section describes why a seismic event does not cause a criticality concern.
9.1 MisplacedAssembly For the misplaced fuel assembly accident, it is assumed that a fresh 5.0 wt% U-235 fuel assembly is placed in the pool next to the rack in the most reactive location. There are two locations which could be limiting for a misplaced assembly. One is the comer of the cask loading area. This location is an inside comer so it would interact with the rack on two sides of the misplaced assembly. This comer also allows lower burned peripheral assemblies and the absorber inserts are on the opposite side of the rack cells from NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       77
9.1 Misplaced Assembly For the misplaced fuel assembly accident, it is assumed that a fresh 5.0 wt% U-235 fuel assembly is placed in the pool next to the rack in the most reactive location. There are two locations which could be limiting for a misplaced assembly. One is the comer of the cask loading area. This location is an inside comer so it would interact with the rack on two sides of the misplaced assembly. This comer also allows lower burned peripheral assemblies and the absorber inserts are on the opposite side of the rack cells from NET-300067-01 Rev I 77


the misplaced assembly. Figure 9.1 shows the misplaced assembly. The most reactive periphery condition is at 4 wt% (lowest enrichment where a reduced peripheral burnup is allowed) and 25 years cooling. The most reactive misplaced fuel is assumed to be 5 wt% with no IFBA and no burnup. Table 9.1 presents the results of this misplaced assembly accident analysis. As can be seen from Table 9.1, 1200 ppm of soluble boron reduces the final k95/95 below the target of 0.94. The analysis used a starting source placed near the misplaced assembly.
the misplaced assembly. Figure 9.1 shows the misplaced assembly. The most reactive periphery condition is at 4 wt% (lowest enrichment where a reduced peripheral burnup is allowed) and 25 years cooling. The most reactive misplaced fuel is assumed to be 5 wt% with no IFBA and no burnup. Table 9.1 presents the results of this misplaced assembly accident analysis. As can be seen from Table 9.1, 1200 ppm of soluble boron reduces the final k95/95 below the target of 0.94. The analysis used a starting source placed near the misplaced assembly.
The second limiting misplaced assembly assumes a fresh fuel assembly is in the fuel elevator and another fresh assembly is wedged in between the rack and the assembly in the fuel elevator. For conservative analysis of this case it is assumed that the misplaced assembly and the assembly in the fuel elevator are both fresh 5 wt% U-235 enriched assemblies with no IFBA rods. Further it is assumed that there is no separation between the two fresh fuel assemblies and no separation from the rack. This misplaced assembly is also shown on Figure 9. 1. Figure 9.1 is the model used for the fuel elevator misplaced assembly. The starting source for the fuel elevator case was concentrated around the fuel elevator. Table 9.1 also contains the results for this misplaced assembly analysis. It is more limiting but the 1200 ppm soluble boron still reduces the final k95/ 95 below the target of 0.94.
The second limiting misplaced assembly assumes a fresh fuel assembly is in the fuel elevator and another fresh assembly is wedged in between the rack and the assembly in the fuel elevator. For conservative analysis of this case it is assumed that the misplaced assembly and the assembly in the fuel elevator are both fresh 5 wt% U-235 enriched assemblies with no IFBA rods. Further it is assumed that there is no separation between the two fresh fuel assemblies and no separation from the rack. This misplaced assembly is also shown on Figure 9. 1. Figure 9.1 is the model used for the fuel elevator misplaced assembly. The starting source for the fuel elevator case was concentrated around the fuel elevator. Table 9.1 also contains the results for this misplaced assembly analysis. It is more limiting but the 1200 ppm soluble boron still reduces the final k95/95 below the target of 0.94.
The minimum soluble boron allowed by the Technical Specifications is much higher than 1200 ppm (currently 2000 ppm), so this accident condition meets the regulatory requirements.
The minimum soluble boron allowed by the Technical Specifications is much higher than 1200 ppm (currently 2000 ppm), so this accident condition meets the regulatory requirements.
Table 9.1: Misplaced Fuel Assembly Analysis (J isplaced Assembiy is 5 wt% U-235 with no Burnup or IFBA)
Table 9.1: Misplaced Fuel Assembly Analysis (J isplaced Assembiy is 5 wt% U-235 with no Burnup or IFBA)
Reg. 2 Enrichment* Reg 2 Burnup**               Soluble     Calculated                 Bias +
Reg. 2 Enrichment*
(wt% U23)               (GWd/T)         Boron (ppm)           k_ _         c,     Uncertainty       k95/g,95 4               28.44/20.44             0           1.04892     0.0002       0.0222         1.0711     I 4               28.44/20.44           1200         0.89369     0.0001       0.0222         0.9159 4               28.44/20.44           1200         0.90490     0.0001       0.0222         0.9271 4 wt% cases are cooled 25 years.
Reg 2 Burnup**
Soluble Calculated Bias +
(wt% U23)
(GWd/T)
Boron (ppm) k_ _
c, Uncertainty k95/g,95 4
28.44/20.44 0
1.04892 0.0002 0.0222 1.0711 4
28.44/20.44 1200 0.89369 0.0001 0.0222 0.9159 4
28.44/20.44 1200 0.90490 0.0001 0.0222 0.9271 4 wt% cases are cooled 25 years.
*'The first burnup is the burnup in non-peripheral cells. The second burnup is the burnup in periphery cells.
*'The first burnup is the burnup in non-peripheral cells. The second burnup is the burnup in periphery cells.
***To be compared to licensing limit, less than 0.95. 1% margin to limit is used.
***To be compared to licensing limit, less than 0.95. 1% margin to limit is used.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                               78
I NET-300067-01 Rev I 78


Figure 9.1: Full Pool Model with Misplaced Assembly 9.2 DroppedAssembly For the dropped assembly accident, it is assumed that a fresh 5 wt% U-235 assembly is dropped into a cell where the absorber panel has been removed (e.g.; for inspection). This accident also covers a situation where the dropped assembly severely damages the absorber panel at the same time. It is then further assumed that when the assembly dropped, the grids failed, which allows for full expansion of the pin pitch (this assumption of expansion of the pin pitch goes beyond traditional assumptions but due to NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                   79
Figure 9.1: Full Pool Model with Misplaced Assembly 9.2 Dropped Assembly For the dropped assembly accident, it is assumed that a fresh 5 wt% U-235 assembly is dropped into a cell where the absorber panel has been removed (e.g.; for inspection). This accident also covers a situation where the dropped assembly severely damages the absorber panel at the same time. It is then further assumed that when the assembly dropped, the grids failed, which allows for full expansion of the pin pitch (this assumption of expansion of the pin pitch goes beyond traditional assumptions but due to NET-300067-01 Rev I 79


the available margin, this assumption can be made and removes any concerns about fuel grid failure after the drop). The pin pitch expansion is modeled as the maximum uniform expansion that would fit in the cell. The location of the most limiting position for the dropped assembly is not obvious, so several possible locations were analyzed in the same model.
the available margin, this assumption can be made and removes any concerns about fuel grid failure after the drop). The pin pitch expansion is modeled as the maximum uniform expansion that would fit in the cell. The location of the most limiting position for the dropped assembly is not obvious, so several possible locations were analyzed in the same model.
Line 631: Line 1,088:
Table 9.2 presents the results of the analysis. The most limiting position for the dropped assembly is the bottom left corner of Region 2. This is most limiting since it puts together 4 low burned assemblies without an absorber panel between two of these assemblies. The right side of Region 2 always has an absorber panel separating the low burned periphery and the interior assemblies. The bottom row of Table 9.2 is highlighted, since it represents a dropped assembly, where the assembly does not come apart and maintains its normal pin pitch. This scenario was considered since at high soluble boron concentration, the larger pitch may not be the most limiting. As seen in Table 9.2, the larger pin pitch is more limiting.
Table 9.2 presents the results of the analysis. The most limiting position for the dropped assembly is the bottom left corner of Region 2. This is most limiting since it puts together 4 low burned assemblies without an absorber panel between two of these assemblies. The right side of Region 2 always has an absorber panel separating the low burned periphery and the interior assemblies. The bottom row of Table 9.2 is highlighted, since it represents a dropped assembly, where the assembly does not come apart and maintains its normal pin pitch. This scenario was considered since at high soluble boron concentration, the larger pitch may not be the most limiting. As seen in Table 9.2, the larger pin pitch is more limiting.
As can be seen in Table 9.2, 1200 ppm (rather than the initial guess of 1500 ppm) is sufficient to meet the limiting criteria of 0.95. The minimum soluble boron allowed by the Technical Specifications (currently 2000 ppm) is much higher than 1200 ppm, so this accident condition also meets the regulatory requirements.
As can be seen in Table 9.2, 1200 ppm (rather than the initial guess of 1500 ppm) is sufficient to meet the limiting criteria of 0.95. The minimum soluble boron allowed by the Technical Specifications (currently 2000 ppm) is much higher than 1200 ppm, so this accident condition also meets the regulatory requirements.
NET- 300067-01 Rev 1                                                                                       80
NET-300067-01 Rev 1 80


Table 9.2: Dropped Fuel Assembly Cases Starting       Soluble Boron     Calculated                           Bias +
Table 9.2: Dropped Fuel Assembly Cases Starting Soluble Boron Calculated Bias +
Source*             (ppm)               k__
Source*
* Uncertainty       kgs____
(ppm) k_ _
Right               1500           0.8773         0.0001             0.0222         0.8995 Comer               1500           0.8737         0.0001             0.0222         0.8959 Center               1500           0.8735         0.0002             0.0222         0.8957 Bottom               1500           0.8817         0.0001             0.0222         0.9039       I Comer Bottom               1200           0.9104         0.0001             0.0222         0.9326 Comer Bottom               1200           0.8959"'         0.0002             0.0222         0.9181 Com.er       _____          _  ______          I oIoo2                       I   0I9
Uncertainty kgs____
      .Right: right side of Region 2. Comer: cask loading area comer. Center: center of Region 2. Bottom Comer: bottom left comer of Region 2.
Right 1500 0.8773 0.0001 0.0222 0.8995 Comer 1500 0.8737 0.0001 0.0222 0.8959 Center 1500 0.8735 0.0002 0.0222 0.8957 Bottom 1500 0.8817 0.0001 0.0222 0.9039 Comer Bottom 1200 0.9104 0.0001 0.0222 0.9326 Comer Bottom 1200 0.8959"'
0.0002 0.0222 0.9181 Com.er I
oIoo2 I
0I9 I
.Right: right side of Region 2. Comer: cask loading area comer. Center: center of Region 2. Bottom Comer: bottom left comer of Region 2.
To be compared to licensing limit, less than 0.95. 1% margin to limit is used.
To be compared to licensing limit, less than 0.95. 1% margin to limit is used.
Same as the case above except no expanded pin pitch Figure 9.2: Full Pool Model with 6 Dropped Assemblies NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                     81
Same as the case above except no expanded pin pitch Figure 9.2: Full Pool Model with 6 Dropped Assemblies NET-300067-01 Rev I 81


9.3 Over Temperature As shown in Section 8.7, raising the temperature lowers k, even up to 100 TC. Under borated conditions, some of the calculated k's go up with temperature, but not enough to overcome the negative reactivity of the boron. The over temperature accident condition meets the regulatory requirements.
9.3 Over Temperature As shown in Section 8.7, raising the temperature lowers k, even up to 100 TC. Under borated conditions, some of the calculated k's go up with temperature, but not enough to overcome the negative reactivity of the boron. The over temperature accident condition meets the regulatory requirements.
9.4 Multiple Misloads A case was run assuming that the entire Region 2 rack was filled with fresh 5.0 wt% fuel having 64 IFBA rods at a 1.25X IFBA loading. With 2000 ppm boron in the pool water (the current Technical Specification requirement at Indian Point), the k was 0.92 10. The total bias and uncertainty of fresh fuel in Region 2 is 0.0095, so the       k 9 5/95 is 0.9305 which is less than the borated goal of 0.94. Less than 64 IFBA rod fuel has been ordered in the past for Indian Point, but plans for future assemblies use 64 or more IFBA rods. Many years ago Unit 2 had used 48 IFBA rods in 4.4 wt% U-235 fuel assemblies, but never less than 64 IFBA rods at i.25X for higher enrichments. Unit 3 used a small number of feed assemblies with only 48 IFBA rods in Cycle 15 (current cycle is Cycle 18). A multiple misload of fresh 5.0 wt% fuel with less than 64 [FBA rods is therefore very unlikely. However, analysis was performed to determine how many 5 wt% U-235 enriched assemblies with no IFBA rods would need to be placed together to reach k 9 5 /95 of 0.95 with 2000 ppm soluble boron. It required 12 of these no IFBA 5 wt%
9.4 Multiple Misloads A case was run assuming that the entire Region 2 rack was filled with fresh 5.0 wt% fuel having 64 IFBA rods at a 1.25X IFBA loading. With 2000 ppm boron in the pool water (the current Technical Specification requirement at Indian Point), the k was 0.92 10. The total bias and uncertainty of fresh fuel in Region 2 is 0.0095, so the k 9 5/95 is 0.9305 which is less than the borated goal of 0.94. Less than 64 IFBA rod fuel has been ordered in the past for Indian Point, but plans for future assemblies use 64 or more IFBA rods. Many years ago Unit 2 had used 48 IFBA rods in 4.4 wt% U-235 fuel assemblies, but never less than 64 IFBA rods at i.25X for higher enrichments. Unit 3 used a small number of feed assemblies with only 48 IFBA rods in Cycle 15 (current cycle is Cycle 18). A multiple misload of fresh 5.0 wt% fuel with less than 64 [FBA rods is therefore very unlikely. However, analysis was performed to determine how many 5 wt% U-235 enriched assemblies with no IFBA rods would need to be placed together to reach k 9 5/95 of 0.95 with 2000 ppm soluble boron. It required 12 of these no IFBA 5 wt%
assemblies to be loaded together in a pool where all the rest of the assemblies were at the loading curve limits to reach the calculated k of 0.9307. Adding bias and uncertainty, the final         k 9 5/ 95 becomes 0.9402.
assemblies to be loaded together in a pool where all the rest of the assemblies were at the loading curve limits to reach the calculated k of 0.9307. Adding bias and uncertainty, the final k 9 5/ 95 becomes 0.9402.
Another multiple misload of all once burned fuel in Region 2 (5.0 wt% at 18 GWd/T) gives a k of 0.9219 at 2000 ppm. At 18 GWd/T, the total bias and uncertainty is 0.0145, so the k95/95 is 0.9364, which meets the criterion of< 0.94 while the regulatory requirement is < 0.95. Normal first cycle burnup is more than 20 GWd/T, so a multiple misload of assemblies with less than 18 GWd/T is very unlikely. In fact, all feed assemblies for all cycles in Indian Point Units 2 and 3 with greater than 4.5 wt% U-235 enrichment have exceeded this burnup in the first cycle. Lower enrichments would need less bumup for the same reactivity.
Another multiple misload of all once burned fuel in Region 2 (5.0 wt% at 18 GWd/T) gives a k of 0.9219 at 2000 ppm. At 18 GWd/T, the total bias and uncertainty is 0.0145, so the k95/95 is 0.9364, which meets the criterion of< 0.94 while the regulatory requirement is < 0.95. Normal first cycle burnup is more than 20 GWd/T, so a multiple misload of assemblies with less than 18 GWd/T is very unlikely. In fact, all feed assemblies for all cycles in Indian Point Units 2 and 3 with greater than 4.5 wt% U-235 enrichment have exceeded this burnup in the first cycle. Lower enrichments would need less bumup for the same reactivity.
NET- 300067-01 Rev 1                                                                                                 82
NET-300067-01 Rev 1 82


For Region 1, if all the fuel was 5 wt% U-235 with no IFBA rods and the pool had 2000 ppm of soluble boron, the calculated k is 0.8022. Since after adding biases and uncertainties this is much less than 0.94, there is no concern about multiple misloads in Region 1.
For Region 1, if all the fuel was 5 wt% U-235 with no IFBA rods and the pool had 2000 ppm of soluble boron, the calculated k is 0.8022. Since after adding biases and uncertainties this is much less than 0.94, there is no concern about multiple misloads in Region 1.
Line 654: Line 1,115:
.2000 ppm to 700 ppm is not-credible.
.2000 ppm to 700 ppm is not-credible.
9.6 Seismic Event The absorber panels will be designed to withstand a design basis seismic event. Therefore, the absorber panels will remain in place and the rack configuration will not change significantly following a design basis seismic event. Since the absorber panels remain in place, no special analysis is needed.
9.6 Seismic Event The absorber panels will be designed to withstand a design basis seismic event. Therefore, the absorber panels will remain in place and the rack configuration will not change significantly following a design basis seismic event. Since the absorber panels remain in place, no special analysis is needed.
NET- 300067-01 Rev 1                                                                                       83
NET-300067-01 Rev 1 83


10 Summary This section summarizes the results of the criticality analysis. Section 10.1 contains a confirmation checklist that the guidance of DSS-ISG-2010-01 [1] is followed.               This is followed by a review of allowable fuel loading for the Indian Point Unit 2 spent fuel pool. Next is a review of the assumptions used to justify the allowable loading conditions. The racks are not expected to change, so the assumptions in the analysis are found in Section 3.4, and not repeated here. However, the absorber panels have not yet been ordered, so Section 10.3 reviews the requirements for the absorber panels. The fuel manufacturer may change in the future, so the fuel design requirements are repeated in Section 10.4.
10 Summary This section summarizes the results of the criticality analysis. Section 10.1 contains a confirmation checklist that the guidance of DSS-ISG-2010-01 [1] is followed.
This is followed by a review of allowable fuel loading for the Indian Point Unit 2 spent fuel pool. Next is a review of the assumptions used to justify the allowable loading conditions. The racks are not expected to change, so the assumptions in the analysis are found in Section 3.4, and not repeated here. However, the absorber panels have not yet been ordered, so Section 10.3 reviews the requirements for the absorber panels. The fuel manufacturer may change in the future, so the fuel design requirements are repeated in Section 10.4.
Finally, core operating conditions not precluded by the current Technical Specifications are utilized in this analysis. These core operating condition requirements are listed in Section 10.5.
Finally, core operating conditions not precluded by the current Technical Specifications are utilized in this analysis. These core operating condition requirements are listed in Section 10.5.
10.1 Review of DSS-ISG-2010-01 Table 10. 1 shows the guidance given in DSS-ISG-2010-01 and how this criticality analysis follows that guidance.
10.1 Review of DSS-ISG-2010-01 Table 10. 1 shows the guidance given in DSS-ISG-2010-01 and how this criticality analysis follows that guidance.
Table 10.1: DSS-ISG-2010-01 Checklist Guidance from DSS-ISG-2010-01             Implementation                                                     Section in this Report
Table 10.1: DSS-ISG-2010-01 Checklist Guidance from DSS-ISG-2010-01 Implementation Section in this Report
: 1. Fuel Assembly Selection               All fuel has come from the same vendor with the same clad           Section 3.2 Demonstrate all fuel for all       outside diameter. Small design changes have been conditions,.                             insignificant to criticality analysis. Bounding conditions
: 1. Fuel Assembly Selection All fuel has come from the same vendor with the same clad Section 3.2 Demonstrate all fuel for all outside diameter. Small design changes have been conditions,.
  -""          ... - *    ..            have been used to cover possible future fuel designs.
insignificant to criticality analysis. Bounding conditions have been used to cover possible future fuel designs.
: 2. Depletion Analysis                     This was followed. Uncertainty for the isotopic content was         Section 4.2
: 2. Depletion Analysis This was followed. Uncertainty for the isotopic content was Section 4.2
* a.i.. 5% (Kopp Memo) should           considered and implemented as 5 % of the depletion only be used to cover uncertainties       reactivity(i.e. delta-k of depletion). In addition, a bias of 1.5 in isotopic concentration                 % was applied for the fission products and minor actinides to cover their bias and uncertainty in reactivity worth.
* a.i.. 5% (Kopp Memo) should considered and implemented as 5 % of the depletion only be used to cover uncertainties reactivity(i.e. delta-k of depletion). In addition, a bias of 1.5 in isotopic concentration  
: 2. Depletion Analysis                     No intergral burnable absorbers were considered for fresh           Section 4.2 a.ii. Reactivity decrement should   fuel for determining the reactivity decrement.
% was applied for the fission products and minor actinides to cover their bias and uncertainty in reactivity worth.
: 2. Depletion Analysis No intergral burnable absorbers were considered for fresh Section 4.2 a.ii. Reactivity decrement should fuel for determining the reactivity decrement.
not include the integral burnable absorbers.
not include the integral burnable absorbers.
: 2. Depletion Analysis                     Bounding values were used for all parameters.                       Sections 5.1 b.i. Bounding values should be                                                                         through 5.7 used; -
: 2. Depletion Analysis Bounding values were used for all parameters.
* I                                                                   I NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                                     84
Sections 5.1 b.i. Bounding values should be through 5.7 used; -
* I I
NET-300067-01 Rev I 84


Guidance from DSS-ISG-2010-01           Implementation.                                                 Section in this Report
Guidance from DSS-ISG-2010-01 Implementation.
: 2. Depletion Analysis                   The highest power was used, which leads to higher b.ii. Use the more limiting         moderator and fuel temperatures, thus increasing k. To           Section 5.9 bounding parameter when a conflict       account for lower power coast down, a Sm-149 correction occurs.                                 was made to promote a positive reactivity effect.
Section in this Report
: 2. Depletion Analysis                   Bounding values were used for all parameters.                   Sections 5.1 b.iii. Non-bounding values are                                                                       through 5.7 outside scope of ISG.
: 2. Depletion Analysis The highest power was used, which leads to higher b.ii. Use the more limiting moderator and fuel temperatures, thus increasing k. To Section 5.9 bounding parameter when a conflict account for lower power coast down, a Sm-149 correction occurs.
: 2. Depletion Analysis                   Indian Point Unit 2 had standard burnable absorbers,             Sections 5.1 c.i. All removable burnable         WABAs and Hf flux suppressors. All of these were                 and 8.4 absorbers must be considered,           conservatively accounted for.
was made to promote a positive reactivity effect.
: 2. Depletion Analysis                   The analysis includes the maximum number of IFBA rods           Section 5.1 c.ii. Limiting integral burnable     (148) at the highest boron loading for all fuel greater than 3.5 absorbers should be used.               wt% U-235 enrichment.
: 2. Depletion Analysis Bounding values were used for all parameters.
: 2. Depletion Analysis                   For depletion analysis the maximum absorber material is         Section 5.1 c.iii. Model the burnable           modeled with the maximum water displacement. For the absorbers appropriately.                 criticality analysis all burnable absorbers are removed.
Sections 5.1 b.iii. Non-bounding values are through 5.7 outside scope of ISG.
: 2. Depletion Analysis                   The depletion model correctly accounts for the increased rate   Section 5 c.iv. Consider competing effects     of plutonium production from increased fast neutron capture in U-238
: 2. Depletion Analysis Indian Point Unit 2 had standard burnable absorbers, Sections 5.1 c.i. All removable burnable WABAs and Hf flux suppressors. All of these were and 8.4 absorbers must be considered, conservatively accounted for.
: 2. Depletion Analysis                   For fuel enriched to less than 3.5 wt% U-235, it was assumed     Sections 5.6 d.i. Spectrum hardening from         that a control rod was inserted 8 inches into the fuel for the   and 5.7 rodded operation should be               life of the fuel.
: 2. Depletion Analysis The analysis includes the maximum number of IFBA rods Section 5.1 c.ii. Limiting integral burnable (148) at the highest boron loading for all fuel greater than 3.5 absorbers should be used.
considered.                             For fuel enriched more than 3.5 wt% U-235, it was assumed that a control rod was fully inserted for 2 GWd/T burnup.
wt% U-235 enrichment.
: 2. Depletion Analysis                   The axial profiles used were from NUREG/CR-6801. These           Section 6.3 d.ii.. Effect of control rods on the profiles include rodded cases.
: 2. Depletion Analysis For depletion analysis the maximum absorber material is Section 5.1 c.iii. Model the burnable modeled with the maximum water displacement. For the absorbers appropriately.
axial burnup profile should be considered                                                                                                               I
criticality analysis all burnable absorbers are removed.
: 3. Criticality Analysis                 NUREG/CR-6801 was used. It was confirmed that the               Section 6.3
: 2. Depletion Analysis The depletion model correctly accounts for the increased rate Section 5 c.iv. Consider competing effects of plutonium production from increased fast neutron capture in U-238
: a. Axial Burnup Profile               NUREG shapes were more limiting than any fuel at Indian
: 2. Depletion Analysis For fuel enriched to less than 3.5 wt% U-235, it was assumed Sections 5.6 d.i. Spectrum hardening from that a control rod was inserted 8 inches into the fuel for the and 5.7 rodded operation should be life of the fuel.
: i. Use ofNUREG/CR-6801 is         Point.
considered.
For fuel enriched more than 3.5 wt% U-235, it was assumed that a control rod was fully inserted for 2 GWd/T burnup.
: 2. Depletion Analysis The axial profiles used were from NUREG/CR-6801. These Section 6.3 d.ii.. Effect of control rods on the profiles include rodded cases.
axial burnup profile should be considered
: 3. Criticality Analysis NUREG/CR-6801 was used. It was confirmed that the Section 6.3
: a. Axial Burnup Profile NUREG shapes were more limiting than any fuel at Indian
: i. Use ofNUREG/CR-6801 is Point.
acceptable if done properly
acceptable if done properly
: 3. Criticality Analysis                 Site-specific profiles were not used.                           Section 6.3
: 3. Criticality Analysis Site-specific profiles were not used.
Section 6.3
: a. Axial Burnup Profile ii. Site-specific profiles
: a. Axial Burnup Profile ii. Site-specific profiles
: 3. Criticality Analysis                 In order to remove discontinuities in the axial burnup profiles Section 6.3
: 3. Criticality Analysis In order to remove discontinuities in the axial burnup profiles Section 6.3
: a. Axial Burnup Profile               the very limiting 14-18 GWd/T burnup shape was used down iii. Uniform profiles             to 6 GWd/T. The uniform profile is more limiting at less than 6 GWd/T.
: a. Axial Burnup Profile the very limiting 14-18 GWd/T burnup shape was used down iii. Uniform profiles to 6 GWd/T. The uniform profile is more limiting at less than 6 GWd/T.
: 3. Criticality Analysis                 The rack dimensions and materials are provided by the           Section 3.1
: 3. Criticality Analysis The rack dimensions and materials are provided by the Section 3.1
: b. Rack Model                         manufacturer (Reference 4).
: b. Rack Model manufacturer (Reference 4).
: i. Model inputs should be traceable.
: i. Model inputs should be traceable.
: 3. Criticality Analysis                 The old Boraflex is not being credited in this analysis. The
: 3. Criticality Analysis The old Boraflex is not being credited in this analysis. The
: b. Rack Model                         new absorber materials have very small grain sizes so ii. Efficiency of the neutron     treatment as a homogeneous material is appropriate. The absorber should be established.         Monte Carlo analysis correctly accounts for self-shielding and streaming in and past these homogeneous panels.
: b. Rack Model new absorber materials have very small grain sizes so ii. Efficiency of the neutron treatment as a homogeneous material is appropriate. The absorber should be established.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                                 85
Monte Carlo analysis correctly accounts for self-shielding and streaming in and past these homogeneous panels.
I NET-300067-01 Rev I 85


Guidance from DSS-ISG-2010-01             Implementation                                                 Section in this Report
Guidance from DSS-ISG-2010-01 Implementation Section in this Report
: 3. Criticality Analysis                   This analysis replaces the reliance on Boraflex. The new       Section 10.3
: 3. Criticality Analysis This analysis replaces the reliance on Boraflex. The new Section 10.3
: b. Rack Model                           absorber material must meet the minimum areal density iii. Conservative degradation       specified on Table 10.4.
: b. Rack Model absorber material must meet the minimum areal density iii. Conservative degradation specified on Table 10.4.
should be used.
should be used.
: 3. Criticality Analysis                   The absorber inserts are positioned to create a flux trap that Section
: 3. Criticality Analysis The absorber inserts are positioned to create a flux trap that Section
: c. Interfaces - Use the                 decouples RegionI from Region 2. The full pool model did       8.10.2 maximum uncertainties from either         not exhibit an increase in k around the interface.
: c. Interfaces - Use the decouples RegionI from Region 2. The full pool model did 8.10.2 maximum uncertainties from either not exhibit an increase in k around the interface.
side.
side.
: 3. Criticality Analysis                   There are no temporary storage locations in the Indian Point
: 3. Criticality Analysis There are no temporary storage locations in the Indian Point
: d. Normal Conditions - All             Unit 2 pool. All normal operating conditions are covered by normal conditions such as                 the analysis.
: d. Normal Conditions - All Unit 2 pool. All normal operating conditions are covered by normal conditions such as the analysis.
movement of fuel and inspections should be considered.
movement of fuel and inspections should be considered.
: 3. Criticality Analysis                   All normal initial conditions are considered. For example in   Section 9.1
: 3. Criticality Analysis All normal initial conditions are considered. For example in Section 9.1
: e. Accident Conditions                 the misplaced assembly analysis it is assumed that the fuel
: e. Accident Conditions the misplaced assembly analysis it is assumed that the fuel
: i. Should consider all normal       elevator has a fresh fuel assembly in it when another conditions as base conditions.             assembly is misplaced next to it.
: i. Should consider all normal elevator has a fresh fuel assembly in it when another conditions as base conditions.
: 3. Criticality Analysis                   Large margins exist for all the accident conditions with the   Section 9
assembly is misplaced next to it.
: e. Accident Conditions                 exception of the multiple misload scenarios. These ii. Graded approach may be         scenarios, however, are still below the target k95/95 (See taken when crediting soluble boron.       Section 9.4)
: 3. Criticality Analysis Large margins exist for all the accident conditions with the Section 9
: 4. Criticality Code Validation             NUREG/CR-6698 was followed for the validation.                 Appendix A NUREG/CR-6698 endorsed
: e. Accident Conditions exception of the multiple misload scenarios. These ii. Graded approach may be scenarios, however, are still below the target k95/95 (See taken when crediting soluble boron.
: 4. Criticality Code Validation             The HTC critical experiments are included in the analysis. Appendix
Section 9.4)
: a. Area of Applicability                                                                             A.3
: 4. Criticality Code Validation NUREG/CR-6698 was followed for the validation.
: i. Include the HTC criticals I
Appendix A NUREG/CR-6698 endorsed
: 4. Criticality Code Validation             The MOX and HTC criticals are not included in the analysis     Appendix A
: 4. Criticality Code Validation The HTC critical experiments are included in the analysis.
: a. Area of Applicability               of the fresh fuel bias and uncertainty since they are less ii. Use appropriate criticals     limiting than the U02 criticals.
Appendix
: 4. Criticality Code Validation             236 fresh fuel critical experiments are used. 117 HTC         Appendix A
: a. Area of Applicability A.3
: a. Area of Applicability               criticals were used as well as 63 MOX criticals. Groupings iii. Sufficient criticals for     of critical sets were analyzed to confirm when they should be analysis and appropriate grouping.         included in the set as a whole.
: i. Include the HTC criticals
: 4. Criticality Code Validation             The large number of critical experiments used and the large   Appendix
: 4. Criticality Code Validation The MOX and HTC criticals are not included in the analysis Appendix A
: a. Area of Applicability               variation in critical configurations (geometry and material)   A.2.3 iv. Be sure the set is not highly reduces the concern about being correlated. The analysis correlated.                               used 31 different sets of experiments that were performed in 6 different critical facilities.
: a. Area of Applicability of the fresh fuel bias and uncertainty since they are less ii. Use appropriate criticals limiting than the U02 criticals.
: 4. Criticality Code Validation             The trend analysis was performed on all the major             Appendix
: 4. Criticality Code Validation 236 fresh fuel critical experiments are used. 117 HTC Appendix A
: b. Trend Analysis                     parameters. The trend analysis found the best linear fit. No   A.2.5 Adequate, appropriate, not       trends were rejected to be conservative. The most limiting rejected.                                 bias and uncertainty for the area of applicability was applied assuming both that all trends were real and there are no trends.
: a. Area of Applicability criticals were used as well as 63 MOX criticals. Groupings iii. Sufficient criticals for of critical sets were analyzed to confirm when they should be analysis and appropriate grouping.
: 4. Criticality Code Validation             The statistical approach recommended in NUREG/CR-6698         Appendix
included in the set as a whole.
: c. Statistical Treatment               was used. Thus the variance of the population about the       A.2.5
: 4. Criticality Code Validation The large number of critical experiments used and the large Appendix
: i. Use the variance of the       mean rather than the variance of the mean was used.
: a. Area of Applicability variation in critical configurations (geometry and material)
population about the mean NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                                 86
A.2.3 iv. Be sure the set is not highly reduces the concern about being correlated. The analysis correlated.
used 31 different sets of experiments that were performed in 6 different critical facilities.
: 4. Criticality Code Validation The trend analysis was performed on all the major Appendix
: b. Trend Analysis parameters. The trend analysis found the best linear fit. No A.2.5 Adequate, appropriate, not trends were rejected to be conservative. The most limiting rejected.
bias and uncertainty for the area of applicability was applied assuming both that all trends were real and there are no trends.
: 4. Criticality Code Validation The statistical approach recommended in NUREG/CR-6698 Appendix
: c. Statistical Treatment was used. Thus the variance of the population about the A.2.5
: i. Use the variance of the mean rather than the variance of the mean was used.
population about the mean I
NET-300067-01 Rev I 86


Guidance from DSS-ISG-2010-01         Implementation                                               Section in this Report
Guidance from DSS-ISG-2010-01 Implementation Section in this Report
: 4. Criticality Code Validation       The statistical approach recommended in NUJREG/CR-6698       Appendix
: 4. Criticality Code Validation The statistical approach recommended in NUJREG/CR-6698 Appendix
: c. Statistical Treatment           was used. The correct confidence factors were used.           A.2.5 ii. Use correct confidence factors.                                                                                                           I
: c. Statistical Treatment was used. The correct confidence factors were used.
: 4. Criticality Code Validation       Normality testing was performed and the appropriate           Appendix
A.2.5 ii. Use correct confidence factors.
: c. Statistical Treatment           statistical treatment was applied.                           A.2.5 iii. Consider Normality
: 4. Criticality Code Validation Normality testing was performed and the appropriate Appendix
: 4. Criticality Code Validation       Lumped fission products were not used.
: c. Statistical Treatment statistical treatment was applied.
A.2.5 iii. Consider Normality
: 4. Criticality Code Validation Lumped fission products were not used.
: d. Lumped Fission Products
: d. Lumped Fission Products
: 4. Criticality Code Validation       No code-to-code comparisons were used for validation.
: 4. Criticality Code Validation No code-to-code comparisons were used for validation.
: e. Code-to-Code Comparisons
: e. Code-to-Code Comparisons
: 5. Miscellaneous                     Precedence was not used as a licensing basis.                 For
: 5. Miscellaneous Precedence was not used as a licensing basis.
: a. Precedence                     References used were carefully chosen to be applicable to the Assumptions
For
: b. References                     point being made.                                             see Section
: a. Precedence References used were carefully chosen to be applicable to the Assumptions
: c. Assumptions                     Assumptions are identified.                                   5.6, 5.7, and 6.6 10.2 Summary of Allowable Fuel Loading Fresh fuel of 5.0 wt% U-235 or lower can be loaded anywhere in Region I, as long as it contains at least 48 IFBA rods with a minimum IX B10 loading. Burned fuel at a burnup of 12 GWd/T or more can be stored anywhere in Region 1. Fresh fuel with less than 48 IFBA rods or burned fuel with less than 12 GWd/T burnup can be stored on the periphery of Region 1. The periphery is defined as all the cell locations of the last row on the three sides of Module A that face away from Module B and all the cells on the last row of the face of Module B and Module C that is adjacent to the pool wall. Cells in the second row or further in Modules A, B, or C cannot take peripheral credit even if the outer row is empty. See Figure 8.8 for a graphical presentation of the location of the peripheral cells. If any fuel assembly contains a control rod, it can be located anywhere in Region 1, regardless of the number of IFBAs or burnup. A Region I cell which does not contain an absorber panel does not affect the loading requirements of any other cell in Region 1, so long as the cell that is missing an absorber panel contains a fuel assembly with a control rod or does not contain a fuel assembly.
: b. References point being made.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                           87
see Section
: c. Assumptions Assumptions are identified.
5.6, 5.7, and 6.6 I
10.2 Summary of Allowable Fuel Loading Fresh fuel of 5.0 wt% U-235 or lower can be loaded anywhere in Region I, as long as it contains at least 48 IFBA rods with a minimum IX B10 loading. Burned fuel at a burnup of 12 GWd/T or more can be stored anywhere in Region 1. Fresh fuel with less than 48 IFBA rods or burned fuel with less than 12 GWd/T burnup can be stored on the periphery of Region 1. The periphery is defined as all the cell locations of the last row on the three sides of Module A that face away from Module B and all the cells on the last row of the face of Module B and Module C that is adjacent to the pool wall. Cells in the second row or further in Modules A, B, or C cannot take peripheral credit even if the outer row is empty. See Figure 8.8 for a graphical presentation of the location of the peripheral cells. If any fuel assembly contains a control rod, it can be located anywhere in Region 1, regardless of the number of IFBAs or burnup. A Region I cell which does not contain an absorber panel does not affect the loading requirements of any other cell in Region 1, so long as the cell that is missing an absorber panel contains a fuel assembly with a control rod or does not contain a fuel assembly.
NET-300067-01 Rev I 87


Region 2 is primarily intended to be for discharged fuel. The only allowable way to load fresh fuel in Region 2 requires a control rod to be inserted in the assembly. The minimum burnup requirements for Region 2 are presented in Table 10.2 as a function of fuel enrichment and cooling time. Linear interpolation can be used to determine the minimum burnup requirements at any enrichment or cooling time.
Region 2 is primarily intended to be for discharged fuel. The only allowable way to load fresh fuel in Region 2 requires a control rod to be inserted in the assembly. The minimum burnup requirements for Region 2 are presented in Table 10.2 as a function of fuel enrichment and cooling time. Linear interpolation can be used to determine the minimum burnup requirements at any enrichment or cooling time.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                     88
NET-300067-01 Rev I 88


Table 10.2: Region 2 Minimum Burnup (GWd/T) Requirements(f-c'Cf II Cooling Time (years) 0       1         2         5         10         15         25(e)
Table 10.2: Region 2 Minimum Burnup (GWd/T) Requirements(f-c'Cf Cooling Time (years)
Enrichment 2.0(d)         3.20     3.10     3.08     3.00       3.00       3.00     3.00 2.5           15.17   14.85     14.66     13.97     13.20       12.84     12.31 3.0           21.28   21.17     20.98     20.66     20.26     19.98     19.65 3.5           27.53   27.10     26.63     25.56     24.29     23.50     22.45 4.0           33.82   33.43     33.05     32.04     30.72     29.70     28.44 4.5           38.98   38.65     37.99     36.49     34.67     33.69     32.60 5.0           42.67   42.14     41.78     40.78     39.72     38.96     37.68 Notes:
Enrichment 0
1 2
5 10 15 25(e) 2.0(d) 3.20 3.10 3.08 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 2.5 15.17 14.85 14.66 13.97 13.20 12.84 12.31 3.0 21.28 21.17 20.98 20.66 20.26 19.98 19.65 3.5 27.53 27.10 26.63 25.56 24.29 23.50 22.45 4.0 33.82 33.43 33.05 32.04 30.72 29.70 28.44 4.5 38.98 38.65 37.99 36.49 34.67 33.69 32.60 5.0 42.67 42.14 41.78 40.78 39.72 38.96 37.68 Notes:
(a) Fuel assemblies with initial enrichments > 4.0 wt% that do not meet the burnup requirements may be stored in peripheral cells provided the burnup requirements, reduced by 8 GWd/T, are met. If the fuel assembly contained a Hafnium flux suppressor insert then the burnup requirements may be reduced by 6 GWd/T if stored in a peripheral cell. The peripheral locations are shown on Figure 8.8.
(a) Fuel assemblies with initial enrichments > 4.0 wt% that do not meet the burnup requirements may be stored in peripheral cells provided the burnup requirements, reduced by 8 GWd/T, are met. If the fuel assembly contained a Hafnium flux suppressor insert then the burnup requirements may be reduced by 6 GWd/T if stored in a peripheral cell. The peripheral locations are shown on Figure 8.8.
(b) Fuel assemblies that contained a Hafnium flux suppressor insert and the burnup prior to the final cycle does not meet the burnup requirements, then 2 GWd/T must be added to the burnup requirements.
(b) Fuel assemblies that contained a Hafnium flux suppressor insert and the burnup prior to the final cycle does not meet the burnup requirements, then 2 GWd/T must be added to the burnup requirements.
Line 753: Line 1,243:
(e) Fuel assemblies with cooling times greater than 25 years must meet the 25 year burnup requirement.
(e) Fuel assemblies with cooling times greater than 25 years must meet the 25 year burnup requirement.
(f) Fuel assemblies with any fuel rods removed and not replaced (normally with stainless steel rods) must add 4 GWd/T to the burnup requirements. As for Region 1, a Region 2 cell which does not contain an absorber panel does not affect the loading requirements of any other cell in Region 2, so long as the-cell which is missing an absorber panel does not contain a fuel assembly or contains a fuel assembly with-a control rod.
(f) Fuel assemblies with any fuel rods removed and not replaced (normally with stainless steel rods) must add 4 GWd/T to the burnup requirements. As for Region 1, a Region 2 cell which does not contain an absorber panel does not affect the loading requirements of any other cell in Region 2, so long as the-cell which is missing an absorber panel does not contain a fuel assembly or contains a fuel assembly with-a control rod.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                     89
II NET-300067-01 Rev I 89


Proprietary Information Removed Any fuel, including unburned 5 wt% U-235 fuel with no restriction on the number of IFBA rods, may be stored in Region 2 if the assembly contains a control rod.
Proprietary Information Removed Any fuel, including unburned 5 wt% U-235 fuel with no restriction on the number of IFBA rods, may be stored in Region 2 if the assembly contains a control rod.
The above loading requirements have been summarized below in Table 10.3.
The above loading requirements have been summarized below in Table 10.3.
Table 10.3: Summary of Loading Restrictions Loading Restriction Fresh fuel assemblies with initial enrichments of 5.0 wt% U-235 or less and 48 or more IFBA rods (@ [ mg B-10/inch] a"'or greater) may be stored in any location in Region 1.
Table 10.3: Summary of Loading Restrictions Loading Restriction Fresh fuel assemblies with initial enrichments of 5.0 wt% U-235 or less and 48 or more IFBA rods (@ [
Burned fuel assemblies with initial enrichments of 5.0 wt% U-235 or less with a burnup Region 1       of 12 GWd/T or more may be stored in any location in Region 1.
mg B-10/inch] a"' or greater) may be stored in any location in Region 1.
Burned fuel assemblies with initial enrichments of 5.0 wt% U-235 or less with a burnup Region 1 of 12 GWd/T or more may be stored in any location in Region 1.
Any fuel assembly (fresh or burned) that contains an RCCA may be stored in any location in Region I with no restrictions on the number of IFBA rods or bumup.
Any fuel assembly (fresh or burned) that contains an RCCA may be stored in any location in Region I with no restrictions on the number of IFBA rods or bumup.
Any fuel assembly (fresh or burned) may be stored in locations designated as peripheral cells in Region I with no restrictions on the number of IFBA rods or bumup.                       I Burned fuel assemblies that satisfy the requirements of Table 10.2 may be stored in any location in Region 2.
Any fuel assembly (fresh or burned) may be stored in locations designated as peripheral cells in Region I with no restrictions on the number of IFBA rods or bumup.
Any fuel assembly (fresh or burned) that contains an RCCA can be stored anywhere in Region 2       Region 2 with no restrictions on the number of IFBA rods or burnup.
Burned fuel assemblies that satisfy the requirements of Table 10.2 may be stored in any location in Region 2.
Burned fuel assemblies that satisfy the requirements of Table 10.2 reduced by 8 GWd/T
Any fuel assembly (fresh or burned) that contains an RCCA can be stored anywhere in Region 2 Region 2 with no restrictions on the number of IFBA rods or burnup.
: 2. **
Burned fuel assemblies that satisfy the requirements of Table 10.2 reduced by 8 GWd/T may be stored in locations designated as peripheral cells in Region 2. **
may be   stored in locations designated as peripheral cells in Region For assemblies that had a Hafnium insert and the burnup prior to the final cycle does not meet the burnup requirements of Table 10.2, then 2 GWd/T must be added to the values given in Table 10.2.
I For assemblies that had a Hafnium insert and the burnup prior to the final cycle does not meet the burnup requirements of Table 10.2, then 2 GWd/T must be added to the values given in Table 10.2.
For assemblies on the periphery that had a Hafnium insert and the burnup prior to the final cycle does not meet the burnup requirements of Table 10.2, then 6 GWd/T can be subtracted from the values given in Table 10.2.
For assemblies on the periphery that had a Hafnium insert and the burnup prior to the final cycle does not meet the burnup requirements of Table 10.2, then 6 GWd/T can be subtracted from the values given in Table 10.2.
10.3 AbsorberPanel Requirements To meet the assumptions of this criticality analysis, the absorber panels must satisfy the requirements-.
10.3 Absorber Panel Requirements To meet the assumptions of this criticality analysis, the absorber panels must satisfy the requirements-.
specified in Table 10.4 below. If the alternate design is chosen, the minimum areal density must be 0.020 g B-10/cm 2 for panels in Region 2 and 0.022 g B-10/cm 2 for panels in Region 1. For the alternate design, the connector can be any material and can be any thickness up to 0.10 inch.
specified in Table 10.4 below. If the alternate design is chosen, the minimum areal density must be 0.020 g B-10/cm 2 for panels in Region 2 and 0.022 g B-10/cm 2 for panels in Region 1. For the alternate design, the connector can be any material and can be any thickness up to 0.10 inch.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                     90 -.
NET-300067-01 Rev I 90  


Proprietary Information Removed Table 10.4: Absorber Panel Requirements II Attribute                               Value (inches)           Notes Absorber Panel (primary)
Proprietary Information Removed Table 10.4: Absorber Panel Requirements II Attribute Value (inches)
Areal Density (g B-10/cm2 )             0.015                     Minimum Panel width                             Cell ID - .03             Minimum 0.086                     Minimum in Region 1 0.096                     Maximum in Region 2 Length                                                             Covers active fuel length Absorber Panel (alternate)*
Notes Absorber Panel (primary)
Areal Density (g B-10/cm2)               0.020 in Region 2         Minimum 0.022 in Region I Panel width                             7.6                       Minimum 0.075                     Minimum in Region 1 0.094                     Maximum in Region 2 Offset from comer                       0.64 Length                                                           Covers active fuel length A vendor is not bound by these specific dimensions and areal densities. As long as the panel is shown to be as effective in absorbing neutrons as the primary design, it would be acceptable.
Areal Density (g B-10/cm2) 0.015 Minimum Panel width Cell ID -.03 Minimum 0.086 Minimum in Region 1 0.096 Maximum in Region 2 Length Covers active fuel length Absorber Panel (alternate)*
10.4 Fuel Requirements                                                                                       I I To meet the assumptions of this criticality analysis, the fuel design must meet the design assumptions given on Table 10.5. The guide tube dimensions are flexible as long as the cross-sectional area is at least 0.0243 square inches.
Areal Density (g B-10/cm2) 0.020 in Region 2 Minimum 0.022 in Region I Panel width 7.6 Minimum 0.075 Minimum in Region 1 0.094 Maximum in Region 2 Offset from comer 0.64 Length Covers active fuel length A vendor is not bound by these specific dimensions and areal densities. As long as the panel is shown to be as effective in absorbing neutrons as the primary design, it would be acceptable.
Table 10.5: Fuel Design Requirements                                       1.. I Attribute                             Value (inches)         Notes Fuel pellet U0 2 stack density             97.5 %TD           Maximum stack density*
10.4 Fuel Requirements To meet the assumptions of this criticality analysis, the fuel design must meet the design assumptions given on Table 10.5. The guide tube dimensions are flexible as long as the cross-sectional area is at least 0.0243 square inches.
Fuel pellet OD                                   ]aS         Maximum Fuel clad OD                                     ]a,c         Minimum Fuel clad ID                                     ]a.c         Maximum Fuel pin pitch                             0.5630             Nominal Guide tube cross sectional area         0.0243 in2           Minimum Nominal This density includes the effect of dishing and chamfering.
I I Table 10.5: Fuel Design Requirements 1.. I Attribute Value (inches)
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                 .- 91
Notes Fuel pellet U0 2 stack density 97.5 %TD Maximum stack density*
Fuel pellet OD  
]aS Maximum Fuel clad OD  
]a,c Minimum Fuel clad ID  
]a.c Maximum Fuel pin pitch 0.5630 Nominal Guide tube cross sectional area 0.0243 in2 Minimum Nominal This density includes the effect of dishing and chamfering.
NET-300067-01 Rev I
.- 91


10.5 Reactor OperationLimits The depletion parameters were selected to cover anticipated future operation, however, verification is required. Table 10.6 lists the operating assumptions used in the depletion analysis for fuel enriched to greater than 3.5 wt%*. The temperature and soluble boron assumptions are averages over the total burnup (multi-cycle) for a given assembly. These assumptions will be verified as part of the reload design process. The process normally assumes a range of previous cycle bumups. If the plant is shutdown outside of this range or before the reload analysis for the following cycle is completed, the assumptions listed in Table 10.6 must be confirmed for each assembly that is to be placed into Region 2 or a non-peripheral location of Region 1. If an assembly is depleted such that any of the Table 10.6 parameters are not met, then the assembly would have to be stored in Region I or with a control rod inserted until an assembly-specific analysis can be performed and approved. Note that if an assembly meets the burnup requirements (GWd/T) and the operating limits, any additional burnup does not need to meet the operating limits.
10.5 Reactor Operation Limits The depletion parameters were selected to cover anticipated future operation, however, verification is required. Table 10.6 lists the operating assumptions used in the depletion analysis for fuel enriched to greater than 3.5 wt%*. The temperature and soluble boron assumptions are averages over the total burnup (multi-cycle) for a given assembly. These assumptions will be verified as part of the reload design process. The process normally assumes a range of previous cycle bumups. If the plant is shutdown outside of this range or before the reload analysis for the following cycle is completed, the assumptions listed in Table 10.6 must be confirmed for each assembly that is to be placed into Region 2 or a non-peripheral location of Region 1. If an assembly is depleted such that any of the Table 10.6 parameters are not met, then the assembly would have to be stored in Region I or with a control rod inserted until an assembly-specific analysis can be performed and approved. Note that if an assembly meets the burnup requirements (GWd/T) and the operating limits, any additional burnup does not need to meet the operating limits.
Table 10.7 is provided for older fuel enriched to 3.5 wt% or less to verify that the existing fuel meets the assumptions of the criticality analysis. Table 10.7 is not to be used for future fuel.
Table 10.7 is provided for older fuel enriched to 3.5 wt% or less to verify that the existing fuel meets the assumptions of the criticality analysis. Table 10.7 is not to be used for future fuel.
If fuel less than or equal to 3.5 wt% is ever used in the future, the same requirements shown in Table 10.6 apply. Table 10.6 should be used for all future fuel regardless of enrichment.
If fuel less than or equal to 3.5 wt% is ever used in the future, the same requirements shown in Table 10.6 apply. Table 10.6 should be used for all future fuel regardless of enrichment.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                       92
NET-300067-01 Rev I 92


Proprietary Information Removed Table 10.6: Fuel Assembly Operating Requirements for Fuel Enriched > 3.5 wt%*
Proprietary Information Removed Table 10.6: Fuel Assembly Operating Requirements for Fuel Enriched > 3.5 wt%*
I Parameter                           Value                       Notes This value can be demonstrated by a Maximum assembly                                               maximum assembly and bumup averaged average moderator                 63                           peaking factor. This corresponds to a outlet temperature                 631     (605.9 &deg;K)           maximum bumup averaged peaking factor of during depletiont                                               1.40 with current thermal design flow conditions.
Parameter Value Notes This value can be demonstrated by a Maximum assembly maximum assembly and bumup averaged average moderator 63 peaking factor. This corresponds to a outlet temperature 631 (605.9 &deg;K) maximum bumup averaged peaking factor of during depletiont 1.40 with current thermal design flow conditions.
Maximum WABA                     20 rodlet WABA at             Design changes that increase water loading                     0.00603 g '&deg;B/cm per rodlet       displacement are not covered.
Maximum WABA 20 rodlet WABA at Design changes that increase water loading 0.00603 g '&deg;B/cm per rodlet displacement are not covered.
Maximum IFBA                   148 IFBA rods [       mg       Credit for IFBAs used with fresh fuel use a rods and 'lB loading         I"B/inch]a'c (1.5X) per rod       minimum IX loading.
Maximum IFBA 148 IFBA rods [
Maximum Operation                     < 2 GWd/T               This control rod inserted bumup covers rods with Control Rods                                               inserted to any depth.
mg Credit for IFBAs used with fresh fuel use a rods and 'lB loading I"B/inch]a'c (1.5X) per rod minimum IX loading.
Maximum Bumup                                                   This is an average for all cycles in which the um1000                  <axm ppm                 assembly was depleted. For burned Averaged Soluble                                               assemblies stored in Region I, this Boron                                                           requirement is relaxed to < 1300 ppm.
Maximum Operation  
Average Power                                                   To cover reduced power operation at end of During the Last 30                       > 50%                 cycle prior to offload Days of Operation                                               cyIle priortoo____ad If fuel less than or equal to 3.5 wt% is ever used in the future, the same requirements shown in Table 10.6 apply. Table 10.6 should be used for all future fuel regardless of enrichment.                 . I t If the peaking factor is less than 1.40, the moderator outlet. temperature requirement is met.
< 2 GWd/T This control rod inserted bumup covers rods with Control Rods inserted to any depth.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                         93
Maximum Bumup This is an average for all cycles in which the
<axm um1000 ppm assembly was depleted. For burned Averaged Soluble assemblies stored in Region I, this Boron requirement is relaxed to < 1300 ppm.
Average Power To cover reduced power operation at end of During the Last 30  
> 50%
cycle prior to offload Days of Operation cyIle priortoo____ad I
If fuel less than or equal to 3.5 wt% is ever used in the future, the same requirements shown in Table 10.6 apply. Table 10.6 should be used for all future fuel regardless of enrichment.
t If the peaking factor is less than 1.40, the moderator outlet. temperature requirement is met.
I NET-300067-01 Rev I 93


Table 10.7: Fuel Assembly Operating Requirements for Fuel Enriched <3.5 wt%*
Table 10.7: Fuel Assembly Operating Requirements for Fuel Enriched <3.5 wt%*
II Parameter                             Value                         Notes This value can be demonstrated by a Maximum assembly                                                   maximum assembly and burnup averaged average moderator                   628 &deg;F (604.4 &deg;K)               peaking factor. This corresponds to a outlet temperature                                                 maximum burnup averaged peaking factor during depletiont                                                   of 1.35 with current thermal design flow conditions.
Parameter Value Notes This value can be demonstrated by a Maximum assembly maximum assembly and burnup averaged average moderator 628 &deg;F (604.4 &deg;K) peaking factor. This corresponds to a outlet temperature maximum burnup averaged peaking factor during depletiont of 1.35 with current thermal design flow conditions.
Maximum BA               20 rodlet Pyrex at a boron loading       No limit on when the Pyrex is removed.
Maximum BA 20 rodlet Pyrex at a boron loading No limit on when the Pyrex is removed.
loading                           of 18.1 wt% B2 0 3 This control rod inserted burnup is the Maximum with Control Operation Rods                                                assembly average burnup during which
loading of 18.1 wt% B20 3 This control rod inserted burnup is the Maximum Operation assembly average burnup during which with Control Rods
                                      < 2 GWd/T                   control rods were inserted below the top node. The top node can have the rod inserted throughout life.
< 2 GWd/T control rods were inserted below the top node. The top node can have the rod inserted throughout life.
Maximum Burnup                                                     This is an average for all cycles in which Averaged Soluble                       < 800 ppm                   the assembly was depleted.
Maximum Burnup This is an average for all cycles in which Averaged Soluble  
Boron Average Power                                                       To cover reduced power operation at end During the Last 30                       > 50%                     of cycle prior to offload Days of Operation                                                   of cyclepriortooffoad This table is provided only to certify that older fuel < 3.5 wt% satisfies the older operating requirements. For future fuel, Table 10.6 should be used regardless of enrichment.
< 800 ppm the assembly was depleted.
I t If the peaking factor is less than 1.35, the moderator outlet-temperature requirement is met.
Boron Average Power To cover reduced power operation at end During the Last 30  
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                           94
> 50%
of cycle prior to offload Days of Operation of cyclepriortooffoad II This table is provided only to certify that older fuel < 3.5 wt% satisfies the older operating requirements. For future fuel, Table 10.6 should be used regardless of enrichment.
t If the peaking factor is less than 1.35, the moderator outlet-temperature requirement is met.
I NET-300067-01 Rev I 94


References
References
[1]     K. Wood, "Final Division of Safety Systems Interim Staff Guidance, DSS-ISG-2010-01, Revision 0, Staff Guidance Regarding the Nuclear Criticality Safety Analysis For Spent Fuel Pools," Accession Number ML110620086, Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Rockville, MD, October 2011.
[1]
[2]   Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10, Part 50, Section 68, "Criticality Accident Requirements."
K. Wood, "Final Division of Safety Systems Interim Staff Guidance, DSS-ISG-2010-01, Revision 0, Staff Guidance Regarding the Nuclear Criticality Safety Analysis For Spent Fuel Pools," Accession Number ML110620086, Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Rockville, MD, October 2011.
[3]     Scale. A Comprehensive Modeling and Simulation Suite for Nuclear Safety Analysis and Design, ORNL/TM-2005/39, Version 6.1, June 2011. Available from Radiation Safety Information Computational Center at Oak Ridge National Laboratory as CCC-785.
[2]
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10, Part 50, Section 68, "Criticality Accident Requirements."
[3]
Scale. A Comprehensive Modeling and Simulation Suite for Nuclear Safety Analysis and Design, ORNL/TM-2005/39, Version 6.1, June 2011. Available from Radiation Safety Information Computational Center at Oak Ridge National Laboratory as CCC-785.
Includes 6.1.2 update dated 2/28/13.
Includes 6.1.2 update dated 2/28/13.
[4]   "Rack Construction (SH'T. 2) Region I Storage Racks," Drawing Number 398 Rev5, March 19, 1990, Project No. 81000, P. 0. No. 8-24470, Holtec International, Mount Laurel, NJ.
[4]  
[5]   "Rack Construction (SH'T. I) Region 2 Storage Racks," Drawing Number 400 Rev5, March 19, 1990, Project No. 81000, P. 0. No. 8-24470, Holtec International, Mount Laurel, NJ.
"Rack Construction (SH'T. 2) Region I Storage Racks," Drawing Number 398 Rev5, March 19, 1990, Project No. 81000, P. 0. No. 8-24470, Holtec International, Mount Laurel, NJ.
[6]   G. Radulescu, I. C. Gauld, and G. Ilas, SCALE 5.1 PredictionsofPWR Spent Nuclear Fuel Isotopic Compositions, ORNL/TM-2010/44, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee, USA, March 2010.
[5]  
[7]   Licensing Report on the Inter-Unit Transfer of Spent Nuclear Fuel at the Indian Point Energy Center, Holtec Report No. HI-2094289. Rev. 6, April 17, 2012.
"Rack Construction (SH'T. I) Region 2 Storage Racks," Drawing Number 400 Rev5, March 19, 1990, Project No. 81000, P. 0. No. 8-24470, Holtec International, Mount Laurel, NJ.
[8]   InternationalHandbook of Evaluated CriticalitySafety Benchmark Experiments, NEA!NSC/DOC(95)3, Volume IV, Nuclear Energy Agency, OECD, Paris, September, 2010.
[6]
[9]     B. B. Bevard, J. C. Wagner, and C. V. Parks, Review ofInformationfor Spent Nuclear Fuel Burnup Confirmation,NUREG/CR-6998, prepared for the US Nuclear Regulatory Commission by Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn., December 2009.
G. Radulescu, I. C. Gauld, and G. Ilas, SCALE 5.1 Predictions ofPWR Spent Nuclear Fuel Isotopic Compositions, ORNL/TM-2010/44, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee, USA, March 2010.
[10]   [NOT USED]
[7]
[I1]   [NOT USED]
Licensing Report on the Inter-Unit Transfer of Spent Nuclear Fuel at the Indian Point Energy Center, Holtec Report No. HI-2094289. Rev. 6, April 17, 2012.
[12]   J.C. Dean and R.W. Tayloe, Jr., Guidefor Validation of Nuclear CriticalitySafety CalculationalMethodology, NUREG/CR-6698, Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC January 2001.     -. : -
[8]
[13]   D. E. Mueller, K. R. Elam, and P. B. Fox, Evaluationof the French Haut Taux de Combustion (HTC) CriticalExperiment Data,NUREG/CR-6979 (ORNL/TM-2007/083),
International Handbook of Evaluated Criticality Safety Benchmark Experiments, NEA!NSC/DOC(95)3, Volume IV, Nuclear Energy Agency, OECD, Paris, September, 2010.
[9]
B. B. Bevard, J. C. Wagner, and C. V. Parks, Review of Information for Spent Nuclear Fuel Burnup Confirmation, NUREG/CR-6998, prepared for the US Nuclear Regulatory Commission by Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn., December 2009.
[10]
[NOT USED]
[I1]
[NOT USED]
[12]
J.C. Dean and R.W. Tayloe, Jr., Guide for Validation of Nuclear Criticality Safety Calculational Methodology, NUREG/CR-6698, Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC January 2001.
[13]
D. E. Mueller, K. R. Elam, and P. B. Fox, Evaluation of the French Haut Taux de Combustion (HTC) Critical Experiment Data, NUREG/CR-6979 (ORNL/TM-2007/083),
prepared for the US Nuclear Regulatory Commission by Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn., September 2008&.
prepared for the US Nuclear Regulatory Commission by Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn., September 2008&.
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                               95
NET-300067-01 Rev I 95


[14]   J. M. Scaglione, D. E. Mueller, J.C. Wagner and W. J. Marshall, An Approachfor Validating. Actinide and Fission ProductBurnup Credit CriticalitySafety Analyses-Criticality (kef]) Predictions,US Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG/CR-7109, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. (2012).
[14]
[15]     J.C. Wagner and C. V. Parks, ParametricStudy of the Effect of Burnable Poison Rods
J. M. Scaglione, D. E. Mueller, J.C. Wagner and W. J. Marshall, An Approach for Validating. Actinide and Fission Product Burnup Credit Criticality Safety Analyses-Criticality (kef]) Predictions, US Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG/CR-7109, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. (2012).
            ,forPWR Burnup Credit,US Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG/CR-6761, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. (2002).
[15]
[16]   C. E. Sanders and J.C. Wagner, Study of the Effect ofIntegral Burnable Poison Rods for PWR Burnup Credit, US Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG/CR-6760, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. (2002).
J.C. Wagner and C. V. Parks, Parametric Study of the Effect of Burnable Poison Rods
[17]   C. V. Parks, M. D. DeHart, and J.C. Wagner, Review and Prioritizationof Technical Issues Related to Burnup Creditfor LWR Fuel, US Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG/CR-6665, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. (2000).
,for PWR Burnup Credit, US Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG/CR-6761, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. (2002).
[18]   D. Hagrman., INTERPIN-3 User's Manual, SSP-01/430, Studsvik Scandpower, Inc.
[16]
C. E. Sanders and J.C. Wagner, Study of the Effect ofIntegral Burnable Poison Rods for PWR Burnup Credit, US Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG/CR-6760, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. (2002).
[17]
C. V. Parks, M. D. DeHart, and J.C. Wagner, Review and Prioritization of Technical Issues Related to Burnup Credit for LWR Fuel, US Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG/CR-6665, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. (2000).
[18]
D. Hagrman., INTERPIN-3 User's Manual, SSP-01/430, Studsvik Scandpower, Inc.
(2001).
(2001).
[19]   M. D. DeHart, Sensitivity and ParametricEvaluations of SignificantAspects of Burnup Creditfor PWR Spent Fuel Packages,ORNL/TM-12973, Lockheed Martin Energy Research Corp., Oak Ridge National Laboratory, May 1996.
[19]
[20]   J.C. Wagner, M. D. DeHart, and, C. V. Parks, Recommendationsfor Addressing Axial Burnup in PWR Burnup CreditAnalyses, US Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG/CR-6801, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. (2003).
M. D. DeHart, Sensitivity and Parametric Evaluations of Significant Aspects of Burnup Credit for PWR Spent Fuel Packages, ORNL/TM-12973, Lockheed Martin Energy Research Corp., Oak Ridge National Laboratory, May 1996.
[21]   "Pool Layout Spent Fuel Storage Racks," Drawing Number 397 Rev 4, December 8, 1989, Project No. 81000, P. 0. No. 8-24470, Holtec International, Mount Laurel, NJ.
[20]
[22]   "NEI 12-16, Guidance for Performing Criticality Analyses of Fuel Storage at Light-Water Reactor Plants," Slides from NEI/NRC on meeting September 24, 2013, Adams Accession Number, ML I3264A008.
J.C. Wagner, M. D. DeHart, and, C. V. Parks, Recommendations for Addressing Axial Burnup in PWR Burnup Credit Analyses, US Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG/CR-6801, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. (2003).
[23]   NET-300042-01, Rev. 1, "Interim Reactivity Analysis of the Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool," September, 2012.
[21]  
[24]   Indian Point Unit 2 Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR), Revision 24, 2013.
"Pool Layout Spent Fuel Storage Racks," Drawing Number 397 Rev 4, December 8, 1989, Project No. 81000, P. 0. No. 8-24470, Holtec International, Mount Laurel, NJ.
[25]   K. Lindquist, etal., Guidelinesfor Boraflex Use in-Spent-Fuel Storage Racks, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA, Technical Report Number 103300 (1993).
[22]  
[26]   Letter from Tom Duberville of Holtec International to Joe DeFrancesco of Entergy-Indian Point, "Holtec International DREAM Insert; basic specification data," September 19, 2013.
"NEI 12-16, Guidance for Performing Criticality Analyses of Fuel Storage at Light-Water Reactor Plants," Slides from NEI/NRC on meeting September 24, 2013, Adams Accession Number, ML I 3264A008.
[27]   Guidancefor PertbrmingCriticalityAnalyses of Fuel Storage at Light-Water Reactor Power Plants, Revision 1, NEI 12-16, Nuclear Energy Institute, Washington, DC, April 2014.                       -
[23]
NET- 300067-01 Rev I                                                                                 96
NET-300042-01, Rev. 1, "Interim Reactivity Analysis of the Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool," September, 2012.
[24]
Indian Point Unit 2 Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR), Revision 24, 2013.
[25]
K. Lindquist, etal., Guidelines for Boraflex Use in-Spent-Fuel Storage Racks, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA, Technical Report Number 103300 (1993).
[26]
Letter from Tom Duberville of Holtec International to Joe DeFrancesco of Entergy-Indian Point, "Holtec International DREAM Insert; basic specification data," September 19, 2013.
[27]
Guidance for Pertbrming Criticality Analyses of Fuel Storage at Light-Water Reactor Power Plants, Revision 1, NEI 12-16, Nuclear Energy Institute, Washington, DC, April 2014.
NET-300067-01 Rev I 96


[28]   NET-173-02. Rev.l, "Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool (SFP) Boron Dilution Analysis, September 2001.
[28]
[29]   Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors," July, 2000.
NET-173-02. Rev.l, "Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool (SFP) Boron Dilution Analysis, September 2001.
[30]   Design Input Record, EN-DC-149R14 140218, Indian Point, February 17, 2014
[29]
[31]   [NOT USED]
Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors," July, 2000.
[32]   R. E. Griffith to G. Delfini, "Fuel Temperatures vs Bumup Curves for Indian Point Unit 2," Entergy Inter-Office Correspondence, CE02013-00107, August 15, 2013, supported by Entergy Calculation package NEAD-SR-2013/023, EC 4611.
[30]
[33]   ANSI/ANS-8.1-1998 (R2007), "Nuclear Criticality Safety in Operations with Fissionable Materials Outside Reactors," American Nuclear Society, La Grange Park, Illinois.
Design Input Record, EN-DC-149R14 140218, Indian Point, February 17, 2014
NET- 300067-01 Rev 1                                                                                 97
[31]
[NOT USED]
[32]
R. E. Griffith to G. Delfini, "Fuel Temperatures vs Bumup Curves for Indian Point Unit 2," Entergy Inter-Office Correspondence, CE02013-00107, August 15, 2013, supported by Entergy Calculation package NEAD-SR-2013/023, EC 4611.
[33]
ANSI/ANS-8.1-1998 (R2007), "Nuclear Criticality Safety in Operations with Fissionable Materials Outside Reactors," American Nuclear Society, La Grange Park, Illinois.
NET-300067-01 Rev 1 97


Appendix A: Validation of SCALE 6.1.2 for Criticality Analysis Using LaboratoryCriticalExperiments A. 1. Overview This appendix determines the computer code and cross-section library bias and uncertainty in the k's calculated for the Indian Point Units 2 and 3 spent fuel pools when using SCALE 6.1.2 [1]. The bias and uncertainties determined in this Appendix covers fresh fuel and the major actinides of burned fuel.
Appendix A: Validation of SCALE 6.1.2 for Criticality Analysis Using Laboratory Critical Experiments A. 1. Overview This appendix determines the computer code and cross-section library bias and uncertainty in the k's calculated for the Indian Point Units 2 and 3 spent fuel pools when using SCALE 6.1.2 [1]. The bias and uncertainties determined in this Appendix covers fresh fuel and the major actinides of burned fuel.
This analysis uses the CSAS5 module of SCALE 6.1.2 [1]. All the analyses are performed using the 238 group ENDF/B-VII library (v7-238). The CSAS5 module executes the CENTRM and BONAMI programs for the resonance self-shielding calculations and KENO V.a for the Monte Carlo calculation of
This analysis uses the CSAS5 module of SCALE 6.1.2 [1]. All the analyses are performed using the 238 group ENDF/B-VII library (v7-238). The CSAS5 module executes the CENTRM and BONAMI programs for the resonance self-shielding calculations and KENO V.a for the Monte Carlo calculation of
: k. All the computer runs use a large Monte Carlo sampling of at least 1500 generations and 6000 neutrons per generation.
: k. All the computer runs use a large Monte Carlo sampling of at least 1500 generations and 6000 neutrons per generation.
This Appendix is divided into two sections: 1) Fresh U0 2 critical experiments, and 2) HTC and MOX critical experiments.
This Appendix is divided into two sections: 1) Fresh U0 2 critical experiments, and 2) HTC and MOX critical experiments.
A.2. Fresh U0 2 LaboratoryCriticalExperiments A.2. i Introduction The validation consists of modeling 236 fresh U0 2 critical experiments and the determination of the bias and the uncertainty in the calculation of k for fresh fuel. This validation follows the direction of NUREG/CR-6698, "Guide for Validation of Nuclear Criticality Safety Calculational Methodology" [2].
A.2. Fresh U0 2 Laboratory Critical Experiments A.2. i Introduction The validation consists of modeling 236 fresh U0 2 critical experiments and the determination of the bias and the uncertainty in the calculation of k for fresh fuel. This validation follows the direction of NUREG/CR-6698, "Guide for Validation of Nuclear Criticality Safety Calculational Methodology" [2].
The guide establishes the following steps for performing the validation:
The guide establishes the following steps for performing the validation:
: 1. Define operation/process to identify the range of parameters to be validated
: 1.
: 2. -     Select criticaloexperiment data
Define operation/process to identify the range of parameters to be validated
: 3.       Model the experiments
: 2. -
: 4.       Analyze the data
Select criticaloexperiment data
: 5.       Define the area of applicability of the validation and limitations It further defines the steps of "Analyze the data" as:
: 3.
: 1.     Determine the Bias and Bias Uncertainty
Model the experiments
: 2.       Identify Trends in Data, Including Discussion of Methods for Establishing Bias Trends
: 4.
: 3.       Test for Normal or Other Distributions NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                   A-I
Analyze the data
: 4.       Select the Statistical Method for Treatment of Data
: 5.
: 5.       Identify and Support Subcritical Margin
Define the area of applicability of the validation and limitations It further defines the steps of "Analyze the data" as:
: 6.       Calculate the Upper Safety Limit This approach will be followed for this validation analysis.
: 1.
A.2.2 Definition of the Range of Parametersto Be Validated The validation guidance document [2] states:
Determine the Bias and Bias Uncertainty
          "Priorto the initiationof the validationactivity, the operatingconditions andparametersfor which the validation is to apply must be identified. The fissile isotope, enrichment offissile isotope,fitel density,fiuel chemicalform, types ofneutron moderatorsand reflectors, range of moderatortofissile isotope, neutron absorbers,andphysical configurationsare among the parametersto specify. These parameterswill come to define the area of applicabilityfor the validation effort.'
: 2.
Identify Trends in Data, Including Discussion of Methods for Establishing Bias Trends
: 3.
Test for Normal or Other Distributions NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-I
: 4.
Select the Statistical Method for Treatment of Data
: 5.
Identify and Support Subcritical Margin
: 6.
Calculate the Upper Safety Limit This approach will be followed for this validation analysis.
A.2.2 Definition of the Range of Parameters to Be Validated The validation guidance document [2] states:
"Prior to the initiation of the validation activity, the operating conditions and parameters for which the validation is to apply must be identified. The fissile isotope, enrichment offissile isotope, fitel density, fiuel chemical form, types of neutron moderators and reflectors, range of moderator tofissile isotope, neutron absorbers, and physical configurations are among the parameters to specify. These parameters will come to define the area of applicability for the validation effort.'
Almost all pool applications have common neutronic characteristics and therefore can be validated together. The racks are assumed to be flooded with water at near room temperature and below 100' C.
Almost all pool applications have common neutronic characteristics and therefore can be validated together. The racks are assumed to be flooded with water at near room temperature and below 100' C.
The fuel is low enriched uranium dioxide (less than or equal to 5.0 wt% U-235). The fuel is in pellets with a density of greater than 94 % of the theoretical density. The only significant neutron moderators are water and the oxygen in the fuel pellet. The neutron absorbers credited are boron (as plates, perhaps rods, or in solution) and Ag-In-Cd control rods. The reflectors are water, steel, or concrete. The fuel is in assemblies, but the analysis is also valid for disassembled assemblies. The assembly arrangement can vary by design from totally isolated assemblies to a close packed array of assemblies.
The fuel is low enriched uranium dioxide (less than or equal to 5.0 wt% U-235). The fuel is in pellets with a density of greater than 94 % of the theoretical density. The only significant neutron moderators are water and the oxygen in the fuel pellet. The neutron absorbers credited are boron (as plates, perhaps rods, or in solution) and Ag-In-Cd control rods. The reflectors are water, steel, or concrete. The fuel is in assemblies, but the analysis is also valid for disassembled assemblies. The assembly arrangement can vary by design from totally isolated assemblies to a close packed array of assemblies.
A. 2.3 Selection of the Fresh U0 2 CriticalBenchmark Experiments The U02 benchmarks that were selected met the following criteria:
A. 2.3 Selection of the Fresh U0 2 Critical Benchmark Experiments The U02 benchmarks that were selected met the following criteria:
"    Low enriched (5 wt% U-235 or less) U02 to cover the principle isotopes of concern.
Low enriched (5 wt% U-235 or less) U02 to cover the principle isotopes of concern.
* Fuel in rods to assure that the heterogeneous analysis used in SCALE also is applied in the benchmark analysis.
Fuel in rods to assure that the heterogeneous analysis used in SCALE also is applied in the benchmark analysis.
* Square lattices to assure the lattice features of SCALE used in the rack analysis are also modeled in the critical benchmarks selected. -
Square lattices to assure the lattice features of SCALE used in the rack analysis are also modeled in the critical benchmarks selected. -
* Presence of soluble boron, borated steel, boron bearing rods, sheets of aluminum with boron,
Presence of soluble boron, borated steel, boron bearing rods, sheets of aluminum with boron,
* . Boraflex, or Ag-In-Cd. I
*. Boraflex, or Ag-In-Cd. I
" No emphasis on a feature or material not of importance to the rack analysis.
" No emphasis on a feature or material not of importance to the rack analysis.
The OECD/NEA InternationalHandbook of Evaluated CriticalitySafety Benchmarks Experiments [3] is now considered as the appropriate reference for criticality safety benchmarks. This handbook has reviewed the available benchmarks and evaluated the uncertainties in the experiments. The appropriate modeling is presented. All of the experiments used in this validation were taken from this handbook.
The OECD/NEA International Handbook of Evaluated Criticality Safety Benchmarks Experiments [3] is now considered as the appropriate reference for criticality safety benchmarks. This handbook has reviewed the available benchmarks and evaluated the uncertainties in the experiments. The appropriate modeling is presented. All of the experiments used in this validation were taken from this handbook.
Volume IV of the handbook is for low enriched uranium systems. The section of Volume IV of interest to this validation is the "Thermal Compound Systems." All of the experiments selected are numbered NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                   A-2
Volume IV of the handbook is for low enriched uranium systems. The section of Volume IV of interest to this validation is the "Thermal Compound Systems." All of the experiments selected are numbered NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-2


LEU-COMP-THERM-OXX. This validation will refer to the experiments LEU-COMP-THERM-OXX as just XX where any leading zero is not included.
LEU-COMP-THERM-OXX. This validation will refer to the experiments LEU-COMP-THERM-OXX as just XX where any leading zero is not included.
Line 885: Line 1,436:
Table A. I provides a summary of all the low enriched thermal experiments (non-U metal) from the OECD/NEA handbook [3] and why some experiments were not used.
Table A. I provides a summary of all the low enriched thermal experiments (non-U metal) from the OECD/NEA handbook [3] and why some experiments were not used.
Table A.I: Selection Review of OECD/NEA Criticality Benchmarks (All Experiments Start With LEU-COMP-THERM-)
Table A.I: Selection Review of OECD/NEA Criticality Benchmarks (All Experiments Start With LEU-COMP-THERM-)
Benchmark Number                       Description                           Lab.                       Selected WATER-MODERATED U(2.35)0 2 FUEL RODS IN 2.032-CM SQUARE-PITCHED                     PNL                         All 8 ARRAYS WATER-MODERATED U(4.31)0 2 FUEL 2         RODS IN 2.54-CM SQUARE-PITCHED                     PNL                         All 5 ARRAYS WATER-MODERATED U(2.35)0 2 FUEL RODS3PNL IN1.684-CM SQUARE-PITCHED                                     None.
Benchmark Number Description Lab.
well Gd impurity known. Not not ARRAYS (GADOLINIUM WATER                                             benchmark quality.
Selected WATER-MODERATED U(2.35)0 2 FUEL RODS IN 2.032-CM SQUARE-PITCHED PNL All 8 ARRAYS WATER-MODERATED U(4.31)0 2 FUEL 2
RODS IN 2.54-CM SQUARE-PITCHED PNL All 5 ARRAYS WATER-MODERATED U(2.35)0 2 FUEL RODS IN 1.684-CM SQUARE-PITCHED None. Gd impurity not 3PNL well known. Not ARRAYS (GADOLINIUM WATER benchmark quality.
IMPURITY)
IMPURITY)
WATER-MODERATED U(4.31)0 2 FUEL                                       None. Gd impurity not RODS IN 1.892-CM SQUARE-PITCHED                     PNL                   well known. Not ARRAYS (GADOLINIUM WATER                                             benchmark quality.
WATER-MODERATED U(4.31)0 2 FUEL None. Gd impurity not RODS IN 1.892-CM SQUARE-PITCHED PNL well known. Not ARRAYS (GADOLINIUM WATER benchmark quality.
IMPURITY)
IMPURITY)
NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                         A-3
NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-3


Benchmark                   Description               Lab             Selected Number CRITICAL EXPERIMENTS WITH LOW-ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE FUEL                 None. No sample SCALE RODS IN WATER CONTAINING RODSIN ONTANINGused WTER  PNL     decks. Soluble   Gd not in pools.
Benchmark Description Lab Selected Number CRITICAL EXPERIMENTS WITH LOW-ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE FUEL None. No sample SCALE RODS IN WATER CONTAINING PNL decks. Soluble Gd not RODSIN WTER ONTANINGused in pools.
DISSOLVED GADOLINIUM CRITICAL ARRAYS OF LOW-ENRICHED 6       U0 2 FUEL RODS WITH WATER-TO-FUEL       JAEA               All 18 VOLUME RATIOS RANGING FROM 1.5 TO 3.0 WATER-REFLECTED 4.738-WT.%-
DISSOLVED GADOLINIUM CRITICAL ARRAYS OF LOW-ENRICHED 6
ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE FUEL-7                                    Valduc Only 4 cases used rest are 7RED   M Din RRA U                            hexagonal arrays.
U0 2 FUEL RODS WITH WATER-TO-FUEL JAEA All 18 VOLUME RATIOS RANGING FROM 1.5 TO 3.0 WATER-REFLECTED 4.738-WT.%-
ROD ARRAYS                     _________
7 ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE FUEL-Valduc Only 4 cases used rest are 7RED U RRA M Din hexagonal arrays.
CRITICAL LATTICES OF U0 2 FUEL RODS AND PERTURBING RODS IN BORATED         B&W               All 17 WATER WATER-MODERATED RECTANGULAR CLUSTERS OF U(4.31)0 2 FUEL RODS               21 cases used. Did not 9       (2.54-CM PITCH) SEPARATED BY STEEL,       PNL   include Copper cases since BORAL, COPPER, CADMIUM,                       no copper in pools.
ROD ARRAYS CRITICAL LATTICES OF U0 2 FUEL RODS AND PERTURBING RODS IN BORATED B&W All 17 WATER WATER-MODERATED RECTANGULAR CLUSTERS OF U(4.31)0 2 FUEL RODS 21 cases used. Did not 9
ALUMINUM, OR ZIRCALOY-4 PLATES WATER-MODERATED U(4.31)0 2 FUEL               22 cases used. Did not use 10           RODS REFLECTED BY TWO LEAD,         PNL   lead cases since no lead in URANIUM, OR STEEL WALLS                             pools.
(2.54-CM PITCH) SEPARATED BY STEEL, PNL include Copper cases since BORAL, COPPER, CADMIUM, no copper in pools.
CRITICAL EXPERIMENTS SUPPORTING CLOSE PROXIMITY WATER STORAGE OF         B&W               All 15 POWER REACTOR FUEL (PART I -
ALUMINUM, OR ZIRCALOY-4 PLATES WATER-MODERATED U(4.31)0 2 FUEL 22 cases used. Did not use 10 RODS REFLECTED BY TWO LEAD, PNL lead cases since no lead in URANIUM, OR STEEL WALLS pools.
CRITICAL EXPERIMENTS SUPPORTING CLOSE PROXIMITY WATER STORAGE OF B&W All 15 POWER REACTOR FUEL (PART I -
ABSORBER RODS)
ABSORBER RODS)
WATER-MODERATED RECTANGULAR CLUSTERS OF U(2.35)0 2 FUEL 12     RODS(1.684-CM PITCH) SEPARATED BY         PNL         well known. Not STEEL, BORAL, BOROFLEX,                     benchmark quality.
WATER-MODERATED RECTANGULAR CLUSTERS OF U(2.35)0 2 FUEL 12 RODS(1.684-CM PITCH) SEPARATED BY PNL well known. Not STEEL, BORAL, BOROFLEX, benchmark quality.
CADMIUM,OR COPPER PLATES (GADOLINIUM WATER IMPURITY)
CADMIUM,OR COPPER PLATES (GADOLINIUM WATER IMPURITY)
WATER-MODERATED RECTANGULAR CLUSTERS OF U(4.31)0, FUEL RODS (1.892-CM PITCH) SEPARATED BY               5 cases used. Did not use S13. STEEL, BORAL, BOROFLEX, CADMIUM,         PNL     the 2 cases with copper.
WATER-MODERATED RECTANGULAR CLUSTERS OF U(4.31)0, FUEL RODS (1.892-CM PITCH) SEPARATED BY 5 cases used. Did not use S13.
OR COPPER PLATES, WITH STEEL REFLECTING WALLS WATER-REFLECTED ARRAYS OF 14       U(4.31)0 2 FUEL RODS (1.890-CM AND               None used. High boron 1.715-CM SQUARE PITCH) IN BORATED       PNL   content uncertainty. Not WATERbenchmark                                 quality.
STEEL, BORAL, BOROFLEX, CADMIUM, PNL the 2 cases with copper.
NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                 A-4
OR COPPER PLATES, WITH STEEL REFLECTING WALLS WATER-REFLECTED ARRAYS OF 14 U(4.31)0 2 FUEL RODS (1.890-CM AND None used. High boron 1.715-CM SQUARE PITCH) IN BORATED PNL content uncertainty. Not WATERbenchmark quality.
NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-4


Benchmark                       Description                   Lab                   Selected Number THE WER EXPERIMENTS: REGULAR 15          AND PERTURBED HEXAGONAL                   KFKI            None used due to hex LATTICES OF LOW-ENRICHED U0 2 FUEL                                       arrays.
Benchmark Description Lab Selected Number THE WER EXPERIMENTS: REGULAR AND PERTURBED HEXAGONAL None used due to hex 15 KFKI LATTICES OF LOW-ENRICHED U0 2 FUEL arrays.
RODS IN LIGHT WATER WATER-MODERATED RECTANGULAR CLUSTERS OF U(2.35)0 2 FUEL RODS                           26 cases used. Did not use 16       (2.032-CM PITCH) SEPARATED BY               PNL               the 6 copper cases STEEL, BORAL, COPPER, CADMIUM, ALUMINUM, OR ZIRCALOY-4 PLATES WATER-MODERATED U(2.35)0 2 FUEL                             23 cases used. Did not use 17       RODS REFLECTED BY TWO LEAD,                 PNL           the 6 cases with a lead URANIUM, OR STEEL WALLS                                         reflector.
RODS IN LIGHT WATER WATER-MODERATED RECTANGULAR CLUSTERS OF U(2.35)0 2 FUEL RODS 26 cases used. Did not use 16 (2.032-CM PITCH) SEPARATED BY PNL the 6 copper cases STEEL, BORAL, COPPER, CADMIUM, ALUMINUM, OR ZIRCALOY-4 PLATES WATER-MODERATED U(2.35)0 2 FUEL 23 cases used. Did not use 17 RODS REFLECTED BY TWO LEAD, PNL the 6 cases with a lead URANIUM, OR STEEL WALLS reflector.
LIGHT WATER MODERATED AND                                 None used. Only I case 18   REFLECTED LOW ENRICHED URANIUM                 Winfrith       with no SCALE sample DIOXIDE (7 WT.%) ROD LATTICE                             deck. Complex system.
LIGHT WATER MODERATED AND None used. Only I case 18 REFLECTED LOW ENRICHED URANIUM Winfrith with no SCALE sample DIOXIDE (7 WT.%) ROD LATTICE deck. Complex system.
WATER-MODERATED HEXAGONALLY 19         PITCHED LATTICES OF U(5%)0 2       Kurchatov Institute   None         yse STAINLESS STEEL CLAD FUEL RODS WATER-MODERATED HEXAGONALLY 20          PITCHED PARTIALLY FLOODED           Kurchatov Institute    None used due to hex LATTICES OF U(5%)0 2 ZIRCONIUM                                       arrays.
WATER-MODERATED HEXAGONALLY 19 PITCHED LATTICES OF U(5%)0 2 Kurchatov Institute None yse STAINLESS STEEL CLAD FUEL RODS WATER-MODERATED HEXAGONALLY PITCHED PARTIALLY FLOODED None used due to hex 20 Kurchatov Institute LATTICES OF U(5%)0 2 ZIRCONIUM arrays.
CLAD FUEL RODS, 1.3-CM PITCH HEXAGONALLY PITCHED PARTIALLY FLOODED LATTICES OF U(5%)02                                 None used due to hex 21         ZIRCONIUM CLAD FUEL RODS           Kurchatov Institute arrays.
CLAD FUEL RODS, 1.3-CM PITCH HEXAGONALLY PITCHED PARTIALLY FLOODED LATTICES OF U(5%)02 None used due to hex 21 ZIRCONIUM CLAD FUEL RODS Kurchatov Institute MODERATED BY WATER WITH BORIC arrays.
MODERATED BY WATER WITH BORIC ACID UNIFORM WATER-MODERATED 22     HEXAGONALLY PITCHED LATTICES OF         Kurchatov Institute arrays.
ACID UNIFORM WATER-MODERATED 22 HEXAGONALLY PITCHED LATTICES OF Kurchatov Institute RODS WITH U(10%)0 2 FUEL arrays.
RODS WITH U(10%)0 2 FUEL PARTIALLY FLOODED UNIFORM 23     LATTICES OF RODS WITH U(10%)0       2 ,Kurchatov Institute   None used due to hex
PARTIALLY FLOODED UNIFORM 23 LATTICES OF RODS WITH U(10%)0 2  
,Kurchatov Institute None used due to hex
__________FUELarrays.
__________FUELarrays.
FUEL WATER-MODERATED SQUARE-PITCHED                               Did not use either case due 24     UNIFORM LATTICES OF RODS WITH           Kurchatov Institute       to 10 wt% U-235
FUEL WATER-MODERATED SQUARE-PITCHED Did not use either case due 24 UNIFORM LATTICES OF RODS WITH Kurchatov Institute to 10 wt% U-235 U(10%)0 2 FUEL enrichment WATER-MODERATED HEXAGONALLY 25 PITCHED LATTICES OF U(7.5%)0 2 Kurchatov Institute None yse STAINLESS-STEEL-CLAD FUEL RODS WATER-MODERATED U(4.92)0 2 FUEL 26 RODS IN 1.29, 1.09, AND 1.01 CM IPPE None used due to hex PITCH HEXAGONAL LATTICES AT arrays.
*_" ___.....                U(10%)0         2 FUEL                                 enrichment WATER-MODERATED HEXAGONALLY 25       PITCHED LATTICES OF U(7.5%)0 2       Kurchatov Institute   None         yse STAINLESS-STEEL-CLAD FUEL RODS WATER-MODERATED U(4.92)0 2 FUEL 26       RODS IN 1.29, 1.09, AND 1.01 CM             IPPE           None used due to hex PITCH HEXAGONAL LATTICES AT                                         arrays.
DIFFERENT TEMPERATURES NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-5
DIFFERENT TEMPERATURES NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                               A-5


Benchmark Numbernha                 Description                   Lab                   Selected WATER-MODERATED AND LEAD-                                 None used due to lead 27           REFLECTED 4.738% ENRICHED             Valduc                   reflector.
Benchmark Numbernha Description Lab Selected WATER-MODERATED AND LEAD-None used due to lead 27 REFLECTED 4.738% ENRICHED Valduc reflector.
URANIUM DIOXIDE ROD ARRAYS WATER-MODERATED U(4.31)0 2 FUEL 28       RODS IN TRIANGULAR LATTICES WITH             PNL           None used due to hex BORON, CADMIUM AND GADOLINIUM                                         arrays.
URANIUM DIOXIDE ROD ARRAYS WATER-MODERATED U(4.31)0 2 FUEL 28 RODS IN TRIANGULAR LATTICES WITH PNL None used due to hex BORON, CADMIUM AND GADOLINIUM arrays.
AS SOLUBLE POISONS None used. No SCALE WATER MODERATED AND WATER                                 sample decks. hf plates 29     REFLECTED 4.74% ENRICHED URANIUM           Valduc         cases without hf have the DIOXIDE ROD ARRAYS SURROUNDED                               same pitch and pin as BY HAFNIUM PLATES                                 benchmark 7 above. No significant additional value VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS: REGULAR HEXAGONAL (1.27-CM PITCH) LATTICES 30           OF LOW-ENRICHED U(3.5 WT.%       Kurchatov Institute     None used due to hex 235U)0 2 FUEL RODS IN LIGHT WATER                                     arrays.
AS SOLUBLE POISONS None used. No SCALE WATER MODERATED AND WATER sample decks. hf plates 29 REFLECTED 4.74% ENRICHED URANIUM Valduc cases without hf have the DIOXIDE ROD ARRAYS SURROUNDED same pitch and pin as BY HAFNIUM PLATES benchmark 7 above. No significant additional value VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS: REGULAR HEXAGONAL (1.27-CM PITCH) LATTICES 30 OF LOW-ENRICHED U(3.5 WT.%
AT DIFFERENT CORE CRITICAL DIMENSIONS WATER-MODERATED HEXAGONALLY 31            PITCHED PARTIALLY FLOODED       Kurchatov Institute    None used due to hex LATTICES OF U(5%)0 2 ZIRCONIUM-                                     arrays.
Kurchatov Institute None used due to hex 235U)0 2 FUEL RODS IN LIGHT WATER arrays.
CLAD FUEL RODS, 0.8-CM PITCH UNIFORM WATER-MODERATED 32         LATTICES OF RODS WITH U(10%)0   2   Kurchatov Institute     None         yse FUEL IN RANGE FROM 20&deg;C TO 274&deg;C                                     arrays.
AT DIFFERENT CORE CRITICAL DIMENSIONS WATER-MODERATED HEXAGONALLY PITCHED PARTIALLY FLOODED None used due to hex 31 Kurchatov Institute LATTICES OF U(5%)0 2 ZIRCONIUM-arrays.
REFLECTED AND UNREFLECTED 33       ASSEMBLIES OF 2 AND 3%-ENRICHED             ORNL             None used. Not U0     2 URANIUM FLUORIDE IN PARAFFIN FOUR 4.738-WT.%-ENRICHED                             6 cases used. Did not use URANIUM DIOXIDE ROD ASSEMBLIES                             cases with gap less than 34       CONTAINED IN CADMIUM, BORATED             Valduc             2.5 cm due to high STAINLESS STEEL, OR BORAL SQUARE                           uncertainty. Did not use CANISTERS, WATER-MODERATED AND                               Cd plate cases since Cd
CLAD FUEL RODS, 0.8-CM PITCH UNIFORM WATER-MODERATED 32 LATTICES OF RODS WITH U(10%)0 2 Kurchatov Institute None yse FUEL IN RANGE FROM 20&deg;C TO 274&deg;C arrays.
                            -REFLECTED                                       plates not in pool..
REFLECTED AND UNREFLECTED 33 ASSEMBLIES OF 2 AND 3%-ENRICHED ORNL None used. Not U0 2 URANIUM FLUORIDE IN PARAFFIN FOUR 4.738-WT.%-ENRICHED 6 cases used. Did not use URANIUM DIOXIDE ROD ASSEMBLIES cases with gap less than 34 CONTAINED IN CADMIUM, BORATED Valduc 2.5 cm due to high STAINLESS STEEL, OR BORAL SQUARE uncertainty. Did not use CANISTERS, WATER-MODERATED AND Cd plate cases since Cd
CRITICAL ARRAYS OF LOW-ENRICHED U0 2 FUEL RODS IN WATER WITH                           Used 2 cases. Did not use 35         SOLUBLE GADOLINIUM OR BORON               JAEA           the case with dissolved Gd. (not like pool).
-REFLECTED plates not in pool..
POISON THE VVER EXPERIMENTS: REGULAR 36            AND PERTURBED HEXAGONAL                 KFKI            None used due to hex LATTICES OF LOW-ENRICHED UO2 FUEL                                     arrays.
CRITICAL ARRAYS OF LOW-ENRICHED U0 2 FUEL RODS IN WATER WITH Used 2 cases. Did not use 35 SOLUBLE GADOLINIUM OR BORON JAEA the case with dissolved POISON Gd. (not like pool).
RODS IN LIGHT WATER - Part 2   1                                                   1 NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                             A-6
THE VVER EXPERIMENTS: REGULAR AND PERTURBED HEXAGONAL None used due to hex 36 KFKI LATTICES OF LOW-ENRICHED UO2 FUEL arrays.
RODS IN LIGHT WATER - Part 2 1
1 NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-6


Benchmark                   Description             Lab               Selected Number WATER-MODERATED AND PARTIALLY CONCRETE-REFLECTED 4.738-WT.%-                 None used. No SCALE ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE ROD                         sample decks.
Benchmark Description Lab Selected N umber WATER-MODERATED AND PARTIALLY CONCRETE-REFLECTED 4.738-WT.%-
ARRAYS WATER-MODERATED 4.738-WT.%-                   None used. No SCALE 38         ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE ROD     Valduc       sample decks. Used a ARRAYS NEXT TO A BORATED                 borated concrete reflector CONCRETE SCREEN                           (not like pool).
None used. No SCALE ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE ROD sample decks.
INCOMPLETE ARRAYS OF WATER-39         REFLECTED 4.738-WT.%-ENRICHED     Valduc         Used all 17 cases.
ARRAYS WATER-MODERATED 4.738-WT.%-
URANIUM DIOXIDE FUEL-ROD ARRAYS FOUR 4.738-WT.%-ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE ROD ASSEMBLIES CONTAINED IN BORATED STAINLESS               Used 4 cases. Did not use STEEL OR BORAL SQUARE CANISTERS,                   lead reflector cases.
None used. No SCALE 38 ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE ROD Valduc sample decks. Used a ARRAYS NEXT TO A BORATED borated concrete reflector CONCRETE SCREEN (not like pool).
WATER MODERATED AND REFLECTED BY LEAD OR STEEL STORAGE ARRAYS OF 3%-ENRICHED                 Did not use the 5 cases due 41           LWR ASSEMBLIES: THE CRISTO II Cadarache   to complex geometry and EXPERIMENT IN THE EOLE REACTOR                 no SCALE sample deck.
INCOMPLETE ARRAYS OF WATER-39 REFLECTED 4.738-WT.%-ENRICHED Valduc Used all 17 cases.
WATER-MODERATED RECTANGULAR CLUSTERS OF U(2.35)0 2 FUEL RODS 42         (1.684-CM PITCH) SEPARATED BY       PNL     Used 5 cases. Did not use STEEL, BORAL, BOROFLEX, CADMIUM,                       copper cases.
URANIUM DIOXIDE FUEL-ROD ARRAYS FOUR 4.738-WT.%-ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE ROD ASSEMBLIES CONTAINED IN BORATED STAINLESS Used 4 cases. Did not use STEEL OR BORAL SQUARE CANISTERS, lead reflector cases.
OR COPPER PLATES, WITH STEEL REFLECTING WALLS CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS                 Used only one case. Rest 43     OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH A       IPEN         of cases were not HEAVY SS-304 REFLECTOR                   significantly different.
WATER MODERATED AND REFLECTED BY LEAD OR STEEL STORAGE ARRAYS OF 3%-ENRICHED Did not use the 5 cases due 41 LWR ASSEMBLIES: THE CRISTO II Cadarache to complex geometry and EXPERIMENT IN THE EOLE REACTOR no SCALE sample deck.
CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH                 Used only one case. Rest 44                                             IPEN         of cases were not UO 2 , STAINLESS STEEL AND COPPER               significantly different.
WATER-MODERATED RECTANGULAR CLUSTERS OF U(2.35)0 2 FUEL RODS 42 (1.684-CM PITCH) SEPARATED BY PNL Used 5 cases. Did not use STEEL, BORAL, BOROFLEX, CADMIUM, copper cases.
RODS PLEXIGLAS OR CONCRETE-REFLECTED 45           U(4.46)30 8 WITH H/U=0.77 AND Rocky Flats None used since not pin geometry.
OR COPPER PLATES, WITH STEEL REFLECTING WALLS CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS Used only one case. Rest 43 OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH A IPEN of cases were not HEAVY SS-304 REFLECTOR significantly different.
INTERSTITIAL MODERATION 46           Not included in 2010 Handbook FUEL TRANSPORT FLASK CRITICAL BENCHMARK EXPERIMENTS WITH                   None used. 3 complex 47       LOW-ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE       Winfrith   cases. No SCALE sample decks.
CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH Used only one case. Rest 44 IPEN of cases were not UO2, STAINLESS STEEL AND COPPER significantly different.
FUEL NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                 A-7
RODS PLEXIGLAS OR CONCRETE-REFLECTED 45 U(4.46)30 8 WITH H/U=0.77 AND Rocky Flats None used since not pin INTERSTITIAL MODERATION geometry.
46 Not included in 2010 Handbook FUEL TRANSPORT FLASK CRITICAL BENCHMARK EXPERIMENTS WITH None used. 3 complex 47 LOW-ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE Winfrith cases. No SCALE sample decks.
FUEL NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-7


Benchmark                         Description                 Lab                   Selected Number LIGHT WATER MODERATED AND 48               REFLECTED LOW-ENRICHED (3 WT.%         Winfrith             All 5 cases used 235U) URANIUM DIOXIDE ROD LATTICES MARACAS PROGRAMME: POLYTHENE-REFLECTED CRITICAL CONFIGURATIONS                       None used. Powder rather 49               WITH LOW-ENRICHED AND LOW-           Valduc         than pellets. Not similar to MODERATED URANIUM DIOXIDE                                       pools.
Benchmark Description Lab Selected Number LIGHT WATER MODERATED AND 48 REFLECTED LOW-ENRICHED (3 WT.%
POWDER, U(5)0 2 149SM SOLUTION TANK IN THE MIDDLE OF WATER-MODERATED                           7 cases used. Did not use 50                                                     Valduc           cases with dissolved Sm.
Winfrith All 5 cases used 235U) URANIUM DIOXIDE ROD LATTICES MARACAS PROGRAMME: POLYTHENE-REFLECTED CRITICAL CONFIGURATIONS None used. Powder rather 49 WITH LOW-ENRICHED AND LOW-Valduc than pellets. Not similar to MODERATED URANIUM DIOXIDE pools.
4.738-WT.%-ENRICHED URANIUM                         This is not typical of pools.
POWDER, U(5)0 2 149SM SOLUTION TANK IN THE MIDDLE OF WATER-MODERATED 7 cases used. Did not use 50 Valduc cases with dissolved Sm.
________DIOXIDE                 ROD ARRAYS CRITICAL EXPERIMENTS SUPPORTING                         9 cases used. Did not use CLOSE PROXIMITY WATER STORAGE OF                           cases with the borated Al 51                                                       B&W           plates since primary source POWER REACTOR FUEL (PART II -                       listed a high uncertainty in ISOLATING PLATES)                                 the boron content.
4.738-WT.%-ENRICHED URANIUM This is not typical of pools.
________DIOXIDE ROD ARRAYS CRITICAL EXPERIMENTS SUPPORTING 9 cases used. Did not use CLOSE PROXIMITY WATER STORAGE OF cases with the borated Al 51 B&W plates since primary source POWER REACTOR FUEL (PART II -
listed a high uncertainty in ISOLATING PLATES) the boron content.
URANIUM DIOXIDE (4.738-WT.%-
URANIUM DIOXIDE (4.738-WT.%-
52                 ENRICHED) FUEL ROD ARRAYS           Valduc             None used due to hex MODERATED AND REFLECTED BY                                       arrays.
52 ENRICHED) FUEL ROD ARRAYS Valduc None used due to hex MODERATED AND REFLECTED BY arrays.
GADOLINIUM NITRATE SOLUTION WER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS: REGULAR HEXAGONAL (1.27 CM PITCH) LATTICES 53                 OF LOW-ENRICHED U(4.4 WT.%     Kurchatov Institute     None used due to hex 235U)0 2 FUEL RODS IN LIGHT WATER                                   arrays.
GADOLINIUM NITRATE SOLUTION WER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS: REGULAR HEXAGONAL (1.27 CM PITCH) LATTICES 53 OF LOW-ENRICHED U(4.4 WT.%
AT DIFFERENT CORE CRITICAL DIMENSIONS CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS                           Used only one case. Rest 54               OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH           IPEN               of cases were not U0 2, AND UO 2-Gd 2O 3 RODS                         significantly different.
Kurchatov Institute None used due to hex 235U)0 2 FUEL RODS IN LIGHT WATER arrays.
LIGHT-WATER MODERATED AND                                 Neither case used.
AT DIFFERENT CORE CRITICAL DIMENSIONS CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS Used only one case. Rest 54 OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH IPEN of cases were not U0 2, AND UO2-Gd 2O3 RODS significantly different.
55             REFLECTED LOW-ENRICHED URANIUM           Winfrith           Complex geometry no (3 wt.% 235U) DIOXIDE ROD LATTICES                         KENO-V.a sample deck CRITICAL EXPERIMENT WITH BORAX-V                           None used. No sample 56             BOILING WATER REACTOR TYPE FUEL           INL           SCALE decks. Complex
LIGHT-WATER MODERATED AND Neither case used.
                                . ASSEMBLIES                                       BWR geometry.
55 REFLECTED LOW-ENRICHED URANIUM Winfrith Complex geometry no (3 wt.% 235U) DIOXIDE ROD LATTICES KENO-V.a sample deck CRITICAL EXPERIMENT WITH BORAX-V None used. No sample 56 BOILING WATER REACTOR TYPE FUEL INL SCALE decks. Complex ASSEMBLIES BWR geometry.
4.738-WT.%-ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE FUEL ROD ARRAYS REFLECTED       Valduc           None used. No sample BY WATER IN A DRY STORAGE                                 SCALE decks.
4.738-WT.%-ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE FUEL ROD ARRAYS REFLECTED Valduc None used. No sample BY WATER IN A DRY STORAGE SCALE decks.
CONFIGURATION CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS                           None used. No sample 58               OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH           IPEN                 SCAe decks.
CONFIGURATION CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS None used. No sample 58 OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH IPEN SCAe decks.
SCALE decks.
SCALE decks.
LARGE VOID IN THE REFLECTOR 59                   Not included in 2010 Handbook NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                 A-8
LARGE VOID IN THE REFLECTOR 59 Not included in 2010 Handbook NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-8


Benchmark                   Description                 Lab               Selected Number RBMK GRAPHITE REACTOR: UNIFORM CONFIGURATIONS OF U(1.8, 2.0, or 2.4% 235U)0 2 FUEL ASSEMBLIES, AND 60     CONFIGURATIONS OF U(2.0% 235U)0 2     Kurchatov Institute None used. RBMK - not ASSEMBLIES WITH EMPTY CHANNELS,                             typical of LWRs WATER COLUMNS, AND BORON OR THORIUM ABSORBERS, WITH OR WITHOUT WATER IN CHANNELS VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS:
Benchmark Description Lab Selected Number RBMK GRAPHITE REACTOR: UNIFORM CONFIGURATIONS OF U(1.8, 2.0, or 2.4% 235U)0 2 FUEL ASSEMBLIES, AND 60 CONFIGURATIONS OF U(2.0% 235U)0 2 Kurchatov Institute None used. RBMK - not ASSEMBLIES WITH EMPTY CHANNELS, typical of LWRs WATER COLUMNS, AND BORON OR THORIUM ABSORBERS, WITH OR WITHOUT WATER IN CHANNELS VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS:
HEXAGONAL (1.27-CM PITCH) LATTICES OF U(4.4 WT.% 235U)0 2 FUEL RODS IN 61     LIGHT WATER, PERTURBED BY BORON,     Kurchatov Institute None used due to hex HAFNIUM, OR DYSPROSIUM ABSORBER                                   arrays.
HEXAGONAL (1.27-CM PITCH) LATTICES OF U(4.4 WT.% 235U)0 2 FUEL RODS IN 61 LIGHT WATER, PERTURBED BY BORON, Kurchatov Institute None used due to hex HAFNIUM, OR DYSPROSIUM ABSORBER arrays.
RODS, OR BY WATER GAP WITH/WITHOUT EMPTY ALUMINIUM TUBES 2.6%-ENRICHED UO2 RODS IN LIGHT-WATER MODERATOR WITH BORATED                             None used. No SCALE STAINLESS STEEL PLATE: SINGLE                             sample decks.
RODS, OR BY WATER GAP WITH/WITHOUT EMPTY ALUMINIUM TUBES 2.6%-ENRICHED UO2 RODS IN LIGHT-WATER MODERATOR WITH BORATED None used. No SCALE STAINLESS STEEL PLATE: SINGLE sample decks.
ARRAYS LIGHT-WATER MODERATED AND REFLECTED LOW-ENRICHED URANIUM                           None used. No SCALE (3 wt.% 235U) DIOXIDE ROD LATTICES                           sample decks.
ARRAYS LIGHT-WATER MODERATED AND REFLECTED LOW-ENRICHED URANIUM None used. No SCALE (3 wt.% 235U) DIOXIDE ROD LATTICES sample decks.
WITH DISCRETE POISON-ROD ARRAYS 64             Not included in 2010 Handbook CRITICAL CONFIGURATIONS OF 2.6%-
WITH DISCRETE POISON-ROD ARRAYS 64 Not included in 2010 Handbook CRITICAL CONFIGURATIONS OF 2.6%-
ENRICHED U0 2 ROD ARRAYS IN LIGHT-WATER MODERATOR WITH BORATED               JAEA               se     deCks.
ENRICHED U0 2 ROD ARRAYS IN LIGHT-65 WATER MODERATOR WITH BORATED JAEA se deCks.
65 COUPLED STAINLESS STEEL PLATE:
STAINLESS STEEL PLATE: COUPLED ARRAYS PLEXIGLAS-REFLECTED, CONCRETE-66 REFLECTED, OR THIN STEEL-REFLECTED Rocky Flats None used. Not an array U(4.46)30 8 WITH H/U=0.77 AND HEU of rods.
ARRAYS PLEXIGLAS-REFLECTED, CONCRETE-66     REFLECTED, OR THIN STEEL-REFLECTED       Rocky Flats     None used. Not an array U(4.46) 30 8 WITH H/U=0.77 AND HEU                             of rods.
DRIVERS 67 Not included in 2010 Handbook PLEXIGLAS-REFLECTED, CONCRETE-68 REFLECTED, OR THIN STEEL-REFLECTED Rocky Flats None used. Not an array U(4.48) 308 WITH H/U=1.25 OR of rods.
DRIVERS 67             Not included in 2010 Handbook PLEXIGLAS-REFLECTED, CONCRETE-68     REFLECTED, OR THIN STEEL-REFLECTED       Rocky Flats     None used. Not an array U(4.48) 30 8 WITH H/U=1.25 OR                               of rods.
H/U=2.03 AND HEU DRIVERS PLEXIGLAS-REFLECTED U(4.48)30 8 None used. Not an array 69 WITH H/U=1.25 OR H/U=2.03 AND Rocky Flats of rods.
H/U=2.03 AND HEU DRIVERS PLEXIGLAS-REFLECTED U(4.48) 30 8                     None used. Not an array 69         WITH H/U=1.25 OR H/U=2.03 AND         Rocky Flats             of rods.
INTERSTITIAL MODERATION NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-9
INTERSTITIAL MODERATION NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                     A-9


Benchmark Number                     Description                 Lab                     Selected VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS: REGULAR HEXAGONAL (1.10-CM PITCH) LATTICES 70         OF LOW-ENRICHED U(6.5 WT.%       Kurchatov Institute     None used due to hex 235U)0 2 FUEL RODS IN LIGHT WATER                                   arrays.
Benchmark Number Description Lab Selected VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS: REGULAR HEXAGONAL (1.10-CM PITCH) LATTICES 70 OF LOW-ENRICHED U(6.5 WT.%
Kurchatov Institute None used due to hex 235U)0 2 FUEL RODS IN LIGHT WATER arrays.
AT DIFFERENT CORE CRITICAL DIMENSIONS LOW MODERATED 4.738-WT.%-
AT DIFFERENT CORE CRITICAL DIMENSIONS LOW MODERATED 4.738-WT.%-
71       ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE FUEL             Valduc             All 4 cases used.
71 ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE FUEL Valduc All 4 cases used.
ROD ARRAYS UNDER-MODERATED 4.738-WT.%-
ROD ARRAYS UNDER-MODERATED 4.738-WT.%-
ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE FUEL                             Used 3 cases. Did not use 72     ROD ARRAYS REFLECTED BY WATER OR           Valduc           Polyethylene reflector cases.
ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE FUEL Used 3 cases. Did not use 72 ROD ARRAYS REFLECTED BY WATER OR Valduc Polyethylene reflector cases.
POLYETHYLENE UNDER-MODERATED 4.738-WT.%-
POLYETHYLENE UNDER-MODERATED 4.738-WT.%-
ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE FUEL                             None used. No SCALE ROD ARRAYS REFLECTED BY WATER                                   sample decks.
ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE FUEL None used. No SCALE ROD ARRAYS REFLECTED BY WATER sample decks.
WITH HETEROGENEITIES 74           Not included in 2010 Handbook VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS:
WITH HETEROGENEITIES 74 Not included in 2010 Handbook VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS:
HEXAGONAL (1.10 CM PITCH) LATTICES 75         OF LOW-ENRICHED U(6.5 WT.%       Kurchatov Institute     None used due to hex 235U)0 2 FUEL RODS IN LIGHT WATER,                                   arrays.
HEXAGONAL (1.10 CM PITCH) LATTICES 75 OF LOW-ENRICHED U(6.5 WT.%
PERTURBED BY BORON ABSORBER RODS AND WATER HOLES LIGHT WATER MODERATED AND REFLECTED LOW ENRICHED URANIUM                             None used. No KENO Va (3 WT.% 235U) DIOXIDE ROD LATTICES                               sample decks.
Kurchatov Institute None used due to hex 235U)0 2 FUEL RODS IN LIGHT WATER, arrays.
WITH EX-CORE DETECTOR FEATURE Only one case used. Rest CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS                             of cases same materials 77       CRITIA         ING COFIGRATON               IPEN           with small modification of OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR                               arrays. Not sufficiently independent.
PERTURBED BY BORON ABSORBER RODS AND WATER HOLES LIGHT WATER MODERATED AND REFLECTED LOW ENRICHED URANIUM None used. No KENO Va (3 WT.% 235U) DIOXIDE ROD LATTICES sample decks.
78           Not included in 2010 Handbook WATER-MODERATED U(4.31)0 2 FUEL                             N 79       ROD LATTICES CONTAINING RHODIUM             SNLNone                 used due to hex FOILS                                             arrays... -
WITH EX-CORE DETECTOR FEATURE Only one case used. Rest CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS of cases same materials 77 CRITIA ING COFIGRATON IPEN with small modification of OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR arrays. Not sufficiently independent.
80           Not included in 2010 Handbook PWR TYPE U02'FUEL RODS WITH ENRICHMENTS OF 3.5 AND 6.6 WT.%                           Single case not use. No 81       WITH BURNABLE ABSORBER ("OTTO             ANEX             sample SCALE deck.
78 Not included in 2010 Handbook WATER-MODERATED U(4.31)0 2 FUEL N
HAHN" NUCLEAR SHIP PROGRAM,                                   Unusual case.
79 ROD LATTICES CONTAINING RHODIUM SNLNone used due to hex FOILS arrays...
SECOND CORE)         I                     I         _I NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                           A-10
80 Not included in 2010 Handbook PWR TYPE U02'FUEL RODS WITH ENRICHMENTS OF 3.5 AND 6.6 WT.%
Single case not use. No 81 WITH BURNABLE ABSORBER ("OTTO ANEX sample SCALE deck.
HAHN" NUCLEAR SHIP PROGRAM, Unusual case.
SECOND CORE)
I I
_I A-10 NET-300067-01 Rev 0


Benchmark Number                         *Description                 Lab.                 Selected CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS 82           OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH             IPEN             of cases were not LOW ENRICHED FUEL AND BURNABLE                             significantly different.
Benchmark Number  
I                 POISON RODS CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS                           Used only one case. Rest 83           OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH A             IPEN             of cases were not BIG CENTRAL VOID                             significantly different.
*Description Lab.
CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS 84           OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH A             IPEN           Used the single case..
Selected CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS 82 OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH IPEN of cases were not LOW ENRICHED FUEL AND BURNABLE significantly different.
CENTRAL CRUCIFORM ROD VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS: REGULAR HEXAGONAL (1.27 CM PITCH) LATTICES 85               OF LOW-ENRICHED U(6.5 WT.%       Kurchatov Institute None used due to hex 235U)0 2 FUEL RODS IN LIGHT WATER                                   arrays..
I POISON RODS CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS Used only one case. Rest 83 OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH A IPEN of cases were not BIG CENTRAL VOID significantly different.
CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS 84 OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH A IPEN Used the single case..
CENTRAL CRUCIFORM ROD VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS: REGULAR HEXAGONAL (1.27 CM PITCH) LATTICES 85 OF LOW-ENRICHED U(6.5 WT.%
Kurchatov Institute None used due to hex 235U)0 2 FUEL RODS IN LIGHT WATER arrays..
AT DIFFERENT CORE CRITICAL DIMENSIONS VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS:
AT DIFFERENT CORE CRITICAL DIMENSIONS VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS:
HEXAGONAL LATTICES (1.275 CM 86           PITCH) OF LOW ENRICHED U(3.6, 4.4           NRI         None         yse t WT.% 235U)0 2 FUEL ASSEMBLIES IN LIGHT WATER WITH H3B03 VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS:
HEXAGONAL LATTICES (1.275 CM 86 PITCH) OF LOW ENRICHED U(3.6, 4.4 NRI None yse t WT.% 235U)0 2 FUEL ASSEMBLIES IN LIGHT WATER WITH H3B03 VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS:
HEXAGONAL LATTICES (1.22-CM PITCH) 87           OF LOW-ENRICHED U(3.6, 4.4 WT.%             NRI           None used due to hex U235)0 2 FUEL ASSEMBLIES IN LIGHT arrays..
HEXAGONAL LATTICES (1.22-CM PITCH) 87 OF LOW-ENRICHED U(3.6, 4.4 WT.%
WATER WITH VARIABLE FUEL-ASSEMBLY PITCH 88                 Not included in 2010 Handbook CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS EIPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH                     Used only one case. Rest 89           OF THE         B -01 RESS       STH       IPEN             of cases were not UO 2 AND BORATED STAINLESS STEEL                         significantly different.
NRI None used due to hex U235)0 2 FUEL ASSEMBLIES IN LIGHT arrays..
PLATES CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS                           Used only one case. Rest 90           OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH             IPEN             of cases were not U0 2 AND STAINLESS STEEL RODS                         significantly different.
WATER WITH VARIABLE FUEL-ASSEMBLY PITCH 88 Not included in 2010 Handbook CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS EIPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH Used only one case. Rest 89 OF THE B  
CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS                               -      -
-01 RESS STH IPEN of cases were not UO2 AND BORATED STAINLESS STEEL significantly different.
Used only one case. Rest 91           OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH             IPEN             of cases were not UO 2 , STAINLESS STEEL AND GD203                       significantly different.
PLATES CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS Used only one case. Rest 90 OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH IPEN of cases were not U0 2 AND STAINLESS STEEL RODS significantly different.
________RODS 92                 Not included in 2010 Handbook DEUTERIUM CRITICAL ASSEMBLY WITH 1.2% ENRICHED URANIUM VARYING                           Not used since cases use COOLANT VOID FRACTION AND                             D 2 0 rather than H2 0 LATTICE PITCH NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                             A-11I
CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS Used only one case. Rest 91 OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH IPEN of cases were not UO2, STAINLESS STEEL AND GD203 significantly different.
________RODS 92 Not included in 2010 Handbook DEUTERIUM CRITICAL ASSEMBLY WITH 1.2% ENRICHED URANIUM VARYING Not used since cases use COOLANT VOID FRACTION AND D20 rather than H20 LATTICE PITCH NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-11I


Benchmark                       Description                           Lab                       Selected Number                                                   __________
Benchmark Description Lab Selected Number VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS: REGULAR HEXAGONAL (1.10 CM PITCH) TWO-REGION LATTICES OF LOW-ENRICHED None used due to hex 94 Kurchatov Institute U(6.5 AND 4.4 WT.% 235U)0 2 FUEL arrays.
VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS: REGULAR HEXAGONAL (1.10 CM PITCH) TWO-94          REGION LATTICES OF LOW-ENRICHED               Kurchatov Institute        None used due to hex U(6.5 AND 4.4 WT.% 235U)0 2 FUEL                                               arrays.
RODS IN LIGHT WATER AT DIFFERENT CORE CRITICAL DIMENSIONS A.2.4 Computer Analysis of the Fresh U0 2 Benchmark Critical Experiments SCALE input decks exist on the OECD/NEA handbook [3] disc for many of the critical experiments. In general, these input decks were used with minor modifications. None of the decks were for SCALE 6.1.2 or the ENDF/B-VII library. The number of neutrons per generation and the number of generations were, in general, too low. All the decks were modified to 6000 neutrons per generation and 1500 generations.
RODS IN LIGHT WATER AT DIFFERENT CORE CRITICAL DIMENSIONS A.2.4 Computer Analysis of the Fresh U0 2 Benchmark Critical II Experiments SCALE input decks exist on the OECD/NEA handbook [3] disc for many of the critical experiments. In general, these input decks were used with minor modifications. None of the decks were for SCALE 6.1.2 or the ENDF/B-VII library. The number of neutrons per generation and the number of generations were, in general, too low. All the decks were modified to 6000 neutrons per generation and 1500 generations.
This was sufficient to make the Monte Carlo uncertainty to be 0.0002 or about one tenth the experimental uncertainty. The input decks matched the isotopic content given in the handbook but this was confirmed.
This was sufficient to make the Monte Carlo uncertainty to be 0.0002 or about one tenth the experimental uncertainty. The input decks matched the isotopic content given in the handbook but this was confirmed.
The geometric modeling in the decks also matched the descriptions in the handbook but this too was confirmed. In short, although there was considerable help by starting with the input files given in the handbook, the ownership of the files was taken, as required by NUREG/CR-6698 [2] and as stated in section 2.3:
The geometric modeling in the decks also matched the descriptions in the handbook but this too was confirmed. In short, although there was considerable help by starting with the input files given in the handbook, the ownership of the files was taken, as required by NUREG/CR-6698 [2] and as stated in section 2.3:
For specific critical experiments, the facility or site may choose to use input files generated elsewhere to expedite the validationprocess. The site has the responsibilityfor ensuring that inputfiles and the options selected are appropriatefor use. Regardless of the source of the input file, the site must have reviewed the descriptionof each critical experiment and determined that the representationof the experiment, including simpli~fing assumptions and options, are consistent with the intended use. In other words, the site must assume ownership of the inputfile.
For specific critical experiments, the facility or site may choose to use input files generated elsewhere to expedite the validation process. The site has the responsibility for ensuring that input files and the options selected are appropriate for use. Regardless of the source of the input file, the site must have reviewed the description of each critical experiment and determined that the representation of the experiment, including simpli~fing assumptions and options, are consistent with the intended use. In other words, the site must assume ownership of the input file.
Table A.2 shows the results of the analysis of the 236 critical experiments, along with parameters that are used to check for trends in the results. The spectral index, the Energy of the Average Lethargy of the             II neutrons causing Fission (EALF) is a calculated value from the SCALE output.
Table A.2 shows the results of the analysis of the 236 critical experiments, along with parameters that are used to check for trends in the results. The spectral index, the Energy of the Average Lethargy of the neutrons causing Fission (EALF) is a calculated value from the SCALE output.
Table A.2: Critical Experiment Results with SCALE 6.1.2-and ENDF/B-VII                                 II Benchmark         Case     Enrichment     Fuel Pin       Fuel Pin       EALF         Meas.               keff ID.           No.       (wt% U-       Diameter     Pitch (cm)       (eV)     Uncertainty 235)         (cm)                                     (delta k)
Table A.2: Critical Experiment Results with SCALE 6.1.2-and ENDF/B-VII Benchmark Case Enrichment Fuel Pin Fuel Pin EALF Meas.
LCT-1             1         2.350         1.270         2.032       0.0964         0.003           0.9979 2           2.350         1.270         2.032       0.0957         0.003           0.9975 3           2.350         1.270         2.032       0.0950         0.003           0.9968 4           2.350         1.270         2.032       0.0955     -   0.003           0.9974 5         2.350         1.270         2.032       0.0942         0.003           0.9954 6           2.350         1.270         2.032       0.0952-       0.0027-           0.9976 NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                           A-12
keff ID.
No.
(wt% U-Diameter Pitch (cm)
(eV)
Uncertainty 235)
(cm)
(delta k)
LCT-1 1
2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0964 0.003 0.9979 2
2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0957 0.003 0.9975 3
2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0950 0.003 0.9968 4
2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0955  
- 0.003 0.9974 5
2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0942 0.003 0.9954 6
2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0952-0.0027-0.9976 I I I I II NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-12


Benchmark   Case         Enrichment Fuel Pin Fuel Pin EALF       Meas.       ker ID         No.           (wt% U- Diameter Pitch (cm) (eV)   Uncertainty 235)     (cm)                       (delta k) 7             2.350   1.270     2.032   0.0934     0.0031   0.9972 8             2.350   1.270     2.032   0.0945     0.003   0.9962 LCT-2         1             4.310   1.415     2.540   0.1132     0.002   0.9971 2             4.310   1.415     2.540   0.1129     0.002   0.9987 3             4.310   1.415     2.540   0.1129     0.002   0.9984 4             4.310   1.415     2.540   0.1119     0.0018   0.9979 5             4.310   1.415     2.540   0.1103     0.0019   0.9962 LCT-6         1             2.596   1.417     1.849   0.2366     0.002   0.9977 2             2.596   1.417     1.849   0.2432     0.002   0.9987 3             2.596   1.417     1.849   0.2495     0.002   0.9987 4             2.596   1.417     1.956   0.1818     0.002   0.9984 5             2.596   1.417     1.956   0.1871     0.002   0.9986 6             2.596   1.417     1.956   0.1927     0.002   0.9983 7             2.596   1.417     1.956   0.1977     0.002   0.9989 8             2.596   1.417     1.956   0.2028     0.002   0.9986 9             2.596   1.417     2.150   0.1359     0.002   0.9988 10             2.596   1.417     2.150   0.1394     0.002   0.9988 11             2.596   1.417     2.150   0.1427     0.002   0.9985 12             2.596   1.417     2.150   0.1462     0.002   0.9982 13             2.596   1.417     2.150   0.1497     0.002   0.9981 14             2.596   1.417     2.293   0.1147     0.002   0.9988 15             2.596   1.417     2.293   0.1174     0.002   0.9983 16             2.596   1.417     2.293   0.1200     0.002   0.9991 17             2.596   1.417     2.293   0.1228     0.002   0.9987 18             2.596   1.417     2.293   0.1254     0.002   0.9985 LCT-7         1             4.738   0.940     1.260   0.2411     0.0014   0.9959 2             4.738   0.940     1.600   0.1090     0.0008   0.9980 3             4.738   0.940     2.100   0.0708     0.0007   0.9976 4             4.738   0.940     2.520   0.0605     0.0008   0.9983 LCT-8         1           2.459   1.206     1.636   0.2792     0.0012   0.9969 2             2.459   1.206     1.636   0.2467     0.0012   0.9971 3             2.459   1.206     1.636   0.2465     0.0.012   0.9978 4             2.459   1.206     1.636   0.2465     0.0012   0.9970 5             2.459   1.206     1.636   0.2468     0.0012   0.9967 6             2.459   1.206     1.636   0.2461     0.0012   0.9977 7             2.459   1.206     1.636   0.2459     0.0012   0.9964 8             2.459   1.206     1.636 0.2440--   0.0012   0.9963 9             2.459   1.206     1.636   0.2437'   0.0012   0.9962 10           2.459   1.206     1.636   0.2498     .0.0012   0.9969 11           2.459   1.206     1.636" 0.2549     0.0012   0.9980 12           2.459   1.206     1.636   0.2489     0.0012   0.9970 13           2.459   1.206     1.636 0.2489     0.0012   0.9975 14           2.459   1.206     1.636 0.2510     0.0012   0.9970 15           2.459   1.206     1.636 0.2509     0.0012   0.9967 16           2.459   1.206     1.636 0.2278     0.0012   0.9972 17           2.459   1.206     1.636 0.1991     0.0012   0.9971 LCT-9         1           4.310   1.415     2.540   0.1127     0.0021   0.9980 2             4.310   1.415     2.540   0.1122     0.0021   0.9986 3             4.310   1.415     2.540   0.1125     0.0021   0.9979 A-.
Benchmark Case Enrichment Fuel Pin Fuel Pin EALF Meas.
0 NET-.300067-01,Rev NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                               A-13
ker ID No.
(wt% U-Diameter Pitch (cm)
(eV)
Uncertainty 235)
(cm)
(delta k) 7 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0934 0.0031 0.9972 8
2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0945 0.003 0.9962 LCT-2 1
4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1132 0.002 0.9971 2
4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1129 0.002 0.9987 3
4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1129 0.002 0.9984 4
4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1119 0.0018 0.9979 5
4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1103 0.0019 0.9962 LCT-6 1
2.596 1.417 1.849 0.2366 0.002 0.9977 2
2.596 1.417 1.849 0.2432 0.002 0.9987 3
2.596 1.417 1.849 0.2495 0.002 0.9987 4
2.596 1.417 1.956 0.1818 0.002 0.9984 5
2.596 1.417 1.956 0.1871 0.002 0.9986 6
2.596 1.417 1.956 0.1927 0.002 0.9983 7
2.596 1.417 1.956 0.1977 0.002 0.9989 8
2.596 1.417 1.956 0.2028 0.002 0.9986 9
2.596 1.417 2.150 0.1359 0.002 0.9988 10 2.596 1.417 2.150 0.1394 0.002 0.9988 11 2.596 1.417 2.150 0.1427 0.002 0.9985 12 2.596 1.417 2.150 0.1462 0.002 0.9982 13 2.596 1.417 2.150 0.1497 0.002 0.9981 14 2.596 1.417 2.293 0.1147 0.002 0.9988 15 2.596 1.417 2.293 0.1174 0.002 0.9983 16 2.596 1.417 2.293 0.1200 0.002 0.9991 17 2.596 1.417 2.293 0.1228 0.002 0.9987 18 2.596 1.417 2.293 0.1254 0.002 0.9985 LCT-7 1
4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2411 0.0014 0.9959 2
4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1090 0.0008 0.9980 3
4.738 0.940 2.100 0.0708 0.0007 0.9976 4
4.738 0.940 2.520 0.0605 0.0008 0.9983 LCT-8 1
2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2792 0.0012 0.9969 2
2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2467 0.0012 0.9971 3
2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2465 0.0.012 0.9978 4
2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2465 0.0012 0.9970 5
2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2468 0.0012 0.9967 6
2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2461 0.0012 0.9977 7
2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2459 0.0012 0.9964 8
2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2440--
0.0012 0.9963 9
2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2437' 0.0012 0.9962 10 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2498  
.0.0012 0.9969 11 2.459 1.206 1.636" 0.2549 0.0012 0.9980 12 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2489 0.0012 0.9970 13 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2489 0.0012 0.9975 14 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2510 0.0012 0.9970 15 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2509 0.0012 0.9967 16 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2278 0.0012 0.9972 17 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1991 0.0012 0.9971 LCT-9 1
4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1127 0.0021 0.9980 2
4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1122 0.0021 0.9986 3
4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1125 0.0021 0.9979 NET-.300067-01,Rev 0
A-.
NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-13


Benchmark   Case   Enrichment Fuel Pin       Fuel Pin       EALF     Meas.       keff ID       No.     (wt% U-. Diameter       Pitch (cm)       (eV)   Uncertainty 235)     (cm)                                   (delta k) 4       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1121   0.0021   0.9981 5       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1136   0.0021   0.9993 6       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1127   0.0021   0.9985 7       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1137   0.0021   0.9994
Benchmark Case Enrichment Fuel Pin Fuel Pin EALF Meas.
______      8        4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1130   0.0021   0.9981 9       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1135   0.0021   0.9986 16       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1135   0.0021   0.9987 17       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1127   0.0021   0.9991 18       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1 138   0.0021   0.9977 19       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1129   0.0021   0.9986 20       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1137   0.0021   0.9982
keff ID No.
______    21       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1129   0.0021   0.9988 22       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1138   0.0021   0.9984 23       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1130   0.0021   0.9994
(wt% U-.
______    24       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1122   0.0021   0.9979
Diameter Pitch (cm)
_____      25       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1120   0.0021   0.9983
(eV)
______    26       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1121   0.0021   0.9987
Uncertainty 235)
_____      27       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1119   0.0021   0.9985 LCT- 10     5       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.3547   0.0021   1.0000 6       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.2615   0.0021   1.0003 7       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.2092   0.0021   1.0006 8       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1844   0.0021   0.9979 9       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1221   0.0021   1.0007 10       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1183   0.0021   1.0013 11       4.310     1.415 .        2.540         0.1154   0.0021   1.0006
(cm)
_____      12       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1122   0.0021   1.0000 13       4.310     1.415           2.540         0.1105   0.0021   0.9968 14       4.310     1.415           1.892         0.3071   0.0028   1.0014 15       4.310     1.415           1.892)       0.2950   0.0028   1.0018 16       4.310     1.415           1.892         0.2853   0.0028   1.0021 17       4.310     1.415           1.892         0.2787   0.0028   1.0021 18       4.310     1.415           1.892         0.2749   0.0028   1.0010 19       4.310     1.415           1.892         0.2677   0.0028     1.0008 24       4.310     1.415           1.892         0.5990   0.0028   0.9994 25       4.310     1.415           1.892         0.5536   0.0028     1.0010 26       4.310     1.415           1.892         0.5122   0.0028     1.0010 27       4.310     1.415   ... 1.892-       0.4780   0.0028     1.0017 28       4.310     1.415           11:892*       0.4485   0.0028     1.0017 29       4.310     1.415           1.892         0.4232   0.0028     1.0016 30       4.310     1.415           1.892     -  0.3679   0.0028   0.9996 LCT-1 I1      1       2.459     1.206           1.636         0.1685   0.0018   0.9968
(delta k) 4 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1121 0.0021 0.9981 5
______      2      2.459     1.206           1.636         0.2450   0.0032   0.9967 3       2.459     1.206           1,636         0.1920   0.0032   0.9971 4       2.459     1.206           1.636         0.1927   0.0032   0.9972
4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1136 0.0021 0.9993 6
______      5      2.459     1.206           1.636         0.1935   0.0032   0.9970
4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1127 0.0021 0.9985 7
______      6      2.459     1.206           1.636         0.1951   0.0032   0.9970
4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1137 0.0021 0.9994 8
______      7      2.459     1.206           1.636         0.1959   0.0032   0.9967 8       2.459     1.206           1.636       0.1972   0.0032   0.9974
4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1130 0.0021 0.9981 9
______      9      2.459     1.206           1.636   ..  .0.1984   0.0032   0.9975 NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                     A-14
4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1135 0.0021 0.9986 16 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1135 0.0021 0.9987 17 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1127 0.0021 0.9991 18 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1 138 0.0021 0.9977 19 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1129 0.0021 0.9986 20 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1137 0.0021 0.9982 21 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1129 0.0021 0.9988 22 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1138 0.0021 0.9984 23 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1130 0.0021 0.9994 24 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1122 0.0021 0.9979 25 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1120 0.0021 0.9983 26 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1121 0.0021 0.9987 27 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1119 0.0021 0.9985 LCT-10 5
4.310 1.415 2.540 0.3547 0.0021 1.0000 6
4.310 1.415 2.540 0.2615 0.0021 1.0003 7
4.310 1.415 2.540 0.2092 0.0021 1.0006 8
4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1844 0.0021 0.9979 9
4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1221 0.0021 1.0007 10 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1183 0.0021 1.0013 11 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1154 0.0021 1.0006 12 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1122 0.0021 1.0000 13 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1105 0.0021 0.9968 14 4.310 1.415 1.892 0.3071 0.0028 1.0014 15 4.310 1.415
: 1. 892) 0.2950 0.0028 1.0018 16 4.310 1.415 1.892 0.2853 0.0028 1.0021 17 4.310 1.415 1.892 0.2787 0.0028 1.0021 18 4.310 1.415 1.892 0.2749 0.0028 1.0010 19 4.310 1.415 1.892 0.2677 0.0028 1.0008 24 4.310 1.415 1.892 0.5990 0.0028 0.9994 25 4.310 1.415 1.892 0.5536 0.0028 1.0010 26 4.310 1.415 1.892 0.5122 0.0028 1.0010 27 4.310 1.415 1.892-0.4780 0.0028 1.0017 28 4.310 1.415 1 1:8 92*
0.4485 0.0028 1.0017 29 4.310 1.415 1.892 0.4232 0.0028 1.0016 30 4.310 1.415 1.892 0.3679 0.0028 0.9996 LCT-1 I 1 1
2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1685 0.0018 0.9968 2
2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2450 0.0032 0.9967 3
2.459 1.206 1,636 0.1920 0.0032 0.9971 4
2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1927 0.0032 0.9972 5
2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1935 0.0032 0.9970 6
2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1951 0.0032 0.9970 7
2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1959 0.0032 0.9967 8
2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1972 0.0032 0.9974 9
2.459 1.206 1.636  
.0.1984 0.0032 0.9975 NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-14


Benchmark   Case   Enrichment     Fuel Pin         Fuel Pin   EALF     Meas.               f ID       No.     (wt% U-     Diameter         Pitch (cm)     (eV) Uncertainty 235)             m       --                    (delta k) ______
Benchmark Case Enrichment Fuel Pin Fuel Pin EALF Meas.
10       2.459         1.206           1.636     0.1866   0.0017         0.9945 11     2.459         1.206           1.636     0.1628   0.0017         0.9940 12       2.459         1.206           1.636     0.1670   0.0017         0.9950 13       2.459         1.206           1.636     0.1475   0.0017         0.9943 14       2.459         1.206             1.636     0.1508   0.0017         0.9946 15       2.459         1.206             1.636     0.1387   0.0018         0.9959 LCT- 13       1     4.310         1.415           1.892     0.2862   0.0018         1.0005 2       4.310         1.415           1.892     0.2939   0.0018         1.0004
f ID No.
______      3      4.310         1.415           1.892     0.2974   0.0018         1.0003 4       4.310         1.415           1.892     0.2969   0.0018         1.0007 5       4.310         1.415           1.892     0.2961   0.0032         1.0003 LCT       1       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0957   0.0031         0.9973 2       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0954   0.0031         0.9962 3       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0954   0.0031         0.9967 4       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0956   0.0031         0.9960 5     2.350           1.270           2,032     0.0952   0.0031         0.9970 6       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0961   0.0031         0.9971 7       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0959   0.0031         0.9973 8       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0969   0.0031         0.9972 9       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0961   0.0031         0.9977 10       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0970   0.0031         0.9971 11       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0962   0.0031         0.9978 12       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0974   0.0031         0.9972 13       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0965   0.0031         0.9979
(wt% U-Diameter Pitch (cm)
______      14       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0975   0.0031         0.9974 21       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0971   0.0031         0.9977
(eV)
______      22       2.350         1.270           2. 032    0.0968   0.0031         0.9974 23       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0963   0.0031         0.9977 24       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0967   0.0031         0.9970 25       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0963   0.0031         0.9972
Uncertainty 235) m (delta k) 10 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1866 0.0017 0.9945 11 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1628 0.0017 0.9940 12 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1670 0.0017 0.9950 13 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1475 0.0017 0.9943 14 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1508 0.0017 0.9946 15 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1387 0.0018 0.9959 LCT-13 1
______      26       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0969   0.0031         0.9976 27       2.35.0         1.270           2.032     0.0963   0.0031         0.9979 28       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0951   0.0031         0.9972 29       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0950   0.0031         0.9969 30       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0949   0.0031         0.9965 31       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0950   0.0031         0.9979
4.310 1.415 1.892 0.2862 0.0018 1.0005 2
              .32       2.350     .. 1.270           2.032   - 0.0949   0.0031         0.9972 LCT- 17       4       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.2017   0.0031         0.9983 5       2.350         1.270 .       2.032     0.1779   0.0031         0.9994 6       2.350         1.270'     ~     2)40 32   0.1685   0.0031         0.9989 7       2.350         1.270           2,032     0.1597   0.0031         0.9994
4.310 1.415 1.892 0.2939 0.0018 1.0004 3
______      8      2.350         1.270           2.032     0.1333   0.0031         0.9972
4.310 1.415 1.892 0.2974 0.0018 1.0003 4
______      9      2.350         1.270           2.032     0.1092   0.0031         0.9973 10     2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0998   0.0031         0.9973 11       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0979   0.0031         0.9979 12       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0968   0.0031         0.9977 13       2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0953   0.0031         0.9976
4.310 1.415 1.892 0.2969 0.0018 1.0007 5
______      14     2.350         1.270           2.032     0.0946   0.0031         0.9985 15     2.350   .. 1.270   .       1.684. 0.1777   0.0028         0.9961 NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                           A-15
4.310 1.415 1.892 0.2961 0.0032 1.0003 LCT 1
2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0957 0.0031 0.9973 2
2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0954 0.0031 0.9962 3
2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0954 0.0031 0.9967 4
2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0956 0.0031 0.9960 5
2.350 1.270 2,032 0.0952 0.0031 0.9970 6
2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0961 0.0031 0.9971 7
2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0959 0.0031 0.9973 8
2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0969 0.0031 0.9972 9
2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0961 0.0031 0.9977 10 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0970 0.0031 0.9971 11 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0962 0.0031 0.9978 12 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0974 0.0031 0.9972 13 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0965 0.0031 0.9979 14 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0975 0.0031 0.9974 21 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0971 0.0031 0.9977 22 2.350 1.270
: 2. 0 32 0.0968 0.0031 0.9974 23 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0963 0.0031 0.9977 24 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0967 0.0031 0.9970 25 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0963 0.0031 0.9972 26 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0969 0.0031 0.9976 27 2.35.0 1.270 2.032 0.0963 0.0031 0.9979 28 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0951 0.0031 0.9972 29 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0950 0.0031 0.9969 30 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0949 0.0031 0.9965 31 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0950 0.0031 0.9979
.32 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0949 0.0031 0.9972 LCT-17 4
2.350 1.270 2.032 0.2017 0.0031 0.9983 5
2.350 1.270.
2.032 0.1779 0.0031 0.9994 6
2.350 1.270'  
~
2)40 32 0.1685 0.0031 0.9989 7
2.350 1.270 2,032 0.1597 0.0031 0.9994 8
2.350 1.270 2.032 0.1333 0.0031 0.9972 9
2.350 1.270 2.032 0.1092 0.0031 0.9973 10 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0998 0.0031 0.9973 11 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0979 0.0031 0.9979 12 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0968 0.0031 0.9977 13 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0953 0.0031 0.9976 14 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0946 0.0031 0.9985 15 2.350 1.270.
1.684.
0.1777 0.0028 0.9961 NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-15


Benchmark   Case   Enrichment Fuel Pin Fuel Pin EALF     Meas.     Ieff ID       No.     (wt% U-   Diameter Pitch (cm) (eV) Uncertainty 235)     (cm)                     (delta k) 16       2.350     1.270     1.684   0.1711   0.0028   0.9983 17       2.350     1.270     1.684   0.1665   0.0028   0.9987 18       2.350     1.270     1.684   0.1648   0.0028   0.9974 19       2.350     1.270     1.684   0.1622   0.0028   0.9978 20       2.350     1.270     1.684   0.1607   0.0028   0.9971 21       2.350     1.270     1.684   0.1592   0.0028   0.9966 22       2.350     1.270     1.684   0.1584   0.0028   0.9959 26       2.350     1.270     1.684   0.3741   0.0028   0.9958 27       2.350     1.270     1.684   0.3203   0.0028   0.9972 28       2.350     1.270     1.684   0.2806   0.0028   0.9974 29       2.350     1.270     1.684   0.2505   0.0028   0.9984 LCT-34       4       4.738   0.940     1.600   0.1367   0.0039   1.0003 5       4.738   0.940     1.600   0.1330   0.0039   0.9999 6       4.738   0.940     1.600   0.1298   0.0039   1.0017 7       4.738   0.940     1.600   0.1279   0.0039   1.0002 8       4.738   0.940     1.600   0.1258   0.0039   0.9992 15       4.738   0.940     1.600   0.1348   0.0043   0.9947 LCT-35       1       2.596     1.417     1.956   0.2086   0.0018   0.9983 2       2.596     1.417     1.956   0.2126   0.0019   0.9976 LCT-39       I       4.738   0.940     1.260   0.2218   0.0014   0.9953 2       4.738   0.940     1.260   0.2119   0.00 14   0.9969 3       4.738   0.940     1.260   0.1923   0.0014   0.9965 4       4.738   0.940     1.260   0.1836   0.0014   0.9961 5       4.738   0.940     1.260   0.1393   0.0009   0.9978 6       4.738   0.940     1.260   0.1452   0.0009   0.9977 7       4.738   0.940     1.260   0.2132   0.0012   0.9962 8       4.738   0.940     1.260   0.2031   0.0012   0.9963 9       4.738   0.940     1.260   0.1976   0.0012   0.9969 t0       4.738   0.940     1.260   0.1732   0.0012   0.9970 11       4.738     0.940     1.260   0.2218   0.0013   0.9953 12       4.738     0.940     1.260   0.2166   0.0013   0.9951 13       4.738     0.940     1.260   0.2146   0.0013   0.9951 14       4.738     0.940     1.260   0.2124   0.0013   0.9954 15       4.738     0.940     1.260   0.2112   0.0013   0.9959 16       4.738     0.940     1.260   0.2104   0.0013   0.9967 17       4.738     0.940     1.260   0.2099   0.0013   0.9960 LCT-40       1       4.738     0.940     1.600   0.1427   0.0039   0.9966 5       4.738     0.940     1.600   0.1377   0.0042   0.9951 9       4.738     0.940     1.600   0.1470   0.0046   0.9993 10       4.738     0.940     1.600   0.1419   0.0046   0.9931 LCT-42       1       2.350     1.270     1.684   0.1690   0.0016   0.9971 2       2.350     1.270     1.684   0.1753   0.0016   0.9968 3       2.350     1.270     1.684   0.1819   0.0016   0.9981 4       2.350     1.270     1.684   0.1804   0.0017   0.9980 5       2.350     1.270     1.684   0.1775   0.0033   0.9981 LCT-43       2       4.349     0.980     1.500   0.1553   0.0010   1.0007 LCT-44       1       4.349     0.980     1.500   0.1474   0.0010   0.9993 LCT-48       1       3.005     1.094     1.320   0.6771   0.0025   0.9990 2       3.005     1.094     1.320   0.6508   0.0025   0.9983 NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                       A-1'6
Benchmark Case Enrichment Fuel Pin Fuel Pin EALF Meas.
Ieff ID No.
(wt% U-Diameter Pitch (cm)
(eV)
Uncertainty 235)
(cm)
(delta k) 16 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1711 0.0028 0.9983 17 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1665 0.0028 0.9987 18 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1648 0.0028 0.9974 19 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1622 0.0028 0.9978 20 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1607 0.0028 0.9971 21 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1592 0.0028 0.9966 22 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1584 0.0028 0.9959 26 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.3741 0.0028 0.9958 27 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.3203 0.0028 0.9972 28 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.2806 0.0028 0.9974 29 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.2505 0.0028 0.9984 LCT-34 4
4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1367 0.0039 1.0003 5
4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1330 0.0039 0.9999 6
4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1298 0.0039 1.0017 7
4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1279 0.0039 1.0002 8
4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1258 0.0039 0.9992 15 4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1348 0.0043 0.9947 LCT-35 1
2.596 1.417 1.956 0.2086 0.0018 0.9983 2
2.596 1.417 1.956 0.2126 0.0019 0.9976 LCT-39 I
4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2218 0.0014 0.9953 2
4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2119 0.00 14 0.9969 3
4.738 0.940 1.260 0.1923 0.0014 0.9965 4
4.738 0.940 1.260 0.1836 0.0014 0.9961 5
4.738 0.940 1.260 0.1393 0.0009 0.9978 6
4.738 0.940 1.260 0.1452 0.0009 0.9977 7
4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2132 0.0012 0.9962 8
4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2031 0.0012 0.9963 9
4.738 0.940 1.260 0.1976 0.0012 0.9969 t0 4.738 0.940 1.260 0.1732 0.0012 0.9970 11 4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2218 0.0013 0.9953 12 4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2166 0.0013 0.9951 13 4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2146 0.0013 0.9951 14 4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2124 0.0013 0.9954 15 4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2112 0.0013 0.9959 16 4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2104 0.0013 0.9967 17 4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2099 0.0013 0.9960 LCT-40 1
4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1427 0.0039 0.9966 5
4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1377 0.0042 0.9951 9
4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1470 0.0046 0.9993 10 4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1419 0.0046 0.9931 LCT-42 1
2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1690 0.0016 0.9971 2
2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1753 0.0016 0.9968 3
2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1819 0.0016 0.9981 4
2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1804 0.0017 0.9980 5
2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1775 0.0033 0.9981 LCT-43 2
4.349 0.980 1.500 0.1553 0.0010 1.0007 LCT-44 1
4.349 0.980 1.500 0.1474 0.0010 0.9993 LCT-48 1
3.005 1.094 1.320 0.6771 0.0025 0.9990 2
3.005 1.094 1.320 0.6508 0.0025 0.9983 NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-1'6


Benchmark       Case     Enrichment       Fuel Pin     Fuel Pin     EALF         Meas.           kff ID           No.       (wt% U-       Diameter     Pitch (cm)     (eV)     Uncertainty 235)         (cm)                                 (delta k) 3           3.005         1.094         1.320     0.6824         0.0025       0.9984 4           3.005         1.094         1.320     0.6838         0.0025       0.9988 5         3.005         1.094         1.320     0.6736         0.0025       0.9983 LCT-50           1         4.738         0.940         1.300     0.1998         0.0010       0.9983 2           4.738         0.940         1.300     0.1907         0.0010       0.9978 3           4.738         0.940         1.300     0.2075         0.0010       0.9978 4           4.738         0.940         1.300     0.1977         0.0010       0.9972 5         4.738         0.940         1.300     0.2230         0.0010       0.9983 6           4.738         0.940         1.300     0.2141         0.0010       0.9991 7         4.738         0.940         1.300     0.2095         0.0010       0.9992 LCT-51       I CIO         2.459         1.206         1.636     0.1472         0.0020       0.9965 2clIa         2.459         1.206         1.636     0.1968         0.0024       0.9972 3cIIb         2.459         1.206         1.636     0.1964         0.0024       0.9972 4 c I Ic      2.459         1.206         1.636     0.1979         0.0024       0.9975 5 c 1d         2.459         1.206         1.636     0.1989         0.0024       0.9970 6 c0 1e       2.459         1.206         1.636     0.1998         0.0024       0.9972 7c1If         2.459         1.206         1.636     0.2000         0.0024       0.9973 8 c Ig        2.459         1.206         1.636     0.2011         0.0024       0.9971 9 c12         2.459         1.206         1.636     0.1669         0.0019       0.9969 LCT-54           1         4.349         0.980         1.500     0.1508         0.0005       0.9996 LCT-71           1         4.738         0.949         1.100     0.7592       0.00076       0.9955 2         4.738         0.949         1.100     0.6972       0.00076       0.9954 3         4.738         0.949         1.100     0.6610       0.00076       0.9948 4         4.738         0.949         1.075     0.8485         0.0008       0.9951 LCT-72           1         4.738         0.949         1.600     0.1117         0.0012       0.9990 2         4.738         0.949         1.600     0.1077         0.0012       0.9985 3         4.738         0.949         1.600     0.1099         0.0012       0.9988 LCT-77           3         4.349         0.980         1.500     0.1621         0.0010       1.0006 LCT-82           3         4.349         0.980         1.500     0.1497         0.0010       1.0005 LCT-83           1         4.349         0.980         1.500     0.1516         0.0010       1.0001 LCT-84           1         4.349         0.980         1.500     0.1541         0.0010       1.0008 LCT-89           1         4.349         0.980         1.500     0.1530         0.0010       1.0000 LCT-90           1         4.349         0.980         1.500     0.1459         0.0010       0.9994 LCT-91           4         4.349         0.980         1.500     0.1508         0.0010       0.9999 Since boron is important to criticality analysis of racks, two methods are used to parameterize the boron:
Benchmark Case Enrichment Fuel Pin Fuel Pin EALF Meas.
kff ID No.
(wt% U-Diameter Pitch (cm)
(eV)
Uncertainty 235)
(cm)
(delta k) 3 3.005 1.094 1.320 0.6824 0.0025 0.9984 4
3.005 1.094 1.320 0.6838 0.0025 0.9988 5
3.005 1.094 1.320 0.6736 0.0025 0.9983 LCT-50 1
4.738 0.940 1.300 0.1998 0.0010 0.9983 2
4.738 0.940 1.300 0.1907 0.0010 0.9978 3
4.738 0.940 1.300 0.2075 0.0010 0.9978 4
4.738 0.940 1.300 0.1977 0.0010 0.9972 5
4.738 0.940 1.300 0.2230 0.0010 0.9983 6
4.738 0.940 1.300 0.2141 0.0010 0.9991 7
4.738 0.940 1.300 0.2095 0.0010 0.9992 LCT-51 I CIO 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1472 0.0020 0.9965 2clIa 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1968 0.0024 0.9972 3cIIb 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1964 0.0024 0.9972 4 c I I c 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1979 0.0024 0.9975 5 c 1d 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1989 0.0024 0.9970 6 c0 1e 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1998 0.0024 0.9972 7c1If 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2000 0.0024 0.9973 8 c I g 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2011 0.0024 0.9971 9 c12 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1669 0.0019 0.9969 LCT-54 1
4.349 0.980 1.500 0.1508 0.0005 0.9996 LCT-71 1
4.738 0.949 1.100 0.7592 0.00076 0.9955 2
4.738 0.949 1.100 0.6972 0.00076 0.9954 3
4.738 0.949 1.100 0.6610 0.00076 0.9948 4
4.738 0.949 1.075 0.8485 0.0008 0.9951 LCT-72 1
4.738 0.949 1.600 0.1117 0.0012 0.9990 2
4.738 0.949 1.600 0.1077 0.0012 0.9985 3
4.738 0.949 1.600 0.1099 0.0012 0.9988 LCT-77 3
4.349 0.980 1.500 0.1621 0.0010 1.0006 LCT-82 3
4.349 0.980 1.500 0.1497 0.0010 1.0005 LCT-83 1
4.349 0.980 1.500 0.1516 0.0010 1.0001 LCT-84 1
4.349 0.980 1.500 0.1541 0.0010 1.0008 LCT-89 1
4.349 0.980 1.500 0.1530 0.0010 1.0000 LCT-90 1
4.349 0.980 1.500 0.1459 0.0010 0.9994 LCT-91 4
4.349 0.980 1.500 0.1508 0.0010 0.9999 Since boron is important to criticality analysis of racks, two methods are used to parameterize the boron:
the B-10 areal density, for plates and the soluble boron ppm. Table A3 shows the boron information on boron-containing benchmarks; along with the calculated k.
the B-10 areal density, for plates and the soluble boron ppm. Table A3 shows the boron information on boron-containing benchmarks; along with the calculated k.
NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                   A-17
NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-17


Table A.3: Summary of Critical Experiments Containing Boron           I1 Benchmark   Case No.         Soluble Separator Plate   No. of   kff ID                       *Boron B-10 Areal Density Boron (ppm)       (gm/cm 2)     Rods LCT-8           i             1511                           0.9969 2             1334                           0.9971 3             1337                           0.9978 4             1183                     36   0.9970 5             1181                     36   0.9967 6             1034                     72   0.9977 7             1031                     72   0.9964 8             794                       144   0.9963 9             779                       144   0.9962 10             1245                     72   0.9969 11             1384                           0.9980 12             1348                           0.9970 13             1348                           0.9975.
Table A.3: Summary of Critical Experiments Containing Boron I1 Benchmark Case No.
14             1363                           0.9970 15             1362                           0.9967 16             1158                           0.9972 17             921                             0.9971 LCT-9           5                       0.004549             0.9993 6                       0.004549             0.9985 LCT-9           7                       0.006904             0.9994 8                       0.006904             0.9981 9                       0.066946             0.9986 LCT-1           2             1037                           0.9967 3             769                             0.9971 4             764                             0.9972 5             762                             0.9970 6             753                             0.9970 7             739                             0.9967 8             721                             0.9974 9             702                             0.9975 10                                       84   0.9945 S11                                     64   0.9940 12                                       64   0.9950
Soluble Separator Plate No. of kff ID  
              -          13                                       34   0.9943 14                                       34   0.9946 LCT-13         2                       0.004549             1.0004 3                       0.030173             1.0003 4                       0.056950             1.0007 LCT-16         8                       0.004549             0.9972 9                       0.004549             0.9977 10                       0.006904             0.9971 11                       0.006904             0.9978 12                       0.066946             0.9972 A-18 300067-01 Rev 0 NET- 300067-01 Rev 0 NET-                                                       A-18
*Boron B-10 Areal Density Boron (ppm)
(gm/cm 2)
Rods LCT-8 i
1511 0.9969 2
1334 0.9971 3
1337 0.9978 4
1183 36 0.9970 5
1181 36 0.9967 6
1034 72 0.9977 7
1031 72 0.9964 8
794 144 0.9963 9
779 144 0.9962 10 1245 72 0.9969 11 1384 0.9980 12 1348 0.9970 13 1348 0.9975.
14 1363 0.9970 15 1362 0.9967 16 1158 0.9972 17 921 0.9971 LCT-9 5
0.004549 0.9993 6
0.004549 0.9985 LCT-9 7
0.006904 0.9994 8
0.006904 0.9981 9
0.066946 0.9986 LCT-1 2
1037 0.9967 3
769 0.9971 4
764 0.9972 5
762 0.9970 6
753 0.9970 7
739 0.9967 8
721 0.9974 9
702 0.9975 10 84 0.9945 S11 64 0.9940 12 64 0.9950 13 34 0.9943 14 34 0.9946 LCT-13 2
0.004549 1.0004 3
0.030173 1.0003 4
0.056950 1.0007 LCT-16 8
0.004549 0.9972 9
0.004549 0.9977 10 0.006904 0.9971 11 0.006904 0.9978 12 0.066946 0.9972 NET-300067-01 Rev 0NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-18 A-18


Benchmark       Case No. Soluble         Separator Plate         No. of     kef ID                     Boron       B-10 Areal Density       Boron (ppm)             (gm/cm 2)           Rods 13                         0.066946                     0.9979 14                         0.066946                     0.9974 LCT-34           4                           0.002521                     1.0003 5                           0.002521                     0.9999 6                           0.002521                     1.0017 7                           0.002521                     1.0002 8                           0.002521                     0.9992 15                         0.046011                     0.9947 LCT-35           1         70                                             0.9983 2         147.7                                           0.9976 LCT-40           1                           0.002521                     0.9966 5                           0.046011                     0.9951 9                           0.046011.                     0.9993 10                         0.046011                     0.9931 LCT-42           2                           0.004549                     0.9968 3                           0.030173                     0.9981 4                           0.056950                     0.9980 LCT-50           3         822                                           0.9978 4         822                                           0.9972 5         5030                                           0.9983 6         5030                                           0.9991 7         5030                                           0.9992 LCT-51         ICIO O       143                                           0.9965 2clla         510                                           0.9972 3 clIb       514                                           0.9972 4cllc         501                                           0.9975 5 clld       493                                           0.9970 6clle         474                                           0.9972 7cllf         462                                           0.9973 8cllg         432                                           0.9971 9 c12       217                                           0.9969 LCT-77           3                                                 4       1.0006 LCT-82           3                                                 6       1.0005 A.2.5 StatisticalAnalysis of the Fresh U0 2 CriticalBenchmark Results The statistical treatment used follows the guidance provided in NUREG/CR-6698 [2]. The NUREG approach weights the calculated k's by the experimental uncertainty. This approach means the higher quality experiments (i.e.: lower uncertainty - see Table A.2) atTect the results more than the low quality (i.e.: higher uncertainty) experiments. The uncertainty weighting is used for the analysis of the set of experiments as a whole, as well as for the analysis for trends.
Benchmark Case No.
NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                     A-19
Soluble Separator Plate No. of kef ID Boron B-10 Areal Density Boron (ppm)
(gm/cm 2)
Rods 13 0.066946 0.9979 14 0.066946 0.9974 LCT-34 4
0.002521 1.0003 5
0.002521 0.9999 6
0.002521 1.0017 7
0.002521 1.0002 8
0.002521 0.9992 15 0.046011 0.9947 LCT-35 1
70 0.9983 2
147.7 0.9976 LCT-40 1
0.002521 0.9966 5
0.046011 0.9951 9
0.046011.
0.9993 10 0.046011 0.9931 LCT-42 2
0.004549 0.9968 3
0.030173 0.9981 4
0.056950 0.9980 LCT-50 3
822 0.9978 4
822 0.9972 5
5030 0.9983 6
5030 0.9991 7
5030 0.9992 LCT-51 ICIO O
143 0.9965 2clla 510 0.9972 3 clIb 514 0.9972 4cllc 501 0.9975 5 clld 493 0.9970 6clle 474 0.9972 7cllf 462 0.9973 8cllg 432 0.9971 9 c12 217 0.9969 LCT-77 3
4 1.0006 LCT-82 3
6 1.0005 A.2.5 Statistical Analysis of the Fresh U0 2 Critical Benchmark Results The statistical treatment used follows the guidance provided in NUREG/CR-6698 [2]. The NUREG approach weights the calculated k's by the experimental uncertainty. This approach means the higher quality experiments (i.e.: lower uncertainty - see Table A.2) atTect the results more than the low quality (i.e.: higher uncertainty) experiments. The uncertainty weighting is used for the analysis of the set of experiments as a whole, as well as for the analysis for trends.
NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-19


Before seeking trends, the 236 critical benchmarks are reviewed as a whole. The unweighted mean k of the 236 samples is 0.9979 with a standard deviation of 0.0016. The weighted mean is 0.9978 and the weighted standard deviation is 0.0024. These results show that the weighting has a negligible effect on the mean, but does increase the standard deviation. This increase in the standard deviation may be dominated by differences in the experimental uncertainty, which ranges from 0.0005 to 0.0046. Further, the average uncertainty of the experiments (interpreted as one sigma) is 0.0022. Since the total one sigma standard deviation is only 0.0024, this suggests that the experimental uncertainty dominates the uncertainty and there is little to be gained with improved methods. Unless stated otherwise, all the results presented will come from the weighted analysis. The bias of the set as a whole is 0.0022. The uncertainty is the standard deviation multiplied by the single-sided lower tolerance factor (taken as 2.065 from Table 2.1 of Reference 2), so it is 0.0049.
Before seeking trends, the 236 critical benchmarks are reviewed as a whole. The unweighted mean k of the 236 samples is 0.9979 with a standard deviation of 0.0016. The weighted mean is 0.9978 and the weighted standard deviation is 0.0024. These results show that the weighting has a negligible effect on the mean, but does increase the standard deviation. This increase in the standard deviation may be dominated by differences in the experimental uncertainty, which ranges from 0.0005 to 0.0046. Further, the average uncertainty of the experiments (interpreted as one sigma) is 0.0022. Since the total one sigma standard deviation is only 0.0024, this suggests that the experimental uncertainty dominates the uncertainty and there is little to be gained with improved methods. Unless stated otherwise, all the results presented will come from the weighted analysis. The bias of the set as a whole is 0.0022. The uncertainty is the standard deviation multiplied by the single-sided lower tolerance factor (taken as 2.065 from Table 2.1 of Reference 2), so it is 0.0049.
Line 1,054: Line 1,834:
Table A.4: Wilk-Shapiro Test Results Output From DATAPLOT [41 WILK-SHAPIRO TEST k WILK-SHAPIRO TEST FOR NORMALITY
Table A.4: Wilk-Shapiro Test Results Output From DATAPLOT [41 WILK-SHAPIRO TEST k WILK-SHAPIRO TEST FOR NORMALITY
: 1. STATISTICS:
: 1. STATISTICS:
NUMBER OF OBSERVATIONS                         =   236 LOCATION PARAMETER                         = 0.9979254 SCALE PARAMETER                         =   0.1639522E-02 WILK-SHAPIRO TEST STATISTIC VALUE                 = 0.9844111
NUMBER OF OBSERVATIONS  
=
236 LOCATION PARAMETER  
= 0.9979254 SCALE PARAMETER  
= 0.1639522E-02 WILK-SHAPIRO TEST STATISTIC VALUE = 0.9844111
: 2. CRITICAL VALUES:
: 2. CRITICAL VALUES:
P-VALUE       = 0.1090365E-01
P-VALUE  
= 0.1090365E-01
: 3. CONCLUSIONS:
: 3. CONCLUSIONS:
AT THE 90% LEVEL, WE REJECT THE NORMALITY ASSUMPTION.
AT THE 90% LEVEL, WE REJECT THE NORMALITY ASSUMPTION.
Line 1,062: Line 1,847:
AT THE 97.5% LEVEL, WE REJECT THE NORMALITY ASSUMPTION.
AT THE 97.5% LEVEL, WE REJECT THE NORMALITY ASSUMPTION.
AT THE 99% LEVEL, WE ACCEPT THE NORMALITY ASSUMPTION.
AT THE 99% LEVEL, WE ACCEPT THE NORMALITY ASSUMPTION.
NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                   A-20
NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-20


Calculated keff Distribution Versus a Normal Distribution 45 40 35 20 15 10 5f 0   '!-
Calculated keff Distribution Versus a Normal Distribution 45 40 35 20 15 10 5f 0 '!-
All It, All     "All             K   b   05
All It, All "All  
                                                              ')      0      A,)       A Kffby 0.0005 bins Figure A.1: Distribution of the Calculated k's Around the Mean                         I One possible source of the limited normality could be due to a difference in results with some subsets, but this is not the case. There are 76 experiments that have boron in them. The average k of the boron containing cases is 0.9975, which is very close to the average of all cases (0.9979) (Note: the Monte Carlo uncertainty is 0.0002). Similarly, there are 15 cases that used Cadmium absorbers. The mean of these cases is 0.9981. Since the standard deviation of the set as a whole is 0.0016 (unweighted), it is clear these features are not causing the limited normality.
')
K b
05 0
A,)
A Kffby 0.0005 bins Figure A.1: Distribution of the Calculated k's Around the Mean One possible source of the limited normality could be due to a difference in results with some subsets, but this is not the case. There are 76 experiments that have boron in them. The average k of the boron containing cases is 0.9975, which is very close to the average of all cases (0.9979) (Note: the Monte Carlo uncertainty is 0.0002). Similarly, there are 15 cases that used Cadmium absorbers. The mean of these cases is 0.9981. Since the standard deviation of the set as a whole is 0.0016 (unweighted), it is clear these features are not causing the limited normality.
Numerous sources [5, 6, 7] suggest that for the large sample size used here (236 experiments), normality testing is not important. For example, the guide to the PROPHET statistical program [6] states:
Numerous sources [5, 6, 7] suggest that for the large sample size used here (236 experiments), normality testing is not important. For example, the guide to the PROPHET statistical program [6] states:
            "With large sample sizes, most normal-theory-basedtests like the t test are robust to non-normality, and if the non-normalityis not apparentin the normalprobabilityplotfor a NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                   A-21
"With large sample sizes, most normal-theory-based tests like the t test are robust to non-normality, and if the non-normality is not apparent in the normal probability plot for a I
NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-21


large datasample, it probablywon't have a serious effect on the results of a normal-theory-basedtest."
large data sample, it probably won't have a serious effect on the results of a normal-theory-based test."
In the textbook, Statistics for Social Science by R. Mark Sirkin [7], it states:
In the textbook, Statistics for Social Science by R. Mark Sirkin [7], it states:
          "Law of large numbers. A law that states that if the size of the sample, n, is sufficiently large (no less than 30; preferably no less than 50), then the central limit theory will apply even if the population is not normally distributedalong variable x ...
"Law of large numbers. A law that states that if the size of the sample, n, is sufficiently large (no less than 30; preferably no less than 50), then the central limit theory will apply even if the population is not normally distributed along variable x...
If"               Then:
If" Then:
n> = 100         It is always safe to relax the normality assumption 50<=n<100         It is almost always safe 30<=n<50         It is probably safe."
n> = 100 It is always safe to relax the normality assumption 50< =n< 100 It is almost always safe 30< =n<50 It is probably safe."
The analysis in this validation assumes that the techniques used here are sufficiently robust for the limited normality data. However, a non-parametric check has been performed. The 236 cases were ranked by increasing k. 95% of the cases are above the 1 1th case. The k of the I 1 th case is 0.9951. Since the average of the experiments is 0.9979, a standard deviation of (.9979-.9951)/1.96 = 0.0014 can be inferred.
The analysis in this validation assumes that the techniques used here are sufficiently robust for the limited normality data. However, a non-parametric check has been performed. The 236 cases were ranked by increasing k. 95% of the cases are above the 1 1th case. The k of the I 1th case is 0.9951. Since the average of the experiments is 0.9979, a standard deviation of (.9979-.9951)/1.96 = 0.0014 can be inferred.
This inferred standard deviation is less than the standard deviation of 0.0024 (or the unweighted value of 0.0016) predicted assuming a normal distribution. Again, this is expected from a visual inspection of Figure A. 1, since the predicted distribution shows a significantly larger number of data points in the center compared to a normal distribution. In conclusion, although the data does not meet the normality tests, it will be treated as normally distributed, yielding a conservative bias uncertainty.
This inferred standard deviation is less than the standard deviation of 0.0024 (or the unweighted value of 0.0016) predicted assuming a normal distribution. Again, this is expected from a visual inspection of Figure A. 1, since the predicted distribution shows a significantly larger number of data points in the center compared to a normal distribution. In conclusion, although the data does not meet the normality tests, it will be treated as normally distributed, yielding a conservative bias uncertainty.
The next step in the analysis is to look for trends in the data. Section 3.2.2 of the DOE/RW technical report in support of validation for burnup credit [8] describes an appropriate trend test. In this test, the null hypothesis is that the slope of the trend is zero (no trend) and it tests to determine if there is confidence that the calculated slope is a more accurate representation than a zero slope. The equations for this test are presented here.
The next step in the analysis is to look for trends in the data. Section 3.2.2 of the DOE/RW technical report in support of validation for burnup credit [8] describes an appropriate trend test. In this test, the null hypothesis is that the slope of the trend is zero (no trend) and it tests to determine if there is confidence that the calculated slope is a more accurate representation than a zero slope. The equations for this test are presented here.
Let the regression fit be of the form:
Let the regression fit be of the form:
k = a+ b x Let x-bar be the average value of x for the n cases and define:
k = a+ b x Let x-bar be the average value of x for the n cases and define:
                                                      =X   ~(X, - Y) i=l,n and define:
=X ~(X, - Y) i=l,n and define:
SSI? =     "(k, -a-b*x,)2 i=l,n then the test statistic is:
SSI? =  
NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                       A-22
"(k, -a-b*x,)2 i=l,n then the test statistic is:
NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-22


T=bI*       ((n-2)*Sx SSR This test statistic is then compared to the Student's t-distribution at the desired confidence level and n-2 degrees of freedom. In the past it was assumed that unless there is a high confidence level (95%) that the slope was non-zero, the analysis would assume a zero slope (no trend) on the given parameter. Since the analysis will include consideration of the data as non-trended, it is more conservative to assume there is also a trend. Inverting the statistical test to requiring a high confidence that the slope is zero will result in all cases having a trend. At this time, although a test on the confidence of the trend is performed, the analysis assumes all calculated trends are real.
T=bI*
((n-2)*Sx SSR This test statistic is then compared to the Student's t-distribution at the desired confidence level and n-2 degrees of freedom. In the past it was assumed that unless there is a high confidence level (95%) that the slope was non-zero, the analysis would assume a zero slope (no trend) on the given parameter. Since the analysis will include consideration of the data as non-trended, it is more conservative to assume there is also a trend. Inverting the statistical test to requiring a high confidence that the slope is zero will result in all cases having a trend. At this time, although a test on the confidence of the trend is performed, the analysis assumes all calculated trends are real.
For this work the weighted k's are used to determine the fit to a straight line. Refer to NUREG/CR-6698
For this work the weighted k's are used to determine the fit to a straight line. Refer to NUREG/CR-6698
[2] equations 10 through 13.
[2] equations 10 through 13.
Line 1,094: Line 1,886:
k(EALF) = 0.99865 - 0.00386
k(EALF) = 0.99865 - 0.00386
* EALF The units for EALF are eV. The uncertainty about the trend is calculated using the second term of NUREG/CR-6698 [2] equation 23 and is 0.00431 in k.
* EALF The units for EALF are eV. The uncertainty about the trend is calculated using the second term of NUREG/CR-6698 [2] equation 23 and is 0.00431 in k.
NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                           A-23
NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-23


1.003 1.002 1.001                           -_                              _  __                _    _        _      _
1.003 1.002 1.001 1.97 "o0.999 0.997 0.995 0.994 0.9 9 3 T........
1.97                     -          ------
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 Energy of the Average Lethargy Causing Fission (eV)
          "o0.999 0.997 0.995 0.994 0 .99 3 ....... ... ..  .. .....
                                                            . . ..............      .. . T..
0           0.1         0.2             0.3         0.4     0.5   0.6         0.7           0.8     0.9 Energy of the Average Lethargy Causing Fission (eV)
Figure A.2: kenf as a Function of the Energy of the Average Lethargy Causing Fission Geometry tests Two trend tests were performed to determine if lattice/geometric parameters are adequately treated by SCALE 6.1.2. The first parameter is the fuel pin diameter. A small, statistically significant trend was found when the critical experiment analysis results were correlated to the fuel pin diameter. The second lattice parameter tested is the lattice pitch. A statistically significant trend on lattice pitch was found. The trend on pitch or pin diameter could be caused by the spectral trend found in the previous subsection.
Figure A.2: kenf as a Function of the Energy of the Average Lethargy Causing Fission Geometry tests Two trend tests were performed to determine if lattice/geometric parameters are adequately treated by SCALE 6.1.2. The first parameter is the fuel pin diameter. A small, statistically significant trend was found when the critical experiment analysis results were correlated to the fuel pin diameter. The second lattice parameter tested is the lattice pitch. A statistically significant trend on lattice pitch was found. The trend on pitch or pin diameter could be caused by the spectral trend found in the previous subsection.
Using NUREG/CR-6698 [2] equations 10 through 13 and the data from Table A.2, the predicted mean k as a function of pin diameter is:
Using NUREG/CR-6698 [2] equations 10 through 13 and the data from Table A.2, the predicted mean k as a function of pin diameter is:
Line 1,106: Line 1,895:
k(Pitch) = 0.99547 + ( 1.389E-03)*Pitch where lattice pitch is in cm.
k(Pitch) = 0.99547 + ( 1.389E-03)*Pitch where lattice pitch is in cm.
The tolerance band widths, using the second term of NUREG/CR-6698 [2] equation 23, are 4.343E-03 and 4.270E-03 for the pin diameter and pitch, respectively. Figures A.3 and A.4 graphically present klfI as a function of the pin diameter and the lattice pitch.
The tolerance band widths, using the second term of NUREG/CR-6698 [2] equation 23, are 4.343E-03 and 4.270E-03 for the pin diameter and pitch, respectively. Figures A.3 and A.4 graphically present klfI as a function of the pin diameter and the lattice pitch.
NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                                             A-24
NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-24


1.003 1.002 1.001 1.00 0o         ....
,I 1.003 1.002 1.001 1.0 0 0o 0.999 7 0.998 0.997 0.99 6 0.995 0.994 0 0.9939 5..............................
0.999 7 0.998       ...........................................................
t.....
          ,I 0.997 t
0.992 0.8 0.9 1
0 .99 6     ....... -                -        ----.........
1.1 1.2 Pin Diameter (cm) t 1.3 1.4 1.5 Figure A.3: keff as a Function of the Pin Diameter I 1 1.0 0
0.995 00.99395 .. ............................                                                                              t.... .
i :
0.994 0.992 0.8                     0.9                           1                       1.1                         1.2                 1.3                     1.4                   1.5 Pin Diameter (cm)
1.0. 02,.
Figure A.3: keff as a Function of the Pin Diameter                                                                                                                             I 1 1.0 11.002 0
1.0 0 3 1.002 0.997 0.994 0.9934 0.9 9 2 -
                .0.02,.
1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
1 .0 03          ..........................
2.2 2.4 2.6 Pitch (cm)
i : :.........
Figure A.4: keff as a Function of the Lattice Pitch II NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-25
0.997 0.994 0.9934 0 .99  2-     ....        ...        ........... .........          .              .    .................      ........... ......                      . ......
1                   1.2                   1.4                         1.6               1.8                     2               2.2                   2.4             2.6 Pitch (cm)
Figure A.4: keff as a Function of the Lattice Pitch                                                                                                                           II NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                                                                                                                     A-25


Enrichment The fuel to be stored in the racks ranges in enrichment from 1.6 wt% 235U to 5 wt% 235U. It was determined that there exists a statistically significant trend on enrichment. Using NUREG/CR-6698 [2]
Enrichment The fuel to be stored in the racks ranges in enrichment from 1.6 wt% 235U to 5 wt% 235U. It was determined that there exists a statistically significant trend on enrichment. Using NUREG/CR-6698 [2]
equations 10 through 13 and the data from Table A.4.1.2, the trend in the mean k is:
equations 10 through 13 and the data from Table A.4.1.2, the trend in the mean k is:
k(Enrichment) = 0.99686 + (2.42E-04)*Enrichment where Enrichment is wt% 235U.
k(Enrichment) = 0.99686 + (2.42E-04)*Enrichment where Enrichment is wt% 235U.
The tolerance band width is 4.35E-03. Figure A.5 graphically presents the results.                                                                                             II 1.003..                                                                                                ................
The tolerance band width is 4.35E-03. Figure A.5 graphically presents the results.
1.002 1.00 1         -................                                                                                -                        .....
I I 1.003..
0.999 M 0.998                   ..............                                                                                                        ....................
1.002 1.0 0 1 0.999 M 0.998 73 0.997 0.996 0.99 5........................
73 0.997   . ......-.......
I*.........
0.99 0.996 5 ........................ .....    .................
00.9 2
                                                                                    -----------                                                      I* .........
2.5 3
00.9     .. ................. ... .... ..                                .. . ... ....... ...... ...... . ... . .... ... . . ...... . ... . ... . . . .
3.5 4
2                            2.5           3                 3.5                         4                       4.5                         5 Enrichment (wt%U-235)
4.5 5
Figure A.5: keff as a Function of the Fuel Enrichment                                                                                           I Boron Content A fit of the calculated k's as a function of the B-10 areal density in the absorber plates or the soluble boron ppm was performed using NUREG/CR-6698 [2] equations 10 through 13 and the data from Table A.2. Both fits failed the statistically significance test compared to a zero slope. However, to be                                                                             II conservative, both the zero slope and the calculated fit are used for determining the limiting k as a function of boron content.
Enrichment (wt% U-235)
NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                                                                                       A-26
Figure A.5: keff as a Function of the Fuel Enrichment Boron Content A fit of the calculated k's as a function of the B-10 areal density in the absorber plates or the soluble boron ppm was performed using NUREG/CR-6698 [2] equations 10 through 13 and the data from Table A.2. Both fits failed the statistically significance test compared to a zero slope. However, to be conservative, both the zero slope and the calculated fit are used for determining the limiting k as a function of boron content.
I I I NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-26


The following equations are the best fit of the data for k versus soluble boron and areal density. Figures A.6 and A.7 show the results of the analyses. The uncertainty around the mean values given in the following equations is 0.00440 and 0.00497.                                                                           II k(ppm soluble boron) = 0.99777 + ( 5.24E-08)*ppm k(B-10 Areal Density) = 0.99777 + ( 5.24E-08)*(B-10 Areal Density) 2 where the B- 1 areal density is in gm 13- 10/cm, 1.0020 1,0000           i**
The following equations are the best fit of the data for k versus soluble boron and areal density. Figures A.6 and A.7 show the results of the analyses. The uncertainty around the mean values given in the following equations is 0.00440 and 0.00497.
                  ~0.9980                                                                 +
k(ppm soluble boron) = 0.99777 + ( 5.24E-08)*ppm k(B-10 Areal Density) = 0.99777 + ( 5.24E-08)*(B-10 Areal Density) 2 where the B-1 areal density is in gm 13-10/cm, II 1.0020 i**
6 0 9...............
1,0000
                      .9 6 0                               ..... ... ..........                     ............
~0.9980  
0.9940 0.9920                                                                       ........
+
0.000     0.010   0.020       0.030         0.040   0.050   0.060     0.070 Areal 8-10 Density (gin B-1O/cm*cm)
0.9 6 0 9...............
Figure A.6: kerr as a Function of the B-10 Areal Density in the Separator Plates                                   I NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                             A-27
6 0.9940 0.9920 0.000 0.010 0.020 0.030 0.040 0.050 0.060 0.070 Areal 8-10 Density (gin B-1O/cm*cm)
Figure A.6: kerr as a Function of the B-10 Areal Density in the Separator Plates I
NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-27


0.9995 0.9990 0.9985 1 0.9980
0.9995 0.9990 0.9985 1 0.9980 0.9975 0.9965 0.9960
                                    ..... t .................            ......................................... ............
..... t.................
0.9975  0....      .    ...
0  
                                              ) *
. 4....  
                                        . . 4....
)
0.9965 0.9960 0              1000       2000         3000       4000               5000           6000 Soluble Boron (ppm)
* 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 Soluble Boron (ppm)
Figure A.7: kerr as a Function of the Soluble Boron Content A.2.6 Establishingthe Bias and the Uncertainty, To make the incorporation of the bias and bias uncertainty in the criticality analysis conservative, the most limiting bias and bias uncertainty from the trends in the range of interest is used. The lattice pitch for Westinghouse fuel is tabulated on Table A.5 along with the bias, as predicted with the trend on lattice pitch.                                                                                                                               II Table A.5: Bias as Predicted Using the Trend in the Bias as a Function of Pitch Fuel Type                 Pitch (cm)                     Bias 14x14                     1.412                   0.0026 15x15                     1.430                   0.0025 16x16                     1.232                   0.0028 17x17                     1.260                   0.0028 The bias as a function of pin diameter decreases with increasing pin diameter and for the smallest pin diameter (Westinghouse 17X17 OFA fuel, 0.360 inches) is 0.0026. The bias for the 15xl5 pin diameter (0.422 inches) is 0.0023. Thus the bias as a function of pitch is always more limiting.
Figure A.7: kerr as a Function of the Soluble Boron Content A.2.6 Establishing the Bias and the Uncertainty, To make the incorporation of the bias and bias uncertainty in the criticality analysis conservative, the most limiting bias and bias uncertainty from the trends in the range of interest is used. The lattice pitch for Westinghouse fuel is tabulated on Table A.5 along with the bias, as predicted with the trend on lattice pitch.
The bias as a function of enrichment is given in Table A.6. As can be seen by comparing Table A.5 and A.6, the lattice pitch bias is more limiting at enrichments consistent with reloads. However, for low                                   II enriched fuel, the limiting bias is a result of the enrichment trend.
Table A.5: Bias as Predicted Using the Trend in the Bias as a Function of Pitch II Fuel Type Pitch (cm)
NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                                             A-28
Bias 14x14 1.412 0.0026 15x15 1.430 0.0025 16x16 1.232 0.0028 17x17 1.260 0.0028 The bias as a function of pin diameter decreases with increasing pin diameter and for the smallest pin diameter (Westinghouse 17X17 OFA fuel, 0.360 inches) is 0.0026. The bias for the 15xl5 pin diameter (0.422 inches) is 0.0023. Thus the bias as a function of pitch is always more limiting.
The bias as a function of enrichment is given in Table A.6.
As can be seen by comparing Table A.5 and A.6, the lattice pitch bias is more limiting at enrichments consistent with reloads. However, for low enriched fuel, the limiting bias is a result of the enrichment trend.
II NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-28


Table A.6: Bias as Predicted Using the Trend in the Bias as a Function of Enrichment I I Enrichment (wt% U-235)                     Bias 5                       0.0019 4                       0.0022 3                       0.0024 2                       0.0027 1.6                     0.0028 The biases as a function of soluble boron or areal density decrease with increasing boron and are not the most limiting biases at zero boron.
Table A.6: Bias as Predicted Using the Trend in the Bias as a Function of Enrichment Enrichment (wt% U-235)
Bias 5
0.0019 4
0.0022 3
0.0024 2
0.0027 1.6 0.0028 I I The biases as a function of soluble boron or areal density decrease with increasing boron and are not the most limiting biases at zero boron.
The spectrum, as measured by the EALF in the pool with no soluble boron, is generally between 0.2 and 0.4 eV. The bias increases as the spectrum hardens and the bias at 0.4 eV is 0.0029. This is the most limiting bias. For heavily borated cases, the EALF can get almost as high as 0.6 eV. At 0.6 eV the bias is 0.0037. For this criticality analysis, a bias of 0.0029 will be used for all EALF less than 0.4 (limiting cases for no boron credit) and 0.0037 for EALF values between 0.4 and 0.6 eV (heavily borated cases). The maximum uncertainty for any trend is 0.0050, which comes from the areal density analysis.
The spectrum, as measured by the EALF in the pool with no soluble boron, is generally between 0.2 and 0.4 eV. The bias increases as the spectrum hardens and the bias at 0.4 eV is 0.0029. This is the most limiting bias. For heavily borated cases, the EALF can get almost as high as 0.6 eV. At 0.6 eV the bias is 0.0037. For this criticality analysis, a bias of 0.0029 will be used for all EALF less than 0.4 (limiting cases for no boron credit) and 0.0037 for EALF values between 0.4 and 0.6 eV (heavily borated cases). The maximum uncertainty for any trend is 0.0050, which comes from the areal density analysis.
This uncertainty is the largest, since it is the smallest sample (only 28 cases), but in order to make the analysis conservative, 0.0050 is selected for the uncertainty in the bias.
This uncertainty is the largest, since it is the smallest sample (only 28 cases), but in order to make the analysis conservative, 0.0050 is selected for the uncertainty in the bias.
The uncertainty of the set as a whole is 0.0049. The uncertainty for the trended analysis is generally less, (not so for the areal density, due to the small sample size) since taking advantage of the trend reduces the difference between the experimental value and the predicted value.
The uncertainty of the set as a whole is 0.0049. The uncertainty for the trended analysis is generally less, (not so for the areal density, due to the small sample size) since taking advantage of the trend reduces the difference between the experimental value and the predicted value.
A. 2.7 SubcriticalMargin In the USA, the NRC has established subcritical margins for rack analysis. The subcritical margin for borated spent fuel pools, casks, and fully flooded dry storage racks is 0 when the analysis is performed with unborated water. This is actually saying the subcritical margin is contained in the uncredited soluble boron. To make sure there is sufficient soluble boron, analysis is also performed with soluble boron and a subcritical margin of 5% in k is required. For dry storage racks analyzed with optimum moderation, the subcritical margin is 2 % and 5% with full moderation. In the analysis of 236 critical experiments, which generously cover the range of expected conditions, the lowest calculated k was 0.9931. This supports the position that the subcritical margin is more than sufficient.
A. 2.7 Subcritical Margin In the USA, the NRC has established subcritical margins for rack analysis. The subcritical margin for borated spent fuel pools, casks, and fully flooded dry storage racks is 0 when the analysis is performed with unborated water. This is actually saying the subcritical margin is contained in the uncredited soluble boron. To make sure there is sufficient soluble boron, analysis is also performed with soluble boron and a subcritical margin of 5% in k is required. For dry storage racks analyzed with optimum moderation, the subcritical margin is 2 % and 5% with full moderation. In the analysis of 236 critical experiments, which generously cover the range of expected conditions, the lowest calculated k was 0.9931. This supports the position that the subcritical margin is more than sufficient.
A.2.8 Area of Applicability (BenchmarkApplicability)
A.2.8 Area of Applicability (Benchmark Applicability)
The critical benchmarks selected cover all commercial light water reactor fuel storage racks or casks. To summarize the range of the benchmark applicability (or area of applicability), Table A.7 is provided below.
The critical benchmarks selected cover all commercial light water reactor fuel storage racks or casks. To summarize the range of the benchmark applicability (or area of applicability), Table A.7 is provided below.
NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                       A-29
NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-29


Table A.7: Area of Applicability (Benchmark Applicability)
Table A.7: Area of Applicability (Benchmark Applicability)
Parameter                       Range           Comments Fissionable Material/Physical   U0 2           The fuel material is the same as in the Form                                           benchmark experiments Enrichment (wt% U-235)         2.35. to 4.74   The first core enrichments require extrapolation of the bias to lower enrichments. The predicted difference in bias from the lowest measured data to the lowest enrichment manufactured is only 0.0 1% in k. An error in the slope used for extrapolation would only produce errors in the hundredths of a %%. The extrapolated bias is less than the limiting bias. Therefore extrapolation of the bias to lower enrichments is justified.
Parameter Range Comments Fissionable Material/Physical U0 2 The fuel material is the same as in the Form benchmark experiments Enrichment (wt% U-235) 2.35. to 4.74 The first core enrichments require extrapolation of the bias to lower enrichments. The predicted difference in bias from the lowest measured data to the lowest enrichment manufactured is only 0.0 1% in k. An error in the slope used for extrapolation would only produce errors in the hundredths of a %%. The extrapolated bias is less than the limiting bias. Therefore extrapolation of the bias to lower enrichments is justified.
An extrapolation from 4.74 to 5 wt%
An extrapolation from 4.74 to 5 wt%
will also be needed but in this direction the bias is decreasing so the data is adequate for this extrapolation.
will also be needed but in this direction the bias is decreasing so the data is adequate for this extrapolation.
Spectrum                                       Expected range in applications:
Spectrum Expected range in applications:
    - EALF (eV)                   0.0605 to       0.1 to 0.6 eV 0.8485         The experiments cover the entire expected range of limiting conditions..
- EALF (eV) 0.0605 to 0.1 to 0.6 eV 0.8485 The experiments cover the entire expected range of limiting conditions..
For intended applications, dry conditions are never limiting.
For intended applications, dry conditions are never limiting.
Lattice Characteristics Type                         Square           Hex lattices have been excluded.
Lattice Characteristics Type Square Hex lattices have been excluded.
Pin Pitch (cm)             1.075 to 2.54   Expected range of 1.2 to 1.6 cm.
Pin Pitch (cm) 1.075 to 2.54 Expected range of 1.2 to 1.6 cm.
The expected range of all fuel types, including both PWR and BWR fuel is covered.
The expected range of all fuel types, including both PWR and BWR fuel is covered.
Assembly Spacing in Racks                       This covers all spacing. Neutron Distance between Assemblies     0 to 15.4       transport through larger than 15.4 cm (cm)                                             has a small effect on k. Note that the spacing is assumed to be filled with full density water. If the water density is less, this separation effectively increases. Therefore, optimum moderation cases of wide spaced racks are covered.
Assembly Spacing in Racks This covers all spacing. Neutron Distance between Assemblies 0 to 15.4 transport through larger than 15.4 cm (cm) has a small effect on k. Note that the spacing is assumed to be filled with full density water. If the water density is less, this separation effectively increases. Therefore, optimum moderation cases of wide spaced racks are covered.
Absorbers                                       Spent fuel storage designs are within NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                         A-30
Absorbers Spent fuel storage designs are within NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-30


Parameter                     Range         Comments Boron Areal Density (B-10   0 to 0.067   this range.
Parameter Range Comments Boron Areal Density (B-10 0 to 0.067 this range.
g/cm 2)
g/cm 2)
Absorbers                                   All designs are within this range.
Absorbers All designs are within this range.
Soluble Boron Concentration 0 to 5030 ppm Absorbers                                   Cd bearing experiments showed no Cd (for Ag-In-Cd rods)     Cd Absorber   dependence on the number of rods.
Soluble Boron Concentration 0 to 5030 ppm Absorbers Cd bearing experiments showed no Cd (for Ag-In-Cd rods)
panels       Credit for these rods is acceptable.
Cd Absorber dependence on the number of rods.
Reflector                                   Most rack analysis will assume Experiments included water Reflectors   optimum reflection or in the case of and steel                     adequately   casks, steel walls. Both of these covered       assumptions are adequately covered.
panels Credit for these rods is acceptable.
Temperature                   Room         The criticality calculations are Temperature   performed with the fuel at low temperatures. No significant Doppler feedback.
Reflector Most rack analysis will assume Experiments included water Reflectors optimum reflection or in the case of and steel adequately casks, steel walls. Both of these covered assumptions are adequately covered.
Moderating material           Water         The moderator in all benchmark experiments is water, therefore water as a moderating material is covered NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                 A-31
Temperature Room The criticality calculations are Temperature performed with the fuel at low temperatures. No significant Doppler feedback.
Moderating material Water The moderator in all benchmark experiments is water, therefore water as a moderating material is covered NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-31


A.2.9 Summary of Fresh U0 2 LaboratoryCriticalExperimentAnalysis This validation follows the guidance of NUREG/CR-6698. Key aspects of the guidance are the selection of experiments, analysis of the experiments, statistical treatment, determination of the bias and the bias uncertainty, and finally identification of the area of applicability.
A.2.9 Summary of Fresh U0 2 Laboratory Critical Experiment Analysis This validation follows the guidance of NUREG/CR-6698. Key aspects of the guidance are the selection of experiments, analysis of the experiments, statistical treatment, determination of the bias and the bias uncertainty, and finally identification of the area of applicability.
236 UO2 critical experiments have been selected that cover the range of conditions for rack analysis. The experiments have been analyzed using SCALE 6.1.2 and the ENDF/B-VII 238 group cross-sections and the resulting bias in k is small. The results of the criticality analysis were tested for trends against 6 different parameters important to reactivity. It was conservatively assumed that any trend found was significant. Using the trends, the most limiting bias and bias uncertainty is determined to be 0.0029 for the bias for EALF up to 0.4 eV and 0.0037 for EALF's in the range of 0.4 and 0.6 eV and the uncertainty is 0.0050 for all analyses.
236 UO2 critical experiments have been selected that cover the range of conditions for rack analysis. The experiments have been analyzed using SCALE 6.1.2 and the ENDF/B-VII 238 group cross-sections and the resulting bias in k is small. The results of the criticality analysis were tested for trends against 6 different parameters important to reactivity. It was conservatively assumed that any trend found was significant. Using the trends, the most limiting bias and bias uncertainty is determined to be 0.0029 for the bias for EALF up to 0.4 eV and 0.0037 for EALF's in the range of 0.4 and 0.6 eV and the uncertainty is 0.0050 for all analyses.
While this validation is intended to cover all LWR fuel racks, the specific area of applicability is found in Table A.7.
While this validation is intended to cover all LWR fuel racks, the specific area of applicability is found in Table A.7.
NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                       A-32
NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-32


A.3. HTC and MOX CriticalExperiments Burned fuel contains a low concentration of plutonium (about I wt%), as well as the uranium and thus is actually Mixed Oxide (MOX) fuel. Most classical MOX experiments have plutonium concentrations at least twice as high as that contained in burned fuel. A series of experiments were performed in France and purchased by the US for domestic use, which model the uranium and plutonium concentration, which matches 4.5 wt % U-235 fuel burned to 37.5 GWd/T [12]. This fuel has 1.1 wt% plutonium and 1.57 wt% U-235. Both the HTC critical experiments and a large series of classical MOX experiments were analyzed.
A.3. HTC and MOX Critical Experiments Burned fuel contains a low concentration of plutonium (about I wt%), as well as the uranium and thus is actually Mixed Oxide (MOX) fuel. Most classical MOX experiments have plutonium concentrations at least twice as high as that contained in burned fuel. A series of experiments were performed in France and purchased by the US for domestic use, which model the uranium and plutonium concentration, which matches 4.5 wt % U-235 fuel burned to 37.5 GWd/T [12]. This fuel has 1.1 wt% plutonium and 1.57 wt% U-235. Both the HTC critical experiments and a large series of classical MOX experiments were analyzed.
A.3.1 HTC CriticalExperiments All the HTC critical experiments used the same fuel pins. The criticality of these experiments was controlled by adjusting the critical water height. The fuel pins were used in 156 critical arrangements.
A.3.1 HTC Critical Experiments All the HTC critical experiments used the same fuel pins. The criticality of these experiments was controlled by adjusting the critical water height. The fuel pins were used in 156 critical arrangements.
117 of these were relevant to spent fuel pool analysis. The experiments were performed in four phases.
117 of these were relevant to spent fuel pool analysis. The experiments were performed in four phases.
Phase 1 [13] consists of 17 cases where the pin pitch was varied from 1.3 cm to 2.3 cm and different quantities of pins were used to change the critical height. An 18 h case was done where the array was moved to the edge of the tank, so the boundary was the steel tank followed by void. This condition is not typical of a spent fuel pool, so this case was not analyzed. The average k of the Phase I cases was 0.99910.
Phase 1 [13] consists of 17 cases where the pin pitch was varied from 1.3 cm to 2.3 cm and different quantities of pins were used to change the critical height. An 18 h case was done where the array was moved to the edge of the tank, so the boundary was the steel tank followed by void. This condition is not typical of a spent fuel pool, so this case was not analyzed. The average k of the Phase I cases was 0.99910.
Line 1,202: Line 2,000:
The references gave a simple model and a detailed model. The model created for this work followed the detailed model, except that the top grid outside of the array and the basket supports were not modeled.
The references gave a simple model and a detailed model. The model created for this work followed the detailed model, except that the top grid outside of the array and the basket supports were not modeled.
Both of these assumptions were part of the simplified model and have a negligible impact on k. The model used actually exceeded the detailed model, since the spring above the fuel was modeled by homogenizing it with the void.
Both of these assumptions were part of the simplified model and have a negligible impact on k. The model used actually exceeded the detailed model, since the spring above the fuel was modeled by homogenizing it with the void.
NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                   A-33
NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-33


Tables A.8 through A. 12 present the results of the analysis. A statistical analysis of the set as a whole     I I was performed consistent with the method provided in NUREG/CR-6698, where the experimental uncertainties were taken from References 13 through 16. The mean uncertainty weighted k is 0.99878 and the uncertainty is 0.00590. This makes the bias 0.00122. Since all the pins are the same, trend analysis on the pin diameter and enrichment are not possible. The pin pitch changes are made to adjust the spectrum, so the only trend analysis performed is on the spectrum (EALF). The trend analysis (performed consistent with NUREG/CR-6698) on EALF yielded the following function:
Tables A.8 through A. 12 present the results of the analysis. A statistical analysis of the set as a whole was performed consistent with the method provided in NUREG/CR-6698, where the experimental uncertainties were taken from References 13 through 16. The mean uncertainty weighted k is 0.99878 and the uncertainty is 0.00590. This makes the bias 0.00122. Since all the pins are the same, trend analysis on the pin diameter and enrichment are not possible. The pin pitch changes are made to adjust the spectrum, so the only trend analysis performed is on the spectrum (EALF). The trend analysis (performed consistent with NUREG/CR-6698) on EALF yielded the following function:
k(EALF) = 0.999538 - 0.00548
k(EALF) = 0.999538 - 0.00548
* EALF The units for EALF are eV. The uncertainty about the trending k is 0.0057 in k. Figure A.8 shows the results of the HTC analysis.
* EALF The units for EALF are eV. The uncertainty about the trending k is 0.0057 in k. Figure A.8 shows the results of the HTC analysis.
I Table A.8: HTC Phase 1 Results Case No.       ken       Monte     EALF         Pitch Carlo       (eV)       (cm)
Table A.8: HTC Phase 1 Results I I I
Sigma 1     0.99913     0.00015   0.069486       2.3 2       0.99893     0.00016   0.066544       2.3 3       0.99892     0.00016   0.066412       2.3 4       0.99974     0.00017   0.084957       1.9 5       0.99983     0.00017   0.082795       1.9 6       0.99946     0.00020   0.082123       1.9 7       0.99977     0.00019   0.102248       1.7 8       0.99962     0.00018   0.100654       1.7 9       0.99903     0.00019   0.099687       1.7 10     0.99991     0.00019   0.140669       1.5 11     0.99898     0.00020   0.135753       1.5 12     0.99906     0.00019   0.133996       1.5 13     0.99813     0.00021   0.256212       1.3 14     0.99776   '0.00019   0.234183       1.3 15     0.99812     0.00022   0.230564       1.3 16     0.99952     0.00020   0.101408       1.7 17     0.99882     0.00019   0.099384       1.7 NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                     A-34
Case No.
ken Monte EALF Pitch Carlo (eV)
(cm)
Sigma 1
0.99913 0.00015 0.069486 2.3 2
0.99893 0.00016 0.066544 2.3 3
0.99892 0.00016 0.066412 2.3 4
0.99974 0.00017 0.084957 1.9 5
0.99983 0.00017 0.082795 1.9 6
0.99946 0.00020 0.082123 1.9 7
0.99977 0.00019 0.102248 1.7 8
0.99962 0.00018 0.100654 1.7 9
0.99903 0.00019 0.099687 1.7 10 0.99991 0.00019 0.140669 1.5 11 0.99898 0.00020 0.135753 1.5 12 0.99906 0.00019 0.133996 1.5 13 0.99813 0.00021 0.256212 1.3 14 0.99776 '0.00019 0.234183 1.3 15 0.99812 0.00022 0.230564 1.3 16 0.99952 0.00020 0.101408 1.7 17 0.99882 0.00019 0.099384 1.7 NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-34


Table A.9: HTC Phase 2a, Gadolinium Solutions, Results     II Case No. kf   Monte   EALF     Pitch   Gadolinium Carlo   (eV)     (cm) Concentration Sigma                       (g/I) 1     0.99784 0.00020 0.25279     1.3     0.0520 2     0.99792 0.00021 0.24946     1.3     0.0520 3     0.99777 0.00019 0.27074     1.3     0.1005 4     0.99771 0.00018 0.26756     1.3     0.1005 5     0.99784 0.00018 0.26333     1.3     0.1005 6     0.99683 0.00018 0.28513     1.3     0.1505 7     0.99684 0.00019 0.27847     1.3     0.1505 8     0.99623 0.00016 0.29552     1.3     0.1997 9     0.99608 0.00018 0.29253     1.3     0.1997 10     0.99689 0.00017 0.16982     1.5     0.1997 11     0.99766 0.00019 0.16252     1.5     0.1495 12     0.99771 0.00018 0.16101     1.5     0.1495 13     0.99868 0.00017 0.15392     1.5     0.1000 14     0.99861 0.00018 0.15223     1.5     0.1000 15     0.99983 0.00020 0.14727     1.5     0.0492 16     0.99976 0.00019 0.14432     1.5     0.0492 17     1.00053 0.00018 0.10631     1.7     0.0492 18     1.00070 0.00017 0.08-783   1.9     0.0492 19     0.99707 0.00016 0.11369     1.7     0.1010 20       1.00050 0.00019 0.10648     1.7     0.0492 NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                     A-35
Table A.9: HTC Phase 2a, Gadolinium Solutions, Results Case No.
kf Monte EALF Pitch Gadolinium Carlo (eV)
(cm)
Concentration Sigma (g/I) 1 0.99784 0.00020 0.25279 1.3 0.0520 2
0.99792 0.00021 0.24946 1.3 0.0520 3
0.99777 0.00019 0.27074 1.3 0.1005 4
0.99771 0.00018 0.26756 1.3 0.1005 5
0.99784 0.00018 0.26333 1.3 0.1005 6
0.99683 0.00018 0.28513 1.3 0.1505 7
0.99684 0.00019 0.27847 1.3 0.1505 8
0.99623 0.00016 0.29552 1.3 0.1997 9
0.99608 0.00018 0.29253 1.3 0.1997 10 0.99689 0.00017 0.16982 1.5 0.1997 11 0.99766 0.00019 0.16252 1.5 0.1495 12 0.99771 0.00018 0.16101 1.5 0.1495 13 0.99868 0.00017 0.15392 1.5 0.1000 14 0.99861 0.00018 0.15223 1.5 0.1000 15 0.99983 0.00020 0.14727 1.5 0.0492 16 0.99976 0.00019 0.14432 1.5 0.0492 17 1.00053 0.00018 0.10631 1.7 0.0492 18 1.00070 0.00017 0.08-783 1.9 0.0492 19 0.99707 0.00016 0.11369 1.7 0.1010 20 1.00050 0.00019 0.10648 1.7 0.0492 I I NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-35


Table A.10: HTC Phase 2b, Boron Solutions, Results I I Case No. klf   Monte   EALF     Pitch       Boron Carlo   (eV)   (cm)   Concentration Sigma                         (g/i) i     0.99835 0.00020 0.24780   1.3       0.100 2     0.99760 0.00020 0.24450   1.3       0.106 3     0.99816 0.00020 0.25528   1.3       0.205 4     0.99904 0.00020 0.26400   1.3       0.299 5     0.99886 0.00019 0.27475   1.3       0.400 6     0.99852 0.00019 0.27125   1.3       0.399 7     0.99933 0.00018 0.27977   1.3       0.486 8     0.99894 0.00019 0.28781   1.3       0.587 9     0.99952 0.00016 0.16627   1.5       0.595 10     0.99811 0.00019 0.16087   1.5       0.499 11     0.99990 0.00017 0.15663   1.5       0.393 12     0.99987 0.00018 0.15007   1.5       0.295 13     0.99887 0.00018 0.14559   1.5       0.200 14     1.00192 0.00018 0.14024   1.5       0.089 15     1.00338 0.00018 0.10325   1.7       0.090 16     1.00202 0.00017 0.10717   1.7       0.194 17     1.00313 0.00017 0.11049   1.7       0.286 18     0.99367 0.00017 0.11577   1.7       0.415 19     1.00021 0.00021 0.10473   1.7       0.100 20     0.99251 0.00017 0.08965   1.9       0.220 21     0.99642 0.00017 0.08611   1.9       0.110 NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                     A-36
Table A.10: HTC Phase 2b, Boron Solutions, Results Case No.
klf Monte EALF Pitch Boron Carlo (eV)
(cm)
Concentration Sigma (g/i) i 0.99835 0.00020 0.24780 1.3 0.100 2
0.99760 0.00020 0.24450 1.3 0.106 3
0.99816 0.00020 0.25528 1.3 0.205 4
0.99904 0.00020 0.26400 1.3 0.299 5
0.99886 0.00019 0.27475 1.3 0.400 6
0.99852 0.00019 0.27125 1.3 0.399 7
0.99933 0.00018 0.27977 1.3 0.486 8
0.99894 0.00019 0.28781 1.3 0.587 9
0.99952 0.00016 0.16627 1.5 0.595 10 0.99811 0.00019 0.16087 1.5 0.499 11 0.99990 0.00017 0.15663 1.5 0.393 12 0.99987 0.00018 0.15007 1.5 0.295 13 0.99887 0.00018 0.14559 1.5 0.200 14 1.00192 0.00018 0.14024 1.5 0.089 15 1.00338 0.00018 0.10325 1.7 0.090 16 1.00202 0.00017 0.10717 1.7 0.194 17 1.00313 0.00017 0.11049 1.7 0.286 18 0.99367 0.00017 0.11577 1.7 0.415 19 1.00021 0.00021 0.10473 1.7 0.100 20 0.99251 0.00017 0.08965 1.9 0.220 21 0.99642 0.00017 0.08611 1.9 0.110 I I NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-36


Table A.11: HTC Phase 3 Results - Water Reflected Assemblies (1.6 cm pin pitch)
Table A.11: HTC Phase 3 Results - Water Reflected Assemblies (1.6 cm pin pitch)
II Case No. ktff Monte       EALF       Absorber   Assembly Carlo       (eV)         Box     Separation Sigma                   Material     (cm) 1     0.99774 0.00022     0.12377     Borated SS     3.5 2     0.99986 0.00019     0.14095     Borated SS     0 3     0.99710 0.00019     0.12939     Borated SS     2 4     0.99715 0.00018     0.12391     Borated SS     3 5     0.99699 0.00018     0.13503     Borated SS     1 6     0.99987 0.00019     0.12974       Boral         0 7     0.99614 0.00019     0.12866         Cd         2 8     1.00381 0.00018     0.13904         Cd         0 9     0.99646 0.00017     0.13345         Cd         I 10     0.99672 0.00018     0.12952         Cd         1.5 11     0.99571 0.00019     0.13726         Cd         0.5 12     0.99901 0.00017     0.11277       none         18 13     0.99915 0.00018     0.11167       none       14.5 14     0.99934 0.00018     0.11183       none         11 15     0.99910 0.00019     0.11093       none         10 16     0.99961 0.00019     0.11030       none         9 17     0.99930 0.00018     0.10842       none         8 18     0.99980 0.00017     0.10656       none         6 19     1.00016 0.00018     0.10421       none         4 20     1.00044 0.00018     0.10206       none         4 21     0.99976 0.00018     0.10470       none         2 22     1.00047 0.00019     0.10714       none         1 23     0.99893 0.00018     0.11506       none         0 24     0.99949 0.00020     0.15073       none         0 25     0.99996 0.00018     0.12672       none         4 26     0.99937 0.00020     0.11550       none         10 NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                         A-37
Case No.
ktff Monte EALF Absorber Assembly Carlo (eV)
Box Separation Sigma Material (cm) 1 0.99774 0.00022 0.12377 Borated SS 3.5 2
0.99986 0.00019 0.14095 Borated SS 0
3 0.99710 0.00019 0.12939 Borated SS 2
4 0.99715 0.00018 0.12391 Borated SS 3
5 0.99699 0.00018 0.13503 Borated SS 1
6 0.99987 0.00019 0.12974 Boral 0
7 0.99614 0.00019 0.12866 Cd 2
8 1.00381 0.00018 0.13904 Cd 0
9 0.99646 0.00017 0.13345 Cd I
10 0.99672 0.00018 0.12952 Cd 1.5 11 0.99571 0.00019 0.13726 Cd 0.5 12 0.99901 0.00017 0.11277 none 18 13 0.99915 0.00018 0.11167 none 14.5 14 0.99934 0.00018 0.11183 none 11 15 0.99910 0.00019 0.11093 none 10 16 0.99961 0.00019 0.11030 none 9
17 0.99930 0.00018 0.10842 none 8
18 0.99980 0.00017 0.10656 none 6
19 1.00016 0.00018 0.10421 none 4
20 1.00044 0.00018 0.10206 none 4
21 0.99976 0.00018 0.10470 none 2
22 1.00047 0.00019 0.10714 none 1
23 0.99893 0.00018 0.11506 none 0
24 0.99949 0.00020 0.15073 none 0
25 0.99996 0.00018 0.12672 none 4
26 0.99937 0.00020 0.11550 none 10 I I NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-37


Table A.12: HTC Phase 4 Results - Steel Reflected Assemblies             I (1.6 cm pin pitch)
Table A.12: HTC Phase 4 Results - Steel Reflected Assemblies (1.6 cm pin pitch)
Case No.     kff Monte   EALF       Absorber   Assembly       Separation Carlo   (eV)         Box   Separation   From Reflector Sigma               Material     (cm)           (cm) 1     1.00157 0.00019 0.15363     BoratedSS       0             0.0 2     0.99845 0.00018 0.15069     Borated SS     0.5           0.0 3     0.99797 0.00018 0.14674     Borated SS       1           0.0 4     0.99826 0.00018 0.14227     Borated SS     1.5           0.0 5     0.99839 0.00019 0.13923     Borated SS     2             0.0 6     0.99712 0.00018 0.13820     BoratedSS       2             0.5 7     0.99634 0.00018 0.13705     Borated SS     2             1.0 8     0.99650 0.00018 0.13598     Borated SS     2             1.5 9     0.99658 0.00018 0.13518     Borated SS     2             2.0 10     0.99834 0.00018 0.13430     Borated SS     3             0.0 11     0.99821 0.00018 0.13234     Borated SS     3.5           0.0 12     1.00095 0.00018 0.13558       Boral       0             0.0 13     0.99653 0.00018 0.13386       Boral       0.5           0.0 14     1.00431 0.00017 0.14979         Cd         0             0.0 15     0.99818 0.00020 0.14323         Cd         1           0.0 16     0.99769 0.00017 0.13683         Cd         2             0.0 17     0.99615 0.00018 0.13568         Cd         2             0.5 18     0.99536 0.00019 0.13423         Cd         2             1.0 19     0.99513 0.00018 0.13315         Cd         2             1.5 20     0.99465 0.00018 0.13235         Cd         2             2.0 21     0.99869 0.00018 0.13390         Cd       2.5           0.0 22     1.00060 0.00018 0.17427         none       0             0.0 23     1.00057 0.00018 0.16641         none         1           0.0 24     0.99973 0.00018 0.15852         none       2             0.0 25     0.99935 0.00018 0.15709         none       2             0.5 26     0.99946 0.00018 0.15559         none       2             1.0 27     0.99939 0.00018 0.15431         none       2             1.5 28     0.99937 0.00019 0.15351         none       2             2.0 29     0.99941 0.00019 0.14426         none       4             0.0 30     0.99964 0.00018 0.13456         none       6             0.0 31     0.99953 0.00018 0.12886         none       8             0.0 32     0.99947 0.00017 0.12537         none       10           0.0 33     0.99940 0.00018 0.12333         none       12           0.0 NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                               A-38
I Case No.
kff Monte EALF Absorber Assembly Separation Carlo (eV)
Box Separation From Reflector Sigma Material (cm)
(cm) 1 1.00157 0.00019 0.15363 BoratedSS 0
0.0 2
0.99845 0.00018 0.15069 Borated SS 0.5 0.0 3
0.99797 0.00018 0.14674 Borated SS 1
0.0 4
0.99826 0.00018 0.14227 Borated SS 1.5 0.0 5
0.99839 0.00019 0.13923 Borated SS 2
0.0 6
0.99712 0.00018 0.13820 BoratedSS 2
0.5 7
0.99634 0.00018 0.13705 Borated SS 2
1.0 8
0.99650 0.00018 0.13598 Borated SS 2
1.5 9
0.99658 0.00018 0.13518 Borated SS 2
2.0 10 0.99834 0.00018 0.13430 Borated SS 3
0.0 11 0.99821 0.00018 0.13234 Borated SS 3.5 0.0 12 1.00095 0.00018 0.13558 Boral 0
0.0 13 0.99653 0.00018 0.13386 Boral 0.5 0.0 14 1.00431 0.00017 0.14979 Cd 0
0.0 15 0.99818 0.00020 0.14323 Cd 1
0.0 16 0.99769 0.00017 0.13683 Cd 2
0.0 17 0.99615 0.00018 0.13568 Cd 2
0.5 18 0.99536 0.00019 0.13423 Cd 2
1.0 19 0.99513 0.00018 0.13315 Cd 2
1.5 20 0.99465 0.00018 0.13235 Cd 2
2.0 21 0.99869 0.00018 0.13390 Cd 2.5 0.0 22 1.00060 0.00018 0.17427 none 0
0.0 23 1.00057 0.00018 0.16641 none 1
0.0 24 0.99973 0.00018 0.15852 none 2
0.0 25 0.99935 0.00018 0.15709 none 2
0.5 26 0.99946 0.00018 0.15559 none 2
1.0 27 0.99939 0.00018 0.15431 none 2
1.5 28 0.99937 0.00019 0.15351 none 2
2.0 29 0.99941 0.00019 0.14426 none 4
0.0 30 0.99964 0.00018 0.13456 none 6
0.0 31 0.99953 0.00018 0.12886 none 8
0.0 32 0.99947 0.00017 0.12537 none 10 0.0 33 0.99940 0.00018 0.12333 none 12 0.0 NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-38


1.006       ....................................................................................                                                                                                          ..............
1.006 1.0 0 4 1.00<  
1 .004                                                                                                            ........... .........
+
1.00<                                                                         +
9  
9                                                                                                                                   -.-~-_ ----_        ....
-~
0.996                                                                       ...............
0.996 0.994 0.992 0.992 0.9 9 --..........................
0.994 0.992 0.992 0 .9 9 --.... ......................
0.000000 0.050000 0.100000 0.150000 0.200000 0.250000 0.300000 0.350000 Energy of the Average Lethargy of Fission (EALF) (ev)
0.000000                     0.050000                       0.100000                       0.150000                             0.200000                             0.250000                   0.300000                             0.350000 Energy of the Average Lethargy of Fission (EALF) (ev)
Figure A.8: ker as a Function of the Energy of the Average Lethargy Causing Fission for the HTC Experiments A. 3.2 MOX Critical Experiments The selection of the MOX critical experiments was limited to the low enriched MOX lattice critical experiments. All 63 of the low enriched MOX pin critical experiments documented in the OECD handbook [17] were utilized. The actual input decks were initiated from available decks found in NUREG/CR-6102 [18] and OECD [17]. The decks were modified to update to the new cross-section library and changes in the SCALE input format.
Figure A.8: ker as a Function of the Energy of the Average Lethargy Causing Fission for the HTC Experiments A. 3.2 MOX CriticalExperiments The selection of the MOX critical experiments was limited to the low enriched MOX lattice critical experiments. All 63 of the low enriched MOX pin critical experiments documented in the OECD handbook [17] were utilized. The actual input decks were initiated from available decks found in NUREG/CR-6102 [18] and OECD [17]. The decks were modified to update to the new cross-section library and changes in the SCALE input format.
Table A.] 3 presents the results of the 63 selected MOX critical experiments. The Reference column has the evaluation number from the OECD benchmark handbook [17]. For example, OECD-7 refers to the OECD case MIX-COMP-THERM-07.
Table A.] 3 presents the results of the 63 selected MOX critical experiments. The Reference column has the evaluation number from the OECD benchmark handbook [17]. For example, OECD-7 refers to the OECD case MIX-COMP-THERM-07.
Trends were investigated as a function of EALF, plutonium content, and the Am-241/U-238 ratio. As the spectrum hardens (higher EALF), there is a small trend to higher k. With more plutonium content, k increases. This is seen in Figure A.9. This means that the more limiting bias comes from the zero plutonium cases (fresh U0 2). This is confirmed by the average calculated k of the HTC critical experiments being higher than the average calculated k for the fresh U0 2 cases. The average uncertainty NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   A-39
Trends were investigated as a function of EALF, plutonium content, and the Am-241/U-238 ratio. As the spectrum hardens (higher EALF), there is a small trend to higher k. With more plutonium content, k increases. This is seen in Figure A.9. This means that the more limiting bias comes from the zero plutonium cases (fresh U0 2). This is confirmed by the average calculated k of the HTC critical experiments being higher than the average calculated k for the fresh U0 2 cases. The average uncertainty NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-39


weighted k of the fresh U0 2 criticals is 0.9978. The average uncertainty weighted k for the HTC criticals is 0.9988. The average uncertainty weighted k of the MOX experiments is 0.9984.
weighted k of the fresh U02 criticals is 0.9978. The average uncertainty weighted k for the HTC criticals is 0.9988. The average uncertainty weighted k of the MOX experiments is 0.9984.
The change in k with cooling time is dominated by the reactivity of the decay of Pu-241 to Am-241. By plotting k versus the Am-241/U-238 ratio, it is possible to determine if the bias should be changed for cooling. Figure A. 10 shows that with increasing Am-241 content, the calculated k of the critical experiments increases. This observation shows that the zero cooling time bias conservatively covers the     I I cooling time.
The change in k with cooling time is dominated by the reactivity of the decay of Pu-241 to Am-241. By plotting k versus the Am-241/U-238 ratio, it is possible to determine if the bias should be changed for cooling. Figure A. 10 shows that with increasing Am-241 content, the calculated k of the critical experiments increases. This observation shows that the zero cooling time bias conservatively covers the cooling time.
Table A.13: Results of MOX Critical Benchmarks (SCALE 6.1.2, ENDF/B-VII)
Table A.13: Results of MOX Critical Benchmarks (SCALE 6.1.2, ENDF/B-VII)
I1 Case ID       Reference       k~ff       sigma   EALF       Pu         Pu     Am241IU238
Case ID Reference k~ff sigma EALF Pu Pu Am241IU238 (eV) wt%
________                    _______      (eV)     wt%       240%     _____
240%
093array       OECD-7       1.0009     0.00025   0.1903     2.00       16       6.82E-05 105al.in       OECD-7       0.9942     0.00027   0.1369     2.00       16       7.55E-05
093array OECD-7 1.0009 0.00025 0.1903 2.00 16 6.82E-05 105al.in OECD-7 0.9942 0.00027 0.1369 2.00 16 7.55E-05
        !05array       OECD-7       0.9960     0.00025   0.1377     2.00       16       7.55E-05 105bl       OECD-7       0.9914     0.00026   0.1379     2.00       16       7.55E-05 105b2       OECD-7       0.9921     0.00024   0.1377     2.00         16       7.55E-05 105b3       OECD-7       0.9933     0.00025   0.1373     2.00       16       7.55E-05 105b4       OECD-7       0.9940     0.00026   0.1371     2.00       16       7.55E-05 1143arra       OECD-7       0.9980     0.00026   0.1166     2.00       16       8.13E-05 132array       OECD-7       0.9971     0.00022   0.0953     2.00       16       8.13E-05 1386arra       OECD-7       0.9942     0.00023   0.0906     2.00       16       6.97E-05 epri70b       OECD-2       0.9992     0.00025   0.7209     2.00       7.8       7.29E-05 epri70un       OECD-2       0.9974     0.00027   0.5409     2.00       7.8       7.29E-05 epri87b       OECD-2       1.0019     0.00022   0.2710     2.00       7.8       7.29E-05 epri87un       OECD-2       0.9981     0.00032   0.1852     2.00       7.8       7.29E-05 epri99b       OECD-2       1.0012     0.00024   0.1772     2.00       7.8       7.29E-05 epri99un       OECD-2       1.0007     0.00027   0.1333     2.00       7.8       7.29E-05 kl mct009       OECD-9       0.9994     0.00024   0.5169     1.50         8         1.06E-05 k2mct009f       OECD-9       0.9941     0.00027   0.2943     1.50         8       9.77E-06 k3mctOO9       OECD-9       0.9934     0.00024   0.1528     1.50         8       8.96E-06 K4mctOO9       OECD-9       0.9921     0.00024   0.1155     1.50         8       8.96E-06 K5mctOO9       OECD-9       0.9925     0.00021   0.0947     1.50         8       8.96E-06 K6mctOO9       OECD-9       0.9937     0.00024   0.0905     1.50         8       9.77E-06 omct6l       OECD-6       0.9954     0.00026   0.3570     2.00         8       2.24E-05 omct62       OECD-6       0.9990     0.00029   0.1885     2.00         8       2.24E-05 omct63       OECD-6       0.9943     0.00027   0.1374     2.00         8       2.24E-05 omct64       OECD-6       0.9982     0.00025   0.1167     2.00         8       2.24E-05 omct65       OECD-6       0.9994     0.00025   0.0956     2.00         8       2.24E-05 omct66       OECD-6       0.9956       0.00024   0.0907     2.00         8       2.24E-05 mct8cl       OECD-8       0.9978     0.00029   0.3776     2.00       24       7.93E-05 mct8c2       OECD-8       0.9977     0.00028   0.1922     2.00       24       7.27E-05 mct8c3       OECD-8       0.9967     0.00024   0.1383     2.00       24       8.59E-05 mct8c4       OECD-8       1.0006     0.00027   0.1170     2.00       24       9.88E-05 mct8c5       OECD-8       1.0000     0.00026   0.0955     2.00       24       9.56E-05 mct8c6       OECD-8       0.9992     0.00023   0.0905     2.00       24       7.27E-05 NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                   A-40
!05array OECD-7 0.9960 0.00025 0.1377 2.00 16 7.55E-05 105bl OECD-7 0.9914 0.00026 0.1379 2.00 16 7.55E-05 105b2 OECD-7 0.9921 0.00024 0.1377 2.00 16 7.55E-05 105b3 OECD-7 0.9933 0.00025 0.1373 2.00 16 7.55E-05 105b4 OECD-7 0.9940 0.00026 0.1371 2.00 16 7.55E-05 1143arra OECD-7 0.9980 0.00026 0.1166 2.00 16 8.13E-05 132array OECD-7 0.9971 0.00022 0.0953 2.00 16 8.13E-05 1386arra OECD-7 0.9942 0.00023 0.0906 2.00 16 6.97E-05 epri70b OECD-2 0.9992 0.00025 0.7209 2.00 7.8 7.29E-05 epri70un OECD-2 0.9974 0.00027 0.5409 2.00 7.8 7.29E-05 epri87b OECD-2 1.0019 0.00022 0.2710 2.00 7.8 7.29E-05 epri87un OECD-2 0.9981 0.00032 0.1852 2.00 7.8 7.29E-05 epri99b OECD-2 1.0012 0.00024 0.1772 2.00 7.8 7.29E-05 epri99un OECD-2 1.0007 0.00027 0.1333 2.00 7.8 7.29E-05 kl mct009 OECD-9 0.9994 0.00024 0.5169 1.50 8
1.06E-05 k2mct009f OECD-9 0.9941 0.00027 0.2943 1.50 8
9.77E-06 k3mctOO9 OECD-9 0.9934 0.00024 0.1528 1.50 8
8.96E-06 K4mctOO9 OECD-9 0.9921 0.00024 0.1155 1.50 8
8.96E-06 K5mctOO9 OECD-9 0.9925 0.00021 0.0947 1.50 8
8.96E-06 K6mctOO9 OECD-9 0.9937 0.00024 0.0905 1.50 8
9.77E-06 omct6l OECD-6 0.9954 0.00026 0.3570 2.00 8
2.24E-05 omct62 OECD-6 0.9990 0.00029 0.1885 2.00 8
2.24E-05 omct63 OECD-6 0.9943 0.00027 0.1374 2.00 8
2.24E-05 omct64 OECD-6 0.9982 0.00025 0.1167 2.00 8
2.24E-05 omct65 OECD-6 0.9994 0.00025 0.0956 2.00 8
2.24E-05 omct66 OECD-6 0.9956 0.00024 0.0907 2.00 8
2.24E-05 mct8cl OECD-8 0.9978 0.00029 0.3776 2.00 24 7.93E-05 mct8c2 OECD-8 0.9977 0.00028 0.1922 2.00 24 7.27E-05 mct8c3 OECD-8 0.9967 0.00024 0.1383 2.00 24 8.59E-05 mct8c4 OECD-8 1.0006 0.00027 0.1170 2.00 24 9.88E-05 mct8c5 OECD-8 1.0000 0.00026 0.0955 2.00 24 9.56E-05 mct8c6 OECD-8 0.9992 0.00023 0.0905 2.00 24 7.27E-05 I I I1 NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-40


Case ID   Reference   !fy   sigma EALF   Pu   Pu Am241WU238 (eV) wt% 240%
Case ID Reference  
mct8cal   OECD-8   0.9967 0.00025 0.1375 2.00 24   8.59E-05 mct8cb I   OECD-8   0.9931 0.00024 0.1387 2.00   24 8.59E-05 mct8cb3     OECD-8   0.9941 0.00025 0.1381 2.00   24 8.59E-05 mctcb2     OECD-8   0.9937 0.00024 0.1385 2.00   24 8.59E-05 mctcb4     OECD-8   0.9942 0.00026 0.1378 2.00   24 8.59E-05 mixo251 k   OECD-5   1.0011 0.00032 0.3732 4.00   18   1.59E-04 mixo252k     OECD-5   0.9985 0.00027 0.2476 4.00   18   1.59E-04 mixo253k     OECD-5   1.0044 0.00027 0.1712 4.00   18   1.59E-04 mixo254k     OECD-5   1.0004 0.00029 0.1425 4.00   18   1.59E-04 mixo255k     OECD-5   1.0034 0.00028 0.1058 4.00   18   1.59E-04 mixo256k     OECD-5   1.0023 0.00024 0.0917 4.00   18   1.59E-04 mixo257k     OECD-5   1.0036 0.00024 0.0875 4.00   18   1.59E-04 saxtn 104   OECD-3   1.00044 0.00027 0.0987 6.60 8.6 8.43E-05 saxtn56b   OECD-3   0.99962 0.00028 0.6133 6.60 8.6 8.43E-05 saxtn735   OECD-3   0.99999 0.00031 0.1820 6.60 8.6 8.43E-05 saxtn792   OECD-3   0.99951 0.00031 0.1505 6.60 8.6 8.43E-05 Saxton52   OECD-3   0.99977 0.00028 0.8517 6.60 8.6 8.43E-05 Saxton56   OECD-3   1.00018 0.0003 0.5177 6.60 8.6 8.43E-05 tcal     OECD-4   0.99572 0.00027 0.1418 3.01   22   1.04E-04 tcal0     OECD-4   0.9988 0.00024 0.0792 3.01   22 9.31E-05 tcal I   OECD-4   0.99886 0.00023 0.0788 3.01   22 2.06E-04 tca2     OECD-4   0.9964 0.0003 0.1409 3.01   22   1.99E-04 tca3     OECD-4   0.99665 0.00028 0.1403 3.01   22 2.96E-04 tca4     OECD-4   0.99644 0.00026 0.1172 3.01   22 9.88E-05 tca5     OECD-4   0.9974 0.00027 0.1167 3.01   22 2.02E-04 tca6     OECD-4   0.99848 0.00025 0.1156 3.01   22 3.90E-04 tca7     OECD-4   0.99753 0.00025 0.0917 3.01   22 8.88E-05 tca8     OECD-4   0.99801 0.00025 0.0913 3.01   22 2.03E-04 tca9     OECD-4   0.99864 0.00025 0.0909 3.01   22 3.02E-04 NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                 A-41
!fy sigma EALF Pu Pu Am241WU238 (eV) wt%
240%
mct8cal OECD-8 0.9967 0.00025 0.1375 2.00 24 8.59E-05 mct8cb I OECD-8 0.9931 0.00024 0.1387 2.00 24 8.59E-05 mct8cb3 OECD-8 0.9941 0.00025 0.1381 2.00 24 8.59E-05 mctcb2 OECD-8 0.9937 0.00024 0.1385 2.00 24 8.59E-05 mctcb4 OECD-8 0.9942 0.00026 0.1378 2.00 24 8.59E-05 mixo251 k OECD-5 1.0011 0.00032 0.3732 4.00 18 1.59E-04 mixo252k OECD-5 0.9985 0.00027 0.2476 4.00 18 1.59E-04 mixo253k OECD-5 1.0044 0.00027 0.1712 4.00 18 1.59E-04 mixo254k OECD-5 1.0004 0.00029 0.1425 4.00 18 1.59E-04 mixo255k OECD-5 1.0034 0.00028 0.1058 4.00 18 1.59E-04 mixo256k OECD-5 1.0023 0.00024 0.0917 4.00 18 1.59E-04 mixo257k OECD-5 1.0036 0.00024 0.0875 4.00 18 1.59E-04 saxtn 104 OECD-3 1.00044 0.00027 0.0987 6.60 8.6 8.43E-05 saxtn56b OECD-3 0.99962 0.00028 0.6133 6.60 8.6 8.43E-05 saxtn735 OECD-3 0.99999 0.00031 0.1820 6.60 8.6 8.43E-05 saxtn792 OECD-3 0.99951 0.00031 0.1505 6.60 8.6 8.43E-05 Saxton52 OECD-3 0.99977 0.00028 0.8517 6.60 8.6 8.43E-05 Saxton56 OECD-3 1.00018 0.0003 0.5177 6.60 8.6 8.43E-05 tcal OECD-4 0.99572 0.00027 0.1418 3.01 22 1.04E-04 tcal0 OECD-4 0.9988 0.00024 0.0792 3.01 22 9.31E-05 tcal I OECD-4 0.99886 0.00023 0.0788 3.01 22 2.06E-04 tca2 OECD-4 0.9964 0.0003 0.1409 3.01 22 1.99E-04 tca3 OECD-4 0.99665 0.00028 0.1403 3.01 22 2.96E-04 tca4 OECD-4 0.99644 0.00026 0.1172 3.01 22 9.88E-05 tca5 OECD-4 0.9974 0.00027 0.1167 3.01 22 2.02E-04 tca6 OECD-4 0.99848 0.00025 0.1156 3.01 22 3.90E-04 tca7 OECD-4 0.99753 0.00025 0.0917 3.01 22 8.88E-05 tca8 OECD-4 0.99801 0.00025 0.0913 3.01 22 2.03E-04 tca9 OECD-4 0.99864 0.00025 0.0909 3.01 22 3.02E-04 NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-41


1 .0 0 26        ..........
1.0 0 4...........................
1.00 4...........................    .                                ...............................
1.0 0 26 1.0 0.998 0.992 0.99-0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 Pu wt%
1.0   ... ................................................................ ..............................................................................  .......................................  .................................................................
Figure A.9 Predicted kerr as a Function of the Plutonium Content NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-42
0.998 0.992 0.99-0.0                   1.0                                 2.0                             3.0                             4.0                                 5.0                                 6.0                               7.0                       8.0 Pu wt%
Figure A.9 Predicted kerr as a Function of the Plutonium Content NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 A-42


Figure A.Io Predicted ke., as a Function of the Ani-241 Content     II 0
Figure A.I o Predicted ke., as a Function of the Ani-241 Content I I NET-300067.01 Rev 0 A-43
NET- 300067.01 Rev                                                           A-43


A.4. Appendix References
A.4. Appendix References
[1]   Scale: A Comprehensive Modeling and Simulation Suite for Nuclear Safety Analysis and Design, ORNL/TM-2005/39, Version 6.1, June 2011. Available from Radiation Safety Information Computational Center at Oak Ridge National Laboratory as CCC-785.
[1]
[2]   J.C. Dean and R.W. Tayloe, Jr., Guidefor Validation of Nuclear CriticalitySafety CalculationalMethodology, NUREG/CR-6698, Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC January 2001.
Scale: A Comprehensive Modeling and Simulation Suite for Nuclear Safety Analysis and Design, ORNL/TM-2005/39, Version 6.1, June 2011. Available from Radiation Safety Information Computational Center at Oak Ridge National Laboratory as CCC-785.
[3]   InternationalHandbook of EvaluatedCriticalitySafety Benchmark Experiments, NEA/NSC/DOC(95)3, Volume IV, Nuclear Energy Agency, OECD., Paris, September, 2010.
[2]
[4]   DATAPLOT is statistical software supported by the National Institute of Standards and Technology. It can be down loaded at: http://www.itl.nist.gov/div898/software/dataplot/
J.C. Dean and R.W. Tayloe, Jr., Guide for Validation of Nuclear Criticality Safety Calculational Methodology, NUREG/CR-6698, Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC January 2001.
[5]   Kleinbaum, Kupper, and Muller, Applied Regression Analysis and Other Multivariable Methods, Second Edition, page 48, PWS-KENT Publishing Company, Boston, MA 1988.
[3]
[6]   "PROPHET StatGuide: Examining normality test results,"
International Handbook of Evaluated Criticality Safety Benchmark Experiments, NEA/NSC/DOC(95)3, Volume IV, Nuclear Energy Agency, OECD., Paris, September, 2010.
[4]
DATAPLOT is statistical software supported by the National Institute of Standards and Technology. It can be down loaded at: http://www.itl.nist.gov/div898/software/dataplot/
[5]
Kleinbaum, Kupper, and Muller, Applied Regression Analysis and Other Multivariable Methods, Second Edition, page 48, PWS-KENT Publishing Company, Boston, MA 1988.
[6]  
"PROPHET StatGuide: Examining normality test results,"
http://www.basic.northwesterni.edu/stat,_,uidefiles/n-dist exam res.htm l, located on 6/8/09.
http://www.basic.northwesterni.edu/stat,_,uidefiles/n-dist exam res.htm l, located on 6/8/09.
[7] - R. Mark Sirkin, Statistics for the Social Sciences, Third Edition, 2005, page 245, Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks, CA.
[7]  
[8]   M. Rahimi, E. Fuentes, and D. Lancaster, Isotopic and Criticality Validationfor PWR Actinide-Onlv Burnup Credit, DOE/RW-0497, U. S. Department of Energy, Office of Civilian Radioactive Waste Management., Washington, DC, May,1997.
- R. Mark Sirkin, Statistics for the Social Sciences, Third Edition, 2005, page 245, Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks, CA.
[9]     [NOT USED]
[8]
[10]   [NOT USED]
M. Rahimi, E. Fuentes, and D. Lancaster, Isotopic and Criticality Validation for PWR Actinide-Onlv Burnup Credit, DOE/RW-0497, U. S. Department of Energy, Office of Civilian Radioactive Waste Management., Washington, DC, May,1997.
[11]   [NOT USED]
[9]
[12]   D. E. Mueller, K. R. Elam, and P. B. Fox, Evaluation of the French Haut Taux de Combustion (HTC) CriticalExperiment Data,NUREG/CR-6979 (ORNL/TM-2007/083),
[NOT USED]
[10]
[NOT USED]
[11]
[NOT USED]
[12]
D. E. Mueller, K. R. Elam, and P. B. Fox, Evaluation of the French Haut Taux de Combustion (HTC) Critical Experiment Data, NUREG/CR-6979 (ORNL/TM-2007/083),
prepared for the US Nuclear Regulatory Commission by Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn., September 2008.
prepared for the US Nuclear Regulatory Commission by Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn., September 2008.
[13]   F. Fernex, "Programme HTC - Phase I : R6seaux de crayons dans I'eau pure (Water-moderated and reflected simple arrays) R66valuation des expdriences," DSU/SEC/T/2005-33/D.R., Institut de Radioprotection et de Sfretd Nucl6aire, 2008.
[13]
NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                                 A-44
F. Fernex, "Programme HTC - Phase I : R6seaux de crayons dans I'eau pure (Water-moderated and reflected simple arrays) R66valuation des expdriences," DSU/SEC/T/2005-33/D.R., Institut de Radioprotection et de Sfretd Nucl6aire, 2008.
NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-44


[14]   F. Fernex, ProgrammeHTC- Phase 2 : Riseaux simples en eau empoisonnie (bore et gadolinium) (Reflected simple arrays moderatedby poisoned water with gadolinium or boron) R&#xfd;valuation des expiriences, DSU/SEC/T/2005-38/D.R., Institut de Radioprotection et de Sfretd Nuclaire, 2008.
[14]
[15]   F. Fernex, Programme HTC - Phase 3: Configurations "stockage en piscine" (Pool storage)
F. Fernex, ProgrammeHTC - Phase 2 : Riseaux simples en eau empoisonnie (bore et gadolinium) (Reflected simple arrays moderated by poisoned water with gadolinium or boron) R&#xfd;valuation des expiriences, DSU/SEC/T/2005-38/D.R., Institut de Radioprotection et de Sfretd Nuclaire, 2008.
[15]
F. Fernex, Programme HTC - Phase 3: Configurations "stockage en piscine" (Pool storage)
Reevaluation des experiences, DSU/SEC/T/2005-37/D.R., Institut de Radioprotection et de Sfretd Nucilaire, 2008.
Reevaluation des experiences, DSU/SEC/T/2005-37/D.R., Institut de Radioprotection et de Sfretd Nucilaire, 2008.
[16]   F. Fernex, Programme HTC - Phase 4 : Configurations "chdteaux de transport" (Shipping cask) - RWivaluation des expiriences, DSU/SEC/T/2005-36/D.R., Institut de Radioprotection et de Sfiretd Nucl6aire, 2008.
[16]
[17]   InternationalHandbook of EvaluatedCriticalitySafety Benchmark Experiments, NEA/NSC/DOC(95)3, Volume VI, Nuclear Energy Agency, OECD, Paris, September, 2010.
F. Fernex, Programme HTC - Phase 4 : Configurations "chdteaux de transport" (Shipping cask) - RWivaluation des expiriences, DSU/SEC/T/2005-36/D.R., Institut de Radioprotection et de Sfiretd Nucl6aire, 2008.
[18]   M. D. DeHart and S. M. Bowman, Validation of the SCALE Broad Structure 44-Group ENDF/B-V Cross-Section Libraryfor Use in CriticalitySafety Analyses, NUREG/CR-6102 (ORNL/TM-12460), Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, TN, September 1994.
[17]
NET- 300067-01 Rev 0                                                                           A-45
International Handbook of Evaluated Criticality Safety Benchmark Experiments, NEA/NSC/DOC(95)3, Volume VI, Nuclear Energy Agency, OECD, Paris, September, 2010.
[18]
M. D. DeHart and S. M. Bowman, Validation of the SCALE Broad Structure 44-Group ENDF/B-V Cross-Section Library for Use in Criticality Safety Analyses, NUREG/CR-6102 (ORNL/TM-12460), Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, TN, September 1994.
NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-45


ATTACHMENT 3 TO NL-15-020 Affidavits in Support of Request to Withhold Information Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.
ATTACHMENT 3 TO NL-15-020 Affidavits in Support of Request to Withhold Information Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.
Line 1,281: Line 2,199:


U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Document ID 2441-006 Non-Proprietary Attachment 2 AFFIDAVIT PURSUANT TO 10 CFR 2.390 I, Jordan Landis, being duly sworn, depose and state as follows:
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Document ID 2441-006 Non-Proprietary Attachment 2 AFFIDAVIT PURSUANT TO 10 CFR 2.390 I, Jordan Landis, being duly sworn, depose and state as follows:
(1)     I have reviewed the information described in paragraph (2) which is sought to be withheld, and am authorized to apply for its withholding.
(1)
(2)     The information sought to be withheld is information provided in Attachment 1 to Holtec letter 2441-006. This Attachment contains Holtec Proprietary information denoted by the shaded areas.
I have reviewed the information described in paragraph (2) which is sought to be withheld, and am authorized to apply for its withholding.
(3)     In making this application for withholding of proprietary information of which it is the owner, Holtec International relies upon the exemption from disclosure set forth in the Freedom of Information Act ("FOIA"), 5 USC Sec. 552(b)(4) and the Trade Secrets Act, 18 USC Sec. 1905, and NRC regulations 10CFR Part 9.17(a)(4), 2.390(a)(4), and 2.390(b)(1) for "trade secrets and commercial or financial information obtained from a person and privileged or confidential" (Exemption 4). The material for which exemption from disclosure is here sought is all "confidential commercial information",
(2)
The information sought to be withheld is information provided in to Holtec letter 2441-006. This Attachment contains Holtec Proprietary information denoted by the shaded areas.
(3)
In making this application for withholding of proprietary information of which it is the owner, Holtec International relies upon the exemption from disclosure set forth in the Freedom of Information Act ("FOIA"), 5 USC Sec. 552(b)(4) and the Trade Secrets Act, 18 USC Sec. 1905, and NRC regulations 10CFR Part 9.17(a)(4), 2.390(a)(4), and 2.390(b)(1) for "trade secrets and commercial or financial information obtained from a person and privileged or confidential" (Exemption 4). The material for which exemption from disclosure is here sought is all "confidential commercial information",
and some portions also qualify under the narrower definition of "trade secret", within the meanings assigned to those terms for purposes of FOIA Exemption 4 in, respectively, Critical Mass Energy Project v. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, 975F2d871 (DC Cir. 1992), and Public Citizen Health Research Group v. FDA, 704F2d1280 (DC Cir. 1983).
and some portions also qualify under the narrower definition of "trade secret", within the meanings assigned to those terms for purposes of FOIA Exemption 4 in, respectively, Critical Mass Energy Project v. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, 975F2d871 (DC Cir. 1992), and Public Citizen Health Research Group v. FDA, 704F2d1280 (DC Cir. 1983).
I of 5
I of 5


U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Document ID 2441-006 Non-Proprietary Attachment 2 AFFIDAVIT PURSUANT TO 10 CFR 2.390 (4)     Some examples of categories of information which fit into the definition of proprietary information are:
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Document ID 2441-006 Non-Proprietary Attachment 2 AFFIDAVIT PURSUANT TO 10 CFR 2.390 (4)
: a.       Information that discloses a process, method, or apparatus, including supporting data and analyses, where prevention of its use by Holtec's competitors without license from Holtec International constitutes a competitive economic advantage over other companies;
Some examples of categories of information which fit into the definition of proprietary information are:
: b.       Information which, if used by a competitor, would reduce his expenditure of resources or improve his competitive position in the design, manufacture, shipment, installation, assurance of quality, or licensing of a similar product.
: a.
: c.       Information which reveals cost or price information, production, capacities, budget levels, or commercial strategies of Holtec International, its customers, or its suppliers;
Information that discloses a process, method, or apparatus, including supporting data and analyses, where prevention of its use by Holtec's competitors without license from Holtec International constitutes a competitive economic advantage over other companies;
: d.       Information which reveals aspects of past, present, or future Holtec International customer-funded development plans and programs of potential commercial value to Holtec International;
: b.
: e.       Information which discloses patentable subject matter for which it may be desirable to obtain patent protection.
Information which, if used by a competitor, would reduce his expenditure of resources or improve his competitive position in the design, manufacture, shipment, installation, assurance of quality, or licensing of a similar product.
: c.
Information which reveals cost or price information, production, capacities, budget levels, or commercial strategies of Holtec International, its customers, or its suppliers;
: d.
Information which reveals aspects of past, present, or future Holtec International customer-funded development plans and programs of potential commercial value to Holtec International;
: e.
Information which discloses patentable subject matter for which it may be desirable to obtain patent protection.
The information sought to be withheld is considered to be proprietary for the reasons set forth in paragraphs 4.a, 4.b and 4.e above.
The information sought to be withheld is considered to be proprietary for the reasons set forth in paragraphs 4.a, 4.b and 4.e above.
(5)     The information sought to be withheld is being submitted to the NRC in confidence. The information (including that compiled from many sources) is of a sort customarily held in confidence by Holtec International, and is in fact so held. The information sought to be withheld has, to the best of my knowledge and belief, consistently been held in confidence by Holtec International. No public disclosure has been made, and it is not available in public sources. All disclosures to third parties, including any required transmittals to the NRC, have been made, or must be made, pursuant to regulatory provisions or proprietary agreements which provide for maintenance of the information in confidence. Its initial designation as 2 of 5
(5)
The information sought to be withheld is being submitted to the NRC in confidence. The information (including that compiled from many sources) is of a sort customarily held in confidence by Holtec International, and is in fact so held. The information sought to be withheld has, to the best of my knowledge and belief, consistently been held in confidence by Holtec International. No public disclosure has been made, and it is not available in public sources. All disclosures to third parties, including any required transmittals to the NRC, have been made, or must be made, pursuant to regulatory provisions or proprietary agreements which provide for maintenance of the information in confidence. Its initial designation as 2 of 5


U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Document ID 2441-006 Non-Proprietary Attachment 2 AFFIDAVIT PURSUANT TO 10 CFR 2.390 proprietary information, and the subsequent steps taken to prevent its unauthorized disclosure, are as set forth in paragraphs (6) and (7) following.
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Document ID 2441-006 Non-Proprietary Attachment 2 AFFIDAVIT PURSUANT TO 10 CFR 2.390 proprietary information, and the subsequent steps taken to prevent its unauthorized disclosure, are as set forth in paragraphs (6) and (7) following.
(6)     Initial approval of proprietary treatment of a document is made by the manager of the originating component, the person most likely to be acquainted with the value and sensitivity of the information in relation to industry knowledge. Access to such documents within Holtec International is limited on a "need to know" basis.
(6)
(7)     The procedure for approval of external release of such a document typically requires review by the staff manager, project manager, principal scientist or other equivalent authority, by the manager of the cognizant marketing function (or his designee), and by the Legal Operation, for technical content, competitive effect, and determination of the accuracy of the proprietary designation. Disclosures outside Holtec International are limited to regulatory bodies, customers, and potential customers, and their agents, suppliers, and licensees, and others with a legitimate need for the information, and then only in accordance with appropriate regulatory provisions or proprietary agreements.
Initial approval of proprietary treatment of a document is made by the manager of the originating component, the person most likely to be acquainted with the value and sensitivity of the information in relation to industry knowledge. Access to such documents within Holtec International is limited on a "need to know" basis.
(8)     The information classified as proprietary was developed and compiled by Holtec International at a significant cost to Holtec International. This information is classified as proprietary because it contains detailed descriptions of analytical approaches and methodologies not available elsewhere. This information would provide other parties, including competitors, with information from Holtec International's technical database and the results of evaluations performed by Holtec International. A substantial effort has been expended by Holtec International to develop this information. Release of this information would improve a competitor's position because it would enable Holtec's competitor to copy our technology and offer it for sale in competition with our company, causing us financial injury.
(7)
The procedure for approval of external release of such a document typically requires review by the staff manager, project manager, principal scientist or other equivalent authority, by the manager of the cognizant marketing function (or his designee), and by the Legal Operation, for technical content, competitive effect, and determination of the accuracy of the proprietary designation. Disclosures outside Holtec International are limited to regulatory bodies, customers, and potential customers, and their agents, suppliers, and licensees, and others with a legitimate need for the information, and then only in accordance with appropriate regulatory provisions or proprietary agreements.
(8)
The information classified as proprietary was developed and compiled by Holtec International at a significant cost to Holtec International. This information is classified as proprietary because it contains detailed descriptions of analytical approaches and methodologies not available elsewhere. This information would provide other parties, including competitors, with information from Holtec International's technical database and the results of evaluations performed by Holtec International. A substantial effort has been expended by Holtec International to develop this information. Release of this information would improve a competitor's position because it would enable Holtec's competitor to copy our technology and offer it for sale in competition with our company, causing us financial injury.
3 of 5
3 of 5


U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Document ID 2441-006 Non-Proprietary Attachment 2 AFFIDAVIT PURSUANT TO 10 CFR 2.390 (9)     Public disclosure of the information sought to be withheld is likely to cause substantial harm to Holtec International's competitive position and foreclose or reduce the availability of profit-making opportunities. The information is part of Holtec International's comprehensive spent fuel storage technology base, and its commercial value extends beyond the original development cost. The value of the technology base goes beyond the extensive physical database and analytical methodology, and includes development of the expertise to determine and apply the appropriate evaluation process.
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Document ID 2441-006 Non-Proprietary Attachment 2 AFFIDAVIT PURSUANT TO 10 CFR 2.390 (9)
Public disclosure of the information sought to be withheld is likely to cause substantial harm to Holtec International's competitive position and foreclose or reduce the availability of profit-making opportunities. The information is part of Holtec International's comprehensive spent fuel storage technology base, and its commercial value extends beyond the original development cost. The value of the technology base goes beyond the extensive physical database and analytical methodology, and includes development of the expertise to determine and apply the appropriate evaluation process.
The research, development, engineering, and analytical costs comprise a substantial investment of time and money by Holtec International.
The research, development, engineering, and analytical costs comprise a substantial investment of time and money by Holtec International.
The precise value of the expertise to devise an evaluation process and apply the correct analytical methodology is difficult to quantify, but it clearly is substantial.
The precise value of the expertise to devise an evaluation process and apply the correct analytical methodology is difficult to quantify, but it clearly is substantial.
Line 1,309: Line 2,241:
4 of 5
4 of 5


U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Document ID 2441-006 Non-Proprietary Attachment 2 AFFIDAVIT PURSUANT TO 10 CFR 2.390 STATE OF NEW JERSEY                 )
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Document ID 2441-006 Non-Proprietary Attachment 2 AFFIDAVIT PURSUANT TO 10 CFR 2.390 STATE OF NEW JERSEY  
                                    )   SS:
)
)
SS:
COUNTY OF BURLINGTON)
COUNTY OF BURLINGTON)
Jordan Landis, being duly sworn, deposes and says:
Jordan Landis, being duly sworn, deposes and says:
That he has read the foregoing affidavit and the matters stated therein are true and correct to the best of his knowledge, information, and belief.
That he has read the foregoing affidavit and the matters stated therein are true and correct to the best of his knowledge, information, and belief.
Executed at Marlton, New Jersey, this 11 th day of February, 2015.
Executed at Marlton, New Jersey, this 11 th day of February, 2015.
Jordan Landis Adjunct Program Manager Holtec International Subscribed and sworn before me this       11 th day of   February_       , 2015.
Jordan Landis Adjunct Program Manager Holtec International Subscribed and sworn before me this 11 th day of February_  
                                                    .4..
, 2015.
.4..
MAC.A 5 of 5
MAC.A 5 of 5


Westinghouse Electric Company Engineering, Equipment and Major Projects 1000 Westinghouse Drive, Building 3 Cranberry Township, Pennsylvania 16066 USA U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission                                 Direct tel: (412) 374-4643 Document Control Desk                                             Direct fax: (724) 940-8560 11555 Rockville Pike                                                 e-mail: greshaja@westinghouse.com Rockville, MD 20852                                               Proj letter: NF-IP-14-37, Rev. 2 CAW-15-4096 February 16,2015 APPLICATION FOR WITHHOLDING PROPRIETARY INFORMATION FROM PUBLIC DISCLOSURE
Westinghouse Electric Company Engineering, Equipment and Major Projects 1000 Westinghouse Drive, Building 3 Cranberry Township, Pennsylvania 16066 USA U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Direct tel: (412) 374-4643 Document Control Desk Direct fax: (724) 940-8560 11555 Rockville Pike e-mail: greshaja@westinghouse.com Rockville, MD 20852 Proj letter: NF-IP-14-37, Rev. 2 CAW-15-4096 February 16,2015 APPLICATION FOR WITHHOLDING PROPRIETARY INFORMATION FROM PUBLIC DISCLOSURE


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
NET-300067-01, Rev. 1, "Criticality Safety Analysis of the Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool with Credit for Inserted Neutron Absorber Panels" (Proprietary)
NET-300067-01, Rev. 1, "Criticality Safety Analysis of the Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool with Credit for Inserted Neutron Absorber Panels" (Proprietary)
The proprietary information on pages 11, 23-25, 32, 44, 90, 91 & 93 for which withholding is being requested in the above-referenced report is further identified in Affidavit CAW- 15-4096 signed by the owner of the proprietary information, Westinghouse Electric Company LLC. The Affidavit, which accompanies this letter, sets forth the basis on which the information may be withheld from public disclosure by the Commission and addresses with specificity the considerations listed in paragraph (b)(4) of 10 CFR Section 2.390 of the Commission's regulations.
The proprietary information on pages 11, 23-25, 32, 44, 90, 91 & 93 for which withholding is being requested in the above-referenced report is further identified in Affidavit CAW-15-4096 signed by the owner of the proprietary information, Westinghouse Electric Company LLC. The Affidavit, which accompanies this letter, sets forth the basis on which the information may be withheld from public disclosure by the Commission and addresses with specificity the considerations listed in paragraph (b)(4) of 10 CFR Section 2.390 of the Commission's regulations.
Accordingly, this letter authorizes the utilization of the accompanying Affidavit by Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.
Accordingly, this letter authorizes the utilization of the accompanying Affidavit by Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.
Correspondence with respect to the proprietary aspects of the Application for Withholding or the Westinghouse Affidavit should reference CAW-15-4096, and should be addressed to James A. Gresham, Manager, Regulatory Compliance, Westinghouse Electric Company, 1000 Westinghouse Drive, Building 3 Suite 310, Cranberry Township, Pennsylvania 16066.
Correspondence with respect to the proprietary aspects of the Application for Withholding or the Westinghouse Affidavit should reference CAW-15-4096, and should be addressed to James A. Gresham, Manager, Regulatory Compliance, Westinghouse Electric Company, 1000 Westinghouse Drive, Building 3 Suite 310, Cranberry Township, Pennsylvania 16066.
Line 1,333: Line 2,268:
James A. Gresham, Manager Regulatory Compliance
James A. Gresham, Manager Regulatory Compliance


2                                     CAW-15-4096 (1) I am Manager, Regulatory Compliance, Westinghouse Electric Company LLC (Westinghouse),
2 CAW-15-4096 (1)
I am Manager, Regulatory Compliance, Westinghouse Electric Company LLC (Westinghouse),
and as such, I have been specifically delegated the function of reviewing the proprietary information sought to be withheld from public disclosure in connection with nuclear power plant licensing and rule making proceedings, and am authorized to apply for its withholding on behalf of Westinghouse.
and as such, I have been specifically delegated the function of reviewing the proprietary information sought to be withheld from public disclosure in connection with nuclear power plant licensing and rule making proceedings, and am authorized to apply for its withholding on behalf of Westinghouse.
(2) I am making this Affidavit in conformance with the provisions of 10 CFR Section 2.390 of the Commission's regulations and in conjunction with the Westinghouse Application for Withholding Proprietary Information from Public Disclosure accompanying this Affidavit.
(2)
(3) I have personal knowledge of the criteria and procedures utilized by Westinghouse in designating information as a trade secret, privileged or as confidential commercial or financial information.
I am making this Affidavit in conformance with the provisions of 10 CFR Section 2.390 of the Commission's regulations and in conjunction with the Westinghouse Application for Withholding Proprietary Information from Public Disclosure accompanying this Affidavit.
(4) Pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (b)(4) of Section 2.390 of the Commission's regulations, the following is furnished for consideration by the Commission in determining whether the information sought to be withheld from public disclosure should be withheld.
(3)
(i)     The information sought to be withheld from public disclosure is owned and has been held in confidence by Westinghouse.
I have personal knowledge of the criteria and procedures utilized by Westinghouse in designating information as a trade secret, privileged or as confidential commercial or financial information.
(ii)     The information is of a type customarily held in confidence by Westinghouse and not customarily disclosed to the public. Westinghouse has a rational basis for determining the types of information customarily held in confidence by it and, in that connection, utilizes a system to determine when and whether to hold certain types of information in confidence. The application of that system and the substance of that system constitute Westinghouse policy and provide the rational basis required.
(4)
Under that system, information is held in confidence if it falls .in one or more of several types, the release of which might result in the loss of an existing or potential competitive advantage, as follows:
Pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (b)(4) of Section 2.390 of the Commission's regulations, the following is furnished for consideration by the Commission in determining whether the information sought to be withheld from public disclosure should be withheld.
(a)     The information reveals the distinguishing aspects of a process (or component, structure, tool, method, etc.) where prevention of its use by any of
(i)
The information sought to be withheld from public disclosure is owned and has been held in confidence by Westinghouse.
(ii)
The information is of a type customarily held in confidence by Westinghouse and not customarily disclosed to the public. Westinghouse has a rational basis for determining the types of information customarily held in confidence by it and, in that connection, utilizes a system to determine when and whether to hold certain types of information in confidence. The application of that system and the substance of that system constitute Westinghouse policy and provide the rational basis required.
Under that system, information is held in confidence if it falls.in one or more of several types, the release of which might result in the loss of an existing or potential competitive advantage, as follows:
(a)
The information reveals the distinguishing aspects of a process (or component, structure, tool, method, etc.) where prevention of its use by any of


3                                       CAW- 15-4096 Westinghouse's competitors without license from Westinghouse constitutes a competitive economic advantage over other companies.
3 CAW-15-4096 Westinghouse's competitors without license from Westinghouse constitutes a competitive economic advantage over other companies.
(b)     It consists of supporting data, including test data, relative to a process (or component, structure, tool, method, etc.), the application of which data secures a competitive economic advantage, e.g., by optimization or improved marketability.
(b)
(c)     Its use by a competitor would reduce his expenditure of resources or improve his competitive position in the design, manufacture, shipment, installation, assurance of quality, or licensing a similar product.
It consists of supporting data, including test data, relative to a process (or component, structure, tool, method, etc.), the application of which data secures a competitive economic advantage, e.g., by optimization or improved marketability.
(d)     It reveals cost or price information, production capacities, budget levels, or commercial strategies of Westinghouse, its customers or suppliers.
(c)
(e)     It reveals aspects of past, present, or future Westinghouse or customer funded development plans and programs of potential commercial value to Westinghouse.
Its use by a competitor would reduce his expenditure of resources or improve his competitive position in the design, manufacture, shipment, installation, assurance of quality, or licensing a similar product.
(f)     It contains patentable ideas, for which patent protection may be desirable.
(d)
(iii) There are sound policy reasons behind the Westinghouse system which include the following:
It reveals cost or price information, production capacities, budget levels, or commercial strategies of Westinghouse, its customers or suppliers.
(a)     The use of such information by Westinghouse gives Westinghouse a competitive advantage over its competitors. It is, therefore, withheld from disclosure to protect the Westinghouse competitive position.
(e)
(b)     It is information that is marketable in many ways. The extent to which such information is available to competitors diminishes the Westinghouse ability to sell products and services involving the use of the information.
It reveals aspects of past, present, or future Westinghouse or customer funded development plans and programs of potential commercial value to Westinghouse.
(c)     Use by our competitor would put Westinghouse at a competitive disadvantage by reducing his expenditure of resources at our expense.
(f)
It contains patentable ideas, for which patent protection may be desirable.
(iii)
There are sound policy reasons behind the Westinghouse system which include the following:
(a)
The use of such information by Westinghouse gives Westinghouse a competitive advantage over its competitors. It is, therefore, withheld from disclosure to protect the Westinghouse competitive position.
(b)
It is information that is marketable in many ways. The extent to which such information is available to competitors diminishes the Westinghouse ability to sell products and services involving the use of the information.
(c)
Use by our competitor would put Westinghouse at a competitive disadvantage by reducing his expenditure of resources at our expense.


4                                   CAW-15-4096 (d)     Each component of proprietary information pertinent to a particular competitive advantage is potentially as valuable as the total competitive advantage. If competitors acquire components of proprietary information, any one component may be the key to the entire puzzle, thereby depriving Westinghouse of a competitive advantage.
4 CAW-15-4096 (d)
(e)     Unrestricted disclosure would jeopardize the position of prominence of Westinghouse in the world market, and thereby give a market advantage to the competition of those countries.
Each component of proprietary information pertinent to a particular competitive advantage is potentially as valuable as the total competitive advantage. If competitors acquire components of proprietary information, any one component may be the key to the entire puzzle, thereby depriving Westinghouse of a competitive advantage.
(f)     The Westinghouse capacity to invest corporate assets in research and development depends upon the success in obtaining and maintaining a competitive advantage.
(e)
(iv) The information is being transmitted to the Commission in confidence and, under the provisions of 10 CFR Section 2.390, it is to be received in confidence by the Commission.
Unrestricted disclosure would jeopardize the position of prominence of Westinghouse in the world market, and thereby give a market advantage to the competition of those countries.
(v) The information sought to be protected is not available in public sources or available information has not been previously employed in the same original manner or method to the best of our knowledge and belief.
(f)
(vi) The proprietary information sought to be withheld in this submittal is that which is appropriately marked in pages 11, 23-25, 32, 44, 90, 91 & 93 of NET-300067-01, Rev. 1, "Criticality Safety Analysis of the Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool with Credit for Inserted Neutron Absorber Panels" (Proprietary), for submittal to the Commission, being transmitted by Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc. letter and Application for Withholding Proprietary Information from Public Disclosure, to the Document Control Desk. The proprietary information as submitted by Westinghouse is that associated with the Indian Point Unit 2 spent fuel pool criticality analysis, and may be used only for that purpose.
The Westinghouse capacity to invest corporate assets in research and development depends upon the success in obtaining and maintaining a competitive advantage.
(a)     This information is part of that which will enable Westinghouse to:
(iv)
(i)     Assist customers in obtaining licensing changes.
The information is being transmitted to the Commission in confidence and, under the provisions of 10 CFR Section 2.390, it is to be received in confidence by the Commission.
(v)
The information sought to be protected is not available in public sources or available information has not been previously employed in the same original manner or method to the best of our knowledge and belief.
(vi)
The proprietary information sought to be withheld in this submittal is that which is appropriately marked in pages 11, 23-25, 32, 44, 90, 91 & 93 of NET-300067-01, Rev. 1, "Criticality Safety Analysis of the Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool with Credit for Inserted Neutron Absorber Panels" (Proprietary), for submittal to the Commission, being transmitted by Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc. letter and Application for Withholding Proprietary Information from Public Disclosure, to the Document Control Desk. The proprietary information as submitted by Westinghouse is that associated with the Indian Point Unit 2 spent fuel pool criticality analysis, and may be used only for that purpose.
(a)
This information is part of that which will enable Westinghouse to:
(i)
Assist customers in obtaining licensing changes.


5                                     CAW-15-4096 (ii)     Assist customers in analyzing the spent fuel pool and absorber panels to ensure criticality does not occur.
5 CAW-15-4096 (ii)
(b)     Further this information has substantial commercial value as follows:
Assist customers in analyzing the spent fuel pool and absorber panels to ensure criticality does not occur.
(i)     Westinghouse plans to sell the use of the information to its customers for the purpose of assisting in obtaining license changes.
(b)
(ii)     Westinghouse can sell support and defense of spent fuel pool criticality analyses.
Further this information has substantial commercial value as follows:
(iii)   The information requested to be withheld reveals the distinguishing aspects of a methodology which was developed by Westinghouse.
(i)
Westinghouse plans to sell the use of the information to its customers for the purpose of assisting in obtaining license changes.
(ii)
Westinghouse can sell support and defense of spent fuel pool criticality analyses.
(iii)
The information requested to be withheld reveals the distinguishing aspects of a methodology which was developed by Westinghouse.
Public disclosure of this proprietary information is likely to cause substantial harm to the competitive position of Westinghouse because it would enhance the ability of competitors to provide similar criticality analyses and licensing defense services for commercial power reactors without commensurate expenses. Also, public disclosure of the information would enable others to use the information to meet NRC requirements for licensing documentation without purchasing the right to use the information.
Public disclosure of this proprietary information is likely to cause substantial harm to the competitive position of Westinghouse because it would enhance the ability of competitors to provide similar criticality analyses and licensing defense services for commercial power reactors without commensurate expenses. Also, public disclosure of the information would enable others to use the information to meet NRC requirements for licensing documentation without purchasing the right to use the information.
The development of the technology described in part by the information is the result of applying the results of many years of experience in an intensive Westinghouse effort and the expenditure of a considerable sum of money.
The development of the technology described in part by the information is the result of applying the results of many years of experience in an intensive Westinghouse effort and the expenditure of a considerable sum of money.

Latest revision as of 14:04, 10 January 2025

NET-300067-01, Revision 1, Criticality Safety Analysis of the Indian Point, Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool with Credit for Inserted Neutron Absorber Panels. (Non-Proprietary)
ML15062A200
Person / Time
Site: Indian Point Entergy icon.png
Issue date: 02/19/2015
From:
Curtiss-Wright Corp
To:
Entergy Nuclear Operations, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
Shared Package
ML15062A206 List:
References
10351857, NL-15-020 NET-300067-01, Rev. 1
Download: ML15062A200 (167)


Text

ATTACHMENT 2 TO NL-15-020 NETCO Report NET-300067-01, Rev. 1 (Non-Proprietary)

Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.

Indian Point Unit 2 Docket No. 50-247

ST~HEENT 19OF1 ENGINEERING REPORT COVER SHEET & INSTRUCTIONS SHEET I OF 2 t=-Enterg Engineering Report No.

IP-RPT-15-000 Page ENTERGY NUCLEAR Engineering Report Cover Sheet Engineering Report

Title:

Criticality Safety Analysis of the Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool With Credit For Inserted Neutron Absorber Panels (Rev. 1) - Non-Proprietary

'13 Rev 0 1

of 1

Engineering Report Type: (3)

New []

Revision Z

Cancelled El Superseded Superseded by:

El Applicable Site(s) (4)

Ipi El ANOI I3 IP2 0

ANo2 E]

IP3 El JAF 11 ECH EL GGNS F1 PNPS 1-1 RB S F vW El WF3 El wPo [

PLP F1 EC No. 55635 (5) Report Origin:

[j Entergy Z Vendor Vendor Document No.:

NET-300067-01 RI (6) Quality-Related:

[D Yes nl No Prepared by:

Design Verified:

Reviewed by:

Approved by:

NETCO (Curtiss-Wright)

Responsible Engineer (Print Name/Sign)

N/A Design Verifier (if required) (Print Nme/Sign)

Zt&; U.

16 47 (PS 14-1 Au 6}

Irn-Date:

2/13/15 2/13/15 Date:

Date:

2/13/15 Date:

2/13/15-Reviewer (Prir(t Name/Sign)

Supervisor / Manage(1fint'Name/SigAd)

EN-DC-147 REV6....

NET-300067-01, Rev. 1 Criticality Safety Analysis of the Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool with Credit for Inserted Neutron Absorber Panels Prepared by:

NETCO, a Business Segment of Scientech Curtiss-Wright 731 Grant Ave Lake Katrine, New York 12449 Prepared for:

Entergy Nuclear Operations under Contract No. 10351857

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

Table of Contents 1

Introduction.................................................................................................

1 1.1 Background.............................................................................................................................

1 1.2 Description of the Analysis...............................................................................................

1 1.3 Acceptance Criteria...........................................................................................................

2 2

M ethodology.............................................................................................

3 2.1 Computer Codes.............................................................................................................

4 3

Input Data..............................................................................................

7 3.1 Storage Rack Specifications.............................................................................................

7 3.2 Fuel Assembly Designs.......................................................................................................

9 3.3 Fuel Assembly Insert Designs........................................................................................

11 3.4 Absorber Panel Design....................................................................................................

14 4

Validation...............................................................................................

17 4.1 Fresh Fuel Validation......................................................................................................

17 4.2 Burned Fuel Validation....................................................................................................

18 5

Depletion Calculations........................................................................

21 5.1 Limiting Depletion Parameters - Burnable Absorbers................................................. 25 5.2 Limiting Depletion Parameters - Soluble Boron.........................................................

26 5.3 Limiting Depletion Parameters - Temperatures...........................................................

27 5.4 Limiting Depletion Parameters - Specific Power..........................................................

29 5.5 Limiting Depletion Parameters -: Control Rod Operation........................

o....... 29 5.6 Summary of Depletion Assumptions for Fuel < 3.5 wt%-U-235....:

...................... 30 5.7 Summary of Depletion Assumptions for Fuel > 3.5 wt% U-235.................

32 5.8 Depletion Analysis Details (Time Steps, etc.)..............................

33 5.9 Reduced Power Operation at End of Life.......................................................................

33 6

Rack Model...............................................

i..34 6.1 Region 1 Infinite 2x2 Model..........................................................................................

........ 35 NET-300067-01 Rev I.ii

6.2 Region 2 Infinite 2x2 Model.............................................................................................

36 6.3 Axial Burnup Distribution............................................................................................

37 6.4 Interpolation of Isotopics and Cooling Time Verification............................................

39 6.5 Convergence of Calculations...........................................................................................

40 6.6 Summary of Modeling Assumptions...............................................................................

41 7

Sensitivity Analysis...............................................................................

42 7.1 Tolerances..............................................................................................................................

42 7.2 Calculation of Biases and Uncertainties........................................................................

45 8

Results.....................................................................................................

49 8.1 Region 1..................................................................................................................................

49 8.1.1 Missing Panel in Region 1...................................................................................

50 8.1.2 Alternate Panel Design in Region 1...................................................................

51 8.2 Region 2..................................................................................................................................

51 8.2.1 Curve Fit....................................................................................................................

52 8.2.2 Confirmation Calculations for Region 2............................................................

53 8.2.3 Use of Control Rods in Region 2........................................................................

54 8.2.4 Missing Panel in Region 2.................................

55 8.2.5 Alternate Absorber Panel Design in Region 2..................................................

56 8.2.6 Expanded Cooling Time Calculations.................................................................

56 8.3 Borated Conditions...........................................................................................................

57 8.4 Depletion Effect of Hafnium Flux Suppression Inserts.......'............................................

57 8.5 Axial Reflector...............................................

............. 58 8.6 Volatile Fission Gases....................................................................

59 8.7 Temperature Effects...............................................

59 8.8 Fuel Geometry Changes during Burnup.............................................................................

60 8.9 Depletion of Fuel < 3.5 wt% with Modern Depletion Assumptions..................... 60 8.10 Reduced Periphery Requirements & Region 1/Region 2 Interface................................ 61 NET-300067-01 Rev 1 iv

8.10.1 Full Pool Model....................................................................................................

61 8.10.2 Results of Reduced Periphery and Region 1/Region 2 Interface Analysis........... 68 8.11 Failed Fuel Containers.....................................................................................................

72 8.12 Fuel Rod Storage Basket..................................................................................................

74 8.13 Assemblies with Missing Fuel Rods...............................................................................

75 9

Accident Conditions.............................................................................

77 9.1 Misplaced Assembly.........................................................................................................

77 9.2 Dropped Assembly...........................................................................................................

79 9.3 Over Temperature...........................................................................................................

82 9.4 Multiple Misloads............................................................................................................

82 9.5 Boron Dilution Accident..................................................................................................

83 9.6 Seismic Event.........................................................................................................................

83 10 Summary..............................................................................................

84 10.1 Review of DSS-ISG-2010-01...........................................................................................

84 10.2 Summary of Allowable Fuel Loading.............................................................................

87 10.3 Absorber Panel Requirements.......................................................................................

90 10.4 Fuel Requirements..........................................

6................................................................

91 10.5 Reactor Operation Limits...............................................................................................

92 References 95 Appendix A: Validation of SCALE 6.1.2 for Criticality Analysis Using Laboratory Critical Experiments.,......................

A-1 A.1.

Overview................................................................................................

A-1 A.2.

Fresh U0 2 Laboratory Critical Experiments.............*...............

A-1 A.2.1 Introduction.........................................................................................................................

A-I A.2.2 Definition of the Range of Parameters to Be Validated...................................................

A-2 A.2.3 Selection of the Fresh U0 2 Critical Benchmark Experiments........................................

A-2 A.2.4 Computer Analysis of the Fresh U0 2 Benchmark Critical Experiments.................... A-12 A.2.5 Statistical Analysis of the Fresh U0 2 Critical Benchmark Results............................. A-19 NET-300067-01 Rev I v

A.2.6 Establishing the Bias and the Uncertainty.......................................................................

A-28 A.2.7 Subcritical Margin............................................................................................................

A-29 A.2.8 Area of Applicability (Benchmark Applicability)..........................................................

A-29 A.2.9 Summary of Fresh U0 2 Laboratory Critical Experiment Analysis............................. A-32 A.3.

HTC and M OX Critical Experim ents................................................

A-33 A.4.

Appendix References............................................................................

A-44 NET-300067-01 Rev I Vi

List of Tables Table 2.1: 185 Isotopes Used in the Analysis.....................................................................................

5 Table 3.1: Region 1 and 2 Storage Rack Dimensions 14, 51.......................................................

8 Table 3.2: Fuel Assembly Dimensions [24,71.............................................................................

11 Table 3.3: Control Rod and Hafnium Rod Descriptions [71.....................................................

13 Table 3.4: Pyrex and Wet Annular Burnable Absorber Descriptions [6, 7, 241.....................

13 Table 3.5: Absorber Panel Dimensions.......................................................................................

14 Table 5.1: Key Operating Features by Cycle Used in Indian Point Unit 2.............................

23 Table 5.2: Key Operating Features by Cycle Used in Indian Point Unit 3.............................

24 Table 5.3: Characteristics of Fuel Inserts.................................................................................

31 Table 6.1: Axial Burnup Profile vs. Burnup Bin [201................................................................

38 Table 6.2: Verification of Cooling Time Model in the Interpolation Program.......................

40 Table 7.1: Tolerance Reactivity Effects.......................................................................................

42 Table 7.2: Miscellaneous Reactivity Effects...............................................................................

44 Table 7.3: Rack Up of Biases & Uncertainties in Region 2 for 5 wt% Fuel at 43 GWd/T.......... 47 Table 7.4: Rack Up of Biases and Uncertainties for Region 1.................................................

48 Table 8.1: Calculated k's in Region 1........................................................................................

50 Table 8.2: Minimum Burnup Requirements (GWd/T) in Region 2..........................................

51 Table 8.3: Coefficients for Curve Fit of Minimum Burnup Requirements.............................

53 Table 8.4: Calculated k Values at Each Burnup-Point.........................................................

53 Table 8.5: Total Bias and Uncertainty at Each Burnup Point................................................

54 Table 8.6: k95,95 at Each Burnup Point For Region 2................................................................

54 Table 8.7: Additional Sensitivity Calculations for Region 2.....................................................

55 Table 8.8: Hafnium Depletion Results......................................................................................

58 Table 8.9: Calculated k as a Function of Temperature.............................................................

60 NET-300067-01 Rev I vii

Table 8.10:

Table 8.11:

Table 8.12:

Table 8.13:

Table 9.1:

Table 9.2:

Table 10.1:

Table 10.2:

Table 10.3:

Table 10.4:

Table 10.5:

Table 10.6:

Table 10.7:

Table A.1:

Table A.2:

Table A.3:

Table A.4:

Table A.5:

Table A.6:

Table A.7:

Table A.8:

Table A.9:

Table A.10 Table A.11 Table A.12 Table A.13 Infinite (Section 6) Versus Finite (Full Pool Model)..............................................

68 Region 2 Periphery Tests (No Fuel in Region 1)...................................................

70 Region 1 Periphery Tests (4 wt% 28.44/20.44 GWd/T Fuel in Region 2)........... 71 Reflector Tests (4 wt% 28.44/20.44 GWd/T Fuel in Region 2).............................

72 Misplaced Fuel Assembly Analysis..........................................................................

78 Dropped Fuel Assembly Cases.................................................................................

81 DSS-ISG-2010-01 Checklist....................................................................................

84 Region 2 Minimum Burnup (GWd/T) Requirements' 89 Summary of Loading Restrictions..........................................................................

90 Absorber Panel Requirements...............................................................................

91 Fuel Design Requirements......................................................................................

91 Fuel Assembly Operating Requirements for Fuel Enriched > 3.5 wt%.............. 93 Fuel Assembly Operating Requirements for Fuel Enriched < 3.5 wt%.............. 94 Selection Review of OECD/NEA Criticality Benchmarks........................................

A-3 Critical Experiment Results with SCALE 6.1.2 and ENDF/B-VII........................ A-12 Summary of Critical Experiments Containing Boron............................................

A-18 Wilk-Shapiro Test Results Output From DATAPLOT [4]....................................

A-20 Bias as Predicted Using the Trend in the Bias as a Function of Pitch................... A-28 Bias as Predicted Using the Trend in the Bias as a Function of Enrichment........ A-29 Area of Applicability (Benchmark Applicability).................................................

A-30 H TC Phase 1 Results.........

.......................................... A-34 HTC Phase 2a, Gadolinium Solutions, Results........................................................

A-35

HTC Phase 2b, Boron Solutions, Results...............................................................

A-36

HTC Phase 3 Results - Water Reflected Assemblies............................................

A-37

HTC Phase 4 Results - Steel Reflected Assemblies...............................................

A-38

Results of MOX Critical Benchmarks (SCALE 6.1.2, ENDF/B-VII).................. A-40 I Rev 1 viii NET-300067-0

List of Figures Figure 3.1: Small Section of the Region 1 Rack 141....................................................................

7 Figure 3.2: Region 2 Rack Showing Cell Boxes and Resultant Cells 151.................................

8 Figure 3.3: L-Shaped Absorber Panel........................................................................................

15 Figure 3.4: Example Alternate Panel Design [261.....................................................................

15 Figure 6.1: Region 1 KENO Model.............................................................................................

35 Figure 6.2: Region 2 KENO Model.............................................................................................

36 Figure 6.3: KENO Model of the Alternate Panel Design..........................................................

37 Figure 8.1: Loading Curve vs. Unit 2 Inventory (2013)............................................................

52 Figure 8.2: k as a Function of Cooling Time.............................................................................

56 Figure 8.3: Full Pool M odel.........................................................................................................

63 Figure 8.4: Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool Taken From Holtec Drawing #397 121].......... 64 Figure 8.5: Enlargement of the Top Left.Corner of the Pool Model.......................................

65 Figure 8.6: Enlargement of the Bottom Left Corner of the Pool Model.................................

66 Figure 8.7: Enlargement of the Left Side of the Bottom of the Region 1/Region 2 Interface..... 67 Figure 8.8: Location of the Peripheral Cells with Reduced Requirements.............................

69 Figure 8.9: Model for Failed Fuel Container Analysis.............................................................

73 Figure 8.10: Model for the Fuel Rod Storage Basket...............................................................

74 Figure 8.11: k versus Missing Fuel Rods....................................................................................

76 Figure 8.12: Model for Assemblies with 36 Missing Fuel Rods..............................................

76 Figure 9.1: Full Pool Model with Misplaced Assembly............................................................

79 Figure 9.2: Full Pool Model with 6 Dropped Assemblies..........................................................

81 Figure A.A: Distribution of the Calculated k's Around the Mean.............................................

A-21 Figure A.2: kff as a Function of the Energy of the Average Lethargy Causing Fission.......... A-24 Figure A.3: kff as a Function of the Pin Diameter.....................................................................

A-25 NET-300067-01 Rey 1.

ix

Figure A.4: k~ff as a Function of the Lattice Pitch......................................................................

A-25 Figure A.5: keff as a Function of the Fuel Enrichment...............................................................

A-26 Figure A.6: kff as a Function of the B-10 Areal Density in the Separator Plates.................... A-27 Figure A.7: kff as a Function of the Soluble Boron Content.....................................................

A-28 Figure A.8: k~ff as a Function of the Energy of the Average Lethargy Causing Fission for the H TC Experim ents.................................................................................................................................

A-39 Figure A.9 Predicted keff as a Function of the Plutonium Content............................................

A-42 Figure A.10 Predicted kff as a Function of the Am-241 Content...............................................

A-43 NET-300067-01 Rev I x

Criticality Safety Analysis of the Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool with Credit for Inserted Neutron Absorber Panels 1 Introduction This criticality safety analysis documents the technical basis and justification for proposed loading criteria for current and future fuel at the Indian Point Unit 2 spent fuel pool. The proposed loading criteria supports placement of the various types of fuel that are used in Unit 2 and Unit 3 reactors into the Unit 2 spent fuel pool. The analysis bounds the fuel from both units.

1.1 Background

Indian Point Nuclear Power Generating Plant Unit 2 spent fuel pool racks currently use BoraflexTM as the neutron absorber, which is known to degrade over time. Due to this fact, Entergy, the operator of the Indian Point Plant, will no longer take credit for the Boraflex TM but rather install new neutron absorber panels into every cell in the spent fuel pool. These absorber panels will cover two adjacent walls of each cell, and are thin enough to allow for fuel to be inserted and removed from the cells. Once placed in the cells, the absorber panels are not intended to be removed except for repair, replacement, or inspection.

The analysis supports two designs of absorber panels. Design constraints are clearly identified and it is possible for alternate absorber panel designs to be used.

Unit 2 and Unit 3 are both 4 loop Westinghouse power plants that utilize the 15xl 5 fuel assembly de"sign-:The physical dimension requirements of the fuel from both units are the same. To date both units have had all their fuel assemblies manufactured by Westinghouse.

1.2 Description of the Analysis Thiscriticality analysis determines the loading criteria for fuel assemblies in the Unit 2 spent fuel pool by taking credit for inserted absorber panels. The loading criteria will allow for full core off load, NET-300067-01 Rev I I

while storing all the current and projected fuel for Units 2 and 3. In addition, nearly all fuel at its final discharged burnup will be able to be stored in Region 2 (see Figure 8.4 for region definitions). The analysis does not credit any Boraflex neutron absorber that might remain in the racks.

Further, the analysis supports a simple framework of operation by establishing one loading curve for all fuel. This operating framework is possible by using conservative assumptions which bound all the fuel. Although there is only one loading curve, flexibility is added by two simple burnup corrections (an 8 GWd/T reduction in the burnup requirement for assemblies on the Region 2 periphery and a 2 GWd/T burnup adder for assemblies with Hf inserts). Finally, the analysis allows for future fuel designs by using bounding fuel parameters rather than the traditional nominal plus tolerance approach.

This new criticality safety analysis for the Indian Point Unit 2 pool follows the most recent methods.

This effort has been concurrent with the Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI) working with the NRC to produce guidance for spent fuel pool analysis [27]. The NEI guidance started with the NRC draft Interim Staff Guidance (ISG) DSS-ISG-2010-01 [1]. All of the requirements set in DSS-ISG-2010-01 are met and are reviewed in Section 10.1.

1.3 Acceptance Criteria The acceptance criteria of the analysis are to ensure compliance with 10CFR50.68 [2]. Specifically, the analysis demonstrates that:

the k95/95ofthe pool is less than 1.0 after accounting for all biases and uncertainties when not taking credit for soluble boron (with a 95% probability at a 95% confidence level) [2],.

0: the k 9 5/9 5 of the pool is less than 0.95 after accounting for all biases and uncertainties when taking credit for soluble boron (with a 95% probability at a 95% confidence level) [2].

In addition, an engineering safety margin is provided to cover unanticipated issues. The initial safety margin used is 1%, so that the k 9 5/95 target value is 0.99 for no soluble boron and 0.94 with soluble boron.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 2

2 Methodology The criticality safety analysis performed in this report used a method that is comprised of the following steps. Each step refers to a section in this report where further information is provided.

1. Review the historical and projected fuel designs and inserts for use in Units 2 and 3. Assure that the analysis covers all the designs. (See Sections 3.2 and 3.3)
2.

Review the historical and projected operating history of Units 2 and 3. (See Section 5)

3.

Review the current Unit 2 racks and projected new absorber panels. (See Sections 3.1 and 3.4)

4.

Validate the computercodes for the application. (See Section 4)

5.

Deplete the fuel using a 2D lattice representation of the core using bounding depletion assumptions. (See Section 5)

6.

Develop an infinite 3D Monte Carlo model of the Region I and Region 2 racks using periodic boundary conditions (radially infinite). The axial modeling is finite, including conservative modeling of the axial burnup distribution. (See Section 6)

7.

Use the rack and fuel manufacturing tolerances and 3D Monte Carlo model to determine the reactivity associated with the manufacturing uncertainties. (See Section 7)

8.

Use the infinite 3D Monte Carlo model with the validation and manufacturing biases and uncertainties to determine the minimum burnup as a function of enrichment and cooling time (loading curve). This analysis is performed with no soluble boron. (See Section 8)

9. Test the Region 1/Region 2 interface and the relaxed periphery requirements using a full pool 3D Monte Carlo model. (See Section 8)
10. Perform accident analyses (dropped assembly, misplaced assembly, over temperature, boron dilution, seismic, and multiple assembly misloads) with the appropriate models. (See Section 9)

II. Summarize the resulting loading requirements and the assumptions made in the analysis. (See Section 10)

NET-300067-01 Rev 1 3

2.1 Computer Codes This analysis uses the t5-depl TRITON module of SCALE 6.1.2 [3] (the most recent version) for the depletion analysis and the CSAS5 module for the criticality analysis. All the analyses are performed using the 238 group ENDF/B-VII library (v7-238) (the most recent library). The CSAS5 module utilizes CENTRM and BONAMI for the resonance self-shielding calculations and KENO V.a for the Monte Carlo calculation of k*. All of the CSAS5 computer runs use a Monte Carlo sampling of at least 1500 generations and 6000 neutrons per generation to achieve a statistical uncertainty in k of less than 0.0002.

The t5-depl sequence of TRITON utilizes CENTRM and BONAMI for the resonance treatment and then uses KENO V.a for the collapsing of the cross-sections from 238 groups to one group for use in ORIGEN. parm=(addnux=4) is used in the analysis which tracks the maximum number of problem specific collapsed isotopes (388). At the end of the depletion analysis, the OPUS module is used to output atom densities for use in the criticality model. In the OPUS input, 185 isotopes are specified, as shown in Table 2.1. The isotopes that are not included have low atom densities, combined with small cross-sections, in the spent fuel composition. In other words, the eliminated isotopes do not impact the reactivity of the spent fuel and consequently will not impact the crticiality analysis. Immediately after shutdown, there is an increase in reactivity in the first few days due to the decay of Xe-135 and Np-239 (poison is being removed and fissile Pu-239 is being added). Rather than follow this change in reactivity and to assure that the peak reactivity occurs at 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />, all of the Xe-135 is converted to Cs-135 and all of the Np-239 is converted to Pu-239. Furthermore, the half-lives of 1-135 and Ru-105 are approximately 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> and 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> respectively, therefore their daughter products are also being followed until72 hours of cooling time has elapsed. After 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />, only 181 isotopes (out of the initial 185 listed in Table 2.1) are followed and/or considered. Additionally, at low burnups isotopes with atom densities are less than I E-12 are also eliminated.

Throughout this document, k is used as a short hand notation for k-effective or k~ff NET-300067-01 Rev I 4

Table 2.1: 185 Isotopes Used in the Analysis

-I-I Ag-109 Cm-243 Ag-i 10m Cm-244 Ag-I ll Cm-245 Am-241 Cm-246 Am-242m Cs-133 Am-243 Cs-134 As-75 Cs-135 Ba-134 Cs-136 Ba-135 Cs-137 Ba-136 Dy-160 Ba-137 Dy-161 Ba-138 Dy-162 Ba-140 Dy-163 Br-81 Dy-164 Cd-110 Er-166 Cd-Ill Eu-151 Cd-I 12 Eu-152 Cd-l13 Eu-153 Cd-I 14 Eu-154 Cd-115m Eu-155 Cd-I 16 Eu-156 Ce-140 Gd-152 Ce-141 Gd-154 Ce-142 Gd-155 Ce-143 Gd-156 Ce-144 Gd-157 Cm-242 Gd-158 Gd-i160 Ge-73 Ge-76 Ho-165 1-127 1-129 1-131 1-135 In-I115 Kr-82 Kr-83 Kr-84 Kr-85 Kr-86 La-138 La-139 La-140 Mo-100 Mo-95 Mo-96 Mo-97 Mo-98 Mo-99 Nb-95 Nd-142 Nd-143 Nd-144 Nd-145 Nd-146 Nd-147 Nd-148 Nd-150 Np-237 Np-238 Np-239 0-16 Pd-104 Pd-105 Pd-106 Pd-107 Pd-108 Pd-I 10 Pm-147 Pm-148 Pm-148m Pm-149 Pm-151 Pr-141 Pr-143 Pu-238 Pu-239 Pu-240 Pu-241 Pu-242 Rb-85 Sm-I 53 Rb-86 Sm-I 54 Rb-87 Sn-I 15 Rh-103 Sn-116 Rh-105 Sn-l17 Ru-100 Sn-I 18 Ru-101 Sn-119 Ru-102 Sn-120 Ru-103 Sn-122 Ru-104 Sn-123 Ru-105 Sn-124 Ru-106 Sn-125 Ru-99 Sn-126 Sb-121 Sr-86 Sb-123 Sr-88 Sb-124 Sr-89 Sb-125 Sr-90 Se-76 Tb-159 Se-77 Tb-160 Se-80 Tc-99 Se-82 Te-122 Sm-147 Te-124 Sm-148 Te-125 Sm-149 Te-126 Sm-150 Te-127m Sm-151 Te-128 Sm-152 Te-129m Te-130 Te-132 U-234 U-235 U-236 U-237 U-238 Xe-128 Xe-129 Xe-130 Xe-131 Xe-132 Xe-133 Xe-134 Xe-135 Xe-136 Y-89 Y-90 Y-91 Zr-91 Zr-93 Zr-95 Zr-96 I

In addition to using SCALE, a FORTRAN Code was used to interpolate between burnups from the OPUS output and also to decay the isotopic content to the desired cooling time. The FORTRAN code, which has been verified and validated, reads an axial burnup profile to get the shape of the burnup axially, NET-300067-01 Rev I 5

so multiple atom density sets can be made quickly. The code was validated by comparing the k calculated with the code-interpolated number densities to the k calculated with number densities directly from SCALE/ORIGEN-S, in which no interpolation was used. Furthermore, SCALE/ORIGEN-S was used to decay to a given cooling time and similar comparisons were made. All the differences were within the statistical uncertainty of the k calculations (see Section 6.4).

Unless otherwise specified, all of the k values reported in this document are raw calculated k values with no adjustment for bias and uncertainty. The final values to be compared to the criticality criteria are the calculated values plus the total bias and uncertainty (notated as '195/95").

NET-300067-01 Rev I 6

3 Input Data For the criticality analysis, input data is needed for the storage racks (Section 3.1), the fuel assemblies (Section 3.2), the fuel assembly inserts (Section 3.3), and the absorber panels (Section 3.4). In addition to this data, plant operating data was used to assure conservative depletion parameters were selected. The plant operating data is found in Section 5.

3.1 Storage Rack Specifications Region I uses a flux trap for criticality control. Figure 3.1 shows the general arrangement of the cells in Region 1 [4]. Table 3.1 gives the dimensions and tolerances from the manufacturer's drawing [4] for Region 1.

Figure 3.1: Small Section of the Region 1 Rack [4]

Region 2 is a non-flux trap design where receptacle cans with Boraflex sheaths are spaced out creating "resultant" cells between the cans. Figure 3.2 shows two complete cells in the Region 2 type rack [5]. The cell on the left would be called the "resultant" cell. Notice the fuel in the resultant cell is not bounded by four flat walls but rather by the Boraflex sheaths. The dimensions for the Region 2 rack are also shown in Table 3.1 [5].

NET-300067-01 Rev I 7

Proprietary Information Removed 4-)lZP

(

Figure 3.2: Region 2 Rack Showing Cell Boxes and Resultant Cells [51 Table 3.1: Region 1 and 2 Storage Rack Dimensions [4, 51 Value Attribute (inches)

Tolerance Region 1 Rack [41 Vertical cell pitch 10.545 Horizontal cell pitch 10.765 Cell ID 8.75 Cell wall thickness 0.075

+/- 0.007 Boraflex sheathing width 7.70 Minimum Boraflex sheathing thickness 0.035*

+ 0.003 Boraflex sheathing distance 0.112 from cell wall Region 2 Rack [51 Cell pitch 9.04 Cell ID 8.80 Cell wall thickness 0.075

+ 0.007 Boraflex sheathing width 8.00 Maximum Boraflex sheathing thickness 0.035

+ 0.003 Boraflex sheathing distance 0.092 from cell wall 1

  • 0.0235" and 0.035" wrappers allowed per drawing The material of the rack is SS304 [4, 5]. The Boraflex is modeled as water. If any Boraflex remained, it would contain B-10, which would decrease reactivity compared to water. EPRI Technical NET-300067-01 Rev I 8

Report 103300 [25] concludes the rate of boron carbide loss is proportional to the rate of the silica loss. Therefore, a water displacing material without boron is not credible.

3.2 Fuel Assembly Designs The Indian Point Units 2 and 3 have used a number of fuel designs, but in all cases the fuel design changes had little impact on criticality. All fuel for both units was purchased from Westinghouse.

Westinghouse has used the same fuel clad and pellet dimensions for all its 15X15 designs. The guide tube dimensions have changed as Indian Point changed from the standard Westinghouse 15x 15 to Westinghouse OFA 15xl5 fuel. The only difference between Standard (LOPAR) and OFA fuel is that the guide tube outer diameter for OFA fuel is slightly smaller but the thickness of the guide tube is unchanged. The effect on reactivity between the two designs is insignificant (see Table 7.2).

The following nomenclature has been used for Indian Point fuel:

1. HIPAR: This was the initial fuel design and used stainless steel guide tubes and Inconel grids.
2. Standard Fuel (LOPAR): Changed from stainless steel to Zircaloy guide tubes..
3. OFA Fuel: Changed to Zircaloy grids and small change to guide tubes.
4. Vantage + Fuel: Added intermediate flow mixing grids, changed the zirconium alloy to ZIRLOTMI, and added axial blankets
5. Performance + Fuel: Added a protective bottom gridand longer bottom end plugs. -
6.

15X 15 Upgrade Fuel: Changed the grid design and modified the guide tube dashpot by using a tube-in-tube (more water displacement - less reactive).

Most of the fuel design changes have been related to the grids. The grids are ignored in the criticality modeling, since they displace water in fuel assemblies. PWR fuel designs are under moderated so that there is a negative moderator coefficient of reactivity. Even at cold temperatures the fuel assembly designs are under moderated. With high soluble boron concentrations, it can be non-conservative to NET-300067-01 Rev I 9

ignore grids, but for borated cases, there is a large margin to the criticality limits (See Section 8.2.6), so ignoring the grids is still acceptable.

Westinghouse has also changed the pellet theoretical density, chamfering and dishing. This is not identified as a fuel design change. For this analysis, a high stack density is used to cover all the previous changes and to allow for future design changes. The stack density is the smeared density of the U0 2 inside the pellet OD. The chamfering and dishing are not modeled. The stack density is always less than the pellet density.

Finally, the initial fuel for Indian Point did not have axial blankets. Several axial blanket designs have been used at the Indian Point Units. This analysis conservatively does not take credit for the lower enriched axial blankets (see Tables 5.1 and 5.2 for axial blanket types used).

The fuel dimensions and tolerances are taken from References 7 and 24. In general, the dimensions used in the analysis are the nominal dimensions plus or minus the tolerance to maximize the reactivity (see Table 3.2). However, this was not done for all the dimensions. The fuel pellet OD and clad ID are increased by more than the typical tolerance from Reference 7 to allow margin for possible future fuel designs. The guide tube tolerance has been shown to be insignificant to the reactivity [27]. However, a small conservative increase in the guide tube thickness was made in the model.

Having more fuel and more water inside the fuel assembly maximizes the reactivity (see Table 7.2).

Therefore, maximum stack density, maximum pellet OD, minimum clad OD, smaller guidetube OD and larger guide tube ID were used in the analysis. The assembly pitch in the core for-Westinghouse 15xI5 plants is 8.466 inches [7]. The most the uniform pin pitch could increase is (8.466-15 x 0.563)/15 =

0.0014 inches before assemblies would touch each other in the reactor core. This pin pitch tolerance is analyzed (see Table 7. ) and combined with other manufacturing tolerances. An assumed stack density of 97.5% of the U0 2 theoretical density allows some margin to cover future designs. Dishing and chamfering of the pellets are included in the stack density. A 97.5% stack density means the actual NET-300067-01 Rev I 10

Proprietary Information Removed chamfered and dished sintered pellet density is nearly 99% of the theoretical density of UO 2. If the fuel design changes, the criticality analysis will be valid as long as the maximum stack density, maximum pellet OD, minimum clad OD and minimum guide tube cross-sectional area are maintained (see Table 10.5).

II Table 3.2: Fuel Assembly Dimensions [24,7]

Value Value Used in Attribute (inches)

Typical Tolerance Analysis Fuel pellet U0 2 stack density 97.5 %TD Maximum expected stack 975 density 97.5 Fuel pellet OD 0.3659

[

],c I

]a.

Fuel clad OD 0.4220

[]ja I

a, Fuel clad ID 0.3734

[

]ac I

]a Fuel pin pitch 0.5630

+/- 0.00 14 (using assembly pitch) 0.5630 Active fuel length 144 None (has no effect) 144 Standard Fuel Fuel guide tube OD 0.546 Insignificant effect on k [27]

]a.c Fuel guide tube ID 0.512 Insignificant effect on k [27]

la, OFA Fuel Fuel guide tube OD 0.533 Insignificant effect on k [27]

[

]'C Fuel guide tube ID 0.499 Insignificant effect on k [27]

]a The fuel clad and guide tube material is Zirc-4 or Zirlo. For fuel pellets that are coated with ZrB2 (IFBA), the B-10 loading is assumed to be [

mg B°0/inch] a-, [24] (IX) for IFBA rods assumed in fresh fuel and [

mg B'0 /inch] " (1.5X) for depletion calculations.

3.3 Fuel Assembly Insert Designs The fuel assemblies used in Indian Point-Units 2 and 3 have contained a.number of different types of inserts in the guide tubes during operation. They are:

1. Pyrex burnable absorbers
2.

Wet Annular Burnable Absorbers (WABA)

3.

Unclad Hafnium flux suppression assemblies

4.

Primary source assemblies

5.

Secondary source assemblies NET-300067-01 Rev I I1I

6. Full Length Control Rods
7.

Part Length Control Rods The final criticality calculations assume no inserts in the guide tubes except for the special case of a control rod in the assembly to reduce the reactivity of assemblies that fail to meet the loading requirements. However, depletion calculations are performed with inserts in order to harden the spectrum and maximize the reactivity of burned fuel. The effect of the inserts is maximized by using the highest boron content and the most water displacement. The boron loading for the burnable absorbers has varied, so the maximum boron loading has been used in the analysis. A Pyrex burnable absorber displaces more water and has a higher B-10 loading than a WABA, so for enrichments where both burnable absorbers are used, the Pyrex burnable absorber is conservatively selected. Pyrex burnable absorbers displace more water than the primary source assemblies. The analysis assumes for fuel < 3.5 wt% (old fuel) that Pyrex burnable absorbers remain in the assembly throughout depletion (see Section 5), so primary sources (which were only in the old fuel) are covered.

Secondary sources displace some water and could have a small effect on the burned fuel reactivity. A WABA rodlet displaces about the same amount of water as a secondary source rodlet but a secondary source assembly contains less rodlets (generally 6 rodlets). Since more water is displaced with the assumed WABA assembly (20 rodlet assembly) than the secondary source assembly, analysis with WABAs would be conservative. Since the WABA is never removed during the depletion, a secondary source that is inserted after the WABA depletion is auttomatically covered.-

Indian Point Units 2 and 3 had 8 part length control rods in Cycle I. In Cycle 1, for both units, the part length rods were in assemblies that were nominally 2.2 wt% U-235 enriched. These assemblies exceed the Region 2 loading curve minimum burnup for their enrichment by over 10 GWd/T. The reactivity effect due to the use of the part length control rods in Cycle I for both units is significantly less than the reactivity-effectrof the.10O.GWd/T ex9cess burnup for these fuel assemblies.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 12

Thimble plugs have also been used at the Indian Point Units, but since these do not extend into the active fuel region they can be ignored.

Tables 3.3 and 3.4 provide the input data used in the analysis. Note that the Pyrex burnable absorber used at Indian Point had a range of B-10 loadings. The highest B-10 loading is conservative for the depletion analysis and that value is in Table 3.4. Further, the largest borosilicate glass dimensions were utilized which is also conservative.

Table 3.3: Control Rod and Hafnium Rod Descriptions [71 Parameter Control Rod Hafnium Number of Rodlets per assembly 20 20 or less*

Absorber OD (in) 0.3975 0.3810 Absorber Material Ag-In-Cd Hf (80-15-5 wt%)

Absorber density (g/cc) 10.17 13.3 1 Clad OD (in) 0.4390 0.3810' Clad ID (in) 0.4006 none Clad Material SS 304 none Table 3.4: Pyrex and Wet Annular Burnable Absorber Descriptions [6, 7, 24]

Parameter Pyrex WABA Material Inside inner clad Void Water Clad material SS304 Zr Inner Clad ID (in) 0.2235 0.225 Inner Clad OD (in) 0.2365 0.267 Absorber ID (in) 0.2430 0.278 Absorber OD (in)

=.0.3960 0.318 Outer Clad ID (in) 0.4005 0.329 Outer Clad OD (in) 0.4390 "

0.381 Absorber Material B,0 3-SiO 2

A120 3-B4C (18.1 wt% B 20 3)

(0.00603 gin '0B/cm)

Density = 2.23 g/cct

.20 rodlets were used in the analysis. -To date the maximum rodlets used is 16.

t From the SCALE manual, Ref. [3].

This is the OD of the uinclad Hafnium.

NET-300067-01 Rev 1-13

For the special case of crediting a control rod in a fresh assembly in the pool, the Ag-ln-Cd content (density) is reduced by 20% to bound manufacturing tolerances and any absorber material loss during operation.

3.4 Absorber Panel Design The spent fuel pool racks are assumed to have L-shaped borated AI/B 4C absorber panels in every cell.

For Region 1, the panels are oriented bottom-right, while for Region 2, they are oriented top-left. This resolves any interface issues between Region I and Region 2, since there is a double panel at the interface. There are two analyzed absorber panel designs, which are assumed to have the characteristics shown in Table 3.5. Figures 3.3 and 3.4 illustrate the two designs.

Table 3.5: Absorber Panel Dimensions Attribute Value (inches)

Notes Absorber Panel (primary)

Areal Density (g B-10/cm2) 0.015 Minimum Panel width Cell ID - 0.03 Minimum Panel thickness 0.086 Minimum in Region 1 0.096 Maximum in Region 2 Length Covers active fuel length Absorber Panel (alternate)*

Areal Density (g 13-10/cm2) 0.022 (Region 1) 0.020 (Region 2)

Minimum Panel width 7.6 Minimum Panel thickness 0.075 Minimum in Region 1 0.0941 Maximum in Region 2 Offset from comer 0.64 Length

_-_Covers active fuel length Minor adjustments to these specific dimensions and areal densities are acceptable provided that the panel is shown to be as effective in absorbing neutrons as the primary design.

t For Region 2, in which maximum water displacement is more reactive, the maximum thickness is increased in the model to 0.101 to account for the water disp!acement ofihe stainless steel connector that is attached to the absorber panel..

NET-300067-01 Rev I 14

-Cell Width -.........

Figure 3.3: L-Shaped Absorber Panel Panel Width "Offset Figure 3.4: Example Alternate Panel Design* [26]

For the primary absorber panel design, the Al/B 4C is L-shaped and continuous and fits snugly inside the rack cell. Therefore, the minimum width of the panel is the cell ID minus the tolerance. Calculations showed that having a minimum panel thickness maximizes the reactivity in Region 1, while a maximum panel thickness maximizes the reactivity in Region 2 (see Table 7.2). For the alternate design, two sheets

- : Minor adjustments to these specific dimensions and areal densities are acceptable provided that the panel is shown to be as effective in absorbing neutrons as the primary design.

NET-300067-01 Rev 1-15

of AI/B 4C are connected at the corner by an L-shaped stainless steel connector (see Figure 3.4). The minimum panel width is 7.6 inches. All of the loading curve calculations were performed with the primary design. For the alternate design, since the panel width is over an inch shorter than the primary design and there is no AI/B 4C in the corner, the minimum areal density had to be increased from 0.015 to 0.020* in Region 2 and to 0.022f in Region 1, so that the loading requirements would remain the same.

Calculations show that any metal (or no metal) used by the alternate design in the corner to connect the panels is acceptable, so long as the connecting metal is no thicker than 0.1 inches (see Figure 6.3).

No references are given for the absorber panel dimensions, since the dimensions in Table 3.5 are design constraints for the absorber panel to be ordered.

NET-300067-01 Rev -1 6

16

4 Validation The validation of the SCALE 6.1.2, TRITON (t5-depl) and CSAS5 models requires a number of steps. First, since fresh fuel is allowed to be stored in the spent fuel pool, validation for fresh fuel is performed by use of U0 2 critical benchmarks from the OECDINEA handbook [8]. For the burned fuel, the reactivity due to the uncertainty in the isotopic content is determined as 5% of the delta k of depletion as set forth in DSS-ISG-2010-01 [1]. Further, for burned fuel Mixed Uranium/Plutonium Oxide(MOX) critical experiments included in the HTC critical experiments were added for burned fuel validation to assure the worth of the plutonium isotopes and Am-241 are properly predicted. Finally for burned fuel, a bias of 1.5% was added for the possible error in the fission products and minor actinides cross sections (See Section 4.2).

The details of the validation are found in Appendix A. This section describes the method and summarizes the results.

4.1 Fresh Fuel Validation The validation for fresh fuel follows NUREG/CR-6698 [12]. Two hundred thirty six (236) critical experiments were selected from the OECD/NEA handbook that match the conditions of most spent fuel pools but specifically the Indian Point Unit 2 spent fuel pool. These experiments were analyzed with SCALE 6.1.2 using the 238-group ENDF/B-VII cross-section library. The resulting predicted k's were then tested for trends on the key parameters influencing k. Using these trends, the most limiting bias and uncertainty in the area of applicability was determined. Although some of the trends may not be statistically significant, it is conservative to use all of the trends in determining the limiting bias and uncertainty. Table A.7 is the area of applicability for the validation. The Indian Point spent fuel pool is covered by the area of applicability of the validation. Specifically, NET-300067-01 Rev I 17

1. Enrichment: The benchmarks selected range from 2.35 to 4.74 wt% U-235. The fuel in the spent fuel pool ranges from 2.21 to 5 wt% U-235. The bias decreases with enrichment and the slope is small allowing for a small extrapolation (see Table A.7).

I

2.

Spectrum: The benchmarks cover a wide range of spectrum by varying the pin pitch. The Energy of the Average Lethargy causing Fission (EALF) of the benchmarks ranges from 0.0605 to 0.8485 eV. The calculated EALF in the pool ranges from 0.1 to 0.6 eV.

3. Fuel Pin Pitch: The fuel pin pitch of the benchmarks ranges from 1.075 to 2.54 cm. The Indian Point fuel pin pitch is 1.43 cm.
4.

Flux Trap: The benchmarks include spacing between assemblies of 0 to 15.4 cm. The flux trap design for Region I is 3.4 to 4.0 cm.

5. Boron Areal Density: The benchmarks range from 0 to 0.067 g Bl0/cm 2. The spent fuel pool will credit absorber panels with areal densities of 0.015 to 0.022 g B'°/cm 2.
6.

Soluble Boron: The benchmarks have soluble boron concentrations up to 5030 ppm.. The maximum ppm used in the analysis is 2000 ppm.

Details on the area of applicability can be found in Appendix A.

The most limiting bias and uncertainty from the validation was due to a trend in the spectrum, EALF.

From this trend, a bias of 0.0029 for EALF up to 0.4 eV and 0.0037 for EALFs from 0.4 to 0.6 eV has been determined. Cases without soluble boron are in the first range of EALF and will use 0.0029 for the bias. Heavily borated cases can have an EALF greater than 0.4 eV and then would use the 0.0037 bias.

The 95/95 -uncertainty is 0.0050 for all the analyses.

4.2 Burned Fuel Validation The first step in validating the burned fuel analysis is to establish a bias and uncertainty for the isotopic content. The interim staff guidance, DSS-ISG-2010-01 (Section 2.a.i), sets this bias and uncertainty at 5% of the depletion reactivity as an uncertainty (zero bias). DSS-ISG-2010-01 then states:

  • NET-300067-01 Rev I 18

"The "reactivity decrement" should be the decrement associated with the keff of afresh unburned fitel assembly that has no integral burnable neutron absorbers, to the k.ff of the fuel assembly with the burnup of interest either with or without residual integral burnable neutron absorbers, whichever results in the larger reactivity decrement."

This analysis does not credit integral burnable absorbers in burned fuel so the reactivity decrement is simply the delta k between the fresh fuel and the burned fuel. In this analysis, the depletion uncertainty due to isotopic content is this reactivity decrement multiplied by 0.05. No bias due to the depletion analysis is taken (as consistent with the interim guidance). However, a bias due to uncertainty in the reactivity worth of the minor actinides and fission products is accounted for as noted below.

The next step is to assure that the calculated worth of the isotopes used is correct. The critical experiments that most closely match spent nuclear fuel are the HTC critical experiments [ 13]. These experiments are Mixed Uranium/Plutonium Oxide (MOX) experiments that were designed to match the Uranium and Plutonium isotopic content of 4.5 wt % U-235 fuel burned to 37.5 GWd/T. These experiments were analyzed for this validation. Since there are fuel assemblies in the spent fuel pool that have less burnup, as well as fuel assemblies that have more burnup, additional critical experiments are needed. MOX experiments from the OECD/NEA handbook were added to cover the higher burned conditions and the fresh U0 2 critical experiments from Section 4.1 were added to cover the lower burned conditions.

The most limiting bias and uncertainty from the three sets of experiments: a) fresh U0 2, b) HTC, and c) MOX is used for the bias and uncertainty for the major actinides (U, Pu, Am-241). The most limiting bias and uncertainty comes from the. fresh U0 2 experiments, since ENDF/B-VII predicts higher k's for MOX critical experiments than U-235 based systems. Refer to Section A.3.2 of Appendix A to see the support for this position. This means that the first worth component of the bias and uncertainty for NET-300067-01 Rev I 19

burned fuel, the component for the worth of the major actinides, has a bias of 0.0029 or 0.0037 depending on EALF and an uncertainty of 0.0050.

The second worth component of the validation of burned fuel is to cover the worth of the fission products and minor actinides. ORNL studied the uncertainty in the cross-sections and used TSUNAMI to propagate this uncertainty to a cask system [14]. ORNL then concluded that a bias of 1.5% of the worth of the fission products and minor actinides was conservative. On page 106 of the ORNL report, the last sentence states, "An upper value of 1.5% of the worth is also applicable for SNF isotopic compositions consisting of all nuclides in the SFP configuration, as well as the cask configuration as depicted in Table 7.11 and Table 7.12." For this analysis the bias and uncertainty due to the fission products and minor actinides is a bias of 1.5% of the worth of the fission products and minor actinides.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 20

5 Depletion Calculations Prior to performing the depletion analysis, a thorough review of the historical operation of Indian Point Units 2 and 3 was performed. Specifically, the following items were reviewed:

1. What inserts were in assemblies and what were the designs of these inserts.
2.

How much bumup was achieved while the inserts were in the assemblies.

3.

How were control rods used during the cycles.

4.

What was the soluble boron level during the cycles.

5.

What was the maximum average power peaking (used for fuel and moderator temperatures).

6.

When were axial blankets introduced and what were the designs.

Tables 5.1 and 5.2 summarize the key depletion parameters by cycle for Indian Point Units 2 and 3 respectively [30]. Control rod operating history is discussed in Section 5.5. Tin is the core inlet temperature and Tave is the average moderator temperature in the active fuel (not the vessel average temperature).

Axial blankets (reduced enrichment at the ends of the fuel) reduce the reactivity compared to assuming the highest enrichment over the entire length of the fuel. Several axial blanket designs have been used in Units 2 and 3: 6 inch or 8 inch long blankets, annular and solid pellets, natural or reduced enriched uranium, same or differing enrichments in the top and bottom blankets. Although it would be possible to credit the reduced reactivity caused by the axial blankets, it was decided not to take the credit.'

This approach yields the simplicity of only one loading curve and flexibility for possible future design modifications for the axial blankets such as enrichment or annular hole size changes. Such changes would have no effect on the criticality safety analysis since the full length uniform enrichment assumption would still be bounding.

The Indian Point fuel management and operating approach changed from annual refueling cycles to two year refueling cycles resulting in higher feed enrichments and heavier use of burnable absorbers. In NET-300067-01 Rev I

  • 21.

order to not penalize the loading curve for older fuel, the depletion analysis was subdivided into fuel assemblies less than or greater than 3.5 wt% U-235. Fuel assemblies over 3.5 wt% JU-235 have never been loaded into the core with Pyrex burnable absorbers. Furthermore, historical fuel assemblies under 3.5 wt% U-235 never had IFBA rods.

With a thorough knowledge of the Indian Point Units 2 and 3 operating history, it was possible to select limiting depletion parameters that bound all fuel.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 22.-

Proprietary Information Removed Table 5.1: Key Operating Features by Cycle Used in Indian Point Unit 2 Max Peak Feed Cycle Feed Blanket Max BA Assem.

Soluble Batch Power Tave Tin Burnup Enrich.

Enrich.

BA*

Max BA Burnup Peaking Boron Cycle ID (MWt)

CF)

(-F)

(GWd/T)

(wt%)

Blanket (wt%)

Type Loading (GWd/T)

Factor m

1 A,B,C 2758 ax 16.4 2.2/2.8/3.3 none Pyrex 20 Rodlets 18.5 1.23 890 2

D 2758 10.7 3.1 none Pyrex 20 Rodlets 13.0 1.22 993 3

E 2758 10.8 3.2 none Pyrex 7 Rodlets 12.0 1.24 948 4

F 2758 9.8 3.35 none Pyrex 12 Rodlets 12.2 1.25 881 5

G-2758 12.2 3.3 none Pyrex 12 Rodlets 15.0 1.22 908 6

H 2758 13.2 3.2 none Pyrex 20 Rodlets 16.7 1.27 880 7

J 2758 12.4 3.44 none Pyrex 16 Rodlets 15.5 1.25 883 8

K 2758 13.8 3.2/3.44 none WABA 12 Rodlets 17.4 1.27 933 9

L 2758 11.4 3.4/3.7 none WABA 16 Rodlets 14.6 1.28 881 10 M

2758 13.3 3.6/4.2 none WABA 20 Rodlets 17.3 1.30 1050 3071.4 11 N

3071.4 18.1 3.75/4.05 none FBA 116(1X)16 24.5 1.35 997 WABA Rodlets 12 P

3071.4 20.7 3.6/4.2/4.6 none IFBA 116(IX) 20 28.1 1.36 1121 12_3071.4 20.7____

36.4 neWABA Rodlets IFBA 148(1.5X)

2.

.8 14 13 Q

3071.4 20.9 4.4/4.8 6" annular 2.6 WABA 12Rodlets 28.8 1.38 1146 14 R

3071.4 19.0 4.6/4.95 6" annular 2.6

[FBA 148(1.5X) 26.7 1.40 1069 WABA 20 Rodlets 15 S

3071.4 22.1 4.8 6" annular 2.6 IFBA 148(1.25X) 29.9 1.40 1172 WABA 16 Rodlets 16 T

3114.4 23.9 4.6/4.95 8" annular 3.2 IFBA 148(ol5X) 32.4 1.35 1164 WABA 20 Rodlets 17 U

3216 18.7 4.0/4.4 8" annular 3.2 IFBA 148(1.25X) 24.9 1.33 1065 WABA 16 Rodlets 18 V

3216 24.5 4.6/4.95 8" solid 3.2 IFBA 148(1.25X) 33.1 1.35 1191 except IFBA WABA 20 Rodlets i9 W

3216 24.8 4.6/4.95 8" solid 3.2 Bot IFBA 148(1.25X) 32.6 1.31 1244 except WFBA 3.4 Top WABA 20 Rodlets 20 X

3216

.7 4.8/4.95 8" solid 3.2 Bot IFBA 148(1.25X) except [FBA 3.6 Top WABA 20 Rodlets 21 2A 3216 25.6 4.6/4.95 8" solid 3.6 Bot IFBA 148(1.25X) 33.8 1.32 1254

_except IFBA 4.0 Top WABA 20 Rodlets BA is burnable absorber NET-300067-01 Rev I 23

Proprietary Information Removed Table 5.2: Key Operating Features by Cycle Used in Indian Point Unit 3 Max Peak Feed Cycle Feed Blanket Max BA Assem.

Soluble Batch Power Tv..

Ti.

Burnup Enrich.

Enrich.

BA*

Max BA Burnup Peaking Boron Cycle ID (MWt)

(F)

(OF)

(GWd/T)

(wt%)

Blanket (wt%)

Type Loading (GWd/T)

Factor (pprn)

I A,B,C 3025

,,c 17.3 2.25/2.8/3.3 none Pyrex 20 Rodlets 19.4 1.12 899 2

P 3025 11.3 3.1 none Pyrex 12 Rodlets 10.6 1.26 954 3

R 3025 12.8 3.3 none Pyrex 12 Rodlets 16.2 1.27 912 4

S 3025 14.1 3.2/3.4 none Pyrex 20 Rodlets 17.3 1.23 968 5

T 3025 1 4.3 3.2/3.4 none WABA 16 Rodlets 17.9 1.26 989 6

U 3025 14.8 3.2/3.6 none WABA 12 Rodlets 19.5 1.31 1017 7

V 3025 13.4 3.4/3.8 6" solid 0.72 IFBA 60(l X) 18.2 1.35 974 WABA 20 Rodlets 8

W 3025 14.1 3.8/4.2 6" solid 0.74 WABA 12 Rodlets 18.9 1.35 1220 9

X 3025 19.2 4.0/4.4 6" solid 0.74 WFBA 116(l.5X) 25.9 1.35 1169 WABA 20 Rodlets 10 Y

3025 22.4 4.4/4.6 6" annular 2.6 WFBA 80(Il.5X) 31.1 1.38 1163 WABA 20 Rodlets 11 AA 3025 18.7 4.3/4.6 6" annular 2.6 IFBA 80(1.25X) 25.9 1.38 1095 WABA 20 Rodlets 12 BB 3025/

23.0 4.5/4.95 8" annular 3.2 IFBA 100(1.5X) 30.3 1.31 1224 3067 WABA 20 Rodlets 13 CC 3067.4 23.7 4.95 8" annular 3.2 IFBA 100(RI.5)(

32.1 1.36 1246 WABA 20 Rodlets 14 DD 3180/

25.2 4.6/4.95 8" annular 3.2 IFBA 148(1.25X) 33.1 1.31 1240 3188 WABA 20 Rodlets 15 EE 3188.4 24.9 4.6/4.95 8" annular 3.2 IFBA 148(1.25X) 32.0 1.28 1228 WABA 20 Rodlets 16 FF 3188.4 24.1 4.6/4.95 8" annular 3.2Bot IFBA 148(.25X) 31.6 1.32 1179 3.6 Top WABA 20 Rodlets

~8" solid 8sd 3.6 Bot IFBA 148(1.25X) 1i7 GG 3188.4 25.0 4.95 except 3.8Top33.2 1.33 1232 IFBA 8" solid 8" sl 3.6 Bot LFBA 148(l.25X) 32.0 1.30 1258 18 3D 3188.4 24.6 4.6/4.95 except 4.0 Top WABA 20 Rodlets 1FBA BA is burnable absorber NET-300067-01 Rev I 24

Proprietary Information Removed 5.1 Limiting Depletion Parameters - Burnable Absorbers Burnable absorbers harden the spectrum during depletion, which result in more plutonium production and less U-235 consumption for a given burnup [15]. The spectrum hardening comes from the absorption of thermal neutrons by the boron and displacement of the water in the guide tubes. The effect on reactivity also depends on how long (in terms of GWd/T) the burnable absorber remains in the fuel before being removed.

Indian Point Units 2 and 3 have used three types of burnable absorbers: Pyrex, Wet Annular Burnable Absorbers (WABA) and Integral Fuel Burnable Absorbers (IFBA). The Pyrex and WABA designs consist of rodlets mounted to a base plate which sits on the top of the fuel assembly. The number of rodlets varies by position in the core to help control power peaking. The most limiting design has 20 rodlets. The depletion analysis assumes the full 20 rodlets. There have been variations in the boron loading in the burnable absorbers. The highest boron level is most limiting and is assumed in the depletion analysis (see Table 3.4 for the assumed boron level). Pyrex burnable absorbers are more limiting than WABAs since they displace more water. IFBA rods and removable burnable absorbers can be in the assembly at the same time. The number of IFBA rods is varied to aid in power distribution control. The maximum number of IFBA rods (i.e., 148) is assumed. The boron content of the IFBA rods can vary. The maximum boron loading of [

mg B30 per inch]ac (1.5X) is assumed in the depletion analysis. Most of the IFBA rods have been at a 1.25X loading (see Tables 5.1 and 5.2).

For fuel enriched to 3.5 wt% U-235 or less, Pyrex burnable absorbers are assumed to be in the assembly throughout the entire burnup. For fuel over 3.5 wt% U-235, WABAs are assumed to be in the fuel and never removed. However, control rods are assumed to be in the fuel for 2 GWd/T before the WABAs are inserted to cover future extended part power operation. Since control rods are more limiting than WABAs and since control rods and WABAs cannot be in the assembly at the same time, the analysis is valid for any amount of WABA burnup as long as the control rod exposure is less than 2 GWd/T. This 2 GWd/T is for the assembly bumup but due to the axial burnup distribution, it is only I GWd/T in the NET-.....3.00067 01 Rev I!

25:i-:

NET-300067-01 Rev I 25

top node. Therefore, operation for a full cycle with the control rods at the "bite" position is prohibited for fuel enriched to greater than 3.5 wt% U-235. The limitation of 2 GWd/T of assembly burnup under control rods will be checked as part of the reload safety checks.

Finally, gadolinium and erbium have not yet been used as burnable absorbers at Indian Point. These burnable absorbers have a negative impact on reactivity due to incomplete burnout of the absorber [16].

If gadolinium or erbium is used in the future, then this criticality analysis is valid.

5.2 Limiting Depletion Parameters - Soluble Boron Soluble boron hardens the spectrum, making the fuel more reactive for a given burnup. It has been shown that taking the burnup average soluble boron level is acceptable (rather than a time dependent soluble boron) [17]. Tables 5.1 and 5.2 show the peak soluble boron concentration. The average cycle soluble boron concentration is less than 70% of the peak values (confirmed for limiting cases) reported on Tables 5.1 and 5.2. Review of the operating history with fuel less than 3.5 wt% U-235 shows that 800 ppm is higher than any cycle averaged ppm, so 800 ppm was selected for the depletion of this fuel. For fuel enriched to more than 3.5 wt% U-235, a multi-cycle assembly average bounding value of 1000 ppm soluble boron is selected. Since the reloadcore designer must limit the soluble boron level in order to maintain a negative moderator temperature coefficient, it is unlikely that 1000 ppm burnup averaged soluble boron will ever be a limiting design feature. However, this parameter will be included in the reload design checks. Early shutdown could cause this average soluble boron to be exceeded.. To handle this possibility, a special depletion at 1300 ppm was performed. Fuel with a burnup > 12GWd/T -can be placed anywhere in Region I and fuel with a burnup < 12 GWd/T can be placed on the periphery of Region I or with a control rod inserted and placed anywhere in Region 1.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 26

5.3 Limiting Depletion Parameters - Temperatures The higher the fuel and moderator temperatures during depletion, the higher the reactivity. As with most parameters assumed during depletion, the time ordering of the effect has a very minor impact on the final reactivity. Therefore, burnup averaging of the fuel and moderator temperature is appropriate. A limiting fuel and moderator temperature can be found by determining the maximum bumup averaged peaking factor. Since criticality requires a volume of low enriched fuel that is much greater than a fuel pin, the average peaking factor of interest is the assembly averaged value. This is easy to determine, since it is simply the assembly burnup divided by the sum of the core average bumup for the cycles that the fuel assembly was in the core. Tables 5.1 and 5.2 show the maximum assembly/bumup averaged peaking for any assembly in the core for that cycle. The discharge average peaking factor will be lower since the peaking factor for an assembly is lower in the second and following cycles.

The Indian Point Units 2 and 3 fuel, which was enriched to less than 3.5 wt% U-235 has been reviewed and the burnup averaged assembly peaking factor was always less than 1.35.

The moderator temperature increases as the water rises through the core. This depletion analysis uses a conservative outlet temperature for the entire length of the fuel.. The moderator temperature is determined by multiplying the peaking factor times the enthalpy rise across the core. This delta enthalpy is added to the inlet enthalpy to determine an outlet enthalpy that is then converted to a temperature using the system pressure. The core inlet temperature and outlet temperature at Indian Point Units 2 and 3 have varied over the cycles, so the highest core enthalpy rise is used with the highest core inlet enthalpy. The calculation accounts for the effects of bypass flow. The resulting moderator tempeirature with a multi-cycle bumup averaged peaking factor of 1.35 is 628 OF (604.4 'K) and the moderator density is 0.64765 g/cc.

The moderator temperature for fuel where the enrichment. is greater than.3.5 wt% U-235 requires projection of future peaking and operating conditions. Currently, the reloadSafet, analysis utilizes a.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 27

limiting assembly average peaking factor of 1.40 at all times during the cycle. Using a multi-cycle assembly bumup average peaking factor of 1.40 and the highest core delta enthalpies from the past cycles, a moderator temperature of 631 'F (605.9 °K) and a moderator density of 0.64264 gm/cc was determined.

This determination accounted for the effects of bypass flow. This approach is conservative, since an assembly cannot operate at the limiting peaking factor throughout its life.

The fuel temperature also needs to be maximized. The same assembly averaged peaking factors were used to burnup average the kw/ft. Figure 5.1 shows the fuel temperature as a function of peaking factor and burnup. These temperatures were generated with INTERPIN-3 [18] and provided in Ref. [32]. The depletion analysis model used a constant fuel temperature for the duration of the burnup. The fuel temperature used in the analysis was conservatively larger than the fuel temperature at any credited time of life (less than 45 GWd/T). The fuel temperature used for fuel under 3.5 wt% U-235 (i.e. fuel with a peaking factor of 1.35 or less) is 1075 'K (1475 'F) and for fuel over 3.5 wt% U-235 (i.e. fuel with a peaking factor of 1.40 or less), it is 1100 'K (1520 'F).

INTERPIN-3 Average Fuel Temperature versus Burnup at Various Relative Powers Typical IP-2 Cycle 20 0

5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 Burnup (GWDIMTU)

-4.-- 5

-~-l- 0

-e--15 Figure 5.1: Fuel Tiimperature Change with Burnup and Relative Power NET-300067-01 Rev I 28

5.4 Limiting Depletion Parameters - Specific Power ORNL has performed a study of the sensitivity of burnup credit to specific power and determined it is a small effect [17]. For bumup credit using all isotopes, a lower specific power is slightly more reactive.

However, the reactivity effect of moderator temperature and fuel temperature increases with higher specific power. The reactivity effect of higher temperatures is larger than the reactivity effect of a lower specific power. Since the fuel can operate at only one specific power, a nominal specific power was selected in conjunction with conservatively selected higher temperatures. This approach is consistent with DSS-ISG-2010-01 for spent fuel pool analysis [1].

I I As with specific power, the power history also has a small effect [17,19]. References 17 and 19 recommend ignoring any down time and assuming that the reactor is operated at full power over the entire depletion. Reference 19 saw a small positive reactivity increase when the last part of the depletion was performed at lower power. Lower specific power at end of cycle is more reactive because less Pm-149, the precursor to Sm-149, is produced. This effect has been specifically accounted for in this analysis by reducing the Pm-149 that could be the result of a power coast down (see Section 5.9).

5.5 Limiting Depletion Parameters - Control Rod Operation The Indian Point Units 2 and 3 have 193 fuel assemblies in the core. Nine of these assemblies are under the Control Bank D (less than 5% of the number of assemblies). Control Bank D is the only control bank allowed in the core at all if the power is greater than 70% of the rated power. Indian Point Units 2 and 3 have not operatedwith Control Bank D in the core for any significant burnup except at the "bite" position. The bite position is set as the location where the worth of the lead control bank is 2 pcm per step. The bite position changes from cycle to cycle and during cycle operation but is typically between 207 to 217 steps withdrawn, which corresponds to the rod being inserted 8.7 or less inches into the core.

The top node in the axial model used for the criticality analysis is 8 inches.

NET-300067-01 Rev 1 29

For fuel that is less than or equal to 3.5 wt% U-235, the depletion assumption for the top node is that the control bank is in for the entire burnup. Since this fuel has already been discharged, no control rod insertion below the top node is needed in the analysis.

For fuel enriched above 3.5 wt% U-235, the assembly is depleted with a control rod inserted for 2 GWd/T. Due to the low relative power in the top node (about 0.5) (see Table 6.1), the depletion of the top node with a control rod is I GWd/T (all other nodes are burned for 2 GWd/T with the control rod).

Unit 3 never used control rods at the bite position, but Unit 2 positioned its D bank control rods at the bite position through cycle 17. All assemblies that were above 3.5 wt% U-235 enriched that were under Control Bank D for cycles I through 17 were evaluated as a special case in the depletion analysis. The reactivity penalty of the bite position versus no bite position was determined to be approximately I GWd/T additional required burnup. Each of these assemblies exceeded the burnup requirements by more than 4 GWd/T. Thus these assemblies are acceptable to be loaded in Region 2.

5.6 Summary of Depletion Assumptions for Fuel < 3.5 wt% U-235 Since Pyrex burnable absorbers were not used in fresh fuel for enrichments greater than 3.5 wt%

U-235 and IFBA rods were not used for enrichments less than 3.5 wt% U-235, separate depletion assumptions are used. The last fuel of 3.5 wt% U-235 enrichment or less was loaded in Unit 2 in cycle 9 and Unit 3 in cycle 7. Since it is not anticipated that future cycles will use fuel with enrichments less than

-3.5 wt%. U-235,it was possibleto credit the actual operation of this fuel for the selection of limiting depletion parameters, such as the.burnup averaged soluble boron concentration and the maximum assembly and burnup averaged moderator outlet temperature.

NET-300067-01 Rev 1 30

For fuel enriched to less than or equal to 3.5 wt% U-235 (old fuel), the following depletion assumptions are made:

a. Nominal fuel dimensions at 97.5% theoretical density
b.

800 ppm maximum average boron concentration during depletion (a multi-cycle average)

c.

The specific power used during depletion is 39.8 w/g. This is about 8% higher than the nominal specific power (specific power has a very small effect on the final reactivity).

d.

Moderator temperature during depletion calculated from a bumup average assembly peaking factor of 1.35 is 628. 'F (604.4 'K) and the moderator density is 0.64765 g/cc.

e.

Maximum average fuel temperature (or maximum average resonance temperature) during depletion is assumed to be 1075 'K (1475 'F).

f.

Assembly is depleted with a 20 rodlet standard BP (Pyrex) and never removed. A Pyrex loading of 18.1 wt% (maximum) is assumed. This depletion will also cover any WABA depletion since WABAs are less limiting than Pyrex. No IFBA is assumed because IFBA was not introduced until later when the utility was ordering fuel greater than 3.5 wt% U-235.

g. A second depletion is performed with a 20 rodlet standard control rod and never removed.

The isotopics from this depletion are used for the top node (top eight inches) in the criticality calculation. This assures that the criticality analysis is conservative even if a control rod were in the bite position for the entire life of the assembly.

h. For Pyrex, WABA and control rod depletion, Table 5.3 provides the dimensions and material used.

Table 5.3: Characteristics of Fuel Inserts Parameter Pyrex Control Rod WABA Absorber ID (inches) 0.243 0

0.278

Absorber OD (inches) 0.396 0.3975 0.318 B20 3 wt%

18:1 ' 'I B-10 mg/cm 6.03 Ag wt%

80 In wt% -

15 Cd wt%

5 Absorber density (g/cc) 2.23 10.17 NET-300067-01 Rev I 31

Proprietary Information Removed 5.7 Summary of Depletion Assumptions for Fuel > 3.5 wt% U-235 For fuel enriched to more than 3.5 wt% U-235 (modem fuel), the following depletion assumptions are made (hereinafter referred to as modem depletion assumptions). These assumptions are based on a review of the operation history [30] and are selected to cover anticipated future fuel designs and operation.

a. Nominal fuel dimensions at 97.5% theoretical density
b.

1000 ppm maximum average boron concentration during depletion (a multi-cycle average).

c.

The specific power used during depletion is 39.8 w/g (specific power has a very small effect on the final reactivity).

d.

Moderator temperature during depletion calculated from a burnup average assembly peaking factor of 1.40 is 631 'F (605.9 °K) and the moderator density is 0.64264 g/cc.

e.

Maximum average fuel temperature (or maximum average resonance temperature) during depletion is assumed to be 1100 'K (1520 'F). Maximum average fuel temperature in the top node is assumed to be 930 'K (1214 'F ), corresponding to a relative power of 1.0.

f. The fuel assembly is depleted with a control rod inserted for 2 GWd/T. Then the assembly is depleted with a 20 rodlet WABA and never removed. The initial control rod depletion is to cover future extended part power operation with control rods inserted. Although generous, the 2 GWd/T bumup with control rods inserted still needs to be checked. This would be violated only if a fuel cycle is operated at less than full power with control rods for a significant amount of time (greater than 1.4 full power months during a 2 year fuel cycle).
g. In addition to the WABA, the fuel is assumed to have 148 IFBA pins in all but the top node.

'The IFBA B-10 loading is. 1.5X [(

f trig B-I10/inch)]'c to cover future designs (residual

-poison:from IFBA is not credited in the criticality model).

h. Similar calculations are performed to confirm that an assembly with an initial WABA depletion that is subsequently placed on the core periphery with a Hafnium flux suppression insert is covered by an adder to the normal loading curve (see Section 8.4).
i. Since IFBA and WABA do not cover the full length of the active fuel,'a special depletion for the top node is performed. For fuel enrichments greater than 3.5%, the top node is depleted with a control rod for I GWd/T nodal bumup (the axial bumup profile for the top node is always less than 0.5) and then a WABA (no IFBA) at 1/44 of the boron and never removed.

NET-300067-01 Rev 1 32

j.

Justification for this is that the practice of positioning the control rod in the bite position has been discontinued. The boron in a WABA never extends more than 6 inches from the top and the IFBA never extends more than 8 inches from the top of the active fuel region [24].

k. A special depletion was performed for 5.0 wt% fuel under a condition of 1300 ppm. This was done to allow burned fuel to be stored in Region I (see Section 8.1).

5.8 Depletion Analysis Details (Time Steps, etc.)

Using the above assumptions, U0 2 fuel was depleted at fuel enrichments of 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, and 5.0 wt% U-235. The burnup points at which the isotopic data is collected are 150, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, and then every 2000 MWD/MTU after that. Although the depletion is carried out with a frll set of 388 nuclides, the isotopics used in the pool model is a reduced set (185 nuclides).

5.9 Reduced Power Operation at End of Life At end of cycle, the reactor power may be reduced (for example, a planned coastdown). One of the key absorbing fission products, Sm-149, reaches an equilibrium concentration during power operation that is independent of power. However, its precursor, Pm-149, is directly proportional to power. At a reduced power, there is less Pm-149. Pm-149 decays into Sm-149 with a 2.2 day half-life. Thus, if a reactor reduces power at end of cycle, there would be less Sm-149 in the cooled fuel, which is a positive reactivity effect. Therefore, ignoring low power operation during the last month is non-conservative. To account for this effect, the amount of Pm-149 is reduced to one half of the full power content for all criticality calculations-(which results in a penalty of about 100 pcm). This covers coastdowns to 50%

power._ This approach covers all past operating experience and anticipated future operation at the Indian Point plants.

NET-300067-01 Rev 1 33

Proprietary Information Removed 6 Rack Model This Section describes the infinite models used in most of the analysis. A full pool model was also created to test the reduced burnup requirements for peripheral assemblies, the Region 1/Region 2 interface and to perform analyses of the Dropped Assembly and Misplaced Assembly accidents. The full pool model is described in Section 8.10.

All the infinite models discussed in this Section are finite axially. Section 6.3 describes the axial modeling of the fuel. Above and below the fuel, the models have 50 cm of water followed by a zero flux boundary condition.

Water at the maximum possible density (1.00 g/cc at 4 'C) is assumed, which results in the largest reactivity for both Regions (see Table 8.9).

The Boraflex sheathing width ranges from 7.70 to 8.00 inches (see Table 3.1). The minimum value is used in Region 1, while the maximum value is used in Region 2, because calculations demonstrated that this results in the highest reactivity in each respective region (see Table 7.2). The stainless steel plate that covers the Boraflex is 0.112 +/-

and 0.092 +/--

inches off the cell walls for Regions I and 2 respectively (from Table 3.1). Since using a smaller separation from the cell wall means that less water is on the inside that is balanced by more water on the outside (and vice versa for a larger distance), this tolerance has no effect on the total mass of water. Therefore, the reactivity effect of this tolerance is insignificant, so the nominal separation is used for all the analyses.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 34

6.1 Region I Infinite 2x2 Model Figure 6.1 is a picture from the KENO model for Region 1.

Figure 6.1: Region 1 KENO Model The absorber panel is shown in green. Inside the Boraflex sheathing is water. No Boraflex is in the model. If any Boraflex material remains, the remaining boron in the material makes the reactivity more negative than water.

The only simplification made is that the connecting steel between cells is modeled as an extension of the cell wall rather than a separate piece of steel. The connecting steel is slightly thicker than the cell wall thickness and modeling it as equal to the cell wall thickness has no effect (as illustrated by the results in Table 7.2).

NET-300067-01 Rev 1 35

6.2 Region 2 Infinite 2x2 Model Figure 6.2 is a picture from the KENO model for Region 2.

Figure 6.2: Region 2 KENO Model All of the features of the rack are modeled explicitly. The bottom left of the model is a complete cell box with its Boraflex sheathing. The model is two cell pitches. This requires cutting the cell wall into two pieces. When the periodic boundary condition is applied, the two cell wall pieces fit together to precisely match the actual rack dimensions.

For the alternate panel design, the panel consists of two absorber panels connected with a stainless steel connector. This is modeled as the two panels connected with a zirconium connector that is 0. 10 inch thick (shown in Figure 6.3 below). This conservatively accounts for the water displacement of the connector without adding any significant absorbing material.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 36

Figure 6.3: KENO Model of the Alternate Panel Design 6.3 Axial Burnup Distribution To model the fuel assembly isotopic content in three dimensions, an axial burnup profile is needed.

For this analysis, the limiting profiles from NUREG/CR-6801 [20] are used. Table 6.1 is taken from NUREG/CR-6801.

NET-300067-01 Rev 1 37

Table 6.1: Axial Burnup Profile vs. Burnup Bin [20]

Burllp group I

2' 3

4' 5

6 7

8 9

10 Ir I,-,

ANxial Burnupranue5 IGWtd/MTU) heigh!t

(%)

>46 42-46 38-42 34-38 30-34 26--30 22-26 18-22 14-18 10-14 6-10

<6 2.78 0.582 0.666 0.660 0.648 0.652 0.619 0.630 0.668 0.649 0,633 0.658 0,631 8.33 0,920 0.944 0.936 0.955 0.967 01.924 0.936 1.034 1.044 0.989 1.007 1.0L7 13.89 1.065 1.048 1.045 1.070 1.074 1.056 1.066 1.150 1.208 1L019 1.091 1.135 19,44 1,105 1,081 1.080 1.104 1.103 1.097 1.103 1.094 1.215 0.857 1.070 1.1.33 25.00 1,113 1.089 1,091 1.112 1.108 1,103 1.108 1.053 1,214 0.776 1.022 1,098 30.56 1.1.10 1.090 1.093 1.112 1.106 1.101 1.109 1.048 1.208 0.754 0.989 1.069 36.11 1.105 1.086 1.092 1.108 1,102 1.103 1,112 1.064 1,197 0.785 0,978 1,053 41.69 1.100 1.085 1.090 1,105 1,097 1.112 1,119 1,095 1.189 8t

.013 0,989 1,047 47.22 1.095 1.084 1.089 1.102 1.094 1.125 1.126 1.121 1.188 1.185 1.031 1.050 57.80 1.091 1.084 1.088 1.099 1.094 1.136 1.132 1.135 1.192 1.253 1.082 1.060 58,33 1,088 1.085 1,088 1.097 1,095 1.143 1.135 1.140 1.195 1,278 1.110 1,070 63.89 10(84 1.086 1.086 1,095 1.0196 1.143 1.135 1.138 1.1910 1.283 1.121 1.077 69.44 1.080 1.086 1.084 1.091 1(195 1.136 1.129 1.130 1.156 1.276 1.124 1,079 75.00 1.072 1.083 1.077 1.081 1.086 1.115 1.109 1.106 1.022 1.251 1.120 1.073 80.56 1.050 1.069 1.057 1.056 1.059 1.047 1.041 1.049 0.756 1.193 1,101 1,052 86.11 0.992 1.010 0.996 0.974 0.971 0.882 0.871 0.933 0.614 1.075 1.045 0.996 91.67 0.833 0.811 0.823 0.743 0.738 0.701 0.689 0.669 0.481 0.863 0.894 0.845 97.22 0.515 0.512 10.525 0.447 0.462 0-456 0.448 0.373 0-284 0.515 0-569 0-525 In general, the profile becomes less limiting as the bumup increases. However, there are some burnup bins in which the profile becomes more severe as the burnup increases. For example, an assembly having a burnup of 15 GWd/T would have to use a very reactive shape (14-18), but if the bumup were only 13 GWd/T, the shape is much less reactive. To ensure that all burnup bins are conservative, a burnup bin that has this characteristic (the shape is less severe at a lower bumup) is assumed to have the more limiting shape from the higher burnup. So the burnup profile for the entire range 0-18 GWd/T is the one in the 14-18 GWd/T burnup bin (except that below 6 GWd/T, the uniform profile is more limiting and is used for burnups below 6 GWd/T). Furthermore, there are discontinuities at the burnup bin boundaries. To eliminate these discontinuities in a conservative manner, the shape in any bin is assumed to occur at the maximum bumup in 'the bin and for any burnup in between these burnup points, the shape is linearly interpolated (the shapes are not changing rapidly between burnup bins). For example, suppose NET-300067-01 Rev I 38

an assembly has a bumup of 39 GWd/T. Using NUREG/CR-6801 directly, the top node would have a relative burnup of 0.525. In this analysis, however, the top node would have a relative burnup of only 0.467 (linearly interpolating between 0.447 at 38 GWd/T and 0.525 at 42 GWd/T). This ensures no discontinuities and all burnup shapes are conservative.

According to Reference [23], the assembly having the most reactive axial burnup profile of all Indian Point fuel is R-08. This profile was modeled in a 4.5 wt% assembly burned to 39 GWd/T and cooled for 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> (the approximate loading curve burnup). The k using the R-08 profile was 0.9547. The k using the DOE shape was 0.9632, which shows that the DOE shape is bounding even for R-08. Furthermore, R-08 is actually axially blanketed (top blanket enriched to 2.6 wt%) and the top node was under a control rod for its entire depletion. So the R-08 profile is very unrealistic and not physical for non-blanketed fuel.

In order to determine a more realistic reactivity, the axial blanket and control rod depletion were modeled explicitly and the k decreased to 0.9388. So the DOE shapes in conjunction with non-blanketed fuel are bounding for all the non-blanketed fuel at Indian Point and conservative for axial blanket fuel.

For the analysis, the lower 10 nodes were averaged into one node. This does not affect the calculation of k, since the top half of the assembly dominates the reactivity. In fact, averaging the lower 10 nodes effectively brings the bottom lower burned fuel toward the more reactive top so the approach is conservative (but a negligible effect).

6.4 Interpolation of Isotopics and Cooling Time Verification With isotopics from the depletion calculations recorded every 2 GWd/T (see Section 5.8), the isotopics at any particular burnup can be interpolated. Since the burnup delta is small between burnup points, linear interpolation can be used. To validate this approach, the isotopics at 40 GWd/T were interpolated from the OPUS plot files (OPUS plot files are an output option in the TRITON module of SCALE) at 38 GWd/T and 42 GWd/T at 5.0 wt% U-235 enrichment. The isotopics were input into the Region 2 KENO model and the calculated k was 0.96653 -0.00015. Another case used isotopics directly from the OPUS plot files at 40 GWd/T. The calculated k was 0.96651 +/- 0.00015. The difference is well NET-300067-01 Rev 1 39

within the Monte Carlo statistics. A similar verification was performed at 11 GWd/T, where an interpolation between 9 and 13 was compared to the direct calculation at II GWd/T. The calculated k using the direct isotopics was 1. 1366 +/- 0.0002, while the interpolated case was 1.1362 +/- 0.0002, a difference of only 0.0004, which is within the expected Monte Carlo variation.

To check the cooling time model used in the interpolation program, a special depletion was performed at 5.0 wt% U-235 to a burnup of 40 GWd/T. Then SCALE was used to decay the isotopes for 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />, 1 year, 5 years, and 25 years. The interpolation program was also used to decay the isotopes to the same cooling times. Table 6.2 shows the results of the verification of the cooling time. The differences are within the Monte Carlo statistics (2 sigma of+/- 0.0004) except for the case at 25 years.

The calculated k from the interpolation program at 25 years is conservative.

Table 6.2: Verification of Cooling Time Model in the Interpolation Program Interpolation Cooling Time SCALE/ORIGEN k Program k Difference 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> 1.0023 1.0023 1 year 0.9993 0.9996 0.0003 5 years 0.9847 0.9848 0.0001 25 years 0.9449 0.9457 0.0008 6.5 Convergence of Calculations The convergence of the 2x2 (or I x 1) reflected model k calculation was generally achieved after only a few hundred generations. However, all of the CSAS5 computer runs use a Monte Carlo sampling of at.

least 1500 generations and 6000 neutrons per generation. Convergence could have been-a O5roblem in the past, when very few neutron histories were run (300,000 total neutron histories vs. 9 million today).

The full pool model convergence required knowledge of the most reactive location to be used for a starting source. When the most reactive location was not known, several starting sources were used.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 40

6.6 Summary of Modeling Assumptions The following is a summary of the modeling assumptions:

1. Bounding fuel stack density and bounding dimensions for pellet OD, clad OD/ID, and guide tube OD/ID are used.
2. Axial blankets are ignored.
3. Grids are ignored (grids displace water which causes k to decrease).
4. No Boraflex in the Boraflex sheathing and the Boraflex is replaced with water (if any Boraflex remained, it would be less reactive than water).
5. NUREG/CR-6801 bounding axial burnup profiles are used for all fuel (bounding for non-blanketed fuel and is conservative for axial blanket fuel).
6. Top and bottom of fuel assembly is 50 cm of water (conservative compared to 50150 steel/water and other minor end fitting components - see Section 8.5).
7.

Isotopics can be linearly interpolated between burnup steps that are 2 GWD/T apart (verified by comparison to non-interpolated isotopics).

8. Periodic boundary conditions are used to represent an infinite array.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 41.

Proprietary Information Removed 7 Sensitivity Analysis This Section presents analysis of the sensitivity of the models to the manufacturing tolerances. After the sensitivity is determined, the rack up of the uncertainties and biases is presented.

7.1 Tolerances Calculations were performed to quantify the reactivity effect of changes due to manufacturing tolerances. For Region 2 the tolerance calculations were performed at the highest credited burnup conditions (5 wt% U-235 and 42.67 GWd/T) and a low burned condition (2.5 wt% U-235 and 12.31 GWd/T). Table 7.1 presents the tolerance reactivity effects for Region I (fresh 5 wt% U-235 fuel) and Region 2.

The tolerance effects were not very sensitive to the enrichment/burnup conditions and the largest values from Table 7.1 are used in the rack up of uncertainties.

Table 7.1: Tolerance Reactivity Effects Tolerance Value (in)

Ak Region 1 Ak Region 2.

High Burnup Case Base k = 0.9639 Fuel pin pitch

+0.0014 0.0021 Rack cell pitch - horizontal 0.0035*

Rack cell pitch - vertical Rack cell ID 0.0002 Rack cell wall thickness

+/-0.007 0.0002 Boraflex sheathing thickness

+/-0.003 0.0001 Eccentricity 0.0001 Fuel Enrichment

+0.05%

0.0030 @ 5.0 Low Bumup Case Base k 0.9717 Base k = 0.9696 Fuel pin pitch

+0.0014 0.0022 0.0016.

Rack cell pitch - horizontal 0.0039 0.0035" Rack cell pitch - vertical 0.0041.

Rack cell ID 0.0020 0.0001 Rack cell wall thickness

+/-0.007 0.0008 0.0002

'Boraflex sheathing thickness

+/-0.003 0.0004 0.0001 Eccentricity 0.0001 0.0001 Fuel enrichment

+0.05%

0.0022 @ 5.0 wt%

0.0050 @ 2.0 wt%

Both horizontal and vertical pitch were changed at the same time in Region 2 NET-300067-01 Rev I 42

PWR fuel assemblies are designed to be under moderated at power, so the moderator temperature coefficient is negative to prevent large power excursions. Therefore, increasing water between the fuel rods (and ignoring grids) increases k. This is demonstrated by calculations of the reactivity from varying the pin pitch (shown in Table 7.1), guide tube diameter (Table 7.2), and the fuel clad outer diameter (Table 7.2). For this analysis, the fuel pin clad outer diameter is set to its minimum value. Also, the water displacement of the guide tubes is at the minimum. These parameters have sufficiently small tolerances that bounding values were used. The grids are conservatively ignored since they displace water around the fuel pins. The fuel pin pitch tolerance (0.0014 inch) used in this analysis is the maximum pin separation possible before assemblies would touch in the reactor. The impact of increasing the pin pitch is one of the larger reactivity effects from the manufacturing tolerances. Since it causes a change in the spectrum in the assembly, the reactivity effect is about the same in Region I and Region 2.

The fuel enrichment uncertainty used here is the uncertainty associated with ordering fuel.. The as-built uncertainty is much smaller. Once the as-built enrichment is known, the as-built enrichment should be used to compare against the loading curve. If the as-built enrichment is not known, then it is acceptable to use the ordered enrichment. The fuel enrichment uncertainty in Region 2 is a function of enrichment and is linearly interpolated using the two points shown in Table 7.1 (the uncertainty changes monotonically between enrichments).

A tighter rack cell pitch increases k of the pool for both regions because.the fuel assemblies are closer together. Also, a tighter pitch reduces the moderation prior to the neutrons hitting the absorber panels.

The Region I change in k for reducing the cell pitch is much larger due to the decrease in the flux trap.

However, since the vertical and horizontal tolerances are independent of each other, the net effect for Region I is only mildly larger than Region 2.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 43

Proprietary Information Removed In calculating the reactivity of increasing the cell ID, the cell pitch is maintained. This means the reactivity effect in Region I is mainly due to decreasing the flux trap.

Region 2 is not a flux trap design, so the effect on k is small.

Calculations demonstrated that having maximum water at the edge of the cell maximizes the reactivity in Region I, while having minimum water at the edge maximizes the reactivity in Region 2 (see Table 7.2). Since bounding values are used for the absorber panel thickness and the Boraflex sheathing width, a minimum panel thickness and minimum Boraflex sheathing width are used in Region 1, while a maximum panel thickness and maximum sheathing width are used in Region 2.

Eccentric positioning of the assemblies in the cell (moving four assemblies together in a repeating infinite array) has very little effect on k. In fact, the effect was smaller than the expected Monte Carlo variation, even after increasing the number of neutrons being followed by a factor of 4. This result is common for racks with absorber panels. This negligible eccentricity is included as an uncertainty.

Calculations confirmed that the highest reactivity occurs with maximum water density (see Section 8.7). Therefore, all analyses were performed at a water density of 1.00 g/cc (4 'C).

Table 7.2: Miscellaneous Reactivity Effects Case (base k =0.9639)

Ak from base Notes Max panel thickness in Region 1

-0.0003 Min thickness is limiting Max sheathing width in Region 1 0.0000 Within statistics Min panel thickness in Region 2

-0.0003 Max thickness is limiting Min sheathing width in Region 2

-0.0002 Max width is limiting Guide and Instrumentation.Tube Diameter 0.0000 Wiihistatistics reduced to OFA dimensions Decrease clad ID by [

]ac inch

-0.0001 Increase clad OD by [

Ia, inch

-0.0024 All of these results show Decrease pellet density by 1%

-0.0001 that the correct bounding Decrease pellet OD by [

]ac inch

-0.0002 fuel dimensions are being Decrease GT ID by [

]a., inch

-0.0002 used Increase GT OD by [

]ac inch

-0.0002.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 44

No calculations of sensitivities were made with borated water. The borated conditions have excess margin, which cover any differences in sensitivity with borated water.

7.2 Calculation of Biases and Uncertainties The total bias and uncertainty that needs to be applied to the raw calculated k consists of the following components:

Bias and uncertainty from the critical experiment validation Uncertainty for the isotopic content Bias for the worth of the fission products and minor actinides

" Fuel tolerance uncertainties for pin pitch and enrichment Rack tolerance uncertainties for cell pitch, cell ID, cell wall thickness, and sheathing thickness Uncertainty for eccentric positioning

" Uncertainty in the reactor record burnup

" Monte Carlo statistical uncertainty in the k calculations The biases are added together and the uncertainties are statistically combined. From the validation section, the critical experiment bias which applies to fresh and burned fuel is 0.0029 for unborated conditions and 0.0037 for borated conditions. The critical experiment uncertainty is 0.0050 for both unborated and borated conditions. The isotopic content reactivity uncertainty is 5 % of the reactivity decrement which is a function of burnup. For example, the k for fresh 5 wt% fuel in Region 2 is 1.2253.

The same fuel at 42.67 GWd/T with 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> of cooling produces a k of 0.9651. The isotopic content reactivity uncertainty is (1.2253 - 0.9651)*0.05 = 0.0130 delta k. As stated in Section 4.2, a bias of 1.5% of the minor actinide and fission product worth is used to cover the bias and uncertainty in their cross sections. As an example of this bias, at 5.0 wt%,.42.67 GWd/T, 72 hour8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> cooling in Region 2, a NET-300067-01 Rev I 45

calculation determined that the minor actinide and fission product worth is 0.1109 (1.0760 - 0.9651). So the fission product and minor actinide bias at 42.67 GWd/T is 0.1109*0.015 = 0.0017.

The uncertainty in the reactor record burnup is assumed to be 5 % of the burnup[9]. This value is based on comparisons presented in Section 7.2 of NUREG/CR-6998[9] of in-core measured burnups that demonstrate that the uncertainty in utility-assigned burnup values is less than 5 %. The effect on reactivity can be calculated by comparing the k calculated for the same enrichment at two different bumups. For example, at 5.0 wt% U-235, the k at 38 GWd/T was 0.9948 while the k at 42 GWd/T was 0.9658. So the Ak due to a 5% burnup uncertainty at 42 GWd/T is (0.9948 - 0.9658)*0.05*42 / (42 - 38) = 0.0152 Ak The same calculation at 3.0 wt%, 18 GWd/T (using calculated k's at 18 and 21 GWd/T) is (0.9943 - 0.9592)*0.05* 18 / (21 - 18) = 0.0105 Ak To simplify the burnup uncertainty calculation for all burnups greater than 18 GWd/T, the following linear relationship is derived from these two points.

Bumup Uncertainty (Ak) = 0.0072 + 0.00019 x BU This relationship was found to be conservative for all burnups greater than 18 GWd/T and overly conservative for burnups less than 18 GWd/T. For bumups less than 18 GWd/T, the maximum slope was found to be 0.005 Ak per GWd/T andso the bumnup uncertainty is:

0.005 x.05 x BU 0.00025 x BU As an example of the total rack up, Table 7.3 summarizes all 6f the biases and uncertainties for 5.0 wt% U-235 fuel burned to 42.67 GWd/T in Region 2 under unborated conditions.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 46

Table 7.3: Rack Up of Biases & Uncertainties in Region 2 for 5 wt% Fuel at 43 GWd/T Uncertainty Bias Ak Validation (critical experiments) 0.0029 0.0050 Isotopic content uncertainty 0.0130 Fission Products and Minor Actinides 0.0017 Burnup uncertainty 0.0153 Fuel pin pitch 0.0021 Fuel enrichment 0.0030 Rack cell pitch 0.0035 Rack cell ID 0.0002 Rack cell wall thickness 0.0002 Boraflex sheathing thickness 0.0001 Eccentricity 0.0001 Monte Carlo statistics 0.0005 Total Rack Up (Ak = RSS) 0.0046 0.0213 Total Bias and Uncertainty 0.0259 In this example, the bias plus uncertainty is 0.0259. To provide an engineering margin of 0.01, the target k would be 0.99-0.0259 = 0.9641. Note that the uncertainty is dominated by the validation, isotopic content and burnup uncertainty. Small changes in the manufacturing tolerances will have no effect on the statistically combined uncertainties.

Table 7.4 presents the rack up of biases and uncertainties for Region I with fresh fuel. For Region 1, an engineering margin of 0.01 is used so the target k would be 0.99 - 0.0111 = 0.9789. For burned fuel stored in Region 1,it would also be required to include the burnup, isotopic content uncertainties and the fission product and minor actinide bias, which would increase the total bias and uncertainty to 0.0128 at 12 GWd/T. So the target k for burned fuel in Region I would be 0.9772.

For the borated condition, the uncertainties will be slightly different [27] but these differences are insignificant when compared to the large margin for the borated condition shown in Section 8.

NET-300067-01 Rev 1 47

Table 7.4: Rack Up of Biases and Uncertainties for Region 1 Uncertainty Bias Ak Validation (critical experiments) 0.0029 0.0050 Depletion reactivity uncertainty Burnup uncertainty Fuel pin pitch 0.0022 Fuel enrichment Rack cell pitch - horizontal 0.0039 Rack cell pitch - vertical 0.0041 Rack cell ID 0.0020 Rack cell wall thickness 0.0008 Boraflex sheathing thickness 0.0004 Eccentricity 0.0001 Monte Carlo statistics 0.0005 Total Rack Up 0.0029 0.0082 Total Bias and Uncertainty 0.0111 If 5.0 wt% is assumed in the criticality model, the enrichment uncertainty is zero because the maximum nominal enrichment of the fuel is 4.95 wt%.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 48

8 Results With the biases and uncertainties determined, the minimum loading requirements can be calculated.

These minimum loading requirements meet the IOCFR50 requirements. Specifically, k 95/9 5 must be less than 1.0 with no soluble boron credit and less than 0.95 with credit for soluble boron. For this analysis, these limits are met while maintaining about a 1% margin in k. It has been demonstrated that for all unborated cases k 9 5/95 is less than or equal to 0.991 and for the borated cases k 9 5/95 is less than 0.94 after adding biases and uncertainties.

8.1 Region I Table 8.1 below summarizes the Region I results.

Calculations show that fresh 5.0 wt% U-235 fuel with 48 IFBA rods can be stored in Region 1 to meet the criticality requirements (k 95/9 5 < 0.99 after accounting for all biases and uncertainties). The calculated k for this case is 0.9717. After adding Region I biases and uncertainties of 0.01 11 from Table 7.4, the k 9 5/9 5 is. 0.9828. For fresh 5.0 wt% U-235 fuel with no IFBA rods, the assemblies can be stored on the periphery of Region I (see Section 8.10) or they can be stored anywhere if they have a control rod inserted.

For burned fuel, no credit is taken for IFBA or any insert in the guide tubes. Calculations show that 5.0 wt% U-235 fuel burned to 12 GWd/T meet the criticality requirements for Region 1. Note that for this particular depletion, a soluble boron concentration of 1300 ppm was used so that once burned fuel that was in a very short cycle can still be stored anywhere in Region I as long as the minimum burnup of 12 GWd/T is met. Burned fuel with less than 12 GWd/T burnup can be stored on the periphery of Region I or stored anywhere in Region I if the fuel assembly has a control rod inserted.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 49

Table 8.1: Calculated k's in Region 1 Bias &

Case k

Uncertainty k95/9 Base Case (5.0 wt% U-235 fuel with 48 IFBA) 0.9717 0.0111 0.9828 Burned Fuel (5.0 wt% U-235 burned to 12 GWd/T at 0.9650 0.0128 0.9778 1300 ppm)

I 1 out of 4 cells filled with water (no absorber panel in 0.9144 0.0111 0.9255 cell)

Empty cell filled with air 0.9245 0.0111 0.9356 Empty cell filled with aluminum 0.9255 0.0111 0.9366 Empty cell filled with concrete 0.9222 0.0111 0.9333 Empty cell filled with steel 0.9233 0.0111 0.9344 Empty cell filled with Zirealoy 0.9255 0.0111 0.9366 Missing panel, control rod in fuel assembly (base 0.9729 0.0111 0.9840 case fuel) 5.0 wt% U-235, no IFBA, control rod in fuel 0.7964 0.0111 0.8075 assemblies Base Case with alternate panel design 0.022 areal 0.9716 0.0111

<0.99 density Burned Fuel Case with alternate panel design 0.022 0.9645 0.0128 0.9773 areal density 8.1.1 Missing Panelin Region I A case was also run in which there is an empty cell that has no absorber panel (one empty cell out of four cells in the 2x2 array). The lack of fuel in the cell more than offsets the reactivity due to the lack of an absorber panel in the cell. The cell does not have to be empty, only that there is no fuel. Concrete, steel, air, Zircaloy, aluminum and water were modeled and all of these materials meet the criticality requirements (see Table 8.1). Alternatively, a fuel assembly can be placed in the cell having the missing absorber panel a long as it contains a control rod (a control rod is worth more than an absorber panel, see

7 Table &-8-1). Placihga fuel assembly into a cell that has a missing panel is considered an accident (see Section 9).

- To allow for small changes in k due to minor variations in the final design of the alternate panel NET-300067-01 Rev I

.50

8.1.2 Alternate Panel Design in Region 1 The fresh fuel, 48 IFBA case was run for the alternate panel design at an areal density of 0.022 g '0B/cm2 and the calculated k was 0.9716 compared to the base case of 0.9717. Even if there was a slight difference in tolerance effects due to the alternate panel design, there is 0.007 margin to the design goal of 0.99. Since the most reactive fuel was analyzed, the alternate design will result in a k95/95 less than 0.99.

8.2 Region 2 The minimum burnup requirements (loading curve) for Region 2 are presented in Table 8.2.

Table 8.2: Minimum Burnup Requirements (GWd/T) in Region 2 Enrichment*

Cooling Time (years)

(wt% U-235)

O0 1

2 5

10 15 25*

2.0 3.20 3.10 3.08 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 2.5 15.17 14.85 14.66 13.97 13.20 12.84 12.31 3.0 21.28 21.17 20.98 20.66 20.26 19.98 19.65 3.5 27.53 27.10 26.63 25.56 24.29 23.50 22.45 4.0 33.82 33.43 33.05 32.04 30.72 29.70 28.44 4.5 38.98 38.65 37.99 36.49 34.67 33.69 32.60 5.0 42.67 42.14 41.78 40.78 39.72 38.96 37.68 Table 8.2 gives the burnup requirement in GWd/T as a function of initial U-235 enrichment and cooling time. As discussed later, the bumup requirements are adjusted if the assembly had a hafnium insert, has fuel pins removed, or is placed on the periphery. The table can be linearly interpolated to find

  • the required burnup at any enrichment/cooling time combination. No extrapolation is allowed, so fuel at enrichments less than 2.0 wt% U-235 must use the 2.0 wt% U-235 minimum burnup requirements and fuel cooled more than 25 years must use the 25 year cooling value. For illustrative purposes only, the For axially blanketed fuel, the enrichment to be used is the enrichment of the center section between the blanket material t No cooling is actually 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />. This is the cooling time that maximizes k Fuel cooled to more than 25 years must use the 25 year burnup requirements NET-300067-01 Rev I 51

loading curve is compared to the 2013 inventory in the Indian Point Unit 2 spent fuel pool as shown in Figure 8. 1. This figure shows that only a few assemblies violate the loading curve and would have to be stored in Region I or contain a control rod if in Region 2.

60 0.

L 50 40 30 20 10 0

-no cooling

-5 year

-15 year Unit 2 inventory 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 U-235 Enrichment 4.5 5.0 Figure 8.1: Loading Curve vs. Unit 2 Inventory (2013) 8.2.1 Curve Fit The bumup values in Table 8.2 can be fit to a curve having the following functional form where enr is theinitial U-235 enrichment in wt% and CT is the cooling time in years:

(Al + A2enr + A3enr2 + A4enr3) exp[-(A5 + A6enr + A7enr 2 + A8enr 3) T] +A9 + AlOenr

+AI I enr2 + A 12enr3 Two curves were generated - one curve for enrichments from 2.0 to 3.5 and another one for enrichments greater than 3.5 to 5.0. The resulting coefficients are shown in Table 8.3. The coefficients contain an adjustment to ensure that all bumups calculated by the equation are greater than the burnups

.NET-300067-01 Rev I 52

from the table. Using the curve fit results in a maximum penalty of 0.2 GWd/T for low enrichments and 0.4 GWd/T for high enrichments when compared to the tabulated values shown in Table 8.2.

Table 8.3: Coefficients for Curve Fit of Minimum Burnup Requirements Enrichment Enrichment Coefficient 2.0 - 3.5 wt% U-235

>3.5 - 5.0 wt% U-235 Al

-226.183 448.616 A2 257.56

-327.34 A3

-95.573 79.9045 A4 11.6921

-6.43034 A5 0.957861 0

A6

-0.57489 0

A7 0.092684 0.013029 A8 0

-0.00203 A9 0.1

-481.261 ANO

-29.7478 343.449 All 22.7422

-78.3549 A12

-3.56276 6.07956 8.2.2 Confirmation Calculations for Region 2 To be sure that all burnup/enrichment/cooling time combinations given in the loading curve meet the criticality requirements, each loading curve burnup/enrichment/cooling time point was run in the 2x2 KENO model to verify that each point meets the criticality requirements. The calculated k's are shown in Table 8.4.

Table 8.4: Calculated k Values at Each Burnup Point Enrichment Cooling Time (years)

(wt% U-235) 0 1

2 5

10 15 25 2.0.

0.9718 0.9710 0.9708 0.9707 0.9700 0.9696 0.9689 2.5 0.9699 0.9698 0.9695 0.9698 0.9704 0.9698 0.9697 3.0 0.9660 0.9657 0.9658 0.9654 0.9652 0.9650 0.9646 3.5 0.9672 0.9671 0.9672 0.9669 0.9672 0.9670 0.9676 4.0 0.9661 0.9659 0.9656 0.9654 0.9657 0.9663 0.9668 4.5 0.9642 0.9641 0.9660 0.9660 0.9656 0.9651 0.9650 5.0 0.9651 0.9646 0.9641 0.9642 0.9632 0.9635 0.9652 NET-300067-01 Rev I 53

The total uncertainty is the bias plus a statistical combination of all the uncertainties (see Section 7.2).

These total uncertainties are shown in Table 8.5.

Table 8.5: Total Bias and Uncertainty at Each Burnup Point Enrichment Cooling Time (years)

(wt% U-235) 0 1

2 5

10 15 25 2.0 0.0116 0.0116 0.0116 0.0116 0.0116 0.0116 0.0116 2.5 0.0134 0.0133 0.0133 0.0133 0.0132 0.0132 0.0131 3.0 0.0192 0.0192 0.0191 0.0191 0.0190 0.0190 0.0190 3.5 0.0211 0.0210 0.0210 0.0208 0.0206 0.0205 0.0204 4.0 0.0230 0.0229 0.0229 0.0227 0.0225 0.0224 0.0222 4.5 0.0246 0.0246 0.0244 0.0242 0.0240 0.0239 0.0237 5.0 0.0259 0.0258 0.0258 0.0257 0.0256 0.0255 0.0252 After adding the total uncertainty to the calculated k's, all points are less than or equal to 0.991 as shown in Table 8.6. The values in Table 8.6 do not always match the sum of Tables 8.4 and 8.5 due to round off, since each table was developed using more significant digits before rounding for the table.

Table 8.6: k95/95 at Each Burnup Point For Region 2 Enrichment Cooling Time (years)

(wt% U-235) 0 1

2 5

10 15 25 2.0 0.9833 0.9825 0.9824 0.9822 0.9815 0.9811 0.9804 2.5 0.9832 0.9831 0.9828 0.9831 0.9836 0.9829 0.9828 3.0 0.9852 0.9848 0.9849 0.9845 0.9842 0.9840 0.9835 3.5 0.9883 0.9882 0.9881 0.9877 0.9879 0.9876 0.9880 4.0 0.9891 0.9888 0.9885 0.9881 0.9882 0.9887 0.9890 4.5 0.9888 0.9886 0.9904 0.9902 0.9896 0.9889 0.9888 5.0 0.9910 0.9905 0.9899 0.9899 0.9888 0.9889 0.9904 I

8.2.3 Use of Control Rods in Region 2 A calculation was performed to show that a control rod inserted into a fresh 5.0 wt% U-235 assembly in Region 2 meets the criticality requirements. The calculated k is 0.9292 (a 2x2 array of fresh assemblies with each assembly containing a control rod). The analysis was performed with fresh assemblies NET-300067-01 Rev 1 54

containing no IFBA rods. Since the k of the 2x2 calculation is less than the base case for Region 2 (see Table 8.7), this shows that a fresh assembly with a control rod can be stored anywhere in Region 2.

Further, any assembly having any bumup depleted under any condition can be stored anywhere in Region 2 provided it contains a control rod.

8.2.4 Missing Panel in Region 2 As in Region i, the lack of fuel in a cell more than offsets the reactivity due to the lack of an absorber panel in a cell. A case was run for a 5.0 wt% assembly burned to 42.67 GWd/T with one water hole and no panel in the cell. The cell does not have to be empty, only that there is no fuel assembly. The cell can be filled with a block of concrete, steel, air, Zircaloy, water, or aluminum having the outer dimensions of a fuel assembly. All of these materials meet the criticality requirements (see Table 8.7). Other bumup/enrichment configurations were not run because there is a large margin to the requirements.

Alternatively, a fuel assembly meeting the loading curve can be placed in the cell having the missing panel as long as the fuel assembly contains a control rod. The negative reactivity worth of a control rod is more than that of an absorber panel (see Table 8.7).

Table 8.7: Additional Sensitivity Calculations for Region 2 Bias &

Case k

Uncertainty k95 s

95 Base Case* (5.0 wt% U-235 fuel at 42.67 GWd/T, 72 hour8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />) 0.9639 0.0259 0.9898 Empty cell filled with water (no absorber panel in cell) 0.8744 0.0259 0.9003 Empty cell with air (no absorber panel in cell) 0.9195 0.0259 0.9454 Empty cell with aluminum (no absorber panel in cell) 0.9310 0.0259 0.9569 Empty cell with concrete (no absorber panel in cell) 0.9163 0.0259 0.9422 Empty cell with steel (no absorber panel in cell) 0.9205 0.0259 0.9464 Empty cell with zirc (no absorber panel in cell) 0.9333 0.0259 0.9592 Missing panel, control rod in fuel assembly (base case fuel) 0.9567 0.0259 0.9826 No missing panels, fresh 5.0 wt% U-235 no IFBA, control rod in fuel 0.9292 0.0102 0.9394 assembly II Alternate panel design, 0.020 areal density (base case fuel) 0.9630 0.0259 0.9889 Low burned fuel (2.5 wt%, 12.31 GWd/T, 25 year, no missing panels) 0.9696 0.0131 0.9827 Alternate panel design for the above low-burned fuel case 0.9683 0.0131 0.9814 I

The base case identified here was for a depletion in which the WABA was removed after 35 GWd/T.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 55

8.2.5 Alternate Absorber Panel Design in Region 2 The base case (5.0 wt% at 42.67 GWd/T) was run for the alternate absorber design at an areal density of 0.020 g BIO/cm 2and results in a k of 0.9630 compared to the base case k of 0.9639. A low burnup case (2.5 wt% at 12.31 GWd/T) was also run with the alternate design. The k was 0.9683 compared to the primary design k of 0.9696. This demonstrates that the loading curves are valid for the alternate design.

8.2.6 Expanded Cooling Time Calculations It is generally accepted that the most reactive time after discharge is immediately after core offload (72 or 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br />) with no credit for Xe-I 35 or Np-239 (all of the Np-239 is immediately converted to Pu-239 and all of the Xe-135 is immediately converted to Cs-135). To test this assumption, additional cooling time calculations between 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> and I year were performed (72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />, 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br />, 8 days, 16 days, 30 days, 60 days, 0.3 year, 0.6 year, and 1 year)..

As shown in Figure 8.2, the k generally decreases with time and the k is largest at 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> and 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> (the k is the same). The statistical uncertainty in these calculations is 0.0002 (2 sigma) so although there appears to be a non-decreasing behavior between 16 and 60 days, it is not significant.

0.9655 0.9650 0.9645 0.9640 0.9635 0.9630 0.9625 0.9620 0

100 200 300 400 Days after Discharge Figure 8.2: k as a Function of Cooling Time NET-300067-01 Rev I 56

8.3 Borated Conditions The most limiting acceptance criteria is for the unborated condition so the loading criteria have been set using models that did not contain soluble boron. In order to confirm that the k 9 5/9 5 is less than 0.95 at a boron content that will be maintained even under a boron dilution accident (Section 9.5) a limited number of additional calculations were performed. The soluble boron concentration of 700 ppm was used for these calculations since this concentration can be easily supported by the boron dilution analysis and it yields significant margin in k. For Region i, the calculated k at 700 ppm with water at 100 °C is 0.8790 (see Table 8.9). With bias and uncertainty this becomes k95/95 = 0.8900. Due to the difference between 0.89 and the target value of 0.94, no further calculations are warranted. For Region 2, the 5.0 wt% U-235 loading curve points at 72 hour8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> and 25 year cooling were run with 700 ppm boron in the pool water (42.67 GWd/T at 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> and 37.68 GWd/T at 25 years). The calculated k at 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> was 0.8899, while the k at 25 years was 0.8906. With the bias and uncertainty applied, the k95/95 to be compared to the regulatory limit of 0.95 becomes 0.9158 for both the 72 hour8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> and 25 year cooling times.

The bias and uncertainty used here for both Region I and 2 was from the unborated analysis.

Calculation of borated uncertainties is not needed due to the large margin from the regulatory limit. Even if borated uncertainties were calculated, it would be expected that they would be smaller, since the primary uncertainty is the bumup uncertainty and the reactivity worth of burnup decreases with increasing boron concentration due to spectral hardening. Furthermore, ignoring the grids is still conservative at 700 ppm.

8.4 Depletion Effect of Hafnium Flux Suppression Inserts To determine the reactivity effect of having a hafnium rod inserted, a special depletion was performed. For the first 8 GWd/T, the assembly is depleted with a 20 rodlet hafnium insert (full length).

The hafnium insert is then replaced by a fresh 20 rodlet WABA plus 148 IFBA rods and never removed.

Since the hafnium inserts harden the spectrum more than WABAs (Ref. 7, Table 4.7.7), depleting with.-

NET-300067-01 Rev I 57

the hafnium first is conservative for the WABA depletion and no estimate of the burnup for changing from WABA to hafnium depletion is required. The burnup requirements for this case were then calculated using the same procedures as were used for the loading curve. Enrichments were 4.0, 4.5, and 5.0 and cooling times were 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> and 25 years. Table 8.8 shows the bumup required for this special depletion to meet the 0.99 k 9 5/95 target value after accounting for all biases and uncertainties.

Table 8.8: Hafnium Depletion Results Increased Burnup Enrichment Cooling Normal Burnup Hafnium Depletion Required For Hafnium (wt% U-235)

Time Requirement Burnup Requirement Depletion Case (GWd/T)

(GWd/T)

(GWd/T) 4.0 72 hr 33.82 34.89 1.07 4.5 72 hr 38.98 39.69 0.71 5.0 72 hr 42.67 43.98 1.31 4.0 25 yr 28.44 29.13 0.69 4.5 25 yr 32.60 33.20 0.60 5.0 25yr 37.18 37.82 0.64 For simplicity and to provide margin, a 2 GWd/T increase in the loading curve is required for any assembly having any burnup with a hafnium insert. Please note that if an assembly exceeds the loading curve requirements prior to loading a hafnium insert, no burnup adder is required since additional burnup (where IFBAs are ignored) always reduces reactivity regardless of spectrum.

8.5 Axial Reflector All of the analyses were performed with a water axial reflector (50 cm at top and bottom). Unburned' fuel reactivity is dominated by the center and so the results arenot senisitive:to the axial-refle'doir modeling. Burned fuel is top peaked and so is more sensitive to axial reflector modeling. To test the appropriateness of using 50 cm of water as the axial reflector for burned fuel, several other configurations were analyzed. The bottom reflector has an insignificant effect due to the axial burnup distribution (reactivity is driven by the low bumup in the top nodes), so cases were run to test only the top reflector.

Starting with the 5 wt% U-235, 42.67 GWd/T burnup, 72 hour8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> case, which has a calculated k of 0.9639, NET-300067-01 Rev 1 58

some modifications to the top reflector were made. With a 50/50 mix of steel and water at the top, the calculated k was 0.9613, so the water reflector k of 0.9639 is more limiting. With 100% steel at the top, k was 0.9729, which demonstrates that pure steel is more limiting. The fuel pin above the active fuel is actually composed of a spring inside a plenum and the rods extend above the active fuel at least 6 inches.

Using the fuel clad OD and the pin pitch, the fuel rod is 44% and water is 56% of the total area. So to simulate the plenum and spring, a mixture of 56% water, 22% steel and 22% void (fission gas) is used for the 6 inches directly above the active fuel. Then 100% steel is used above that. The k for this case was 0.9613, so the current analysis is conservative compared to the realistic case.

8.6 Volatile Fission Gases There may be some leakage of fission gases from the active fuel. To quantify this effect, the 5.0 wt%,

72 hour8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> case (42.67 GWd/T) was run in which all of the krypton, xenon, and iodine isotope concentrations were set to zero. The k for this case was 0.9699 compared to the unperturbed k of 0.9639 (see Table 8.7), a difference of 0.0060. If 10% of the fission gases were released [29], the Ak would be 0.0060 x 0.10 = 0.0006. This small amount could be included as a bias in the final calculations.

Alternatively, the top axial reflector could be modeled more realistically, which gives a Ak benefit of 0.0027, which easily covers the 10% fission gas release. Therefore, no bias for volatile fission gases is needed.

8.7 Temperature Effects Table 8.9 summarizes the base case calculations at 4 different temperatures (4, 20, 70, and 100 'C).

The results demonstrate that the reactivity is largest at 4 'C in both regions under unborated conditions.

The reactivity increases slightly under borated conditions in Region I with increasing temperature but there is excess margin for the borated condition.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 59

Table 8.9: Calculated k as a Function of Temperature Temperature Density Region I Region I Region 2 Region 2

(°C (g/cc)

(0 ppm)

(700 ppm)

(0 ppm)

(700 ppm) 4 1.0000 0.9717 0.8777 0.9639 0.8928 20 0.9982 0.9714 0.8778 0.9634 0.8924 70 0.9778 0.9710 0.8789 0.9553 0.8883 100 0.9584 0.9696 0.8790 0.9492 0.8848 8.8 Fuel Geometry Changes during Burnup There are geometry changes during burnup, such as pellet densification, crud buildup, clad creep down and fuel rod growth. Recent work by the industry has shown that these effects are insignificant [22,27].

8.9 Depletion of Fuel < 3.5 wt% with Modern Depletion Assumptions Historical low enriched fuel used Pyrex burnable absorbers and was burned with the control rods at the bite position. In order to accommodate this, the loading curves were generated using separate depletion assumptions for enrichments below and above 3.5 wt% U-235. However, although not currently anticipated, there may be a need for loading new fuel enriched below 3.5 wt% U-235. A special depletion was performed to cover this possibility. A depletion at 3.5 wt% was performed using the depletion assumptions selected for modem fuel (see Table 10.6). The k for 3.5 wt% at 27.53 GWd/T, 72 hour8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> cooling was 0.9650. The k for 3.5 wt% at 27.53 GWd/T, 72 hour8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> using the older depletion assumptions (Pyrex burnable absorber, lower temperatures, rodded top node, etc.) was.0.9665. So the loading curve for 3.5 wt% or less is valid for either set of depletion assumptions. The reason for this is that although the older depletion assumption is less limiting for fuel below the top node, the older depletion assumes that the top node is rodded its entire life. Modem depletion assumes the top node can be rodded for only a short time (i.e., the bite position is not allowed). The rodded top node balances the less reactive lower nodes so that the net difference between the two depletion assumptions is very small.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 60

8.10 Reduced Periphery Requirements & Region 1/Region 2 Interface Since the neutron leakage at the edge of the pool reduces the reactivity worth of the assemblies on the periphery of the pool, it is possible to relax the requirements for these assemblies. In Region 1, the assemblies on the periphery do not need any IFBA rods or bumup. In Region 2, the assemblies on the periphery, which are 4.0 wt% U-235 or greater, are allowed to have 8 GWd/T less burnup than the Region 2 loading curve. In order to prove that these reductions are acceptable, a full pool model was created. This section describes the full pool model and the results of the periphery assembly analysis.

This section also confirms the interface between Region I and Region 2 does not need any special requirements.

8.10.1 Full Pool Model The full pool model is used to:

a) Verify reduced requirements for the periphery assemblies, b)

Verify that the Region I/Region 2 interface has an insignificant effect onk, and c)

Show an acceptable soluble boron concentration for a single dropped assembly or misplaced assembly (see Section 9).

The full pool model was created by taking the 2x2 model for Region 2 and the lxi model for Region 1 described in Section 6 and using them as units that were reproduced in arrays. The model has 4 large arrays (see Figure 8.4 for module identification):

1. Region I moduleA(10X8),
2.

Region 1 modules B and C (combined as 21X9),

3.

Region 2 modules D, E-l, F-I, F-2, G-1, and G-2 (combined as 24X32), and

4.

Region 2 modules E-2, E-3, and H.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 61

Modules E-2, E-3, and H are 1I cells across (north to south) but since the modeling is using 2x2 units, these modules were conservatively modeled as 12 cells across. This conservatively makes the pool larger but the impact is negligible. In the east to west direction these modules have an even number of cells so no modification was necessary. However, module H has a cutout for the fuel elevator and failed fuel containers. This cutout was conservatively ignored. The pool has some small extra space between modules. This space is conservatively removed in the full pool model.

The pool dimensions come from Holtec Drawing No. 397 [21]. The drawing shows the smallest separation between any module and the wall is 1.25 inches (Region 1 left wall). This minimum separation is assumed on all sides. The pool has a 0.25 inch stainless steel liner and a concrete wall outside the liner.

Figure 8.3 shows the full pool model. The pink is concrete. The model starts on the left with 19.69 inches (50 cm) of concrete. This is followed by a 0.25 inch stainless steel liner. Next is a 1.25 inch water gap. After this the Region I arrays are added. This then sets the left boundary for the smaller Region 2 array. Then there is a 1.25 inch water gap on the right followed by the 0.25 inch liner and then 19.69 inches (50 cm) of concrete. The large Region 2 array is set to be against the left side of the smaller Region 2 array. This arrangement means the left side of the large array of Region 2 is not directly under the larger Region I array. This offset is caused by the separation between Region 2 modules that is ignored in this model. A block of concrete is added to the left of the large Region 2 array. This block does not have the stainless steel liner but is separated from Regio'n 2 by the same 1.25 inches of water.

When changing the reflector for studies, the same. modei-J&tu-p is maintained, so all the 0.25 inch liners change or all the 1.25 inch water gaps change at once. Figure 8.4 is the pool taken from Holtec Drawing No. 397 [21]. As can be seen when comparing Figures 8.3 and 8.4, the full pool model has extra water below Region I module A and this is consistent with the real pool. The full pool model has extra water above Region 2 module H and this is consistent with the pool drawing.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 62

i!I....# $

-I, "toi~

mnto mnamas 3

Figure 8.3: Full Pool Model NET-300067-01 Rev 1 63

++

r+

-4

-i

. i _

4' A~

74~

C LS T 6'* : "

[

L<li I

Fr' Figure 8.4: Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool Taken From Holtec Drawing 1397 [21]

Figure 8.5 shows an enlargement of the top left comer of the pool. Several points should be noticed.

First, the model has steel extensions on the outside of the module due to replicating the cell. The real modules do not have these. Second, on the wall side of the module, the model has the sheath for the old absorber panels. These are not on the real module outside walls. Thus, there is some excess steel on the outside. A calculation was performed where a 0. 1 inch steel plate was placed on the edge of the repeating Region I cells. K.,ff increased only 0.0025 so there is confidence that the extra steel on the outside of the model is negligible or slightly conservative. Finally, note that the absorber panels (light blue) are in the bottom right. This means the most reactive periphery is at the top and left side for Region 1.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 64

man ftI*RII S

Smmma.

KWAM 4Wo I"l I

I"I Figure 8.5: Enlargement of the Top Left Corner of the Pool Model Figure 8.6 shows an enlargement of the bottom left corner of the full pool model. Note that the resultant cell has the absorber sheath and some of a cell wall on the outside. The actual rack has a plate 0.075 inches thick. The total of the sheath and the partial cell wall is 0.075 inches, so by chance the correct amount of steel is on the outside of the resultant cells. The standard cells in the full pool model have an absorber sheath on the outside wall that does not exist in the real rack. The calculation with the 0.1 inch steel plate placed on the outside of the model described in the previous paragraph provides NET-300067-01 Rev 1 65

confidence that this extra sheath in the model is negligible or slightly conservative.

Note that the absorber panels (green in this case) for Region 2 are in the top left making the bottom and right sides more sensitive to the periphery.

Z~~.:i.1 Figure 8.6: Enlargement of the Bottom Left Corner of the Pool Model Figure 8.7 shows an enlargement of the left side of the bottom of the Region 1 /Region 2 interface.

Note that the absorber panels for the two regions (light blue for Region I and green for Region 2) create an effective flux trap. The distance between the two regions in the full pool model is 0.9 inches. The real separation is 1.375 inches. The smaller separation is conservative as shown by the rack pitch tolerance calculations in Section 7. 1. The real pool has absorber sheaths on the outside of both the Region I and 2 rack modules at the interface. The full pool model has the Region I modules consistent with reality but has less steel on the outside of Region 2. Section 7.1 concluded that more water (less steel) between cells NET-300067-01 Rev 1 66

in Region 1 is conservative. Therefore, the full pool model with less steel between the racks is acceptable.

Lila n *

410, Figure 8.7: Enlargement of the Left Side of the Bottom of the Region l/Region 2 Interface Calculations were performed to confirm that the k of the finite model of each region is similar, but lower than the k from the infinite models described in Section 6. Since the reduced periphery burnup criteria (lowered by 8 GWd/T) only applies for enrichments equal to or greater than 4 wt%, the Region 2 analysis of the full pool model is performed at 28.44 GWd/T at 4 wt% U-235 and 25 yr cooling (the lowest burnup) and 42.67 GWd/T at 5 wt% and 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> cooling (the highest bumup). The full pool NET-300067-01 Rev I 67

model was run without fuel assemblies in Region 1 for the Region 2 only models. For the Region I only models, no fuel was put in the fuel rods of Region 2 (replaced with void). If fuel was in both regions, the k would correspond to the region with the higher k. Table 8.10 shows the k's of the finite and infinite models.

Table 8.10: Infinite (Section 6) Versus Finite (Full Pool Model)

Enrichment Burnup Region (wt% U235)

(GWd/T)

Cooling kinf T

knit_

a 1

5 0

0 0.97182 0.00005 0.9666 0.0001 2

4 28.44 25 yr 0.96677 0.00011 0.9650 0.0001 2

5 42.67 72 hr 0.96395 0.0001 1 0.9626 0.0001 "The Region 1 fuel contains 48 IFBA rods As can be seen in Table 8.10, the infinite model is slightly conservative for the pool. The finite model of Region 2 is from 0.13% to 0. 17% lower in k. The finite model for Region I is less by more than 0.5% in k. This larger decrease is expected since Region I is much smaller.

8.10.2 Results of Reduced Periphery and Region 1/Region 2 Interface Analysis This section presents a set of calculations to confirm that the relaxed periphery requirements are acceptable. Figure 8.8 shows the location of the cells where the peripheral relaxation is permitted. Note that due to model simplifications of Module H, the cells near the failed fuel containers are not considered peripheral cells.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 68

1 3

5 7

1011 14 16 18 20 2223 25 27 29 31 rE DL DJ A

D DE CIA CP CKý CK CH CH CF CF C D C D BN LB BKi BIH BF BG BF 80 BE AD AM BC PI E7 C9 71 73 75 AK AH AF

+

AD

[] PERIPHERAL CELL Q0 42 44 46 48 5153 55 67 59 513 6364 Figure 8.8: Location of the Peripheral Cells with Reduced Requirements In a large pool model, the calculated k will reflect the k of the most reactive region, yielding little information on less reactive portions of the pool. Since the calculated k for Region 2 is lower than Region 1, the periphery calculations for Region 2 have to be performed without fuel in Region 1. Even though the k is lower in Region 2, Region 2 has less margin, since the uncertainty is higher.

All of the analysis with the full pool model uses at least 3000 generations with 12000 neutrons per generation. Even though this is a very large number of neutrons, care must be taken to assure that the effect of concern is seen, because the model is so large. To do this, the starting source is specified in the region of concern. Sometimes it is not clear where the highest reactivity lies, so several starting source distributions are used in successive runs.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 69

Table 8.11 presents the results of calculations that were performed to confirm the 8 GWd/T lower burnup requirement for Region 2 periphery assemblies.

Table 8.11: Region 2 Periphery Tests (No Fuel in Region 1)

Bias +

Enrichment*

Burnup**

Starting Calculated o"

Uncertainty (wt% U'3')

(GWd/T)

Source~'

kefr k95/95.....

4 28.44/20.44 Corner 0.9652 0.0001 0.0222 0.9874 4

28.44/20.44 Right 0.9650 0.0001 0.0222 0.9872 4

28.44/20.44 Left 0.9654 0.0001 0.0222 0.9876 5

42.67/34.67 Corner 0.9628 0.0001 0.0259 0.9887 5

42.67/34.67 Right 0.9624 0.0001 0.0259 0.9883 5

42.67/34.67 Left 0.9624 0.0001 0.0259 0.9883 4 wt% cases are cooled 25 years. 5 wt% cases are cooled 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />.

  • The first burnup is the burnup in non-periphery cells. The second burnup is the bumup in periphery cells.

.:Starting source location: Corner: the cask area corner. Right: right side. Left: Left side.

Bias and uncertainty for the highest burnup taken from Table 8.5

..... To be compared to licensing limit, less than 1.0. 1% margin to limit is used.

Several observations can be made from the data in Tables 8.10 and 8.11. The periphery cases in Table 8.11 have k's that are nearly equal to the cases without the reduced burnup on the periphery. This means that the local k on the periphery is about equal to the k in the center of the region and therefore, the reduced burnup requirements on the periphery are confirmed. Finally, after adding the bias and uncertainty, the target limiting k95/95 (0.99) is met.

Table 8.12 shows the results of calculations performed with fuel in both regions. These calculations demonstrate that the reactivity is driven by Region 1, since the Region I k is higher. These full pool models use the most reactive Region 2 fuel, which is the 4 wt% fuel with 25 years cooling and 28.44/20.44 GWd/T burnups. Since a constant 8 GWd/T burnup relaxation for the periphery is utilized rather than a fraction of the burnup requirements, the fuel with the lowest non-periphery burnup requirements (i.e., 4 wt%, 25 years cooled) is the most reactive peripheral fuel.

I II Ii NET-300067-01 Rev I 70

Table 8.12: Region 1 Periphery Tests (4 wt% 28.44/20.44 GWd/T Fuel in Region 2)

Starting Calculated Bias +

Source*

kear C

Uncertainty k 95/95

  • Interface 0.9759 0.0001 0.0111 0.9870 Left 0.9781 0.0001 0.0111 0.9892 Starting source location. Interface: bottom of Region I at the Region1/2 interface. Left: Left side of Region 1.

To be compared to licensing limit, less than 1.0. 1% margin to limit is used.

Table 8.12 demonstrates that taking out the IFBAs in the periphery assemblies increases k slightly.

The increased k (0.9781) is slightly larger than the infinite model (0.9718 from Table 8.10). However, there was margin in Region 1, so the final k 95/9 5 is still less than the target k95/95 of 0.99. In order to find the most reactive location in a large model, the starting source location can be varied. The two calculations in Table 8.12 only differed in the starting source location. When the source was started at the Region 1 - 2 interface, the higher reactivity corner was not found.

Table 8.12 also demonstrates that the Region 1/Region 2 interface does not have the limiting k. The calculated k, using the starting source at the interface, is lower than the k using the source placed at the left edge of the model, where there is fuel with no IFBA. Clearly, the fully converged calculated k should not depend on the location of the starting source, but placing the starting source at areas of concern provides confirmation that the k of the location of concern was truly evaluated. The k calculation with the starting source at the interface has a lower k since there were generations included in the final calculation of k before the more reactive peripheral assemblies were found. However, there were plenty of neutrons at the interface to assure that k at the interface is within the limits. This result is expected since the absorber panels face each other at the interface creating a flux trap.

Table 8.13 presents the results of calculations performed to test the sensitivity to the pool reflectors.

For some of the runs, no fuel was in the Region I cells, so the reflector sensitivities on Region 2 can be seen. The first observation is that the pool reflectors have no effect on the Region 2 results. This is because leakage has a bigger effect on k than the 8 GWd/T reduction in the burnup requirement. For Region 2, the k is controlled by the center of the region. For Region 1, results show that concrete is a NET-300067-01 Rev I 71

better reflector than water (the concrete used is a conservative mixture created by Oak Ridge - named as orconcrete). As the water gap is reduced, k increases. The results are not sensitive to the liner thickness.

Table 8.13: Reflector Tests (4 wt% 28.44/20.44 GWd/T Fuel in Region 2)

Water Gap to Steel Liner Region Starting Calculated Bias +

Cell Wall (cm)

Thick. (cm)

I Fuel Source*

kff CT Uncertainty k9sigs5*

5.6 0.635 Yes RI Left 0.9765 0.0001 0.0111 0.9876 12.4 0.635 Yes RI Left 0.9753 0.0001 0.0111 0.9864 3.175 0.635 Yes RI Left 0.9781 0.0001 0.0111 0.9892 5.6 5.0 Yes RI Left 0.9772 0.0001 0.0111 0.9883 5.6 0.001 Yes RI Left 0.9773 0.0001 0.0111 0.9884 3.175 0.635 No Right 0.9650 0.0001 0.0222 0.9872 10.0 0.635 No Right 0.9650 0.0001 0.0222 0.9872 1.0 0.635 No Right 0.9647 0.0001 0.0222 0.9869 3.175 5.0 No Right 0.9649 0.0001 0.0222 0.9871 3.175 0.001 No Right 0.9650 0.0001 0.0222 0.9872 Starting source location. RI Left: Left side of Region 1. Right: Right side of Region 2.

    • To be compared to licensing limit, less than 1.0. 1% margin to limit is used.

An additional calculation was performed on the full pool model, where a small layer of steel was added at the outside of the fuel rack. The result was that k increased, which confirms that the extra steel (Boraflex sheathing, and Region 1 cell separator beams) that is at the edge of the full pool model is conservative.

Since all the k 95/9 5'S of the analyses are less than the target limiting k (0.99), the reduced requirements for the periphery are confirmed.

8.11 Failed Fuel Containers The southeast comer (please note that on the drawings in this report North points left) of the spent fuel pool contains two 16" circular pipes and are labeled "failed fuel containers." These containers have been used to store pieces of failed fuel rods, neutron sources, and fission chambers. The neutron sources and fission chambers contain too little fissile material to be a concern. The fission chambers have less than 10 mg U-235 each [30]. The neutron sources also have a very small amount of fissile material. The ANSI/ANS 8.1 standard [33] states that 700 grams of U-235 in any configuration is always subcritical.

However, the failed fuel containers are not fully decoupled from the Module H of Region 2. In order to NET-300067-01 Rev I 72

set a conservative limit on the fuel that can be in the failed fuel containers, the 2x2 Region 2 model was modified by (1) removing the absorber panel from the lower right cell and the upper right cell and (2) in each of these cells, placing a regular array of 36 fresh 5.0 wt% fuelpins (6x6). In the two left cells, illustrated in Figure 8.9, are burned 5.0 wt% fuel assemblies at the loading curve burnup. The k for this configuration was 0.9374, which is less reactive than the loading curve. Based on this result, 36 fuel pins could be loaded into each failed fuel container with no criticality concern.

,0, a-0, 0

&C 0 O'b"O 0 MOO 00 ' 006600600600 00, 00 0 Ob C) r) 0 0 00;OOOOCOOOOOOO

.0 0-000ý000QQO 0

0 (-,-j 0

O"DO 0 00 0 Q Q 0 0

0 0, 0, ý 0 9C, 541

ý908 cok'(SI),S) 0 OOC600000(00000 O0ýPOC)00QQ00000 00"000, 00'ocoboo Figure 8.9: Model for Failed Fuel Container Analysis NET-300067-01 Rev I 73)

8.12 Fuel Rod Storage Basket The Indian Point SFP can have movable fuel rod storage baskets that can be used to store fuel rods.

These baskets can fit in a storage cell and they have 52 holes for storing fuel rods. This was modeled as 52 fresh 5.0 wt% fuel rods in Region 2 (see Figure 8.10). The k for this configuration was 0.9195, which is well below the loading curve k. Therefore, the fuel rod storage basket can be stored anywhere in Region I or Region 2.

Figure 8.10: Model for the Fuel Rod Storage Basket NET-300067-01 Rev I 74

8.13 Assemblies with Missing Fuel Rods Usually, when a fuel assembly has one or more failed fuel rods, the failed fuel rod is removed and replaced with a stainless steel rod having the same outer dimension as a fuel rod. If this is done, there is no criticality concern since the reconstituted assembly would be less reactive than the original assembly.

However, if a failed fuel rod is removed but not replaced with a stainless steel rod, the reactivity increases because there is more water available. An analysis was done in which one or more fuel rods are removed from an assembly to estimate the effect on k. It was determined that k gradually increases as more fuel rods are removed up to and including 36 missing fuel rods. If more than 36 fuel rods are removed, k begins to decrease (see Figure 8.11). The delta k with 36 missing fuel rods (see Figure 8.12) was 0.0184 (a 2x2 array with all 4 assemblies having 36 missing rods) compared to the base case k of 0.9639 with no missing rods. For simplicity, a burnup adder of 4 GWd/T would cover this reactivity increase for an assembly with any number of missing rods. There is only one fuel assembly in the pool (assembly ID of T67) that has a missing fuel rod. This assembly has only one missing fuel rod. The initial fuel enrichment for this assembly was 4.952% and so the burnup requirement would be 42.67 GWd/T with no cooling time credit. The actual burnup of T67 is 49.81 GWd/T so it exceeds the requirement by more than the 4 GWdiT adder for missing fuel rods. If any assembly in the future is re-constituted without replacing fuel rods with stainless steel rods, then 4 GWd/T would have to be added to the loading curve requirement before it could be stored in Region 2. This adder covers any number of missing fuel rods and there is no other loading restriction (two or more fuel assemblies with missing rods could be stored next to each other as long as the 4 GWd/T adder is used for both assemblies).

NET-300067-01 Rev I 75

k versus Missing Fuel Rods 0.9850 0.9800 0.9750 k

0.9700 0.9650 0.9600 0

10 20 30 40 50 Number of Missing Fuel Rods Figure 8.11: k versus Missing Fuel Rods Figure 8.12: Model for Assemblies with 36 Missing Fuel Rods NET-300067-01 Rev 1 76

9 Accident Conditions The following accidents were analyzed:

A fresh assembly misplaced outside of the fuel racks but next to the fuel racks, A fresh assembly dropped into an empty cell that is missing an absorber panel,

" An over-temperature accident (water boiling in the pool as a result of loss of cooling), and

" A multiple misload event.

Three more accident conditions were considered, but no analysis was necessary. An assembly dropped horizontally on top of other assemblies was not specifically analyzed, because the assemblies are de-coupled as a result of the structure above the active fuel. The horizontal assembly would rest more than 20 inches above the top of the active fuel of the assemblies in the rack. This accident would be covered by the more severe accident of a fresh assembly dropped into an empty cell that is missing an absorber panel. The second accident condition would be a single misloaded assembly. For example, an assembly that is supposed to have a control rod inserted but does not. All violations of the loading requirements (See Tables 10.1 and 10.2) are bounded by a fresh assembly dropped into an empty cell that is missing an absorber panel. The third accident condition is an under-temperature accident (water freezing). This was not considered because the analysis already assumes water at the maximum possible density (near freezing). The last subsection of this Section describes why a seismic event does not cause a criticality concern.

9.1 Misplaced Assembly For the misplaced fuel assembly accident, it is assumed that a fresh 5.0 wt% U-235 fuel assembly is placed in the pool next to the rack in the most reactive location. There are two locations which could be limiting for a misplaced assembly. One is the comer of the cask loading area. This location is an inside comer so it would interact with the rack on two sides of the misplaced assembly. This comer also allows lower burned peripheral assemblies and the absorber inserts are on the opposite side of the rack cells from NET-300067-01 Rev I 77

the misplaced assembly. Figure 9.1 shows the misplaced assembly. The most reactive periphery condition is at 4 wt% (lowest enrichment where a reduced peripheral burnup is allowed) and 25 years cooling. The most reactive misplaced fuel is assumed to be 5 wt% with no IFBA and no burnup. Table 9.1 presents the results of this misplaced assembly accident analysis. As can be seen from Table 9.1, 1200 ppm of soluble boron reduces the final k95/95 below the target of 0.94. The analysis used a starting source placed near the misplaced assembly.

The second limiting misplaced assembly assumes a fresh fuel assembly is in the fuel elevator and another fresh assembly is wedged in between the rack and the assembly in the fuel elevator. For conservative analysis of this case it is assumed that the misplaced assembly and the assembly in the fuel elevator are both fresh 5 wt% U-235 enriched assemblies with no IFBA rods. Further it is assumed that there is no separation between the two fresh fuel assemblies and no separation from the rack. This misplaced assembly is also shown on Figure 9. 1. Figure 9.1 is the model used for the fuel elevator misplaced assembly. The starting source for the fuel elevator case was concentrated around the fuel elevator. Table 9.1 also contains the results for this misplaced assembly analysis. It is more limiting but the 1200 ppm soluble boron still reduces the final k95/95 below the target of 0.94.

The minimum soluble boron allowed by the Technical Specifications is much higher than 1200 ppm (currently 2000 ppm), so this accident condition meets the regulatory requirements.

Table 9.1: Misplaced Fuel Assembly Analysis (J isplaced Assembiy is 5 wt% U-235 with no Burnup or IFBA)

Reg. 2 Enrichment*

Reg 2 Burnup**

Soluble Calculated Bias +

(wt% U23)

(GWd/T)

Boron (ppm) k_ _

c, Uncertainty k95/g,95 4

28.44/20.44 0

1.04892 0.0002 0.0222 1.0711 4

28.44/20.44 1200 0.89369 0.0001 0.0222 0.9159 4

28.44/20.44 1200 0.90490 0.0001 0.0222 0.9271 4 wt% cases are cooled 25 years.

  • 'The first burnup is the burnup in non-peripheral cells. The second burnup is the burnup in periphery cells.
      • To be compared to licensing limit, less than 0.95. 1% margin to limit is used.

I NET-300067-01 Rev I 78

Figure 9.1: Full Pool Model with Misplaced Assembly 9.2 Dropped Assembly For the dropped assembly accident, it is assumed that a fresh 5 wt% U-235 assembly is dropped into a cell where the absorber panel has been removed (e.g.; for inspection). This accident also covers a situation where the dropped assembly severely damages the absorber panel at the same time. It is then further assumed that when the assembly dropped, the grids failed, which allows for full expansion of the pin pitch (this assumption of expansion of the pin pitch goes beyond traditional assumptions but due to NET-300067-01 Rev I 79

the available margin, this assumption can be made and removes any concerns about fuel grid failure after the drop). The pin pitch expansion is modeled as the maximum uniform expansion that would fit in the cell. The location of the most limiting position for the dropped assembly is not obvious, so several possible locations were analyzed in the same model.

Figure 9.2 shows the full pool model for the dropped assembly analysis with the 6 dropped assemblies that were analyzed. The different potentially limiting dropped assemblies are tested by changing the starting source. The Region 2 fuel is the 4 wt% U-235 fuel and 28.44/20.44 GWd/T bumup at 25 years cooling (the condition with the least margin to the criticality limits, see Table 8.11). Region I contains the most reactive fuel allowed; fresh 5 wt% fuel with 48 IFBA rods, except the periphery Region I assemblies have no IFBA rods.

Table 9.2 presents the results of the analysis. The most limiting position for the dropped assembly is the bottom left corner of Region 2. This is most limiting since it puts together 4 low burned assemblies without an absorber panel between two of these assemblies. The right side of Region 2 always has an absorber panel separating the low burned periphery and the interior assemblies. The bottom row of Table 9.2 is highlighted, since it represents a dropped assembly, where the assembly does not come apart and maintains its normal pin pitch. This scenario was considered since at high soluble boron concentration, the larger pitch may not be the most limiting. As seen in Table 9.2, the larger pin pitch is more limiting.

As can be seen in Table 9.2, 1200 ppm (rather than the initial guess of 1500 ppm) is sufficient to meet the limiting criteria of 0.95. The minimum soluble boron allowed by the Technical Specifications (currently 2000 ppm) is much higher than 1200 ppm, so this accident condition also meets the regulatory requirements.

NET-300067-01 Rev 1 80

Table 9.2: Dropped Fuel Assembly Cases Starting Soluble Boron Calculated Bias +

Source*

(ppm) k_ _

Uncertainty kgs____

Right 1500 0.8773 0.0001 0.0222 0.8995 Comer 1500 0.8737 0.0001 0.0222 0.8959 Center 1500 0.8735 0.0002 0.0222 0.8957 Bottom 1500 0.8817 0.0001 0.0222 0.9039 Comer Bottom 1200 0.9104 0.0001 0.0222 0.9326 Comer Bottom 1200 0.8959"'

0.0002 0.0222 0.9181 Com.er I

oIoo2 I

0I9 I

.Right: right side of Region 2. Comer: cask loading area comer. Center: center of Region 2. Bottom Comer: bottom left comer of Region 2.

To be compared to licensing limit, less than 0.95. 1% margin to limit is used.

Same as the case above except no expanded pin pitch Figure 9.2: Full Pool Model with 6 Dropped Assemblies NET-300067-01 Rev I 81

9.3 Over Temperature As shown in Section 8.7, raising the temperature lowers k, even up to 100 TC. Under borated conditions, some of the calculated k's go up with temperature, but not enough to overcome the negative reactivity of the boron. The over temperature accident condition meets the regulatory requirements.

9.4 Multiple Misloads A case was run assuming that the entire Region 2 rack was filled with fresh 5.0 wt% fuel having 64 IFBA rods at a 1.25X IFBA loading. With 2000 ppm boron in the pool water (the current Technical Specification requirement at Indian Point), the k was 0.92 10. The total bias and uncertainty of fresh fuel in Region 2 is 0.0095, so the k 9 5/95 is 0.9305 which is less than the borated goal of 0.94. Less than 64 IFBA rod fuel has been ordered in the past for Indian Point, but plans for future assemblies use 64 or more IFBA rods. Many years ago Unit 2 had used 48 IFBA rods in 4.4 wt% U-235 fuel assemblies, but never less than 64 IFBA rods at i.25X for higher enrichments. Unit 3 used a small number of feed assemblies with only 48 IFBA rods in Cycle 15 (current cycle is Cycle 18). A multiple misload of fresh 5.0 wt% fuel with less than 64 [FBA rods is therefore very unlikely. However, analysis was performed to determine how many 5 wt% U-235 enriched assemblies with no IFBA rods would need to be placed together to reach k 9 5/95 of 0.95 with 2000 ppm soluble boron. It required 12 of these no IFBA 5 wt%

assemblies to be loaded together in a pool where all the rest of the assemblies were at the loading curve limits to reach the calculated k of 0.9307. Adding bias and uncertainty, the final k 9 5/ 95 becomes 0.9402.

Another multiple misload of all once burned fuel in Region 2 (5.0 wt% at 18 GWd/T) gives a k of 0.9219 at 2000 ppm. At 18 GWd/T, the total bias and uncertainty is 0.0145, so the k95/95 is 0.9364, which meets the criterion of< 0.94 while the regulatory requirement is < 0.95. Normal first cycle burnup is more than 20 GWd/T, so a multiple misload of assemblies with less than 18 GWd/T is very unlikely. In fact, all feed assemblies for all cycles in Indian Point Units 2 and 3 with greater than 4.5 wt% U-235 enrichment have exceeded this burnup in the first cycle. Lower enrichments would need less bumup for the same reactivity.

NET-300067-01 Rev 1 82

For Region 1, if all the fuel was 5 wt% U-235 with no IFBA rods and the pool had 2000 ppm of soluble boron, the calculated k is 0.8022. Since after adding biases and uncertainties this is much less than 0.94, there is no concern about multiple misloads in Region 1.

Two additional features of this criticality analysis make multiple misloads unlikely. First, there is no credit for any checkerboard arrangement. Second, the Region 2 minimum bumup requirements are sufficiently low so that very few burned assemblies would fail to meet the requirements (requiring them to be stored in Region 1). Since there is very little burned fuel that needs to be stored in Region I, there is no reason to store fresh fuel in Region 2. Therefore, a misload of a fresh fuel assembly without a control rod in Region 2 would be easily noticed by its shiny look (compared to all of the other assemblies in Region 2).

At the minimum SFP boron concentration of 2000 ppm, even multiple misloads will be safely subcritical. It is not credible to assume that a multiple misload and a boron dilution event would take place at the same time. Therefore, the criticality safety requirements are met by use of the double contingency principle.

9.5 Boron Dilution Accident Crediting 700 ppm of soluble boron reduces the calculated k plus biases and uncertainty below 0.94.

The boron dilution analysis of record [28] shows that dilution from the Technical Specification required

.2000 ppm to 700 ppm is not-credible.

9.6 Seismic Event The absorber panels will be designed to withstand a design basis seismic event. Therefore, the absorber panels will remain in place and the rack configuration will not change significantly following a design basis seismic event. Since the absorber panels remain in place, no special analysis is needed.

NET-300067-01 Rev 1 83

10 Summary This section summarizes the results of the criticality analysis. Section 10.1 contains a confirmation checklist that the guidance of DSS-ISG-2010-01 [1] is followed.

This is followed by a review of allowable fuel loading for the Indian Point Unit 2 spent fuel pool. Next is a review of the assumptions used to justify the allowable loading conditions. The racks are not expected to change, so the assumptions in the analysis are found in Section 3.4, and not repeated here. However, the absorber panels have not yet been ordered, so Section 10.3 reviews the requirements for the absorber panels. The fuel manufacturer may change in the future, so the fuel design requirements are repeated in Section 10.4.

Finally, core operating conditions not precluded by the current Technical Specifications are utilized in this analysis. These core operating condition requirements are listed in Section 10.5.

10.1 Review of DSS-ISG-2010-01 Table 10. 1 shows the guidance given in DSS-ISG-2010-01 and how this criticality analysis follows that guidance.

Table 10.1: DSS-ISG-2010-01 Checklist Guidance from DSS-ISG-2010-01 Implementation Section in this Report

1. Fuel Assembly Selection All fuel has come from the same vendor with the same clad Section 3.2 Demonstrate all fuel for all outside diameter. Small design changes have been conditions,.

insignificant to criticality analysis. Bounding conditions have been used to cover possible future fuel designs.

2. Depletion Analysis This was followed. Uncertainty for the isotopic content was Section 4.2
  • a.i.. 5% (Kopp Memo) should considered and implemented as 5 % of the depletion only be used to cover uncertainties reactivity(i.e. delta-k of depletion). In addition, a bias of 1.5 in isotopic concentration

% was applied for the fission products and minor actinides to cover their bias and uncertainty in reactivity worth.

2. Depletion Analysis No intergral burnable absorbers were considered for fresh Section 4.2 a.ii. Reactivity decrement should fuel for determining the reactivity decrement.

not include the integral burnable absorbers.

2. Depletion Analysis Bounding values were used for all parameters.

Sections 5.1 b.i. Bounding values should be through 5.7 used; -

  • I I

NET-300067-01 Rev I 84

Guidance from DSS-ISG-2010-01 Implementation.

Section in this Report

2. Depletion Analysis The highest power was used, which leads to higher b.ii. Use the more limiting moderator and fuel temperatures, thus increasing k. To Section 5.9 bounding parameter when a conflict account for lower power coast down, a Sm-149 correction occurs.

was made to promote a positive reactivity effect.

2. Depletion Analysis Bounding values were used for all parameters.

Sections 5.1 b.iii. Non-bounding values are through 5.7 outside scope of ISG.

2. Depletion Analysis Indian Point Unit 2 had standard burnable absorbers, Sections 5.1 c.i. All removable burnable WABAs and Hf flux suppressors. All of these were and 8.4 absorbers must be considered, conservatively accounted for.
2. Depletion Analysis The analysis includes the maximum number of IFBA rods Section 5.1 c.ii. Limiting integral burnable (148) at the highest boron loading for all fuel greater than 3.5 absorbers should be used.

wt% U-235 enrichment.

2. Depletion Analysis For depletion analysis the maximum absorber material is Section 5.1 c.iii. Model the burnable modeled with the maximum water displacement. For the absorbers appropriately.

criticality analysis all burnable absorbers are removed.

2. Depletion Analysis The depletion model correctly accounts for the increased rate Section 5 c.iv. Consider competing effects of plutonium production from increased fast neutron capture in U-238
2. Depletion Analysis For fuel enriched to less than 3.5 wt% U-235, it was assumed Sections 5.6 d.i. Spectrum hardening from that a control rod was inserted 8 inches into the fuel for the and 5.7 rodded operation should be life of the fuel.

considered.

For fuel enriched more than 3.5 wt% U-235, it was assumed that a control rod was fully inserted for 2 GWd/T burnup.

2. Depletion Analysis The axial profiles used were from NUREG/CR-6801. These Section 6.3 d.ii.. Effect of control rods on the profiles include rodded cases.

axial burnup profile should be considered

3. Criticality Analysis NUREG/CR-6801 was used. It was confirmed that the Section 6.3
a. Axial Burnup Profile NUREG shapes were more limiting than any fuel at Indian
i. Use ofNUREG/CR-6801 is Point.

acceptable if done properly

3. Criticality Analysis Site-specific profiles were not used.

Section 6.3

a. Axial Burnup Profile ii. Site-specific profiles
3. Criticality Analysis In order to remove discontinuities in the axial burnup profiles Section 6.3
a. Axial Burnup Profile the very limiting 14-18 GWd/T burnup shape was used down iii. Uniform profiles to 6 GWd/T. The uniform profile is more limiting at less than 6 GWd/T.
3. Criticality Analysis The rack dimensions and materials are provided by the Section 3.1
b. Rack Model manufacturer (Reference 4).
i. Model inputs should be traceable.
3. Criticality Analysis The old Boraflex is not being credited in this analysis. The
b. Rack Model new absorber materials have very small grain sizes so ii. Efficiency of the neutron treatment as a homogeneous material is appropriate. The absorber should be established.

Monte Carlo analysis correctly accounts for self-shielding and streaming in and past these homogeneous panels.

I NET-300067-01 Rev I 85

Guidance from DSS-ISG-2010-01 Implementation Section in this Report

3. Criticality Analysis This analysis replaces the reliance on Boraflex. The new Section 10.3
b. Rack Model absorber material must meet the minimum areal density iii. Conservative degradation specified on Table 10.4.

should be used.

3. Criticality Analysis The absorber inserts are positioned to create a flux trap that Section
c. Interfaces - Use the decouples RegionI from Region 2. The full pool model did 8.10.2 maximum uncertainties from either not exhibit an increase in k around the interface.

side.

3. Criticality Analysis There are no temporary storage locations in the Indian Point
d. Normal Conditions - All Unit 2 pool. All normal operating conditions are covered by normal conditions such as the analysis.

movement of fuel and inspections should be considered.

3. Criticality Analysis All normal initial conditions are considered. For example in Section 9.1
e. Accident Conditions the misplaced assembly analysis it is assumed that the fuel
i. Should consider all normal elevator has a fresh fuel assembly in it when another conditions as base conditions.

assembly is misplaced next to it.

3. Criticality Analysis Large margins exist for all the accident conditions with the Section 9
e. Accident Conditions exception of the multiple misload scenarios. These ii. Graded approach may be scenarios, however, are still below the target k95/95 (See taken when crediting soluble boron.

Section 9.4)

4. Criticality Code Validation NUREG/CR-6698 was followed for the validation.

Appendix A NUREG/CR-6698 endorsed

4. Criticality Code Validation The HTC critical experiments are included in the analysis.

Appendix

a. Area of Applicability A.3
i. Include the HTC criticals
4. Criticality Code Validation The MOX and HTC criticals are not included in the analysis Appendix A
a. Area of Applicability of the fresh fuel bias and uncertainty since they are less ii. Use appropriate criticals limiting than the U02 criticals.
4. Criticality Code Validation 236 fresh fuel critical experiments are used. 117 HTC Appendix A
a. Area of Applicability criticals were used as well as 63 MOX criticals. Groupings iii. Sufficient criticals for of critical sets were analyzed to confirm when they should be analysis and appropriate grouping.

included in the set as a whole.

4. Criticality Code Validation The large number of critical experiments used and the large Appendix
a. Area of Applicability variation in critical configurations (geometry and material)

A.2.3 iv. Be sure the set is not highly reduces the concern about being correlated. The analysis correlated.

used 31 different sets of experiments that were performed in 6 different critical facilities.

4. Criticality Code Validation The trend analysis was performed on all the major Appendix
b. Trend Analysis parameters. The trend analysis found the best linear fit. No A.2.5 Adequate, appropriate, not trends were rejected to be conservative. The most limiting rejected.

bias and uncertainty for the area of applicability was applied assuming both that all trends were real and there are no trends.

4. Criticality Code Validation The statistical approach recommended in NUREG/CR-6698 Appendix
c. Statistical Treatment was used. Thus the variance of the population about the A.2.5
i. Use the variance of the mean rather than the variance of the mean was used.

population about the mean I

NET-300067-01 Rev I 86

Guidance from DSS-ISG-2010-01 Implementation Section in this Report

4. Criticality Code Validation The statistical approach recommended in NUJREG/CR-6698 Appendix
c. Statistical Treatment was used. The correct confidence factors were used.

A.2.5 ii. Use correct confidence factors.

4. Criticality Code Validation Normality testing was performed and the appropriate Appendix
c. Statistical Treatment statistical treatment was applied.

A.2.5 iii. Consider Normality

4. Criticality Code Validation Lumped fission products were not used.
d. Lumped Fission Products
4. Criticality Code Validation No code-to-code comparisons were used for validation.
e. Code-to-Code Comparisons
5. Miscellaneous Precedence was not used as a licensing basis.

For

a. Precedence References used were carefully chosen to be applicable to the Assumptions
b. References point being made.

see Section

c. Assumptions Assumptions are identified.

5.6, 5.7, and 6.6 I

10.2 Summary of Allowable Fuel Loading Fresh fuel of 5.0 wt% U-235 or lower can be loaded anywhere in Region I, as long as it contains at least 48 IFBA rods with a minimum IX B10 loading. Burned fuel at a burnup of 12 GWd/T or more can be stored anywhere in Region 1. Fresh fuel with less than 48 IFBA rods or burned fuel with less than 12 GWd/T burnup can be stored on the periphery of Region 1. The periphery is defined as all the cell locations of the last row on the three sides of Module A that face away from Module B and all the cells on the last row of the face of Module B and Module C that is adjacent to the pool wall. Cells in the second row or further in Modules A, B, or C cannot take peripheral credit even if the outer row is empty. See Figure 8.8 for a graphical presentation of the location of the peripheral cells. If any fuel assembly contains a control rod, it can be located anywhere in Region 1, regardless of the number of IFBAs or burnup. A Region I cell which does not contain an absorber panel does not affect the loading requirements of any other cell in Region 1, so long as the cell that is missing an absorber panel contains a fuel assembly with a control rod or does not contain a fuel assembly.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 87

Region 2 is primarily intended to be for discharged fuel. The only allowable way to load fresh fuel in Region 2 requires a control rod to be inserted in the assembly. The minimum burnup requirements for Region 2 are presented in Table 10.2 as a function of fuel enrichment and cooling time. Linear interpolation can be used to determine the minimum burnup requirements at any enrichment or cooling time.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 88

Table 10.2: Region 2 Minimum Burnup (GWd/T) Requirements(f-c'Cf Cooling Time (years)

Enrichment 0

1 2

5 10 15 25(e) 2.0(d) 3.20 3.10 3.08 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 2.5 15.17 14.85 14.66 13.97 13.20 12.84 12.31 3.0 21.28 21.17 20.98 20.66 20.26 19.98 19.65 3.5 27.53 27.10 26.63 25.56 24.29 23.50 22.45 4.0 33.82 33.43 33.05 32.04 30.72 29.70 28.44 4.5 38.98 38.65 37.99 36.49 34.67 33.69 32.60 5.0 42.67 42.14 41.78 40.78 39.72 38.96 37.68 Notes:

(a) Fuel assemblies with initial enrichments > 4.0 wt% that do not meet the burnup requirements may be stored in peripheral cells provided the burnup requirements, reduced by 8 GWd/T, are met. If the fuel assembly contained a Hafnium flux suppressor insert then the burnup requirements may be reduced by 6 GWd/T if stored in a peripheral cell. The peripheral locations are shown on Figure 8.8.

(b) Fuel assemblies that contained a Hafnium flux suppressor insert and the burnup prior to the final cycle does not meet the burnup requirements, then 2 GWd/T must be added to the burnup requirements.

(c) Linear interpolation between enrichment levels and cooling times to determine minimum burnup requirements is permitted.

(d) Fuel assemblies with initial enrichments less than 2.0 wt% must meet the 2.0 wt% minimum burnup requirement. For axially blanketed fuel, the enrichment to be used is the enrichment of the center section between the blanket material.

(e) Fuel assemblies with cooling times greater than 25 years must meet the 25 year burnup requirement.

(f) Fuel assemblies with any fuel rods removed and not replaced (normally with stainless steel rods) must add 4 GWd/T to the burnup requirements. As for Region 1, a Region 2 cell which does not contain an absorber panel does not affect the loading requirements of any other cell in Region 2, so long as the-cell which is missing an absorber panel does not contain a fuel assembly or contains a fuel assembly with-a control rod.

II NET-300067-01 Rev I 89

Proprietary Information Removed Any fuel, including unburned 5 wt% U-235 fuel with no restriction on the number of IFBA rods, may be stored in Region 2 if the assembly contains a control rod.

The above loading requirements have been summarized below in Table 10.3.

Table 10.3: Summary of Loading Restrictions Loading Restriction Fresh fuel assemblies with initial enrichments of 5.0 wt% U-235 or less and 48 or more IFBA rods (@ [

mg B-10/inch] a"' or greater) may be stored in any location in Region 1.

Burned fuel assemblies with initial enrichments of 5.0 wt% U-235 or less with a burnup Region 1 of 12 GWd/T or more may be stored in any location in Region 1.

Any fuel assembly (fresh or burned) that contains an RCCA may be stored in any location in Region I with no restrictions on the number of IFBA rods or bumup.

Any fuel assembly (fresh or burned) may be stored in locations designated as peripheral cells in Region I with no restrictions on the number of IFBA rods or bumup.

Burned fuel assemblies that satisfy the requirements of Table 10.2 may be stored in any location in Region 2.

Any fuel assembly (fresh or burned) that contains an RCCA can be stored anywhere in Region 2 Region 2 with no restrictions on the number of IFBA rods or burnup.

Burned fuel assemblies that satisfy the requirements of Table 10.2 reduced by 8 GWd/T may be stored in locations designated as peripheral cells in Region 2. **

I For assemblies that had a Hafnium insert and the burnup prior to the final cycle does not meet the burnup requirements of Table 10.2, then 2 GWd/T must be added to the values given in Table 10.2.

For assemblies on the periphery that had a Hafnium insert and the burnup prior to the final cycle does not meet the burnup requirements of Table 10.2, then 6 GWd/T can be subtracted from the values given in Table 10.2.

10.3 Absorber Panel Requirements To meet the assumptions of this criticality analysis, the absorber panels must satisfy the requirements-.

specified in Table 10.4 below. If the alternate design is chosen, the minimum areal density must be 0.020 g B-10/cm 2 for panels in Region 2 and 0.022 g B-10/cm 2 for panels in Region 1. For the alternate design, the connector can be any material and can be any thickness up to 0.10 inch.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 90

Proprietary Information Removed Table 10.4: Absorber Panel Requirements II Attribute Value (inches)

Notes Absorber Panel (primary)

Areal Density (g B-10/cm2) 0.015 Minimum Panel width Cell ID -.03 Minimum 0.086 Minimum in Region 1 0.096 Maximum in Region 2 Length Covers active fuel length Absorber Panel (alternate)*

Areal Density (g B-10/cm2) 0.020 in Region 2 Minimum 0.022 in Region I Panel width 7.6 Minimum 0.075 Minimum in Region 1 0.094 Maximum in Region 2 Offset from comer 0.64 Length Covers active fuel length A vendor is not bound by these specific dimensions and areal densities. As long as the panel is shown to be as effective in absorbing neutrons as the primary design, it would be acceptable.

10.4 Fuel Requirements To meet the assumptions of this criticality analysis, the fuel design must meet the design assumptions given on Table 10.5. The guide tube dimensions are flexible as long as the cross-sectional area is at least 0.0243 square inches.

I I Table 10.5: Fuel Design Requirements 1.. I Attribute Value (inches)

Notes Fuel pellet U0 2 stack density 97.5 %TD Maximum stack density*

Fuel pellet OD

]aS Maximum Fuel clad OD

]a,c Minimum Fuel clad ID

]a.c Maximum Fuel pin pitch 0.5630 Nominal Guide tube cross sectional area 0.0243 in2 Minimum Nominal This density includes the effect of dishing and chamfering.

NET-300067-01 Rev I

.- 91

10.5 Reactor Operation Limits The depletion parameters were selected to cover anticipated future operation, however, verification is required. Table 10.6 lists the operating assumptions used in the depletion analysis for fuel enriched to greater than 3.5 wt%*. The temperature and soluble boron assumptions are averages over the total burnup (multi-cycle) for a given assembly. These assumptions will be verified as part of the reload design process. The process normally assumes a range of previous cycle bumups. If the plant is shutdown outside of this range or before the reload analysis for the following cycle is completed, the assumptions listed in Table 10.6 must be confirmed for each assembly that is to be placed into Region 2 or a non-peripheral location of Region 1. If an assembly is depleted such that any of the Table 10.6 parameters are not met, then the assembly would have to be stored in Region I or with a control rod inserted until an assembly-specific analysis can be performed and approved. Note that if an assembly meets the burnup requirements (GWd/T) and the operating limits, any additional burnup does not need to meet the operating limits.

Table 10.7 is provided for older fuel enriched to 3.5 wt% or less to verify that the existing fuel meets the assumptions of the criticality analysis. Table 10.7 is not to be used for future fuel.

If fuel less than or equal to 3.5 wt% is ever used in the future, the same requirements shown in Table 10.6 apply. Table 10.6 should be used for all future fuel regardless of enrichment.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 92

Proprietary Information Removed Table 10.6: Fuel Assembly Operating Requirements for Fuel Enriched > 3.5 wt%*

Parameter Value Notes This value can be demonstrated by a Maximum assembly maximum assembly and bumup averaged average moderator 63 peaking factor. This corresponds to a outlet temperature 631 (605.9 °K) maximum bumup averaged peaking factor of during depletiont 1.40 with current thermal design flow conditions.

Maximum WABA 20 rodlet WABA at Design changes that increase water loading 0.00603 g '°B/cm per rodlet displacement are not covered.

Maximum IFBA 148 IFBA rods [

mg Credit for IFBAs used with fresh fuel use a rods and 'lB loading I"B/inch]a'c (1.5X) per rod minimum IX loading.

Maximum Operation

< 2 GWd/T This control rod inserted bumup covers rods with Control Rods inserted to any depth.

Maximum Bumup This is an average for all cycles in which the

<axm um1000 ppm assembly was depleted. For burned Averaged Soluble assemblies stored in Region I, this Boron requirement is relaxed to < 1300 ppm.

Average Power To cover reduced power operation at end of During the Last 30

> 50%

cycle prior to offload Days of Operation cyIle priortoo____ad I

If fuel less than or equal to 3.5 wt% is ever used in the future, the same requirements shown in Table 10.6 apply. Table 10.6 should be used for all future fuel regardless of enrichment.

t If the peaking factor is less than 1.40, the moderator outlet. temperature requirement is met.

I NET-300067-01 Rev I 93

Table 10.7: Fuel Assembly Operating Requirements for Fuel Enriched <3.5 wt%*

Parameter Value Notes This value can be demonstrated by a Maximum assembly maximum assembly and burnup averaged average moderator 628 °F (604.4 °K) peaking factor. This corresponds to a outlet temperature maximum burnup averaged peaking factor during depletiont of 1.35 with current thermal design flow conditions.

Maximum BA 20 rodlet Pyrex at a boron loading No limit on when the Pyrex is removed.

loading of 18.1 wt% B20 3 This control rod inserted burnup is the Maximum Operation assembly average burnup during which with Control Rods

< 2 GWd/T control rods were inserted below the top node. The top node can have the rod inserted throughout life.

Maximum Burnup This is an average for all cycles in which Averaged Soluble

< 800 ppm the assembly was depleted.

Boron Average Power To cover reduced power operation at end During the Last 30

> 50%

of cycle prior to offload Days of Operation of cyclepriortooffoad II This table is provided only to certify that older fuel < 3.5 wt% satisfies the older operating requirements. For future fuel, Table 10.6 should be used regardless of enrichment.

t If the peaking factor is less than 1.35, the moderator outlet-temperature requirement is met.

I NET-300067-01 Rev I 94

References

[1]

K. Wood, "Final Division of Safety Systems Interim Staff Guidance, DSS-ISG-2010-01, Revision 0, Staff Guidance Regarding the Nuclear Criticality Safety Analysis For Spent Fuel Pools," Accession Number ML110620086, Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Rockville, MD, October 2011.

[2]

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10, Part 50, Section 68, "Criticality Accident Requirements."

[3]

Scale. A Comprehensive Modeling and Simulation Suite for Nuclear Safety Analysis and Design, ORNL/TM-2005/39, Version 6.1, June 2011. Available from Radiation Safety Information Computational Center at Oak Ridge National Laboratory as CCC-785.

Includes 6.1.2 update dated 2/28/13.

[4]

"Rack Construction (SH'T. 2) Region I Storage Racks," Drawing Number 398 Rev5, March 19, 1990, Project No. 81000, P. 0. No. 8-24470, Holtec International, Mount Laurel, NJ.

[5]

"Rack Construction (SH'T. I) Region 2 Storage Racks," Drawing Number 400 Rev5, March 19, 1990, Project No. 81000, P. 0. No. 8-24470, Holtec International, Mount Laurel, NJ.

[6]

G. Radulescu, I. C. Gauld, and G. Ilas, SCALE 5.1 Predictions ofPWR Spent Nuclear Fuel Isotopic Compositions, ORNL/TM-2010/44, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee, USA, March 2010.

[7]

Licensing Report on the Inter-Unit Transfer of Spent Nuclear Fuel at the Indian Point Energy Center, Holtec Report No. HI-2094289. Rev. 6, April 17, 2012.

[8]

International Handbook of Evaluated Criticality Safety Benchmark Experiments, NEA!NSC/DOC(95)3, Volume IV, Nuclear Energy Agency, OECD, Paris, September, 2010.

[9]

B. B. Bevard, J. C. Wagner, and C. V. Parks, Review of Information for Spent Nuclear Fuel Burnup Confirmation, NUREG/CR-6998, prepared for the US Nuclear Regulatory Commission by Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn., December 2009.

[10]

[NOT USED]

[I1]

[NOT USED]

[12]

J.C. Dean and R.W. Tayloe, Jr., Guide for Validation of Nuclear Criticality Safety Calculational Methodology, NUREG/CR-6698, Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC January 2001.

[13]

D. E. Mueller, K. R. Elam, and P. B. Fox, Evaluation of the French Haut Taux de Combustion (HTC) Critical Experiment Data, NUREG/CR-6979 (ORNL/TM-2007/083),

prepared for the US Nuclear Regulatory Commission by Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn., September 2008&.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 95

[14]

J. M. Scaglione, D. E. Mueller, J.C. Wagner and W. J. Marshall, An Approach for Validating. Actinide and Fission Product Burnup Credit Criticality Safety Analyses-Criticality (kef]) Predictions, US Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG/CR-7109, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. (2012).

[15]

J.C. Wagner and C. V. Parks, Parametric Study of the Effect of Burnable Poison Rods

,for PWR Burnup Credit, US Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG/CR-6761, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. (2002).

[16]

C. E. Sanders and J.C. Wagner, Study of the Effect ofIntegral Burnable Poison Rods for PWR Burnup Credit, US Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG/CR-6760, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. (2002).

[17]

C. V. Parks, M. D. DeHart, and J.C. Wagner, Review and Prioritization of Technical Issues Related to Burnup Credit for LWR Fuel, US Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG/CR-6665, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. (2000).

[18]

D. Hagrman., INTERPIN-3 User's Manual, SSP-01/430, Studsvik Scandpower, Inc.

(2001).

[19]

M. D. DeHart, Sensitivity and Parametric Evaluations of Significant Aspects of Burnup Credit for PWR Spent Fuel Packages, ORNL/TM-12973, Lockheed Martin Energy Research Corp., Oak Ridge National Laboratory, May 1996.

[20]

J.C. Wagner, M. D. DeHart, and, C. V. Parks, Recommendations for Addressing Axial Burnup in PWR Burnup Credit Analyses, US Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG/CR-6801, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. (2003).

[21]

"Pool Layout Spent Fuel Storage Racks," Drawing Number 397 Rev 4, December 8, 1989, Project No. 81000, P. 0. No. 8-24470, Holtec International, Mount Laurel, NJ.

[22]

"NEI 12-16, Guidance for Performing Criticality Analyses of Fuel Storage at Light-Water Reactor Plants," Slides from NEI/NRC on meeting September 24, 2013, Adams Accession Number, ML I 3264A008.

[23]

NET-300042-01, Rev. 1, "Interim Reactivity Analysis of the Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool," September, 2012.

[24]

Indian Point Unit 2 Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR), Revision 24, 2013.

[25]

K. Lindquist, etal., Guidelines for Boraflex Use in-Spent-Fuel Storage Racks, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA, Technical Report Number 103300 (1993).

[26]

Letter from Tom Duberville of Holtec International to Joe DeFrancesco of Entergy-Indian Point, "Holtec International DREAM Insert; basic specification data," September 19, 2013.

[27]

Guidance for Pertbrming Criticality Analyses of Fuel Storage at Light-Water Reactor Power Plants, Revision 1, NEI 12-16, Nuclear Energy Institute, Washington, DC, April 2014.

NET-300067-01 Rev I 96

[28]

NET-173-02. Rev.l, "Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool (SFP) Boron Dilution Analysis, September 2001.

[29]

Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors," July, 2000.

[30]

Design Input Record, EN-DC-149R14 140218, Indian Point, February 17, 2014

[31]

[NOT USED]

[32]

R. E. Griffith to G. Delfini, "Fuel Temperatures vs Bumup Curves for Indian Point Unit 2," Entergy Inter-Office Correspondence, CE02013-00107, August 15, 2013, supported by Entergy Calculation package NEAD-SR-2013/023, EC 4611.

[33]

ANSI/ANS-8.1-1998 (R2007), "Nuclear Criticality Safety in Operations with Fissionable Materials Outside Reactors," American Nuclear Society, La Grange Park, Illinois.

NET-300067-01 Rev 1 97

Appendix A: Validation of SCALE 6.1.2 for Criticality Analysis Using Laboratory Critical Experiments A. 1. Overview This appendix determines the computer code and cross-section library bias and uncertainty in the k's calculated for the Indian Point Units 2 and 3 spent fuel pools when using SCALE 6.1.2 [1]. The bias and uncertainties determined in this Appendix covers fresh fuel and the major actinides of burned fuel.

This analysis uses the CSAS5 module of SCALE 6.1.2 [1]. All the analyses are performed using the 238 group ENDF/B-VII library (v7-238). The CSAS5 module executes the CENTRM and BONAMI programs for the resonance self-shielding calculations and KENO V.a for the Monte Carlo calculation of

k. All the computer runs use a large Monte Carlo sampling of at least 1500 generations and 6000 neutrons per generation.

This Appendix is divided into two sections: 1) Fresh U0 2 critical experiments, and 2) HTC and MOX critical experiments.

A.2. Fresh U0 2 Laboratory Critical Experiments A.2. i Introduction The validation consists of modeling 236 fresh U0 2 critical experiments and the determination of the bias and the uncertainty in the calculation of k for fresh fuel. This validation follows the direction of NUREG/CR-6698, "Guide for Validation of Nuclear Criticality Safety Calculational Methodology" [2].

The guide establishes the following steps for performing the validation:

1.

Define operation/process to identify the range of parameters to be validated

2. -

Select criticaloexperiment data

3.

Model the experiments

4.

Analyze the data

5.

Define the area of applicability of the validation and limitations It further defines the steps of "Analyze the data" as:

1.

Determine the Bias and Bias Uncertainty

2.

Identify Trends in Data, Including Discussion of Methods for Establishing Bias Trends

3.

Test for Normal or Other Distributions NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-I

4.

Select the Statistical Method for Treatment of Data

5.

Identify and Support Subcritical Margin

6.

Calculate the Upper Safety Limit This approach will be followed for this validation analysis.

A.2.2 Definition of the Range of Parameters to Be Validated The validation guidance document [2] states:

"Prior to the initiation of the validation activity, the operating conditions and parameters for which the validation is to apply must be identified. The fissile isotope, enrichment offissile isotope, fitel density, fiuel chemical form, types of neutron moderators and reflectors, range of moderator tofissile isotope, neutron absorbers, and physical configurations are among the parameters to specify. These parameters will come to define the area of applicability for the validation effort.'

Almost all pool applications have common neutronic characteristics and therefore can be validated together. The racks are assumed to be flooded with water at near room temperature and below 100' C.

The fuel is low enriched uranium dioxide (less than or equal to 5.0 wt% U-235). The fuel is in pellets with a density of greater than 94 % of the theoretical density. The only significant neutron moderators are water and the oxygen in the fuel pellet. The neutron absorbers credited are boron (as plates, perhaps rods, or in solution) and Ag-In-Cd control rods. The reflectors are water, steel, or concrete. The fuel is in assemblies, but the analysis is also valid for disassembled assemblies. The assembly arrangement can vary by design from totally isolated assemblies to a close packed array of assemblies.

A. 2.3 Selection of the Fresh U0 2 Critical Benchmark Experiments The U02 benchmarks that were selected met the following criteria:

Low enriched (5 wt% U-235 or less) U02 to cover the principle isotopes of concern.

Fuel in rods to assure that the heterogeneous analysis used in SCALE also is applied in the benchmark analysis.

Square lattices to assure the lattice features of SCALE used in the rack analysis are also modeled in the critical benchmarks selected. -

Presence of soluble boron, borated steel, boron bearing rods, sheets of aluminum with boron,

  • . Boraflex, or Ag-In-Cd. I

" No emphasis on a feature or material not of importance to the rack analysis.

The OECD/NEA International Handbook of Evaluated Criticality Safety Benchmarks Experiments [3] is now considered as the appropriate reference for criticality safety benchmarks. This handbook has reviewed the available benchmarks and evaluated the uncertainties in the experiments. The appropriate modeling is presented. All of the experiments used in this validation were taken from this handbook.

Volume IV of the handbook is for low enriched uranium systems. The section of Volume IV of interest to this validation is the "Thermal Compound Systems." All of the experiments selected are numbered NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-2

LEU-COMP-THERM-OXX. This validation will refer to the experiments LEU-COMP-THERM-OXX as just XX where any leading zero is not included.

There are more critical experiments in the handbook that meet the requirements for this validation than would be necessary to use. However, most of the applicable available benchmarks. were used. There are 85 sets of benchmarks in the September 2010 version of the handbook. 22 of these sets were eliminated, since they were for hexagonal arrays. 4 more sets were eliminated due to enrichments of 7 wt% U-235 or higher. 10 experimental sets were not for water moderated fuel rods. 4 experimental sets were eliminated due to high uncertainties. This leaves 45 benchmark sets of which 31 sets were used for this validation.

The 14 unused benchmark sets were reviewed to be sure that there was no feature of the experimental set that was missing in the selected 31 sets.

The selected 31 benchmark sets include critical experiments from six different critical experiment facilities. The fuel was mainly clad in aluminum, but experiments with stainless steel and zirconium cladding were also in the set.

The critical benchmark sets generally contained multiple experiments, but not all cases from each critical benchmark set is used. In some sets there are experiments that emphasize features that are out of the scope of this validation, such as lead or copper reflectors. The 31 selected benchmark sets resulted in 236 experiments that are used for the statistical analysis. Since boron absorption is important to criticality of the spent fuel pool, it is important that of these 236 experiments, 41 experiments used soluble boron and 28 experiments used boron containing absorber plates.

A later section will evaluate the area of applicability provided by this selection of critical benchmarks.

Table A. I provides a summary of all the low enriched thermal experiments (non-U metal) from the OECD/NEA handbook [3] and why some experiments were not used.

Table A.I: Selection Review of OECD/NEA Criticality Benchmarks (All Experiments Start With LEU-COMP-THERM-)

Benchmark Number Description Lab.

Selected WATER-MODERATED U(2.35)0 2 FUEL RODS IN 2.032-CM SQUARE-PITCHED PNL All 8 ARRAYS WATER-MODERATED U(4.31)0 2 FUEL 2

RODS IN 2.54-CM SQUARE-PITCHED PNL All 5 ARRAYS WATER-MODERATED U(2.35)0 2 FUEL RODS IN 1.684-CM SQUARE-PITCHED None. Gd impurity not 3PNL well known. Not ARRAYS (GADOLINIUM WATER benchmark quality.

IMPURITY)

WATER-MODERATED U(4.31)0 2 FUEL None. Gd impurity not RODS IN 1.892-CM SQUARE-PITCHED PNL well known. Not ARRAYS (GADOLINIUM WATER benchmark quality.

IMPURITY)

NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-3

Benchmark Description Lab Selected Number CRITICAL EXPERIMENTS WITH LOW-ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE FUEL None. No sample SCALE RODS IN WATER CONTAINING PNL decks. Soluble Gd not RODSIN WTER ONTANINGused in pools.

DISSOLVED GADOLINIUM CRITICAL ARRAYS OF LOW-ENRICHED 6

U0 2 FUEL RODS WITH WATER-TO-FUEL JAEA All 18 VOLUME RATIOS RANGING FROM 1.5 TO 3.0 WATER-REFLECTED 4.738-WT.%-

7 ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE FUEL-Valduc Only 4 cases used rest are 7RED U RRA M Din hexagonal arrays.

ROD ARRAYS CRITICAL LATTICES OF U0 2 FUEL RODS AND PERTURBING RODS IN BORATED B&W All 17 WATER WATER-MODERATED RECTANGULAR CLUSTERS OF U(4.31)0 2 FUEL RODS 21 cases used. Did not 9

(2.54-CM PITCH) SEPARATED BY STEEL, PNL include Copper cases since BORAL, COPPER, CADMIUM, no copper in pools.

ALUMINUM, OR ZIRCALOY-4 PLATES WATER-MODERATED U(4.31)0 2 FUEL 22 cases used. Did not use 10 RODS REFLECTED BY TWO LEAD, PNL lead cases since no lead in URANIUM, OR STEEL WALLS pools.

CRITICAL EXPERIMENTS SUPPORTING CLOSE PROXIMITY WATER STORAGE OF B&W All 15 POWER REACTOR FUEL (PART I -

ABSORBER RODS)

WATER-MODERATED RECTANGULAR CLUSTERS OF U(2.35)0 2 FUEL 12 RODS(1.684-CM PITCH) SEPARATED BY PNL well known. Not STEEL, BORAL, BOROFLEX, benchmark quality.

CADMIUM,OR COPPER PLATES (GADOLINIUM WATER IMPURITY)

WATER-MODERATED RECTANGULAR CLUSTERS OF U(4.31)0, FUEL RODS (1.892-CM PITCH) SEPARATED BY 5 cases used. Did not use S13.

STEEL, BORAL, BOROFLEX, CADMIUM, PNL the 2 cases with copper.

OR COPPER PLATES, WITH STEEL REFLECTING WALLS WATER-REFLECTED ARRAYS OF 14 U(4.31)0 2 FUEL RODS (1.890-CM AND None used. High boron 1.715-CM SQUARE PITCH) IN BORATED PNL content uncertainty. Not WATERbenchmark quality.

NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-4

Benchmark Description Lab Selected Number THE WER EXPERIMENTS: REGULAR AND PERTURBED HEXAGONAL None used due to hex 15 KFKI LATTICES OF LOW-ENRICHED U0 2 FUEL arrays.

RODS IN LIGHT WATER WATER-MODERATED RECTANGULAR CLUSTERS OF U(2.35)0 2 FUEL RODS 26 cases used. Did not use 16 (2.032-CM PITCH) SEPARATED BY PNL the 6 copper cases STEEL, BORAL, COPPER, CADMIUM, ALUMINUM, OR ZIRCALOY-4 PLATES WATER-MODERATED U(2.35)0 2 FUEL 23 cases used. Did not use 17 RODS REFLECTED BY TWO LEAD, PNL the 6 cases with a lead URANIUM, OR STEEL WALLS reflector.

LIGHT WATER MODERATED AND None used. Only I case 18 REFLECTED LOW ENRICHED URANIUM Winfrith with no SCALE sample DIOXIDE (7 WT.%) ROD LATTICE deck. Complex system.

WATER-MODERATED HEXAGONALLY 19 PITCHED LATTICES OF U(5%)0 2 Kurchatov Institute None yse STAINLESS STEEL CLAD FUEL RODS WATER-MODERATED HEXAGONALLY PITCHED PARTIALLY FLOODED None used due to hex 20 Kurchatov Institute LATTICES OF U(5%)0 2 ZIRCONIUM arrays.

CLAD FUEL RODS, 1.3-CM PITCH HEXAGONALLY PITCHED PARTIALLY FLOODED LATTICES OF U(5%)02 None used due to hex 21 ZIRCONIUM CLAD FUEL RODS Kurchatov Institute MODERATED BY WATER WITH BORIC arrays.

ACID UNIFORM WATER-MODERATED 22 HEXAGONALLY PITCHED LATTICES OF Kurchatov Institute RODS WITH U(10%)0 2 FUEL arrays.

PARTIALLY FLOODED UNIFORM 23 LATTICES OF RODS WITH U(10%)0 2

,Kurchatov Institute None used due to hex

__________FUELarrays.

FUEL WATER-MODERATED SQUARE-PITCHED Did not use either case due 24 UNIFORM LATTICES OF RODS WITH Kurchatov Institute to 10 wt% U-235 U(10%)0 2 FUEL enrichment WATER-MODERATED HEXAGONALLY 25 PITCHED LATTICES OF U(7.5%)0 2 Kurchatov Institute None yse STAINLESS-STEEL-CLAD FUEL RODS WATER-MODERATED U(4.92)0 2 FUEL 26 RODS IN 1.29, 1.09, AND 1.01 CM IPPE None used due to hex PITCH HEXAGONAL LATTICES AT arrays.

DIFFERENT TEMPERATURES NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-5

Benchmark Numbernha Description Lab Selected WATER-MODERATED AND LEAD-None used due to lead 27 REFLECTED 4.738% ENRICHED Valduc reflector.

URANIUM DIOXIDE ROD ARRAYS WATER-MODERATED U(4.31)0 2 FUEL 28 RODS IN TRIANGULAR LATTICES WITH PNL None used due to hex BORON, CADMIUM AND GADOLINIUM arrays.

AS SOLUBLE POISONS None used. No SCALE WATER MODERATED AND WATER sample decks. hf plates 29 REFLECTED 4.74% ENRICHED URANIUM Valduc cases without hf have the DIOXIDE ROD ARRAYS SURROUNDED same pitch and pin as BY HAFNIUM PLATES benchmark 7 above. No significant additional value VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS: REGULAR HEXAGONAL (1.27-CM PITCH) LATTICES 30 OF LOW-ENRICHED U(3.5 WT.%

Kurchatov Institute None used due to hex 235U)0 2 FUEL RODS IN LIGHT WATER arrays.

AT DIFFERENT CORE CRITICAL DIMENSIONS WATER-MODERATED HEXAGONALLY PITCHED PARTIALLY FLOODED None used due to hex 31 Kurchatov Institute LATTICES OF U(5%)0 2 ZIRCONIUM-arrays.

CLAD FUEL RODS, 0.8-CM PITCH UNIFORM WATER-MODERATED 32 LATTICES OF RODS WITH U(10%)0 2 Kurchatov Institute None yse FUEL IN RANGE FROM 20°C TO 274°C arrays.

REFLECTED AND UNREFLECTED 33 ASSEMBLIES OF 2 AND 3%-ENRICHED ORNL None used. Not U0 2 URANIUM FLUORIDE IN PARAFFIN FOUR 4.738-WT.%-ENRICHED 6 cases used. Did not use URANIUM DIOXIDE ROD ASSEMBLIES cases with gap less than 34 CONTAINED IN CADMIUM, BORATED Valduc 2.5 cm due to high STAINLESS STEEL, OR BORAL SQUARE uncertainty. Did not use CANISTERS, WATER-MODERATED AND Cd plate cases since Cd

-REFLECTED plates not in pool..

CRITICAL ARRAYS OF LOW-ENRICHED U0 2 FUEL RODS IN WATER WITH Used 2 cases. Did not use 35 SOLUBLE GADOLINIUM OR BORON JAEA the case with dissolved POISON Gd. (not like pool).

THE VVER EXPERIMENTS: REGULAR AND PERTURBED HEXAGONAL None used due to hex 36 KFKI LATTICES OF LOW-ENRICHED UO2 FUEL arrays.

RODS IN LIGHT WATER - Part 2 1

1 NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-6

Benchmark Description Lab Selected N umber WATER-MODERATED AND PARTIALLY CONCRETE-REFLECTED 4.738-WT.%-

None used. No SCALE ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE ROD sample decks.

ARRAYS WATER-MODERATED 4.738-WT.%-

None used. No SCALE 38 ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE ROD Valduc sample decks. Used a ARRAYS NEXT TO A BORATED borated concrete reflector CONCRETE SCREEN (not like pool).

INCOMPLETE ARRAYS OF WATER-39 REFLECTED 4.738-WT.%-ENRICHED Valduc Used all 17 cases.

URANIUM DIOXIDE FUEL-ROD ARRAYS FOUR 4.738-WT.%-ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE ROD ASSEMBLIES CONTAINED IN BORATED STAINLESS Used 4 cases. Did not use STEEL OR BORAL SQUARE CANISTERS, lead reflector cases.

WATER MODERATED AND REFLECTED BY LEAD OR STEEL STORAGE ARRAYS OF 3%-ENRICHED Did not use the 5 cases due 41 LWR ASSEMBLIES: THE CRISTO II Cadarache to complex geometry and EXPERIMENT IN THE EOLE REACTOR no SCALE sample deck.

WATER-MODERATED RECTANGULAR CLUSTERS OF U(2.35)0 2 FUEL RODS 42 (1.684-CM PITCH) SEPARATED BY PNL Used 5 cases. Did not use STEEL, BORAL, BOROFLEX, CADMIUM, copper cases.

OR COPPER PLATES, WITH STEEL REFLECTING WALLS CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS Used only one case. Rest 43 OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH A IPEN of cases were not HEAVY SS-304 REFLECTOR significantly different.

CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH Used only one case. Rest 44 IPEN of cases were not UO2, STAINLESS STEEL AND COPPER significantly different.

RODS PLEXIGLAS OR CONCRETE-REFLECTED 45 U(4.46)30 8 WITH H/U=0.77 AND Rocky Flats None used since not pin INTERSTITIAL MODERATION geometry.

46 Not included in 2010 Handbook FUEL TRANSPORT FLASK CRITICAL BENCHMARK EXPERIMENTS WITH None used. 3 complex 47 LOW-ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE Winfrith cases. No SCALE sample decks.

FUEL NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-7

Benchmark Description Lab Selected Number LIGHT WATER MODERATED AND 48 REFLECTED LOW-ENRICHED (3 WT.%

Winfrith All 5 cases used 235U) URANIUM DIOXIDE ROD LATTICES MARACAS PROGRAMME: POLYTHENE-REFLECTED CRITICAL CONFIGURATIONS None used. Powder rather 49 WITH LOW-ENRICHED AND LOW-Valduc than pellets. Not similar to MODERATED URANIUM DIOXIDE pools.

POWDER, U(5)0 2 149SM SOLUTION TANK IN THE MIDDLE OF WATER-MODERATED 7 cases used. Did not use 50 Valduc cases with dissolved Sm.

4.738-WT.%-ENRICHED URANIUM This is not typical of pools.

________DIOXIDE ROD ARRAYS CRITICAL EXPERIMENTS SUPPORTING 9 cases used. Did not use CLOSE PROXIMITY WATER STORAGE OF cases with the borated Al 51 B&W plates since primary source POWER REACTOR FUEL (PART II -

listed a high uncertainty in ISOLATING PLATES) the boron content.

URANIUM DIOXIDE (4.738-WT.%-

52 ENRICHED) FUEL ROD ARRAYS Valduc None used due to hex MODERATED AND REFLECTED BY arrays.

GADOLINIUM NITRATE SOLUTION WER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS: REGULAR HEXAGONAL (1.27 CM PITCH) LATTICES 53 OF LOW-ENRICHED U(4.4 WT.%

Kurchatov Institute None used due to hex 235U)0 2 FUEL RODS IN LIGHT WATER arrays.

AT DIFFERENT CORE CRITICAL DIMENSIONS CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS Used only one case. Rest 54 OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH IPEN of cases were not U0 2, AND UO2-Gd 2O3 RODS significantly different.

LIGHT-WATER MODERATED AND Neither case used.

55 REFLECTED LOW-ENRICHED URANIUM Winfrith Complex geometry no (3 wt.% 235U) DIOXIDE ROD LATTICES KENO-V.a sample deck CRITICAL EXPERIMENT WITH BORAX-V None used. No sample 56 BOILING WATER REACTOR TYPE FUEL INL SCALE decks. Complex ASSEMBLIES BWR geometry.

4.738-WT.%-ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE FUEL ROD ARRAYS REFLECTED Valduc None used. No sample BY WATER IN A DRY STORAGE SCALE decks.

CONFIGURATION CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS None used. No sample 58 OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH IPEN SCAe decks.

SCALE decks.

LARGE VOID IN THE REFLECTOR 59 Not included in 2010 Handbook NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-8

Benchmark Description Lab Selected Number RBMK GRAPHITE REACTOR: UNIFORM CONFIGURATIONS OF U(1.8, 2.0, or 2.4% 235U)0 2 FUEL ASSEMBLIES, AND 60 CONFIGURATIONS OF U(2.0% 235U)0 2 Kurchatov Institute None used. RBMK - not ASSEMBLIES WITH EMPTY CHANNELS, typical of LWRs WATER COLUMNS, AND BORON OR THORIUM ABSORBERS, WITH OR WITHOUT WATER IN CHANNELS VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS:

HEXAGONAL (1.27-CM PITCH) LATTICES OF U(4.4 WT.% 235U)0 2 FUEL RODS IN 61 LIGHT WATER, PERTURBED BY BORON, Kurchatov Institute None used due to hex HAFNIUM, OR DYSPROSIUM ABSORBER arrays.

RODS, OR BY WATER GAP WITH/WITHOUT EMPTY ALUMINIUM TUBES 2.6%-ENRICHED UO2 RODS IN LIGHT-WATER MODERATOR WITH BORATED None used. No SCALE STAINLESS STEEL PLATE: SINGLE sample decks.

ARRAYS LIGHT-WATER MODERATED AND REFLECTED LOW-ENRICHED URANIUM None used. No SCALE (3 wt.% 235U) DIOXIDE ROD LATTICES sample decks.

WITH DISCRETE POISON-ROD ARRAYS 64 Not included in 2010 Handbook CRITICAL CONFIGURATIONS OF 2.6%-

ENRICHED U0 2 ROD ARRAYS IN LIGHT-65 WATER MODERATOR WITH BORATED JAEA se deCks.

STAINLESS STEEL PLATE: COUPLED ARRAYS PLEXIGLAS-REFLECTED, CONCRETE-66 REFLECTED, OR THIN STEEL-REFLECTED Rocky Flats None used. Not an array U(4.46)30 8 WITH H/U=0.77 AND HEU of rods.

DRIVERS 67 Not included in 2010 Handbook PLEXIGLAS-REFLECTED, CONCRETE-68 REFLECTED, OR THIN STEEL-REFLECTED Rocky Flats None used. Not an array U(4.48) 308 WITH H/U=1.25 OR of rods.

H/U=2.03 AND HEU DRIVERS PLEXIGLAS-REFLECTED U(4.48)30 8 None used. Not an array 69 WITH H/U=1.25 OR H/U=2.03 AND Rocky Flats of rods.

INTERSTITIAL MODERATION NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-9

Benchmark Number Description Lab Selected VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS: REGULAR HEXAGONAL (1.10-CM PITCH) LATTICES 70 OF LOW-ENRICHED U(6.5 WT.%

Kurchatov Institute None used due to hex 235U)0 2 FUEL RODS IN LIGHT WATER arrays.

AT DIFFERENT CORE CRITICAL DIMENSIONS LOW MODERATED 4.738-WT.%-

71 ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE FUEL Valduc All 4 cases used.

ROD ARRAYS UNDER-MODERATED 4.738-WT.%-

ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE FUEL Used 3 cases. Did not use 72 ROD ARRAYS REFLECTED BY WATER OR Valduc Polyethylene reflector cases.

POLYETHYLENE UNDER-MODERATED 4.738-WT.%-

ENRICHED URANIUM DIOXIDE FUEL None used. No SCALE ROD ARRAYS REFLECTED BY WATER sample decks.

WITH HETEROGENEITIES 74 Not included in 2010 Handbook VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS:

HEXAGONAL (1.10 CM PITCH) LATTICES 75 OF LOW-ENRICHED U(6.5 WT.%

Kurchatov Institute None used due to hex 235U)0 2 FUEL RODS IN LIGHT WATER, arrays.

PERTURBED BY BORON ABSORBER RODS AND WATER HOLES LIGHT WATER MODERATED AND REFLECTED LOW ENRICHED URANIUM None used. No KENO Va (3 WT.% 235U) DIOXIDE ROD LATTICES sample decks.

WITH EX-CORE DETECTOR FEATURE Only one case used. Rest CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS of cases same materials 77 CRITIA ING COFIGRATON IPEN with small modification of OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR arrays. Not sufficiently independent.

78 Not included in 2010 Handbook WATER-MODERATED U(4.31)0 2 FUEL N

79 ROD LATTICES CONTAINING RHODIUM SNLNone used due to hex FOILS arrays...

80 Not included in 2010 Handbook PWR TYPE U02'FUEL RODS WITH ENRICHMENTS OF 3.5 AND 6.6 WT.%

Single case not use. No 81 WITH BURNABLE ABSORBER ("OTTO ANEX sample SCALE deck.

HAHN" NUCLEAR SHIP PROGRAM, Unusual case.

SECOND CORE)

I I

_I A-10 NET-300067-01 Rev 0

Benchmark Number

  • Description Lab.

Selected CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS 82 OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH IPEN of cases were not LOW ENRICHED FUEL AND BURNABLE significantly different.

I POISON RODS CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS Used only one case. Rest 83 OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH A IPEN of cases were not BIG CENTRAL VOID significantly different.

CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS 84 OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH A IPEN Used the single case..

CENTRAL CRUCIFORM ROD VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS: REGULAR HEXAGONAL (1.27 CM PITCH) LATTICES 85 OF LOW-ENRICHED U(6.5 WT.%

Kurchatov Institute None used due to hex 235U)0 2 FUEL RODS IN LIGHT WATER arrays..

AT DIFFERENT CORE CRITICAL DIMENSIONS VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS:

HEXAGONAL LATTICES (1.275 CM 86 PITCH) OF LOW ENRICHED U(3.6, 4.4 NRI None yse t WT.% 235U)0 2 FUEL ASSEMBLIES IN LIGHT WATER WITH H3B03 VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS:

HEXAGONAL LATTICES (1.22-CM PITCH) 87 OF LOW-ENRICHED U(3.6, 4.4 WT.%

NRI None used due to hex U235)0 2 FUEL ASSEMBLIES IN LIGHT arrays..

WATER WITH VARIABLE FUEL-ASSEMBLY PITCH 88 Not included in 2010 Handbook CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS EIPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH Used only one case. Rest 89 OF THE B

-01 RESS STH IPEN of cases were not UO2 AND BORATED STAINLESS STEEL significantly different.

PLATES CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS Used only one case. Rest 90 OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH IPEN of cases were not U0 2 AND STAINLESS STEEL RODS significantly different.

CRITICAL LOADING CONFIGURATIONS Used only one case. Rest 91 OF THE IPEN/MB-01 REACTOR WITH IPEN of cases were not UO2, STAINLESS STEEL AND GD203 significantly different.

________RODS 92 Not included in 2010 Handbook DEUTERIUM CRITICAL ASSEMBLY WITH 1.2% ENRICHED URANIUM VARYING Not used since cases use COOLANT VOID FRACTION AND D20 rather than H20 LATTICE PITCH NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-11I

Benchmark Description Lab Selected Number VVER PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS: REGULAR HEXAGONAL (1.10 CM PITCH) TWO-REGION LATTICES OF LOW-ENRICHED None used due to hex 94 Kurchatov Institute U(6.5 AND 4.4 WT.% 235U)0 2 FUEL arrays.

RODS IN LIGHT WATER AT DIFFERENT CORE CRITICAL DIMENSIONS A.2.4 Computer Analysis of the Fresh U0 2 Benchmark Critical Experiments SCALE input decks exist on the OECD/NEA handbook [3] disc for many of the critical experiments. In general, these input decks were used with minor modifications. None of the decks were for SCALE 6.1.2 or the ENDF/B-VII library. The number of neutrons per generation and the number of generations were, in general, too low. All the decks were modified to 6000 neutrons per generation and 1500 generations.

This was sufficient to make the Monte Carlo uncertainty to be 0.0002 or about one tenth the experimental uncertainty. The input decks matched the isotopic content given in the handbook but this was confirmed.

The geometric modeling in the decks also matched the descriptions in the handbook but this too was confirmed. In short, although there was considerable help by starting with the input files given in the handbook, the ownership of the files was taken, as required by NUREG/CR-6698 [2] and as stated in section 2.3:

For specific critical experiments, the facility or site may choose to use input files generated elsewhere to expedite the validation process. The site has the responsibility for ensuring that input files and the options selected are appropriate for use. Regardless of the source of the input file, the site must have reviewed the description of each critical experiment and determined that the representation of the experiment, including simpli~fing assumptions and options, are consistent with the intended use. In other words, the site must assume ownership of the input file.

Table A.2 shows the results of the analysis of the 236 critical experiments, along with parameters that are used to check for trends in the results. The spectral index, the Energy of the Average Lethargy of the neutrons causing Fission (EALF) is a calculated value from the SCALE output.

Table A.2: Critical Experiment Results with SCALE 6.1.2-and ENDF/B-VII Benchmark Case Enrichment Fuel Pin Fuel Pin EALF Meas.

keff ID.

No.

(wt% U-Diameter Pitch (cm)

(eV)

Uncertainty 235)

(cm)

(delta k)

LCT-1 1

2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0964 0.003 0.9979 2

2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0957 0.003 0.9975 3

2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0950 0.003 0.9968 4

2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0955

- 0.003 0.9974 5

2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0942 0.003 0.9954 6

2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0952-0.0027-0.9976 I I I I II NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-12

Benchmark Case Enrichment Fuel Pin Fuel Pin EALF Meas.

ker ID No.

(wt% U-Diameter Pitch (cm)

(eV)

Uncertainty 235)

(cm)

(delta k) 7 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0934 0.0031 0.9972 8

2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0945 0.003 0.9962 LCT-2 1

4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1132 0.002 0.9971 2

4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1129 0.002 0.9987 3

4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1129 0.002 0.9984 4

4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1119 0.0018 0.9979 5

4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1103 0.0019 0.9962 LCT-6 1

2.596 1.417 1.849 0.2366 0.002 0.9977 2

2.596 1.417 1.849 0.2432 0.002 0.9987 3

2.596 1.417 1.849 0.2495 0.002 0.9987 4

2.596 1.417 1.956 0.1818 0.002 0.9984 5

2.596 1.417 1.956 0.1871 0.002 0.9986 6

2.596 1.417 1.956 0.1927 0.002 0.9983 7

2.596 1.417 1.956 0.1977 0.002 0.9989 8

2.596 1.417 1.956 0.2028 0.002 0.9986 9

2.596 1.417 2.150 0.1359 0.002 0.9988 10 2.596 1.417 2.150 0.1394 0.002 0.9988 11 2.596 1.417 2.150 0.1427 0.002 0.9985 12 2.596 1.417 2.150 0.1462 0.002 0.9982 13 2.596 1.417 2.150 0.1497 0.002 0.9981 14 2.596 1.417 2.293 0.1147 0.002 0.9988 15 2.596 1.417 2.293 0.1174 0.002 0.9983 16 2.596 1.417 2.293 0.1200 0.002 0.9991 17 2.596 1.417 2.293 0.1228 0.002 0.9987 18 2.596 1.417 2.293 0.1254 0.002 0.9985 LCT-7 1

4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2411 0.0014 0.9959 2

4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1090 0.0008 0.9980 3

4.738 0.940 2.100 0.0708 0.0007 0.9976 4

4.738 0.940 2.520 0.0605 0.0008 0.9983 LCT-8 1

2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2792 0.0012 0.9969 2

2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2467 0.0012 0.9971 3

2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2465 0.0.012 0.9978 4

2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2465 0.0012 0.9970 5

2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2468 0.0012 0.9967 6

2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2461 0.0012 0.9977 7

2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2459 0.0012 0.9964 8

2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2440--

0.0012 0.9963 9

2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2437' 0.0012 0.9962 10 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2498

.0.0012 0.9969 11 2.459 1.206 1.636" 0.2549 0.0012 0.9980 12 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2489 0.0012 0.9970 13 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2489 0.0012 0.9975 14 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2510 0.0012 0.9970 15 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2509 0.0012 0.9967 16 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2278 0.0012 0.9972 17 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1991 0.0012 0.9971 LCT-9 1

4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1127 0.0021 0.9980 2

4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1122 0.0021 0.9986 3

4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1125 0.0021 0.9979 NET-.300067-01,Rev 0

A-.

NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-13

Benchmark Case Enrichment Fuel Pin Fuel Pin EALF Meas.

keff ID No.

(wt% U-.

Diameter Pitch (cm)

(eV)

Uncertainty 235)

(cm)

(delta k) 4 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1121 0.0021 0.9981 5

4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1136 0.0021 0.9993 6

4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1127 0.0021 0.9985 7

4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1137 0.0021 0.9994 8

4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1130 0.0021 0.9981 9

4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1135 0.0021 0.9986 16 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1135 0.0021 0.9987 17 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1127 0.0021 0.9991 18 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1 138 0.0021 0.9977 19 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1129 0.0021 0.9986 20 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1137 0.0021 0.9982 21 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1129 0.0021 0.9988 22 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1138 0.0021 0.9984 23 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1130 0.0021 0.9994 24 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1122 0.0021 0.9979 25 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1120 0.0021 0.9983 26 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1121 0.0021 0.9987 27 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1119 0.0021 0.9985 LCT-10 5

4.310 1.415 2.540 0.3547 0.0021 1.0000 6

4.310 1.415 2.540 0.2615 0.0021 1.0003 7

4.310 1.415 2.540 0.2092 0.0021 1.0006 8

4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1844 0.0021 0.9979 9

4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1221 0.0021 1.0007 10 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1183 0.0021 1.0013 11 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1154 0.0021 1.0006 12 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1122 0.0021 1.0000 13 4.310 1.415 2.540 0.1105 0.0021 0.9968 14 4.310 1.415 1.892 0.3071 0.0028 1.0014 15 4.310 1.415

1. 892) 0.2950 0.0028 1.0018 16 4.310 1.415 1.892 0.2853 0.0028 1.0021 17 4.310 1.415 1.892 0.2787 0.0028 1.0021 18 4.310 1.415 1.892 0.2749 0.0028 1.0010 19 4.310 1.415 1.892 0.2677 0.0028 1.0008 24 4.310 1.415 1.892 0.5990 0.0028 0.9994 25 4.310 1.415 1.892 0.5536 0.0028 1.0010 26 4.310 1.415 1.892 0.5122 0.0028 1.0010 27 4.310 1.415 1.892-0.4780 0.0028 1.0017 28 4.310 1.415 1 1:8 92*

0.4485 0.0028 1.0017 29 4.310 1.415 1.892 0.4232 0.0028 1.0016 30 4.310 1.415 1.892 0.3679 0.0028 0.9996 LCT-1 I 1 1

2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1685 0.0018 0.9968 2

2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2450 0.0032 0.9967 3

2.459 1.206 1,636 0.1920 0.0032 0.9971 4

2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1927 0.0032 0.9972 5

2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1935 0.0032 0.9970 6

2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1951 0.0032 0.9970 7

2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1959 0.0032 0.9967 8

2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1972 0.0032 0.9974 9

2.459 1.206 1.636

.0.1984 0.0032 0.9975 NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-14

Benchmark Case Enrichment Fuel Pin Fuel Pin EALF Meas.

f ID No.

(wt% U-Diameter Pitch (cm)

(eV)

Uncertainty 235) m (delta k) 10 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1866 0.0017 0.9945 11 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1628 0.0017 0.9940 12 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1670 0.0017 0.9950 13 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1475 0.0017 0.9943 14 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1508 0.0017 0.9946 15 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1387 0.0018 0.9959 LCT-13 1

4.310 1.415 1.892 0.2862 0.0018 1.0005 2

4.310 1.415 1.892 0.2939 0.0018 1.0004 3

4.310 1.415 1.892 0.2974 0.0018 1.0003 4

4.310 1.415 1.892 0.2969 0.0018 1.0007 5

4.310 1.415 1.892 0.2961 0.0032 1.0003 LCT 1

2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0957 0.0031 0.9973 2

2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0954 0.0031 0.9962 3

2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0954 0.0031 0.9967 4

2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0956 0.0031 0.9960 5

2.350 1.270 2,032 0.0952 0.0031 0.9970 6

2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0961 0.0031 0.9971 7

2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0959 0.0031 0.9973 8

2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0969 0.0031 0.9972 9

2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0961 0.0031 0.9977 10 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0970 0.0031 0.9971 11 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0962 0.0031 0.9978 12 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0974 0.0031 0.9972 13 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0965 0.0031 0.9979 14 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0975 0.0031 0.9974 21 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0971 0.0031 0.9977 22 2.350 1.270

2. 0 32 0.0968 0.0031 0.9974 23 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0963 0.0031 0.9977 24 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0967 0.0031 0.9970 25 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0963 0.0031 0.9972 26 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0969 0.0031 0.9976 27 2.35.0 1.270 2.032 0.0963 0.0031 0.9979 28 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0951 0.0031 0.9972 29 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0950 0.0031 0.9969 30 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0949 0.0031 0.9965 31 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0950 0.0031 0.9979

.32 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0949 0.0031 0.9972 LCT-17 4

2.350 1.270 2.032 0.2017 0.0031 0.9983 5

2.350 1.270.

2.032 0.1779 0.0031 0.9994 6

2.350 1.270'

~

2)40 32 0.1685 0.0031 0.9989 7

2.350 1.270 2,032 0.1597 0.0031 0.9994 8

2.350 1.270 2.032 0.1333 0.0031 0.9972 9

2.350 1.270 2.032 0.1092 0.0031 0.9973 10 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0998 0.0031 0.9973 11 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0979 0.0031 0.9979 12 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0968 0.0031 0.9977 13 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0953 0.0031 0.9976 14 2.350 1.270 2.032 0.0946 0.0031 0.9985 15 2.350 1.270.

1.684.

0.1777 0.0028 0.9961 NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-15

Benchmark Case Enrichment Fuel Pin Fuel Pin EALF Meas.

Ieff ID No.

(wt% U-Diameter Pitch (cm)

(eV)

Uncertainty 235)

(cm)

(delta k) 16 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1711 0.0028 0.9983 17 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1665 0.0028 0.9987 18 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1648 0.0028 0.9974 19 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1622 0.0028 0.9978 20 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1607 0.0028 0.9971 21 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1592 0.0028 0.9966 22 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1584 0.0028 0.9959 26 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.3741 0.0028 0.9958 27 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.3203 0.0028 0.9972 28 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.2806 0.0028 0.9974 29 2.350 1.270 1.684 0.2505 0.0028 0.9984 LCT-34 4

4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1367 0.0039 1.0003 5

4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1330 0.0039 0.9999 6

4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1298 0.0039 1.0017 7

4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1279 0.0039 1.0002 8

4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1258 0.0039 0.9992 15 4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1348 0.0043 0.9947 LCT-35 1

2.596 1.417 1.956 0.2086 0.0018 0.9983 2

2.596 1.417 1.956 0.2126 0.0019 0.9976 LCT-39 I

4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2218 0.0014 0.9953 2

4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2119 0.00 14 0.9969 3

4.738 0.940 1.260 0.1923 0.0014 0.9965 4

4.738 0.940 1.260 0.1836 0.0014 0.9961 5

4.738 0.940 1.260 0.1393 0.0009 0.9978 6

4.738 0.940 1.260 0.1452 0.0009 0.9977 7

4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2132 0.0012 0.9962 8

4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2031 0.0012 0.9963 9

4.738 0.940 1.260 0.1976 0.0012 0.9969 t0 4.738 0.940 1.260 0.1732 0.0012 0.9970 11 4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2218 0.0013 0.9953 12 4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2166 0.0013 0.9951 13 4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2146 0.0013 0.9951 14 4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2124 0.0013 0.9954 15 4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2112 0.0013 0.9959 16 4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2104 0.0013 0.9967 17 4.738 0.940 1.260 0.2099 0.0013 0.9960 LCT-40 1

4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1427 0.0039 0.9966 5

4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1377 0.0042 0.9951 9

4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1470 0.0046 0.9993 10 4.738 0.940 1.600 0.1419 0.0046 0.9931 LCT-42 1

2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1690 0.0016 0.9971 2

2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1753 0.0016 0.9968 3

2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1819 0.0016 0.9981 4

2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1804 0.0017 0.9980 5

2.350 1.270 1.684 0.1775 0.0033 0.9981 LCT-43 2

4.349 0.980 1.500 0.1553 0.0010 1.0007 LCT-44 1

4.349 0.980 1.500 0.1474 0.0010 0.9993 LCT-48 1

3.005 1.094 1.320 0.6771 0.0025 0.9990 2

3.005 1.094 1.320 0.6508 0.0025 0.9983 NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-1'6

Benchmark Case Enrichment Fuel Pin Fuel Pin EALF Meas.

kff ID No.

(wt% U-Diameter Pitch (cm)

(eV)

Uncertainty 235)

(cm)

(delta k) 3 3.005 1.094 1.320 0.6824 0.0025 0.9984 4

3.005 1.094 1.320 0.6838 0.0025 0.9988 5

3.005 1.094 1.320 0.6736 0.0025 0.9983 LCT-50 1

4.738 0.940 1.300 0.1998 0.0010 0.9983 2

4.738 0.940 1.300 0.1907 0.0010 0.9978 3

4.738 0.940 1.300 0.2075 0.0010 0.9978 4

4.738 0.940 1.300 0.1977 0.0010 0.9972 5

4.738 0.940 1.300 0.2230 0.0010 0.9983 6

4.738 0.940 1.300 0.2141 0.0010 0.9991 7

4.738 0.940 1.300 0.2095 0.0010 0.9992 LCT-51 I CIO 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1472 0.0020 0.9965 2clIa 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1968 0.0024 0.9972 3cIIb 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1964 0.0024 0.9972 4 c I I c 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1979 0.0024 0.9975 5 c 1d 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1989 0.0024 0.9970 6 c0 1e 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1998 0.0024 0.9972 7c1If 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2000 0.0024 0.9973 8 c I g 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.2011 0.0024 0.9971 9 c12 2.459 1.206 1.636 0.1669 0.0019 0.9969 LCT-54 1

4.349 0.980 1.500 0.1508 0.0005 0.9996 LCT-71 1

4.738 0.949 1.100 0.7592 0.00076 0.9955 2

4.738 0.949 1.100 0.6972 0.00076 0.9954 3

4.738 0.949 1.100 0.6610 0.00076 0.9948 4

4.738 0.949 1.075 0.8485 0.0008 0.9951 LCT-72 1

4.738 0.949 1.600 0.1117 0.0012 0.9990 2

4.738 0.949 1.600 0.1077 0.0012 0.9985 3

4.738 0.949 1.600 0.1099 0.0012 0.9988 LCT-77 3

4.349 0.980 1.500 0.1621 0.0010 1.0006 LCT-82 3

4.349 0.980 1.500 0.1497 0.0010 1.0005 LCT-83 1

4.349 0.980 1.500 0.1516 0.0010 1.0001 LCT-84 1

4.349 0.980 1.500 0.1541 0.0010 1.0008 LCT-89 1

4.349 0.980 1.500 0.1530 0.0010 1.0000 LCT-90 1

4.349 0.980 1.500 0.1459 0.0010 0.9994 LCT-91 4

4.349 0.980 1.500 0.1508 0.0010 0.9999 Since boron is important to criticality analysis of racks, two methods are used to parameterize the boron:

the B-10 areal density, for plates and the soluble boron ppm. Table A3 shows the boron information on boron-containing benchmarks; along with the calculated k.

NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-17

Table A.3: Summary of Critical Experiments Containing Boron I1 Benchmark Case No.

Soluble Separator Plate No. of kff ID

  • Boron B-10 Areal Density Boron (ppm)

(gm/cm 2)

Rods LCT-8 i

1511 0.9969 2

1334 0.9971 3

1337 0.9978 4

1183 36 0.9970 5

1181 36 0.9967 6

1034 72 0.9977 7

1031 72 0.9964 8

794 144 0.9963 9

779 144 0.9962 10 1245 72 0.9969 11 1384 0.9980 12 1348 0.9970 13 1348 0.9975.

14 1363 0.9970 15 1362 0.9967 16 1158 0.9972 17 921 0.9971 LCT-9 5

0.004549 0.9993 6

0.004549 0.9985 LCT-9 7

0.006904 0.9994 8

0.006904 0.9981 9

0.066946 0.9986 LCT-1 2

1037 0.9967 3

769 0.9971 4

764 0.9972 5

762 0.9970 6

753 0.9970 7

739 0.9967 8

721 0.9974 9

702 0.9975 10 84 0.9945 S11 64 0.9940 12 64 0.9950 13 34 0.9943 14 34 0.9946 LCT-13 2

0.004549 1.0004 3

0.030173 1.0003 4

0.056950 1.0007 LCT-16 8

0.004549 0.9972 9

0.004549 0.9977 10 0.006904 0.9971 11 0.006904 0.9978 12 0.066946 0.9972 NET-300067-01 Rev 0NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-18 A-18

Benchmark Case No.

Soluble Separator Plate No. of kef ID Boron B-10 Areal Density Boron (ppm)

(gm/cm 2)

Rods 13 0.066946 0.9979 14 0.066946 0.9974 LCT-34 4

0.002521 1.0003 5

0.002521 0.9999 6

0.002521 1.0017 7

0.002521 1.0002 8

0.002521 0.9992 15 0.046011 0.9947 LCT-35 1

70 0.9983 2

147.7 0.9976 LCT-40 1

0.002521 0.9966 5

0.046011 0.9951 9

0.046011.

0.9993 10 0.046011 0.9931 LCT-42 2

0.004549 0.9968 3

0.030173 0.9981 4

0.056950 0.9980 LCT-50 3

822 0.9978 4

822 0.9972 5

5030 0.9983 6

5030 0.9991 7

5030 0.9992 LCT-51 ICIO O

143 0.9965 2clla 510 0.9972 3 clIb 514 0.9972 4cllc 501 0.9975 5 clld 493 0.9970 6clle 474 0.9972 7cllf 462 0.9973 8cllg 432 0.9971 9 c12 217 0.9969 LCT-77 3

4 1.0006 LCT-82 3

6 1.0005 A.2.5 Statistical Analysis of the Fresh U0 2 Critical Benchmark Results The statistical treatment used follows the guidance provided in NUREG/CR-6698 [2]. The NUREG approach weights the calculated k's by the experimental uncertainty. This approach means the higher quality experiments (i.e.: lower uncertainty - see Table A.2) atTect the results more than the low quality (i.e.: higher uncertainty) experiments. The uncertainty weighting is used for the analysis of the set of experiments as a whole, as well as for the analysis for trends.

NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-19

Before seeking trends, the 236 critical benchmarks are reviewed as a whole. The unweighted mean k of the 236 samples is 0.9979 with a standard deviation of 0.0016. The weighted mean is 0.9978 and the weighted standard deviation is 0.0024. These results show that the weighting has a negligible effect on the mean, but does increase the standard deviation. This increase in the standard deviation may be dominated by differences in the experimental uncertainty, which ranges from 0.0005 to 0.0046. Further, the average uncertainty of the experiments (interpreted as one sigma) is 0.0022. Since the total one sigma standard deviation is only 0.0024, this suggests that the experimental uncertainty dominates the uncertainty and there is little to be gained with improved methods. Unless stated otherwise, all the results presented will come from the weighted analysis. The bias of the set as a whole is 0.0022. The uncertainty is the standard deviation multiplied by the single-sided lower tolerance factor (taken as 2.065 from Table 2.1 of Reference 2), so it is 0.0049.

As recommended by NUREG/CR-6698, the results of the validation are checked for normality. The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) has made publicly available a statistical package, DATAPLOT [4]. The 236 critical experiments were tested with the Wilk-Shapiro normality test and were found to adhere to a normal distribution at only the 99% level. The test results are shown in Table A.4.

Since the Wilk-Shapiro test shows normality only at 99%, a histogram plot of the data was made. This plot suggests that a normal distribution assumption is valid. This plot is Figure A.I. Notice that the calculated k's are a little closer to the mean than expected in a normal distribution. This means assuming a normal distribution is conservative for this data.

Table A.4: Wilk-Shapiro Test Results Output From DATAPLOT [41 WILK-SHAPIRO TEST k WILK-SHAPIRO TEST FOR NORMALITY

1. STATISTICS:

NUMBER OF OBSERVATIONS

=

236 LOCATION PARAMETER

= 0.9979254 SCALE PARAMETER

= 0.1639522E-02 WILK-SHAPIRO TEST STATISTIC VALUE = 0.9844111

2. CRITICAL VALUES:

P-VALUE

= 0.1090365E-01

3. CONCLUSIONS:

AT THE 90% LEVEL, WE REJECT THE NORMALITY ASSUMPTION.

AT THE 95% LEVEL, WE REJECT THE NORMALITY ASSUMPTION.

AT THE 97.5% LEVEL, WE REJECT THE NORMALITY ASSUMPTION.

AT THE 99% LEVEL, WE ACCEPT THE NORMALITY ASSUMPTION.

NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-20

Calculated keff Distribution Versus a Normal Distribution 45 40 35 20 15 10 5f 0 '!-

All It, All "All

')

K b

05 0

A,)

A Kffby 0.0005 bins Figure A.1: Distribution of the Calculated k's Around the Mean One possible source of the limited normality could be due to a difference in results with some subsets, but this is not the case. There are 76 experiments that have boron in them. The average k of the boron containing cases is 0.9975, which is very close to the average of all cases (0.9979) (Note: the Monte Carlo uncertainty is 0.0002). Similarly, there are 15 cases that used Cadmium absorbers. The mean of these cases is 0.9981. Since the standard deviation of the set as a whole is 0.0016 (unweighted), it is clear these features are not causing the limited normality.

Numerous sources [5, 6, 7] suggest that for the large sample size used here (236 experiments), normality testing is not important. For example, the guide to the PROPHET statistical program [6] states:

"With large sample sizes, most normal-theory-based tests like the t test are robust to non-normality, and if the non-normality is not apparent in the normal probability plot for a I

NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-21

large data sample, it probably won't have a serious effect on the results of a normal-theory-based test."

In the textbook, Statistics for Social Science by R. Mark Sirkin [7], it states:

"Law of large numbers. A law that states that if the size of the sample, n, is sufficiently large (no less than 30; preferably no less than 50), then the central limit theory will apply even if the population is not normally distributed along variable x...

If" Then:

n> = 100 It is always safe to relax the normality assumption 50< =n< 100 It is almost always safe 30< =n<50 It is probably safe."

The analysis in this validation assumes that the techniques used here are sufficiently robust for the limited normality data. However, a non-parametric check has been performed. The 236 cases were ranked by increasing k. 95% of the cases are above the 1 1th case. The k of the I 1th case is 0.9951. Since the average of the experiments is 0.9979, a standard deviation of (.9979-.9951)/1.96 = 0.0014 can be inferred.

This inferred standard deviation is less than the standard deviation of 0.0024 (or the unweighted value of 0.0016) predicted assuming a normal distribution. Again, this is expected from a visual inspection of Figure A. 1, since the predicted distribution shows a significantly larger number of data points in the center compared to a normal distribution. In conclusion, although the data does not meet the normality tests, it will be treated as normally distributed, yielding a conservative bias uncertainty.

The next step in the analysis is to look for trends in the data. Section 3.2.2 of the DOE/RW technical report in support of validation for burnup credit [8] describes an appropriate trend test. In this test, the null hypothesis is that the slope of the trend is zero (no trend) and it tests to determine if there is confidence that the calculated slope is a more accurate representation than a zero slope. The equations for this test are presented here.

Let the regression fit be of the form:

k = a+ b x Let x-bar be the average value of x for the n cases and define:

=X ~(X, - Y) i=l,n and define:

SSI? =

"(k, -a-b*x,)2 i=l,n then the test statistic is:

NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-22

T=bI*

((n-2)*Sx SSR This test statistic is then compared to the Student's t-distribution at the desired confidence level and n-2 degrees of freedom. In the past it was assumed that unless there is a high confidence level (95%) that the slope was non-zero, the analysis would assume a zero slope (no trend) on the given parameter. Since the analysis will include consideration of the data as non-trended, it is more conservative to assume there is also a trend. Inverting the statistical test to requiring a high confidence that the slope is zero will result in all cases having a trend. At this time, although a test on the confidence of the trend is performed, the analysis assumes all calculated trends are real.

For this work the weighted k's are used to determine the fit to a straight line. Refer to NUREG/CR-6698

[2] equations 10 through 13.

NUREG/CR-6698 [2] describes the appropriate tolerance band for criticality validation. This work simply applies the equations (equations 23 to 30) given in the NUREG. Note that the tolerance band is found using the weighted experimental data. The width of the tolerance band is the uncertainty. The width of the tolerance band is a small function of the trending parameter. For this analysis, the width of the tolerance band is calculated at the maximum and minimum value of the trending parameter and the maximum of these two widths is taken as the uncertainty. The change in the width as a function of trending parameter is so small that any change in reported uncertainty does not depend on which tolerance band width is used.

In the final analysis, the calculated k of the system must be less than the minimum of k(x) minus the uncertainty minus the administrative safety margin. The uncertainty in k from other independent uncertainties, such as the manufacturing tolerances, burnup, and depletion uncertainties can be statistically combined with the uncertainty in the criticality validation. The rest of this section will evaluate the trends in k as a function of trending parameters using the methods described above.

Historically, an Upper Subcriticality Limit (USL) was assigned from the criticality validation analysis.

This is not done here, since the other uncertainties (e.g., manufacturing tolerances of the rack, depletion uncertainty, etc.) are not known at this time.

Neutron spectrum Trends in the calculated k of the benchmarks were sought as a function of the neutron spectrum. Since a large number of things can affect the spectrum, a single index calculated by SCALE is used. This index is the Energy (eV) of the Average Lethargy causing Fission (EALF). Figure A.2 shows the distribution of k's around the mean k, which is shown as the red line. Visual inspection of the graph and the statistical analysis of the results of the statistical analysis suggest that there is a statistically significant trend on neutron spectrum. Using NUREG/CR-6698 [2] equations 10 through 13 and the data from Table A.2, the predicted mean k as a function of EALF is:

k(EALF) = 0.99865 - 0.00386

  • EALF The units for EALF are eV. The uncertainty about the trend is calculated using the second term of NUREG/CR-6698 [2] equation 23 and is 0.00431 in k.

NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-23

1.003 1.002 1.001 1.97 "o0.999 0.997 0.995 0.994 0.9 9 3 T........

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 Energy of the Average Lethargy Causing Fission (eV)

Figure A.2: kenf as a Function of the Energy of the Average Lethargy Causing Fission Geometry tests Two trend tests were performed to determine if lattice/geometric parameters are adequately treated by SCALE 6.1.2. The first parameter is the fuel pin diameter. A small, statistically significant trend was found when the critical experiment analysis results were correlated to the fuel pin diameter. The second lattice parameter tested is the lattice pitch. A statistically significant trend on lattice pitch was found. The trend on pitch or pin diameter could be caused by the spectral trend found in the previous subsection.

Using NUREG/CR-6698 [2] equations 10 through 13 and the data from Table A.2, the predicted mean k as a function of pin diameter is:

k(Pin Diameter) = 0.99592 + ( 1.662E-03)*Pin Diameter where the pin diameter is in cm. The predicted mean k as a function of pitch is:

k(Pitch) = 0.99547 + ( 1.389E-03)*Pitch where lattice pitch is in cm.

The tolerance band widths, using the second term of NUREG/CR-6698 [2] equation 23, are 4.343E-03 and 4.270E-03 for the pin diameter and pitch, respectively. Figures A.3 and A.4 graphically present klfI as a function of the pin diameter and the lattice pitch.

NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-24

,I 1.003 1.002 1.001 1.0 0 0o 0.999 7 0.998 0.997 0.99 6 0.995 0.994 0 0.9939 5..............................

t.....

0.992 0.8 0.9 1

1.1 1.2 Pin Diameter (cm) t 1.3 1.4 1.5 Figure A.3: keff as a Function of the Pin Diameter I 1 1.0 0

i :

1.0. 02,.

1.0 0 3 1.002 0.997 0.994 0.9934 0.9 9 2 -

1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2

2.2 2.4 2.6 Pitch (cm)

Figure A.4: keff as a Function of the Lattice Pitch II NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-25

Enrichment The fuel to be stored in the racks ranges in enrichment from 1.6 wt% 235U to 5 wt% 235U. It was determined that there exists a statistically significant trend on enrichment. Using NUREG/CR-6698 [2]

equations 10 through 13 and the data from Table A.4.1.2, the trend in the mean k is:

k(Enrichment) = 0.99686 + (2.42E-04)*Enrichment where Enrichment is wt% 235U.

The tolerance band width is 4.35E-03. Figure A.5 graphically presents the results.

I I 1.003..

1.002 1.0 0 1 0.999 M 0.998 73 0.997 0.996 0.99 5........................

I*.........

00.9 2

2.5 3

3.5 4

4.5 5

Enrichment (wt% U-235)

Figure A.5: keff as a Function of the Fuel Enrichment Boron Content A fit of the calculated k's as a function of the B-10 areal density in the absorber plates or the soluble boron ppm was performed using NUREG/CR-6698 [2] equations 10 through 13 and the data from Table A.2. Both fits failed the statistically significance test compared to a zero slope. However, to be conservative, both the zero slope and the calculated fit are used for determining the limiting k as a function of boron content.

I I I NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-26

The following equations are the best fit of the data for k versus soluble boron and areal density. Figures A.6 and A.7 show the results of the analyses. The uncertainty around the mean values given in the following equations is 0.00440 and 0.00497.

k(ppm soluble boron) = 0.99777 + ( 5.24E-08)*ppm k(B-10 Areal Density) = 0.99777 + ( 5.24E-08)*(B-10 Areal Density) 2 where the B-1 areal density is in gm 13-10/cm, II 1.0020 i**

1,0000

~0.9980

+

0.9 6 0 9...............

6 0.9940 0.9920 0.000 0.010 0.020 0.030 0.040 0.050 0.060 0.070 Areal 8-10 Density (gin B-1O/cm*cm)

Figure A.6: kerr as a Function of the B-10 Areal Density in the Separator Plates I

NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-27

0.9995 0.9990 0.9985 1 0.9980 0.9975 0.9965 0.9960

..... t.................

0

. 4....

)

  • 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 Soluble Boron (ppm)

Figure A.7: kerr as a Function of the Soluble Boron Content A.2.6 Establishing the Bias and the Uncertainty, To make the incorporation of the bias and bias uncertainty in the criticality analysis conservative, the most limiting bias and bias uncertainty from the trends in the range of interest is used. The lattice pitch for Westinghouse fuel is tabulated on Table A.5 along with the bias, as predicted with the trend on lattice pitch.

Table A.5: Bias as Predicted Using the Trend in the Bias as a Function of Pitch II Fuel Type Pitch (cm)

Bias 14x14 1.412 0.0026 15x15 1.430 0.0025 16x16 1.232 0.0028 17x17 1.260 0.0028 The bias as a function of pin diameter decreases with increasing pin diameter and for the smallest pin diameter (Westinghouse 17X17 OFA fuel, 0.360 inches) is 0.0026. The bias for the 15xl5 pin diameter (0.422 inches) is 0.0023. Thus the bias as a function of pitch is always more limiting.

The bias as a function of enrichment is given in Table A.6.

As can be seen by comparing Table A.5 and A.6, the lattice pitch bias is more limiting at enrichments consistent with reloads. However, for low enriched fuel, the limiting bias is a result of the enrichment trend.

II NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-28

Table A.6: Bias as Predicted Using the Trend in the Bias as a Function of Enrichment Enrichment (wt% U-235)

Bias 5

0.0019 4

0.0022 3

0.0024 2

0.0027 1.6 0.0028 I I The biases as a function of soluble boron or areal density decrease with increasing boron and are not the most limiting biases at zero boron.

The spectrum, as measured by the EALF in the pool with no soluble boron, is generally between 0.2 and 0.4 eV. The bias increases as the spectrum hardens and the bias at 0.4 eV is 0.0029. This is the most limiting bias. For heavily borated cases, the EALF can get almost as high as 0.6 eV. At 0.6 eV the bias is 0.0037. For this criticality analysis, a bias of 0.0029 will be used for all EALF less than 0.4 (limiting cases for no boron credit) and 0.0037 for EALF values between 0.4 and 0.6 eV (heavily borated cases). The maximum uncertainty for any trend is 0.0050, which comes from the areal density analysis.

This uncertainty is the largest, since it is the smallest sample (only 28 cases), but in order to make the analysis conservative, 0.0050 is selected for the uncertainty in the bias.

The uncertainty of the set as a whole is 0.0049. The uncertainty for the trended analysis is generally less, (not so for the areal density, due to the small sample size) since taking advantage of the trend reduces the difference between the experimental value and the predicted value.

A. 2.7 Subcritical Margin In the USA, the NRC has established subcritical margins for rack analysis. The subcritical margin for borated spent fuel pools, casks, and fully flooded dry storage racks is 0 when the analysis is performed with unborated water. This is actually saying the subcritical margin is contained in the uncredited soluble boron. To make sure there is sufficient soluble boron, analysis is also performed with soluble boron and a subcritical margin of 5% in k is required. For dry storage racks analyzed with optimum moderation, the subcritical margin is 2 % and 5% with full moderation. In the analysis of 236 critical experiments, which generously cover the range of expected conditions, the lowest calculated k was 0.9931. This supports the position that the subcritical margin is more than sufficient.

A.2.8 Area of Applicability (Benchmark Applicability)

The critical benchmarks selected cover all commercial light water reactor fuel storage racks or casks. To summarize the range of the benchmark applicability (or area of applicability), Table A.7 is provided below.

NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-29

Table A.7: Area of Applicability (Benchmark Applicability)

Parameter Range Comments Fissionable Material/Physical U0 2 The fuel material is the same as in the Form benchmark experiments Enrichment (wt% U-235) 2.35. to 4.74 The first core enrichments require extrapolation of the bias to lower enrichments. The predicted difference in bias from the lowest measured data to the lowest enrichment manufactured is only 0.0 1% in k. An error in the slope used for extrapolation would only produce errors in the hundredths of a %%. The extrapolated bias is less than the limiting bias. Therefore extrapolation of the bias to lower enrichments is justified.

An extrapolation from 4.74 to 5 wt%

will also be needed but in this direction the bias is decreasing so the data is adequate for this extrapolation.

Spectrum Expected range in applications:

- EALF (eV) 0.0605 to 0.1 to 0.6 eV 0.8485 The experiments cover the entire expected range of limiting conditions..

For intended applications, dry conditions are never limiting.

Lattice Characteristics Type Square Hex lattices have been excluded.

Pin Pitch (cm) 1.075 to 2.54 Expected range of 1.2 to 1.6 cm.

The expected range of all fuel types, including both PWR and BWR fuel is covered.

Assembly Spacing in Racks This covers all spacing. Neutron Distance between Assemblies 0 to 15.4 transport through larger than 15.4 cm (cm) has a small effect on k. Note that the spacing is assumed to be filled with full density water. If the water density is less, this separation effectively increases. Therefore, optimum moderation cases of wide spaced racks are covered.

Absorbers Spent fuel storage designs are within NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-30

Parameter Range Comments Boron Areal Density (B-10 0 to 0.067 this range.

g/cm 2)

Absorbers All designs are within this range.

Soluble Boron Concentration 0 to 5030 ppm Absorbers Cd bearing experiments showed no Cd (for Ag-In-Cd rods)

Cd Absorber dependence on the number of rods.

panels Credit for these rods is acceptable.

Reflector Most rack analysis will assume Experiments included water Reflectors optimum reflection or in the case of and steel adequately casks, steel walls. Both of these covered assumptions are adequately covered.

Temperature Room The criticality calculations are Temperature performed with the fuel at low temperatures. No significant Doppler feedback.

Moderating material Water The moderator in all benchmark experiments is water, therefore water as a moderating material is covered NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-31

A.2.9 Summary of Fresh U0 2 Laboratory Critical Experiment Analysis This validation follows the guidance of NUREG/CR-6698. Key aspects of the guidance are the selection of experiments, analysis of the experiments, statistical treatment, determination of the bias and the bias uncertainty, and finally identification of the area of applicability.

236 UO2 critical experiments have been selected that cover the range of conditions for rack analysis. The experiments have been analyzed using SCALE 6.1.2 and the ENDF/B-VII 238 group cross-sections and the resulting bias in k is small. The results of the criticality analysis were tested for trends against 6 different parameters important to reactivity. It was conservatively assumed that any trend found was significant. Using the trends, the most limiting bias and bias uncertainty is determined to be 0.0029 for the bias for EALF up to 0.4 eV and 0.0037 for EALF's in the range of 0.4 and 0.6 eV and the uncertainty is 0.0050 for all analyses.

While this validation is intended to cover all LWR fuel racks, the specific area of applicability is found in Table A.7.

NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-32

A.3. HTC and MOX Critical Experiments Burned fuel contains a low concentration of plutonium (about I wt%), as well as the uranium and thus is actually Mixed Oxide (MOX) fuel. Most classical MOX experiments have plutonium concentrations at least twice as high as that contained in burned fuel. A series of experiments were performed in France and purchased by the US for domestic use, which model the uranium and plutonium concentration, which matches 4.5 wt % U-235 fuel burned to 37.5 GWd/T [12]. This fuel has 1.1 wt% plutonium and 1.57 wt% U-235. Both the HTC critical experiments and a large series of classical MOX experiments were analyzed.

A.3.1 HTC Critical Experiments All the HTC critical experiments used the same fuel pins. The criticality of these experiments was controlled by adjusting the critical water height. The fuel pins were used in 156 critical arrangements.

117 of these were relevant to spent fuel pool analysis. The experiments were performed in four phases.

Phase 1 [13] consists of 17 cases where the pin pitch was varied from 1.3 cm to 2.3 cm and different quantities of pins were used to change the critical height. An 18 h case was done where the array was moved to the edge of the tank, so the boundary was the steel tank followed by void. This condition is not typical of a spent fuel pool, so this case was not analyzed. The average k of the Phase I cases was 0.99910.

Phase 2 [14] consisted of 20 cases where gadolinium of various concentrations was dissolved in the water (Phase 2a) and 21 cases where boron was dissolved in the water (Phase 2b). These experiments also varied the pitch (1.3 to 1.9 cm) and the number of pins. The average k of the gadolinium cases was 0.99815 and the average for the boron cases was 0.99897.

Phase 3 [15] consists of 26 experiments where the pins were arranged as 4 "assemblies." Each assembly used a 1.6 cm pin pitch. The assembly separation was varied, as well as the number of pins in each assembly. Finally, eleven cases boxed the assemblies with an absorber (borated steel, boral, or cadmium).

The average k of these 26 cases was 0.99890.

Finally, Phase 4 [16] consisted of r'edoing the same type of experiments as Phase 3, except with reflector screens. The 38 experiments which used the lead reflector screen were not included in this analysis, since lead reflectors are not common in spent fuel pools. The 33 steel reflector experiments were included.

The average k of these cases was 0.99858.

References 13 through 16 provided all the details for the analysis. The modeling was straight forward.

The references gave a simple model and a detailed model. The model created for this work followed the detailed model, except that the top grid outside of the array and the basket supports were not modeled.

Both of these assumptions were part of the simplified model and have a negligible impact on k. The model used actually exceeded the detailed model, since the spring above the fuel was modeled by homogenizing it with the void.

NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-33

Tables A.8 through A. 12 present the results of the analysis. A statistical analysis of the set as a whole was performed consistent with the method provided in NUREG/CR-6698, where the experimental uncertainties were taken from References 13 through 16. The mean uncertainty weighted k is 0.99878 and the uncertainty is 0.00590. This makes the bias 0.00122. Since all the pins are the same, trend analysis on the pin diameter and enrichment are not possible. The pin pitch changes are made to adjust the spectrum, so the only trend analysis performed is on the spectrum (EALF). The trend analysis (performed consistent with NUREG/CR-6698) on EALF yielded the following function:

k(EALF) = 0.999538 - 0.00548

  • EALF The units for EALF are eV. The uncertainty about the trending k is 0.0057 in k. Figure A.8 shows the results of the HTC analysis.

Table A.8: HTC Phase 1 Results I I I

Case No.

ken Monte EALF Pitch Carlo (eV)

(cm)

Sigma 1

0.99913 0.00015 0.069486 2.3 2

0.99893 0.00016 0.066544 2.3 3

0.99892 0.00016 0.066412 2.3 4

0.99974 0.00017 0.084957 1.9 5

0.99983 0.00017 0.082795 1.9 6

0.99946 0.00020 0.082123 1.9 7

0.99977 0.00019 0.102248 1.7 8

0.99962 0.00018 0.100654 1.7 9

0.99903 0.00019 0.099687 1.7 10 0.99991 0.00019 0.140669 1.5 11 0.99898 0.00020 0.135753 1.5 12 0.99906 0.00019 0.133996 1.5 13 0.99813 0.00021 0.256212 1.3 14 0.99776 '0.00019 0.234183 1.3 15 0.99812 0.00022 0.230564 1.3 16 0.99952 0.00020 0.101408 1.7 17 0.99882 0.00019 0.099384 1.7 NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-34

Table A.9: HTC Phase 2a, Gadolinium Solutions, Results Case No.

kf Monte EALF Pitch Gadolinium Carlo (eV)

(cm)

Concentration Sigma (g/I) 1 0.99784 0.00020 0.25279 1.3 0.0520 2

0.99792 0.00021 0.24946 1.3 0.0520 3

0.99777 0.00019 0.27074 1.3 0.1005 4

0.99771 0.00018 0.26756 1.3 0.1005 5

0.99784 0.00018 0.26333 1.3 0.1005 6

0.99683 0.00018 0.28513 1.3 0.1505 7

0.99684 0.00019 0.27847 1.3 0.1505 8

0.99623 0.00016 0.29552 1.3 0.1997 9

0.99608 0.00018 0.29253 1.3 0.1997 10 0.99689 0.00017 0.16982 1.5 0.1997 11 0.99766 0.00019 0.16252 1.5 0.1495 12 0.99771 0.00018 0.16101 1.5 0.1495 13 0.99868 0.00017 0.15392 1.5 0.1000 14 0.99861 0.00018 0.15223 1.5 0.1000 15 0.99983 0.00020 0.14727 1.5 0.0492 16 0.99976 0.00019 0.14432 1.5 0.0492 17 1.00053 0.00018 0.10631 1.7 0.0492 18 1.00070 0.00017 0.08-783 1.9 0.0492 19 0.99707 0.00016 0.11369 1.7 0.1010 20 1.00050 0.00019 0.10648 1.7 0.0492 I I NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-35

Table A.10: HTC Phase 2b, Boron Solutions, Results Case No.

klf Monte EALF Pitch Boron Carlo (eV)

(cm)

Concentration Sigma (g/i) i 0.99835 0.00020 0.24780 1.3 0.100 2

0.99760 0.00020 0.24450 1.3 0.106 3

0.99816 0.00020 0.25528 1.3 0.205 4

0.99904 0.00020 0.26400 1.3 0.299 5

0.99886 0.00019 0.27475 1.3 0.400 6

0.99852 0.00019 0.27125 1.3 0.399 7

0.99933 0.00018 0.27977 1.3 0.486 8

0.99894 0.00019 0.28781 1.3 0.587 9

0.99952 0.00016 0.16627 1.5 0.595 10 0.99811 0.00019 0.16087 1.5 0.499 11 0.99990 0.00017 0.15663 1.5 0.393 12 0.99987 0.00018 0.15007 1.5 0.295 13 0.99887 0.00018 0.14559 1.5 0.200 14 1.00192 0.00018 0.14024 1.5 0.089 15 1.00338 0.00018 0.10325 1.7 0.090 16 1.00202 0.00017 0.10717 1.7 0.194 17 1.00313 0.00017 0.11049 1.7 0.286 18 0.99367 0.00017 0.11577 1.7 0.415 19 1.00021 0.00021 0.10473 1.7 0.100 20 0.99251 0.00017 0.08965 1.9 0.220 21 0.99642 0.00017 0.08611 1.9 0.110 I I NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-36

Table A.11: HTC Phase 3 Results - Water Reflected Assemblies (1.6 cm pin pitch)

Case No.

ktff Monte EALF Absorber Assembly Carlo (eV)

Box Separation Sigma Material (cm) 1 0.99774 0.00022 0.12377 Borated SS 3.5 2

0.99986 0.00019 0.14095 Borated SS 0

3 0.99710 0.00019 0.12939 Borated SS 2

4 0.99715 0.00018 0.12391 Borated SS 3

5 0.99699 0.00018 0.13503 Borated SS 1

6 0.99987 0.00019 0.12974 Boral 0

7 0.99614 0.00019 0.12866 Cd 2

8 1.00381 0.00018 0.13904 Cd 0

9 0.99646 0.00017 0.13345 Cd I

10 0.99672 0.00018 0.12952 Cd 1.5 11 0.99571 0.00019 0.13726 Cd 0.5 12 0.99901 0.00017 0.11277 none 18 13 0.99915 0.00018 0.11167 none 14.5 14 0.99934 0.00018 0.11183 none 11 15 0.99910 0.00019 0.11093 none 10 16 0.99961 0.00019 0.11030 none 9

17 0.99930 0.00018 0.10842 none 8

18 0.99980 0.00017 0.10656 none 6

19 1.00016 0.00018 0.10421 none 4

20 1.00044 0.00018 0.10206 none 4

21 0.99976 0.00018 0.10470 none 2

22 1.00047 0.00019 0.10714 none 1

23 0.99893 0.00018 0.11506 none 0

24 0.99949 0.00020 0.15073 none 0

25 0.99996 0.00018 0.12672 none 4

26 0.99937 0.00020 0.11550 none 10 I I NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-37

Table A.12: HTC Phase 4 Results - Steel Reflected Assemblies (1.6 cm pin pitch)

I Case No.

kff Monte EALF Absorber Assembly Separation Carlo (eV)

Box Separation From Reflector Sigma Material (cm)

(cm) 1 1.00157 0.00019 0.15363 BoratedSS 0

0.0 2

0.99845 0.00018 0.15069 Borated SS 0.5 0.0 3

0.99797 0.00018 0.14674 Borated SS 1

0.0 4

0.99826 0.00018 0.14227 Borated SS 1.5 0.0 5

0.99839 0.00019 0.13923 Borated SS 2

0.0 6

0.99712 0.00018 0.13820 BoratedSS 2

0.5 7

0.99634 0.00018 0.13705 Borated SS 2

1.0 8

0.99650 0.00018 0.13598 Borated SS 2

1.5 9

0.99658 0.00018 0.13518 Borated SS 2

2.0 10 0.99834 0.00018 0.13430 Borated SS 3

0.0 11 0.99821 0.00018 0.13234 Borated SS 3.5 0.0 12 1.00095 0.00018 0.13558 Boral 0

0.0 13 0.99653 0.00018 0.13386 Boral 0.5 0.0 14 1.00431 0.00017 0.14979 Cd 0

0.0 15 0.99818 0.00020 0.14323 Cd 1

0.0 16 0.99769 0.00017 0.13683 Cd 2

0.0 17 0.99615 0.00018 0.13568 Cd 2

0.5 18 0.99536 0.00019 0.13423 Cd 2

1.0 19 0.99513 0.00018 0.13315 Cd 2

1.5 20 0.99465 0.00018 0.13235 Cd 2

2.0 21 0.99869 0.00018 0.13390 Cd 2.5 0.0 22 1.00060 0.00018 0.17427 none 0

0.0 23 1.00057 0.00018 0.16641 none 1

0.0 24 0.99973 0.00018 0.15852 none 2

0.0 25 0.99935 0.00018 0.15709 none 2

0.5 26 0.99946 0.00018 0.15559 none 2

1.0 27 0.99939 0.00018 0.15431 none 2

1.5 28 0.99937 0.00019 0.15351 none 2

2.0 29 0.99941 0.00019 0.14426 none 4

0.0 30 0.99964 0.00018 0.13456 none 6

0.0 31 0.99953 0.00018 0.12886 none 8

0.0 32 0.99947 0.00017 0.12537 none 10 0.0 33 0.99940 0.00018 0.12333 none 12 0.0 NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-38

1.006 1.0 0 4 1.00<

+

9

-~

0.996 0.994 0.992 0.992 0.9 9 --..........................

0.000000 0.050000 0.100000 0.150000 0.200000 0.250000 0.300000 0.350000 Energy of the Average Lethargy of Fission (EALF) (ev)

Figure A.8: ker as a Function of the Energy of the Average Lethargy Causing Fission for the HTC Experiments A. 3.2 MOX Critical Experiments The selection of the MOX critical experiments was limited to the low enriched MOX lattice critical experiments. All 63 of the low enriched MOX pin critical experiments documented in the OECD handbook [17] were utilized. The actual input decks were initiated from available decks found in NUREG/CR-6102 [18] and OECD [17]. The decks were modified to update to the new cross-section library and changes in the SCALE input format.

Table A.] 3 presents the results of the 63 selected MOX critical experiments. The Reference column has the evaluation number from the OECD benchmark handbook [17]. For example, OECD-7 refers to the OECD case MIX-COMP-THERM-07.

Trends were investigated as a function of EALF, plutonium content, and the Am-241/U-238 ratio. As the spectrum hardens (higher EALF), there is a small trend to higher k. With more plutonium content, k increases. This is seen in Figure A.9. This means that the more limiting bias comes from the zero plutonium cases (fresh U0 2). This is confirmed by the average calculated k of the HTC critical experiments being higher than the average calculated k for the fresh U0 2 cases. The average uncertainty NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-39

weighted k of the fresh U02 criticals is 0.9978. The average uncertainty weighted k for the HTC criticals is 0.9988. The average uncertainty weighted k of the MOX experiments is 0.9984.

The change in k with cooling time is dominated by the reactivity of the decay of Pu-241 to Am-241. By plotting k versus the Am-241/U-238 ratio, it is possible to determine if the bias should be changed for cooling. Figure A. 10 shows that with increasing Am-241 content, the calculated k of the critical experiments increases. This observation shows that the zero cooling time bias conservatively covers the cooling time.

Table A.13: Results of MOX Critical Benchmarks (SCALE 6.1.2, ENDF/B-VII)

Case ID Reference k~ff sigma EALF Pu Pu Am241IU238 (eV) wt%

240%

093array OECD-7 1.0009 0.00025 0.1903 2.00 16 6.82E-05 105al.in OECD-7 0.9942 0.00027 0.1369 2.00 16 7.55E-05

!05array OECD-7 0.9960 0.00025 0.1377 2.00 16 7.55E-05 105bl OECD-7 0.9914 0.00026 0.1379 2.00 16 7.55E-05 105b2 OECD-7 0.9921 0.00024 0.1377 2.00 16 7.55E-05 105b3 OECD-7 0.9933 0.00025 0.1373 2.00 16 7.55E-05 105b4 OECD-7 0.9940 0.00026 0.1371 2.00 16 7.55E-05 1143arra OECD-7 0.9980 0.00026 0.1166 2.00 16 8.13E-05 132array OECD-7 0.9971 0.00022 0.0953 2.00 16 8.13E-05 1386arra OECD-7 0.9942 0.00023 0.0906 2.00 16 6.97E-05 epri70b OECD-2 0.9992 0.00025 0.7209 2.00 7.8 7.29E-05 epri70un OECD-2 0.9974 0.00027 0.5409 2.00 7.8 7.29E-05 epri87b OECD-2 1.0019 0.00022 0.2710 2.00 7.8 7.29E-05 epri87un OECD-2 0.9981 0.00032 0.1852 2.00 7.8 7.29E-05 epri99b OECD-2 1.0012 0.00024 0.1772 2.00 7.8 7.29E-05 epri99un OECD-2 1.0007 0.00027 0.1333 2.00 7.8 7.29E-05 kl mct009 OECD-9 0.9994 0.00024 0.5169 1.50 8

1.06E-05 k2mct009f OECD-9 0.9941 0.00027 0.2943 1.50 8

9.77E-06 k3mctOO9 OECD-9 0.9934 0.00024 0.1528 1.50 8

8.96E-06 K4mctOO9 OECD-9 0.9921 0.00024 0.1155 1.50 8

8.96E-06 K5mctOO9 OECD-9 0.9925 0.00021 0.0947 1.50 8

8.96E-06 K6mctOO9 OECD-9 0.9937 0.00024 0.0905 1.50 8

9.77E-06 omct6l OECD-6 0.9954 0.00026 0.3570 2.00 8

2.24E-05 omct62 OECD-6 0.9990 0.00029 0.1885 2.00 8

2.24E-05 omct63 OECD-6 0.9943 0.00027 0.1374 2.00 8

2.24E-05 omct64 OECD-6 0.9982 0.00025 0.1167 2.00 8

2.24E-05 omct65 OECD-6 0.9994 0.00025 0.0956 2.00 8

2.24E-05 omct66 OECD-6 0.9956 0.00024 0.0907 2.00 8

2.24E-05 mct8cl OECD-8 0.9978 0.00029 0.3776 2.00 24 7.93E-05 mct8c2 OECD-8 0.9977 0.00028 0.1922 2.00 24 7.27E-05 mct8c3 OECD-8 0.9967 0.00024 0.1383 2.00 24 8.59E-05 mct8c4 OECD-8 1.0006 0.00027 0.1170 2.00 24 9.88E-05 mct8c5 OECD-8 1.0000 0.00026 0.0955 2.00 24 9.56E-05 mct8c6 OECD-8 0.9992 0.00023 0.0905 2.00 24 7.27E-05 I I I1 NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-40

Case ID Reference

!fy sigma EALF Pu Pu Am241WU238 (eV) wt%

240%

mct8cal OECD-8 0.9967 0.00025 0.1375 2.00 24 8.59E-05 mct8cb I OECD-8 0.9931 0.00024 0.1387 2.00 24 8.59E-05 mct8cb3 OECD-8 0.9941 0.00025 0.1381 2.00 24 8.59E-05 mctcb2 OECD-8 0.9937 0.00024 0.1385 2.00 24 8.59E-05 mctcb4 OECD-8 0.9942 0.00026 0.1378 2.00 24 8.59E-05 mixo251 k OECD-5 1.0011 0.00032 0.3732 4.00 18 1.59E-04 mixo252k OECD-5 0.9985 0.00027 0.2476 4.00 18 1.59E-04 mixo253k OECD-5 1.0044 0.00027 0.1712 4.00 18 1.59E-04 mixo254k OECD-5 1.0004 0.00029 0.1425 4.00 18 1.59E-04 mixo255k OECD-5 1.0034 0.00028 0.1058 4.00 18 1.59E-04 mixo256k OECD-5 1.0023 0.00024 0.0917 4.00 18 1.59E-04 mixo257k OECD-5 1.0036 0.00024 0.0875 4.00 18 1.59E-04 saxtn 104 OECD-3 1.00044 0.00027 0.0987 6.60 8.6 8.43E-05 saxtn56b OECD-3 0.99962 0.00028 0.6133 6.60 8.6 8.43E-05 saxtn735 OECD-3 0.99999 0.00031 0.1820 6.60 8.6 8.43E-05 saxtn792 OECD-3 0.99951 0.00031 0.1505 6.60 8.6 8.43E-05 Saxton52 OECD-3 0.99977 0.00028 0.8517 6.60 8.6 8.43E-05 Saxton56 OECD-3 1.00018 0.0003 0.5177 6.60 8.6 8.43E-05 tcal OECD-4 0.99572 0.00027 0.1418 3.01 22 1.04E-04 tcal0 OECD-4 0.9988 0.00024 0.0792 3.01 22 9.31E-05 tcal I OECD-4 0.99886 0.00023 0.0788 3.01 22 2.06E-04 tca2 OECD-4 0.9964 0.0003 0.1409 3.01 22 1.99E-04 tca3 OECD-4 0.99665 0.00028 0.1403 3.01 22 2.96E-04 tca4 OECD-4 0.99644 0.00026 0.1172 3.01 22 9.88E-05 tca5 OECD-4 0.9974 0.00027 0.1167 3.01 22 2.02E-04 tca6 OECD-4 0.99848 0.00025 0.1156 3.01 22 3.90E-04 tca7 OECD-4 0.99753 0.00025 0.0917 3.01 22 8.88E-05 tca8 OECD-4 0.99801 0.00025 0.0913 3.01 22 2.03E-04 tca9 OECD-4 0.99864 0.00025 0.0909 3.01 22 3.02E-04 NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-41

1.0 0 4...........................

1.0 0 26 1.0 0.998 0.992 0.99-0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 Pu wt%

Figure A.9 Predicted kerr as a Function of the Plutonium Content NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-42

Figure A.I o Predicted ke., as a Function of the Ani-241 Content I I NET-300067.01 Rev 0 A-43

A.4. Appendix References

[1]

Scale: A Comprehensive Modeling and Simulation Suite for Nuclear Safety Analysis and Design, ORNL/TM-2005/39, Version 6.1, June 2011. Available from Radiation Safety Information Computational Center at Oak Ridge National Laboratory as CCC-785.

[2]

J.C. Dean and R.W. Tayloe, Jr., Guide for Validation of Nuclear Criticality Safety Calculational Methodology, NUREG/CR-6698, Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC January 2001.

[3]

International Handbook of Evaluated Criticality Safety Benchmark Experiments, NEA/NSC/DOC(95)3, Volume IV, Nuclear Energy Agency, OECD., Paris, September, 2010.

[4]

DATAPLOT is statistical software supported by the National Institute of Standards and Technology. It can be down loaded at: http://www.itl.nist.gov/div898/software/dataplot/

[5]

Kleinbaum, Kupper, and Muller, Applied Regression Analysis and Other Multivariable Methods, Second Edition, page 48, PWS-KENT Publishing Company, Boston, MA 1988.

[6]

"PROPHET StatGuide: Examining normality test results,"

http://www.basic.northwesterni.edu/stat,_,uidefiles/n-dist exam res.htm l, located on 6/8/09.

[7]

- R. Mark Sirkin, Statistics for the Social Sciences, Third Edition, 2005, page 245, Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks, CA.

[8]

M. Rahimi, E. Fuentes, and D. Lancaster, Isotopic and Criticality Validation for PWR Actinide-Onlv Burnup Credit, DOE/RW-0497, U. S. Department of Energy, Office of Civilian Radioactive Waste Management., Washington, DC, May,1997.

[9]

[NOT USED]

[10]

[NOT USED]

[11]

[NOT USED]

[12]

D. E. Mueller, K. R. Elam, and P. B. Fox, Evaluation of the French Haut Taux de Combustion (HTC) Critical Experiment Data, NUREG/CR-6979 (ORNL/TM-2007/083),

prepared for the US Nuclear Regulatory Commission by Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn., September 2008.

[13]

F. Fernex, "Programme HTC - Phase I : R6seaux de crayons dans I'eau pure (Water-moderated and reflected simple arrays) R66valuation des expdriences," DSU/SEC/T/2005-33/D.R., Institut de Radioprotection et de Sfretd Nucl6aire, 2008.

NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-44

[14]

F. Fernex, ProgrammeHTC - Phase 2 : Riseaux simples en eau empoisonnie (bore et gadolinium) (Reflected simple arrays moderated by poisoned water with gadolinium or boron) Rývaluation des expiriences, DSU/SEC/T/2005-38/D.R., Institut de Radioprotection et de Sfretd Nuclaire, 2008.

[15]

F. Fernex, Programme HTC - Phase 3: Configurations "stockage en piscine" (Pool storage)

Reevaluation des experiences, DSU/SEC/T/2005-37/D.R., Institut de Radioprotection et de Sfretd Nucilaire, 2008.

[16]

F. Fernex, Programme HTC - Phase 4 : Configurations "chdteaux de transport" (Shipping cask) - RWivaluation des expiriences, DSU/SEC/T/2005-36/D.R., Institut de Radioprotection et de Sfiretd Nucl6aire, 2008.

[17]

International Handbook of Evaluated Criticality Safety Benchmark Experiments, NEA/NSC/DOC(95)3, Volume VI, Nuclear Energy Agency, OECD, Paris, September, 2010.

[18]

M. D. DeHart and S. M. Bowman, Validation of the SCALE Broad Structure 44-Group ENDF/B-V Cross-Section Library for Use in Criticality Safety Analyses, NUREG/CR-6102 (ORNL/TM-12460), Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, TN, September 1994.

NET-300067-01 Rev 0 A-45

ATTACHMENT 3 TO NL-15-020 Affidavits in Support of Request to Withhold Information Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.

Indian Point Unit 2 Docket No. 50-247

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Document ID 2441-006 Non-Proprietary Attachment 2 AFFIDAVIT PURSUANT TO 10 CFR 2.390 I, Jordan Landis, being duly sworn, depose and state as follows:

(1)

I have reviewed the information described in paragraph (2) which is sought to be withheld, and am authorized to apply for its withholding.

(2)

The information sought to be withheld is information provided in to Holtec letter 2441-006. This Attachment contains Holtec Proprietary information denoted by the shaded areas.

(3)

In making this application for withholding of proprietary information of which it is the owner, Holtec International relies upon the exemption from disclosure set forth in the Freedom of Information Act ("FOIA"), 5 USC Sec. 552(b)(4) and the Trade Secrets Act, 18 USC Sec. 1905, and NRC regulations 10CFR Part 9.17(a)(4), 2.390(a)(4), and 2.390(b)(1) for "trade secrets and commercial or financial information obtained from a person and privileged or confidential" (Exemption 4). The material for which exemption from disclosure is here sought is all "confidential commercial information",

and some portions also qualify under the narrower definition of "trade secret", within the meanings assigned to those terms for purposes of FOIA Exemption 4 in, respectively, Critical Mass Energy Project v. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, 975F2d871 (DC Cir. 1992), and Public Citizen Health Research Group v. FDA, 704F2d1280 (DC Cir. 1983).

I of 5

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Document ID 2441-006 Non-Proprietary Attachment 2 AFFIDAVIT PURSUANT TO 10 CFR 2.390 (4)

Some examples of categories of information which fit into the definition of proprietary information are:

a.

Information that discloses a process, method, or apparatus, including supporting data and analyses, where prevention of its use by Holtec's competitors without license from Holtec International constitutes a competitive economic advantage over other companies;

b.

Information which, if used by a competitor, would reduce his expenditure of resources or improve his competitive position in the design, manufacture, shipment, installation, assurance of quality, or licensing of a similar product.

c.

Information which reveals cost or price information, production, capacities, budget levels, or commercial strategies of Holtec International, its customers, or its suppliers;

d.

Information which reveals aspects of past, present, or future Holtec International customer-funded development plans and programs of potential commercial value to Holtec International;

e.

Information which discloses patentable subject matter for which it may be desirable to obtain patent protection.

The information sought to be withheld is considered to be proprietary for the reasons set forth in paragraphs 4.a, 4.b and 4.e above.

(5)

The information sought to be withheld is being submitted to the NRC in confidence. The information (including that compiled from many sources) is of a sort customarily held in confidence by Holtec International, and is in fact so held. The information sought to be withheld has, to the best of my knowledge and belief, consistently been held in confidence by Holtec International. No public disclosure has been made, and it is not available in public sources. All disclosures to third parties, including any required transmittals to the NRC, have been made, or must be made, pursuant to regulatory provisions or proprietary agreements which provide for maintenance of the information in confidence. Its initial designation as 2 of 5

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Document ID 2441-006 Non-Proprietary Attachment 2 AFFIDAVIT PURSUANT TO 10 CFR 2.390 proprietary information, and the subsequent steps taken to prevent its unauthorized disclosure, are as set forth in paragraphs (6) and (7) following.

(6)

Initial approval of proprietary treatment of a document is made by the manager of the originating component, the person most likely to be acquainted with the value and sensitivity of the information in relation to industry knowledge. Access to such documents within Holtec International is limited on a "need to know" basis.

(7)

The procedure for approval of external release of such a document typically requires review by the staff manager, project manager, principal scientist or other equivalent authority, by the manager of the cognizant marketing function (or his designee), and by the Legal Operation, for technical content, competitive effect, and determination of the accuracy of the proprietary designation. Disclosures outside Holtec International are limited to regulatory bodies, customers, and potential customers, and their agents, suppliers, and licensees, and others with a legitimate need for the information, and then only in accordance with appropriate regulatory provisions or proprietary agreements.

(8)

The information classified as proprietary was developed and compiled by Holtec International at a significant cost to Holtec International. This information is classified as proprietary because it contains detailed descriptions of analytical approaches and methodologies not available elsewhere. This information would provide other parties, including competitors, with information from Holtec International's technical database and the results of evaluations performed by Holtec International. A substantial effort has been expended by Holtec International to develop this information. Release of this information would improve a competitor's position because it would enable Holtec's competitor to copy our technology and offer it for sale in competition with our company, causing us financial injury.

3 of 5

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Document ID 2441-006 Non-Proprietary Attachment 2 AFFIDAVIT PURSUANT TO 10 CFR 2.390 (9)

Public disclosure of the information sought to be withheld is likely to cause substantial harm to Holtec International's competitive position and foreclose or reduce the availability of profit-making opportunities. The information is part of Holtec International's comprehensive spent fuel storage technology base, and its commercial value extends beyond the original development cost. The value of the technology base goes beyond the extensive physical database and analytical methodology, and includes development of the expertise to determine and apply the appropriate evaluation process.

The research, development, engineering, and analytical costs comprise a substantial investment of time and money by Holtec International.

The precise value of the expertise to devise an evaluation process and apply the correct analytical methodology is difficult to quantify, but it clearly is substantial.

Holtec International's competitive advantage will be lost if its competitors are able to use the results of the Holtec International experience to normalize or verify their own process or if they are able to claim an equivalent understanding by demonstrating that they can arrive at the same or similar conclusions.

The value of this information to Holtec International would be lost if the information were disclosed to the public. Making such information available to competitors without their having been required to undertake a similar expenditure of resources would unfairly provide competitors with a windfall, and deprive Holtec International of the opportunity to exercise its competitive advantage to seek an adequate return on its large investment in developing these very valuable analytical tools.

4 of 5

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Document ID 2441-006 Non-Proprietary Attachment 2 AFFIDAVIT PURSUANT TO 10 CFR 2.390 STATE OF NEW JERSEY

)

)

SS:

COUNTY OF BURLINGTON)

Jordan Landis, being duly sworn, deposes and says:

That he has read the foregoing affidavit and the matters stated therein are true and correct to the best of his knowledge, information, and belief.

Executed at Marlton, New Jersey, this 11 th day of February, 2015.

Jordan Landis Adjunct Program Manager Holtec International Subscribed and sworn before me this 11 th day of February_

, 2015.

.4..

MAC.A 5 of 5

Westinghouse Electric Company Engineering, Equipment and Major Projects 1000 Westinghouse Drive, Building 3 Cranberry Township, Pennsylvania 16066 USA U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Direct tel: (412) 374-4643 Document Control Desk Direct fax: (724) 940-8560 11555 Rockville Pike e-mail: greshaja@westinghouse.com Rockville, MD 20852 Proj letter: NF-IP-14-37, Rev. 2 CAW-15-4096 February 16,2015 APPLICATION FOR WITHHOLDING PROPRIETARY INFORMATION FROM PUBLIC DISCLOSURE

Subject:

NET-300067-01, Rev. 1, "Criticality Safety Analysis of the Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool with Credit for Inserted Neutron Absorber Panels" (Proprietary)

The proprietary information on pages 11, 23-25, 32, 44, 90, 91 & 93 for which withholding is being requested in the above-referenced report is further identified in Affidavit CAW-15-4096 signed by the owner of the proprietary information, Westinghouse Electric Company LLC. The Affidavit, which accompanies this letter, sets forth the basis on which the information may be withheld from public disclosure by the Commission and addresses with specificity the considerations listed in paragraph (b)(4) of 10 CFR Section 2.390 of the Commission's regulations.

Accordingly, this letter authorizes the utilization of the accompanying Affidavit by Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.

Correspondence with respect to the proprietary aspects of the Application for Withholding or the Westinghouse Affidavit should reference CAW-15-4096, and should be addressed to James A. Gresham, Manager, Regulatory Compliance, Westinghouse Electric Company, 1000 Westinghouse Drive, Building 3 Suite 310, Cranberry Township, Pennsylvania 16066.

Very truly yours, James A. Gresham, Manager Regulatory Compliance Enclosure

CAW-15-4096 February 16, 2015 AFFIDAVIT COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA:

ss COUNTY OF BUTLER:

I, James A. Gresham, am authorized to execute this Affidavit on behalf of Westinghouse Electric Company LLC (Westinghouse), and that the averments of fact set forth in this Affidavit are true and correct to the best of my knowledge, information, and belief.

James A. Gresham, Manager Regulatory Compliance

2 CAW-15-4096 (1)

I am Manager, Regulatory Compliance, Westinghouse Electric Company LLC (Westinghouse),

and as such, I have been specifically delegated the function of reviewing the proprietary information sought to be withheld from public disclosure in connection with nuclear power plant licensing and rule making proceedings, and am authorized to apply for its withholding on behalf of Westinghouse.

(2)

I am making this Affidavit in conformance with the provisions of 10 CFR Section 2.390 of the Commission's regulations and in conjunction with the Westinghouse Application for Withholding Proprietary Information from Public Disclosure accompanying this Affidavit.

(3)

I have personal knowledge of the criteria and procedures utilized by Westinghouse in designating information as a trade secret, privileged or as confidential commercial or financial information.

(4)

Pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (b)(4) of Section 2.390 of the Commission's regulations, the following is furnished for consideration by the Commission in determining whether the information sought to be withheld from public disclosure should be withheld.

(i)

The information sought to be withheld from public disclosure is owned and has been held in confidence by Westinghouse.

(ii)

The information is of a type customarily held in confidence by Westinghouse and not customarily disclosed to the public. Westinghouse has a rational basis for determining the types of information customarily held in confidence by it and, in that connection, utilizes a system to determine when and whether to hold certain types of information in confidence. The application of that system and the substance of that system constitute Westinghouse policy and provide the rational basis required.

Under that system, information is held in confidence if it falls.in one or more of several types, the release of which might result in the loss of an existing or potential competitive advantage, as follows:

(a)

The information reveals the distinguishing aspects of a process (or component, structure, tool, method, etc.) where prevention of its use by any of

3 CAW-15-4096 Westinghouse's competitors without license from Westinghouse constitutes a competitive economic advantage over other companies.

(b)

It consists of supporting data, including test data, relative to a process (or component, structure, tool, method, etc.), the application of which data secures a competitive economic advantage, e.g., by optimization or improved marketability.

(c)

Its use by a competitor would reduce his expenditure of resources or improve his competitive position in the design, manufacture, shipment, installation, assurance of quality, or licensing a similar product.

(d)

It reveals cost or price information, production capacities, budget levels, or commercial strategies of Westinghouse, its customers or suppliers.

(e)

It reveals aspects of past, present, or future Westinghouse or customer funded development plans and programs of potential commercial value to Westinghouse.

(f)

It contains patentable ideas, for which patent protection may be desirable.

(iii)

There are sound policy reasons behind the Westinghouse system which include the following:

(a)

The use of such information by Westinghouse gives Westinghouse a competitive advantage over its competitors. It is, therefore, withheld from disclosure to protect the Westinghouse competitive position.

(b)

It is information that is marketable in many ways. The extent to which such information is available to competitors diminishes the Westinghouse ability to sell products and services involving the use of the information.

(c)

Use by our competitor would put Westinghouse at a competitive disadvantage by reducing his expenditure of resources at our expense.

4 CAW-15-4096 (d)

Each component of proprietary information pertinent to a particular competitive advantage is potentially as valuable as the total competitive advantage. If competitors acquire components of proprietary information, any one component may be the key to the entire puzzle, thereby depriving Westinghouse of a competitive advantage.

(e)

Unrestricted disclosure would jeopardize the position of prominence of Westinghouse in the world market, and thereby give a market advantage to the competition of those countries.

(f)

The Westinghouse capacity to invest corporate assets in research and development depends upon the success in obtaining and maintaining a competitive advantage.

(iv)

The information is being transmitted to the Commission in confidence and, under the provisions of 10 CFR Section 2.390, it is to be received in confidence by the Commission.

(v)

The information sought to be protected is not available in public sources or available information has not been previously employed in the same original manner or method to the best of our knowledge and belief.

(vi)

The proprietary information sought to be withheld in this submittal is that which is appropriately marked in pages 11, 23-25, 32, 44, 90, 91 & 93 of NET-300067-01, Rev. 1, "Criticality Safety Analysis of the Indian Point Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool with Credit for Inserted Neutron Absorber Panels" (Proprietary), for submittal to the Commission, being transmitted by Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc. letter and Application for Withholding Proprietary Information from Public Disclosure, to the Document Control Desk. The proprietary information as submitted by Westinghouse is that associated with the Indian Point Unit 2 spent fuel pool criticality analysis, and may be used only for that purpose.

(a)

This information is part of that which will enable Westinghouse to:

(i)

Assist customers in obtaining licensing changes.

5 CAW-15-4096 (ii)

Assist customers in analyzing the spent fuel pool and absorber panels to ensure criticality does not occur.

(b)

Further this information has substantial commercial value as follows:

(i)

Westinghouse plans to sell the use of the information to its customers for the purpose of assisting in obtaining license changes.

(ii)

Westinghouse can sell support and defense of spent fuel pool criticality analyses.

(iii)

The information requested to be withheld reveals the distinguishing aspects of a methodology which was developed by Westinghouse.

Public disclosure of this proprietary information is likely to cause substantial harm to the competitive position of Westinghouse because it would enhance the ability of competitors to provide similar criticality analyses and licensing defense services for commercial power reactors without commensurate expenses. Also, public disclosure of the information would enable others to use the information to meet NRC requirements for licensing documentation without purchasing the right to use the information.

The development of the technology described in part by the information is the result of applying the results of many years of experience in an intensive Westinghouse effort and the expenditure of a considerable sum of money.

In order for competitors of Westinghouse to duplicate this information, similar technical programs would have to be performed and a significant manpower effort, having the requisite talent and experience, would have to be expended.

Further the deponent sayeth not.

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION NOTICE Transmitted herewith is the proprietary and/or non-proprietary version of a document furnished to the NRC associated with the Indian Point Unit 2 spent fuel pool criticality analysis, and may be used only for that purpose In order to conform to the requirements of 10 CFR 2.390 of the Commission's regulations concerning the protection of proprietary information so submitted to the NRC, the information which is proprietary in the proprietary versions is contained within brackets, and where the proprietary information has been deleted in the non-proprietary versions, only the brackets remain (the information that was contained within the brackets in the proprietary versions having been deleted). The justification for claiming the information so designated as proprietary is indicated in both versions by means of lower case letters (a) through (f) located as a superscript immediately following the brackets enclosing each item of information being identified as proprietary or in the margin opposite such information. These lower case letters refer to the types of information Westinghouse customarily holds in confidence identified in Sections (4)(ii)(a) through (4)(ii)(t) of the Affidavit accompanying this transmittal pursuant to 10 CFR 2.390(b)(1).

COPYRIGHT NOTICE The reports transmitted herewith each bear a Westinghouse copyright notice. The NRC is permitted to make the number of copies of the information contained in these reports which are necessary for its internal use in connection with generic and plant-specific reviews and approvals as well as the issuance, denial, amendment, transfer, renewal, modification, suspension, revocation, or violation of a license, permit, order, or regulation subject to the requirements of 10 CFR 2.390 regarding restrictions on public disclosure to the extent such information has been identified as proprietary by Westinghouse, copyright protection notwithstanding. With respect to the non-proprietary versions of these reports, the NRC is permitted to make the number of copies beyond those necessary for its internal use which are necessary in order to have one copy available for public viewing in the appropriate docket files in the public document room in Washington, DC and in local public document rooms as may be required by NRC regulations if the number of copies submitted is insufficient for this purpose. Copies made by the NRC must include the copyright notice in all instances and the proprietary notice if the original was identified as proprietary.